most- often - needed - world radio history

196
Most - Often - Needed 1964 VOLUME TV -22 Televisions $ PRICE Servicing Information Compiled by M. N. BEITMAN SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Upload: khangminh22

Post on 10-Apr-2023

0 views

Category:

Documents


0 download

TRANSCRIPT

Most - Often - Needed

1964VOLUME TV -22

Televisions

$PRICE

Servicing Information

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

Most -often - Needed

1964Volume TV -22

Ie evisi nServicing Information

Compiled by

M. N. BEITMAN

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS

© by Supreme Publications, 1963. Material copyrighted, reproduction prohibited.

10MEO

9B

V-512 BY7A

CONNECTIN PLLAGACE r/p

OF VT VIAWHEN NEEDED

y -B5A55

: w°

AMAZING OFFERRADIO & TV SERVICE DATA

Your best, complete source for allneeded RADIO and TV diagrams andhelpful servicing data. Most amazingvalues. Only $2.50 and $3 per giantvolume. Cover all important makes,models of all periods. Use this en-tire ad as your no -risk order form.

1------NO-RISK ORDER COUPON ----1TELEVISION SERVICE MANUALS

Supreme TV manuals are best for faster, easier TVrepairs. Lowest priced. Factory data on practically allsets. Complete circuits, all needed alignment facts,wiring board views, waveforms, voltages, productionchanges, and double -page schematics. Only $3 perlarge annual manual. Check volumes wanted, sendentire advertisement as your order form.

New 1963 Television Servicing Manual, only $3.Additional 1962 TV, $3. Early 1962 TV. $3.1961 TV Manual, $3. 1960 TV Manual. $3.Additional 1959 TV. $3. Early 1959 TV, $3.1958 TV Manual, $3. O Additional 1957 TV, $3.Early 1957 Television, $3. 0 1956 TV Manual. $3.Additional 1955 TV, $3. Early 1955 TV. $3.1954 TV, $3. 0 1953 TV, $3. 0 1952 TV, 53.1951 TV, $3. Master Index to all Manuals. 25.t

RADIO DIAGRAM MANUALSHere are low-priced radio manuals that simplify

repairing. Cover everything from most recent 1963radios to pre-war old-timers; home radios, stereo,combinationut transstor portables,FM, and auto sets. Large ache QTatnatics, all needed alignment facts,printed boards, voltages, dial 5ostringing, hints. Volumes are big,81/2 z 11", about 190 pages, each.O 1963, 0 1962, 0 1961, 0 1960, 0 1959, 0 1958,O 1957, 0 1956, 0 1955, 0 1954, 0 1953, 0 1952,. 1951, 0 1950, 0 1949, 0 1948, 0 1947, 0 1946,O 1942, 0 1941, 0 1940, 1926-38, EACH, $2.50

SUPREME PUBLICATIONS1760 Balsam Road, Highland Park, ILL.

Rush today TV and Radio manuals checked inno -risk order form of this ad. Send postpaid, I amenclosing full price. Yoh guarantee my completesatisfaction or my money back.Name

Address

City

2

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRALMODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

P9002C 16A4C P9009C 16A4C P9109C 16B4CUP9002C 16UA4C UP9009C 16UA4C UP9109C 16UB4CP9002D 16A4D P9009D 16A4D AA9100C 1684CUP9002D 16UA4D UP9009D 16UA4D AAU9100C 16UB4C

P9004C 16A4C P9100C 16B4C AA9900C 16A4C

UP9004C 16UA4C UP9100C 16UB4C AAU9900C 16UA4C

P9004D 16A4D P9101C 16B4C AA99000 16A4D

UP9004D 16UA4D UP9101C 16UB4C AAU9900D 16UA4D

P9005C 16A4C P9102C 16B4C AA9903C 16A4C

UP9005C 16UA4C UP9102C 16UB4C AAU9903C 16UA4CP9005D 16A4D P9103C 16B4C AA9903D 16A4D

UP9005D 16UA4D UP9103C 16UB4C AAU9903D 16UA4D

Model Chassis

PS9002PS9004PS9005PS9009

SAA9900SAA9903SAA9913

16F4U16F4U16F4U16F4U16F4U16F4U16F4U

The material on pages 3 through 8 isexact for models of chassis types listedat left. The models listed below usingChassis 16F4U is the same except forchanges needed to utilize 5D9 remotereceiver. The other sets listed using16E4C, D, 16EU4C,D, 16G4U (remote),are similar but use 16BAP4 tube.

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

P6000CP6000DUP6000CUP6000D

16E4C16E4D16UE4C16UE4D

P6001CP6001DUP6001CUP6001D

16E4C16E4D16UE4C16UE4D

P6009CP6009DUP6009CUP6009D

16E4C16E4D16UE4C16UE4D

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT

1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted. SetFine Tuning control at center of tuning rotating itone third turn counter -clockwise from full clockwise rotation.See other tuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Remove Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs.4. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with" blade (partnumber 98B30-22), carefully adjust channel slug for best pic-ture. Note: Sound may not be loudest at this point. Repeatprocedure .for each channel to be adjusted.

VHF ANTENNATERMINALS

SPEAKERTERMINALS

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E353-2

VERTICAL LINEARITYHEIGHT

To correct improper picture height

or vertical linearity, alternately

adjust HEIGHT and VERT. LIN.

AGC CONTROL

MODEL CHART

Model Chassis

PS6000 166411PS6001 1664UPS6009 16G4Ú

DELUXE

VHF CHANNEL SLUGACCESSIBLE THROUGHHOLE IN VHF TUNER

PICTURE CENTERING TABS -Move tabs closer together or farther

apart to center picture.

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRING

To correct picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spring. Rotate yoke

until picture is straight. Tighten

screw.

HORIZONTAL LOCK HORIZONTAL RANGE

Rear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations (UHF Tuner only in VHF -UHF Models).

H V COVER

FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

CIRCUIT BREAKERRESET BUTTON

3

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964

ADMIRAL Chassis 16A4C, -D, 16UA4C, -D,

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under allsignal conditions.

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normallyrequire field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picturebending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set.

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as in-structed.1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right.4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is weak (loses contrast).5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofvertical lines at top of picture.6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picturejust begins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Thenvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point atwhich picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-mately 10 degrees to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Pictureshould not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels.

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received.

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotatingflexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:

1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.

2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectoroff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturebends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that pictureremains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearat top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-sary, repeat procedure.

IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using theHorizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andseldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be madeif 6FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture can-not be locked -in with the Horizontal Lock adjustment or ifthe Horizontal Lock adjustment has insufficient range (adjust-ment only possbile at extreme end rotation). Note: HorizontalRange adjustment is accessible after removing cabinet back.

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatthe picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical andhorizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyhorizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontalsync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:

i

TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

etc., Service Information, Continued

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normalpicture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCcontrol has been adjusted according to instructions in thismanual.3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (junc-tion of R443, R444 and C417) to chassis ground. See figure Bfor test point locations.

4. Connect a .22 mf, 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R446,15,000 ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock,turn receiver off when making this connection.

5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.

6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.

7. Remove wire short from test point "R". Set Channel Selec-tor to weakest station. Switch Channel Selector on and offchannel, picture should remain in horizontal sync. If necessary,adjust horizontal lock coil slightly to bring picture in sync.

IMPROVING FOCUS

The picture tube of these receivers utilizes electrostaticfocus in connection with a three position focus adjustment.

For obtaining best overall sharpness of pictures, focus ad-justment should be checked at installation and when servicing.Once focus adjustment is properly made, no further need forreadjustment is required.

From rear view of chassis on front page, note that there arethree focus (pin) connections at bottom rear of chassis, pointsshown as "A", "B" and "C" on schematic. To make adjust-ment, connect plug-in focus lead to either of the three focuspins, whichever provides best focus at central area of picturetube. Important: Focus adjustment should be made with con-trols set for picture with normal contrast and brightness.

Caution: High B+ potential is present at focus terminals.

Tube Locations and Heater String in 16A4C, 16UA4C, 16B4C and 16UB4C Chassis

VHF OSC. ow ANC 08801 /N VI/11W ONLY.

& # UHF

MIXER MIXER

VHF UHF

RF AMP. OSC.

/SOUND DELSOUND AGC,SYNC.SEP.

OUTPUT AIw4

5

CR301

VIDEO

VET.

3

VIDEO AMP.

& SOUND IF.

CR40HORIZ

PHASE

L311 4

5Ip2ND IF 1ST IF

í'L312

11HEA' 21/15

12 IS USED

51YHEN 13085

/S USEO

HORIZ.

OUTPUT

HV RECTIFIER

DAM

117VM

R501

1

PER

4 TO S/NPL/FY HEATER-STN/NC DIAGRAM, TUBE SOCKET P/N

NUMBERS NOT SHOO IN THE/8 ACTUAL LOCATIONS.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis 16A4C, -D, 16UA4C, -D, etc., Alignment InformationIF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Connect isolation transformer between AC line and receiver.Connect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IFAGC), positive to chassis. See figure B.

Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect signal generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through adecoupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals.

1-1. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust Al for maximum.

f2. Set generator at 44.2 MC and adjust A2 for maximum.

-1.3. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.

4. Connect wire jumper across IF input coil L303.

1t5. Set generator at 44.8 -MC and adjust A4 for maximum.

6. Remove wire jumper from across IF input coil L303.

1-7. Set generator at 43.0 MC and adjust A5 for maximum.

Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust A6 for minimum.

9. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response CurveCheck".

*If necessary, increase generator ouput and/or reduce biasto -11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.

f Use -6 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generatoroutput to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.

*8.

TO TEST POINT 41,000 OHMS0

CHASSIS

GROUND -

Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

A2 A9o BOTTOM SLUG cs BOTTOM SLUG44.2 MC MAX. 4.5 MC SOUND

TAKEOFF

AlATOP SLUG42.7 MC MAX

A344,3 MC MAX

1ST IF

A647.25 MC MIN.

TRAP

\

oTEST POINTJCT. OF

L3078 PIN 7OF V303

\1302

CR301

3EJ7

T301 03EH7

oL303 L302

O

A543.0 MC MAX.

©JCT.OF L401R446 & C419

0

o6,1V8

IT303

1\1=1]CR401

6FQ7

V401

48L8O

o 9GV8

JCT, OF R4439 R444

10AL1t

CI SLUG FARTHEST FROM TOP OF COIL.A.SLUG NEAREST TO TOP OF COIL.Figure B. View of Precision Wired SystemShowing Test Point and Alignment Locations.

21O TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

410A TOP SLUG

4.5 MC TRAP

A444.8 MC

MIXER PLATEON VHF TUNER

A74,5 MC

QUADRATURE

A84.5 MC SOUNDI NTERSTAGE

eIFAGC

JCT. OF C302,C304,R302 &

L303.

oRF AGC

JCT.OF C400,R4048¡R405

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re-ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equip-ment to warm up.2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Connect negative of 6 voltbias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC), positive to chassis.See figure B.3. Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect sweep generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7 MC. Ifexternal marker generator is used, loosely couple high side tosweep generator lead, low side directly to tuner. Markerfrequencies indicated on IF Response Curve.4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" througha decoupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reducecurve amplitude without altering the shape of the responsecurve.

If curve is not within tolerance or markers not in properlocation on curve, adjust A4 to position 45.75 MC VideoMarker. Adjust Al to correct shape of curve.

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allowabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjust-ment locations.

*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30-12),slowly turn slug "A7" several turns to the left until a buzz isheard in sound. Then slowly turn slug "A7" to the right forloudest and clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points(approx. 1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The slugshould be set at center of second point of loudest sound notedas slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consider-able hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, con-nected between antenna and antenna terminals. Signal canalso be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placing it closeto antenna terminals or leads.4. Carefully adjust slug "A8" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A8". NOTE:Slug "AS" should be at end nearest bottom of coil.5. Carefully adjust slug "A9" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A9". Cau-tion: Slug "A9" is located nearest bottom of coil. Use careso as not to disturb slug nearest top of coil.6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustmentis required. However, if sound remains distorted at normalvolume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound), repeatentire procedure.*CAUTION: Do not readjust slug "A7" unless sound is dis-torted. If "A7" is readjusted, all steps in alignment pro-cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.

4I.2 5 M C

MARKER

(MAT NOT BE

VISIBLE)

4.5 MC ,.I

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

45.15 MC

MARKER

50%T0 60%

5

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Schematic of 16A4C, 16UA4C, 16B4C, 16UB4C (16A4D, 16UA4D diff. tuners)

VHF TUNER 94E243-1 INAF ERSETCHAWSSISORITH FIX

LETTER 'C'MODELNUMBER.r- -- ----

L706A L706B L706C

I

UHF ZFSTRIPCHAXNELi POSITION

M701ToUHF

TUNER. L704

L703rDaO

G701Á27

L702 C10Í

C702

ANTENNA

VHF 61028 27

L701

0710 7701

51.5MEG

0721

.0047 MF

1.500

L705Di

2 6.

- -1 A 1/25CG8 TUNING

2GK5 VHF MIKER L707..r>na V702A 0105 - -

L705A

VHF AMP

C704 V701

15

T C705GIMMICKC706

10ÓÁ5 -

0708=- 41I3.6

272R -J-C71T ¡) IC719

R101 R102- iN 1000 I

1000

1 1100- 41K 1.2R - 0I

I(ióáó Z ) IiÓÓÓ IiT6 O_ 11000+

¡1'q 2.2K

L708gs7 L709 44:814 Ci10

II

L J

To UHF TUNER

ry11.1

" V..º áwpw pco g

Gl w w pNÓÓ w 60btA~ m0Ñ w w

o

-'01

r,

Ca

aN;~wym-.1Ñ$

11, qwOw

Oy O

3S~Ood

1.>yS° Q wpp m

ODCe

Ñm caÓÑÑ

E1rNtti

w e a0 0 O 0

E..1 trl Z 1.-1.wAº'C. .ñ m 1

R501TAPPED I

LECTROHN I

Nall NUN10AIISETS-57.0 IN 1/UNIP 0NN/CAF3 I

T0 AC [/Nf

ala lN NUN 10 A I/ SETS I

Sin IN NUNIPONWWI

L705B L705C000

L_NSOI C/NCU/T IN TIM/6084 CHASSIS.

V301

1 820

TO PIN 10T 1405

M5I 51651F

DIAL LICHT

M516THERMISTER

C711

16.8

'PILOT LICHT CIRCUIT IN

1684 616184 CHASSIS.

TO CINCU/T811EAAfN M504.

VHF TUNER

i

1/25CG811VHF OSC

V7028

AGC

0/01 CONNECTED NENEIN RE- UNE SETS.

rV702L310

0323 Tí311820 11,000

L311V302

VHF CHANNELSTRIPS 2 THRU 13

072911000

L3120 5 000

C324 C325 C3261820 1820

V405 V404 V401

1V701 I V402

0© - 001728

000

304 V30300 00V403 V201

00 00_ 00 00 0000

M510r R510 I I

: 75 1.5M6',, I L -+ C57.004T iL. - - - - J r

M501 M502 I

14 I

1.SCHEMATIC NOTES.' íC501 - M505

1

CHASSIS WOAD TBÓÓv I0i

I L ----Ji PANT NOT NOUN7f0 ON PNEC/SION NINEO STSTfM 117 VAC 10510 i ¡ I 15 -u1.5 NEG.

4CAN/NfCNOUNDTW/TNSETT/NCOfCONTNO[S.

t5TNATTSLYI,KL OJOMR208 502 I(A041NFt1 ,,

N11EN 1JG85 /S USEN

rNNEN 2/1115 /S USED.

TAPPED LECTRONM 101604 h 181111

r - - - 1 CHASSIS.

1

R501 13

5 I

46a,POM/NNUNIOA/l SUS

IOWSSa.PSN/NNUNIZONN N./CNf

2 M504

i

l PRECISION WIRE1/26JV8

SOUND 3380 P Cool

7S1' 13 U.00INF

JSR

2

*20222K

02Ói - - - -L201Á

4.5 1 -5%

433.00 11C (a3

1ST IFv301 my

I:000-,0720 1

6301 L301 C303

O )ooa-{30 15 v5% $11301 5% p0 Í

1000 47,25NC1

18K

R`2

1001

040368K

i

i

CIRCUIT BREAKER RESETii I BUTTON

_C302

or Ci> R406Í

ACC

o

R414A "ow

8.2 NEC. 5.6 NEC.

8fP

83048.2K5%

830521

C)5

p 820

E C304 R302O1122MF 150K

IF ACC

-C401.001MF1 K

4BL 8ACC SYNC

R307

15K

R410

886

MY"

C203

825%.

I

111308220

V

/

-0402-- :0047

-'SrM. NMI- ..,.

> norR40T 0409

R408330

8.20 151100

110V

VERT.

70VHORIZT

If I(ijilÍ'¡'i

Mtl1\1

0440 Il

ZiÑKCIóü HORIZ.

E+15 1442 5% O K

¡3n3 g.

9385-6 lt4711 NORI2.PHASE DEi. ;9ÓÓ i dox

CR40 R ,ne 'II1* ~439 :443 444

680K 680A INEC

1D0% F 1010%01NF

51LIC0R RCTIFIERN CR501

0503

.001N1KV

1éVSOUi If!-9

_0420ON P

R502 myY

L502 1000

'00

Q 1,o

C5046 1sa4B C5040250NF 200NF 50NF200V 150V 1500

If

6

GMCM

, Yzo1B or .....4.....4 0Y - i 1 lilt n 0_-+ I 0200 i 110Y - -

I=S'6F .2 I 4205 C201 JI."I." 4704 18 - IL202 10041

0204 R2035 X

AZ0R201,

I

.001MF 3901- -- - _ J

F-- i420 1 C208560K 1.02MFC205

- .004iMF R204 TOBVBpOST-5.6K JCT Of 14551 (477

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Schematic of 16A4C, 16UA4C, 16B4C, 16UB4C, Continued

STEM 14E353-2 /NNUNI01/ISETS: -7/NNUNl10N Nl6NEN.

y210AL11 VOLUMEQ8

SOUND DELv2v2099,ay C209 n R208

C 210 .01914T.001 N F

3E3J7y 2NDwe

V302 my

01,2 8 /i BV

4309 1 C308 '

56

1.0047mF L-

310/01NF10%

_t._ ____ -

HÓRi2.

-4-

4311220

TOP

42.714

1302IN87A

VID. DET.

CR301

BOTTOM

44.2MC

r -1111 11 /26JV8I I47i "II Ie641y11

VIDEO AMP.1

jRUlOTS% 1{( j 5%I V303Y

I C317 47 +¡- C315 4.7,10% I 930L - - -( py }T 303

L3051 Í6382 I I =L306 4312

TI6X II

115.6

__--J L _--I43133.94

yy yypp y,IMIB 11' 3.5Y

LUJ" LUJ XORI2. Ii6'K(1i'mM3'4f

V- 54ERTT

8

.O1 M F

210 LA 11SOUND OUTPUT 1 T201

v20113 WY BLUE Í I BLACK

I62n Id I

.005 ME l I II_ I

1330 3,4KVRED I ¡ 'BLACK

+_ __ J

T302

A.4,%%, 145Y> 70 Pi 1---

474

/55

IW

VID. DET.CR301

C311 03124.7 6.85% 10%

M2013"K5" PM

SPEAKER

3.2n

1 TO J6T.

OfL305 11510,(30

LI-------T507 CIRCUIT /NEWT SETS

+

80VHOW./

C318 0319

0 IF -1

$5.64

-- 6.8 0.1

I`L1308 I'IR25RÍ71 ON-I_ -_J TRAST

R3184315 4,74 4319

;K 48 4.74R325 Lima BRIGHTNESS

71224 O B 00 0

19CHP4I

L309

424

114 PICTURE TUBE, iV304

OY

3

A414 4416

8447.N4,414

4446

154

R4492.2MEG.

C4231047MF

4!_ e

0410

'10% 1- /29GV8C407 VERT. OSO /O0TPUT

V402B Il

_v1,006

1/29GV8VERT.OSC

JIY NV4024

.pa2FVEAT.

NEC. C(5

4421 .0047NF2204

-r11Y1

-1-C415T041NF

rz~~li o ®I 4411 '6411

6804 2MEC.

HEIGHTO

6FQ7HORIZ, OSC.

1114 V403

r_ r_-1-1"1.11

IT 31440412.I

C425

.0047 NF

4453I ME6.

A460 334,1Ca26 Y404/S/JCBS

I KINSETS/WI -

4450

5% T 2 110HN/6HEN.

OEM 0_ A4fR459 C476/SB70/N1UN/011/SETS,

680K /SS60/N RIM /7OHH/CNEH. 4455

ÓONF

44251RV R428

"v...1004,IWC408 4427OOINFI 100414V

1W

4®R422

750

VERTHOLD

6412

i00

R436

82K

71344

-700R452

1106NORF.i

13GB540412.09iPUT

V40416460

O,iKV

10%

R451275X

150

6.71,2 J l/OY

HORIZRANGE

3,9

R454IK

3W

7403

1G3GTH.V.RECfIFIEi

V406

64.a:Ia

5.5ñ:lá

ij

)1

l7

7

78.80 L402

0428140

7.10 544

2

4,101 /854

4456

274IW.

/50V

4429

100

-4-15000VE7

SEE 001/011 NOTECR126n

REO

1.0

4430'220,1

-R326824

3

CONNECT TO 4,8 01 CYH/CNEYEN PNOY/OES

THE BEST FOCUS.

A4431 B 8432 C

2.1 NEC. 2.2 NEC.

TEL

:16.20 1C411O 4INF1KV

BLACK

HITE

C4(I 2

.047MFiKV

%,4**2 NE6. .6EM lo

ráozI BO/E. !REFLECTION

( } YOKE

I

1

Ibin

4458'114E6

VERTTHERMISTORCOLO

-B 293KV

RED BLUE

611 11 8ITOTAL 6

IBL

J5YELLOW

1 7

110413

R4334704 N4F

I1KV

A43556,8

S4434z 68K

1111111~Ela

461

12BE3DAMPER

V405

0430

caz71-.22NF

600VT

56K

2n

L

5008

s 'X0R 12.

L403

"- T1.4 KY

N0R12.

0431

i1"vT

.03341E1KV

r21HJ5 ¡HORIZ.OUTPUT

V404

0404 /S 7/H0/N SETS HUN 101 TI

-

7

Cb

AD

JUS

TIN

G P

RE

-SE

T F

INE

TU

NIN

G A

ND

IND

EX

ING

PO

WE

R T

UN

ING

1.T

urn

set o

n an

d al

low

5 m

inut

es f

or w

arm

-up.

2.Fo

r ad

just

ing

Pre-

set F

ine

Tun

ing,

man

ually

set

cha

nnel

sele

ctor

kno

b to

des

ired

cha

nnel

.If

pic

ture

or

soun

d is

re-

ceiv

ed f

or th

at c

hann

el, m

erel

y ro

tate

fin

e tu

ning

kno

b sl

ight

lyto

bri

ng in

bes

t pic

ture

with

cle

ares

t sou

nd. H

owev

er, i

f th

ere

is n

o pi

ctur

e or

sou

nd, i

f an

inco

rrec

t cha

nnel

is tu

ned

in, o

r to

mak

e tu

ner

stop

on

a w

ante

d ch

anne

l, ro

tate

fin

e tu

ning

kno

bap

prox

imat

ely

8 tu

rns

cloc

kwis

e, th

en v

ery

slow

ly tu

rn k

nob

coun

terc

lock

wis

e, w

hile

tuni

ng f

or b

est p

ictu

re a

nd c

lear

est

soun

d on

pro

per

chan

nel.

Not

e: S

ound

may

not

be

loud

est

at th

is p

oint

.3.

For

ski

ppin

g (b

y-pa

ssin

g) a

n un

wan

ted

chan

nel,

man

u-al

ly s

et c

hann

el s

elec

tor

knob

to u

nwan

ted

chan

nel.

Rot

ate

fine

tuni

ng k

nob

appr

oxim

atel

y 8

turn

s co

unte

rclo

ckw

ise.

Che

ck o

pera

tion

with

han

d-he

ld S

onar

act

uato

r.If

cha

nnel

tune

r fa

ils to

ski

p un

desi

red

chan

nel,

rota

te f

ine

tuni

ng k

nob

a fe

w m

ore

turn

s co

unte

rclo

ckw

ise.

Im

port

ant:

If p

ower

tun-

ing

mec

hani

sm s

houl

d bu

zz o

r vi

brat

e w

ithou

t rot

atin

g ch

anne

ltu

ner,

imm

edia

tely

rot

ate

fine

tuni

ng k

nob

a fe

w m

ore

turn

sco

unte

rclo

ckw

ise.

Aga

in c

heck

ope

ratio

n w

ith h

and-

held

Son

arac

tuat

or.

4. R

epea

t ste

ps 2

and

3 f

or a

ll ch

anne

ls.

SC

NE

NA

7/C

107

f S.

CH

AS

SIS

0N

0UN

0f

Pill

tor

NO

UN

IEO

ON

PgE

CLS

/011

/019

MIE

N.

)W

OE

N/L

L M

AN

YN

/7N

SE

TI/N

OO

fCO

NLI

OLS

.Ir

k C

AB

/NE

T 6

701/

NO

.

r-P

RE

CIS

ION

WIR

ED

SY

ST

EM

14E

354-

1

i

M1

IM

ICR

OP

HO

NE

M2

PLU

G

1R2

33K 57

D1-

881S

T A

MP

01

RI

^MF

10K

IOV

.47

84¡

RS

R8

5.66

l 475

5.6K

C2 I -

-.57

D1-

88`(

--.0

5NF

2ND

AM

P.0

5MF

02

5D9

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LO

8.55

SO

NA

Rim

~m

DIS

TA

NC

ES

ELE

CT

OR

¡27K 57

D1-

883R

O A

MP

38.2

5 C

3r-

.1

51:

R11

4 O

I10á

._

.V".

3.3

2i_r

KL2

LI 5

12

0 0 0

2g

3

40

0

BO

TT

OM

VIE

W 5501

giO

N -

OF

T -

VO

L.P

US

H S

WIT

CH

PA

RT

OF

RO

OD

57D

1-10

RE

LAY

CO

NT

RO

L04

57D

1-70

RE

LAY

CO

NT

RO

L05

C12

100M

F

55

C7

IOO

MF

15V

BR

OW

N

Cli

r100

MF

15V

S50

4P

RO

GR

AM

SW

ITC

H

1051

/111

. OP

EN

-C

LOS

ED

Sr

/MO

E//N

C10

11/S

7HIN

7S

II

o IND

EX

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TS

ON

VH

F T

UN

ER

C -

CLO

SE

D0

-OP

EN

A

CO

NT

AC

T

PO

SIT

ION

S50

6 S

WIT

CH

PO

IY IO

N2

34

CC

C

c1Clc

o

o

BR

OW

N

Y[L

ION

8101

M50

6C

ER

A 8

0X A

NO

MO

TO

R A

SS

EM

BLY S

HA

FT

OF

VH

F T

UN

ER

-V

IEW

F T

ER

MIN

AL

ST

RIP

AN

D C

ON

NE

CT

OR

SO

N R

EM

OT

E C

ON

TR

OL

RE

CE

IVE

R.

I-

-Á5Ó35

: .T

57Í 5

NE

C.

1105

02 1

.104

7N

FI

_JT

TT

III

SW

ITC

H 5

506

SH

OW

N IN

HIG

H

VO

L 14

41 P

OS

ITIO

NO

FF

RIC

H Y

OO

L

BLA

CA

E

F-1

-1 r

17I r,

1-1-

11N

RA

Y

EE

M

..

45

67

1III

Ili1

0

MO

TO

R D

ISC

ON

NE

CT

SW

ITC

H S

503

-10

7746

75 N

ON

NA

LLr

OP

EN

,n

TE

LL

ON

CLO

SE

D IT

AIN

A/U

HE

TH

RU

ST

l3

RE

LA

Y M

OU

NT

ING

BR

AC

KE

T A

T W

V A

C P

OT

EN

IAL1

DE

PE

ND

ING

ON

PO

ITIO

N O

F A

C P

LUG

.

FUN

CT

ION

RE

LA

YM

4A

RIL

ME

CN

O.S

1 AI

I"1"

IBfI

ST

:1'

7'121

4I

DO

UB

LE

IF

UL

AU

M

II

1130

01Ip

eIS

I

l

i I

L5_

a

TI

rR,

9313

24-3

:54g

46oñ

LAU

I

I4

CR

IL

-r- --

L_J

RE

CT

IFIE

RB

LA.

rBLA

CK

O 7

M50

I M50

2III

YA

Cto

CY

CL

ES

It O

NLY

-

I BLU

E

Q

L311

000

C324

1820

=82

0M

510

iR

510

i

I75

-1.5

EC

-

.I

C51

01.0

047

j-77

L- - _ -

C32

5C

326

=82

0

11/0

70-

7fN

NS7N/P

,,,G

RA

YB

M3

0-OFFRELAY_

r --

--1

A50

3

VH

F T

UN

ER

1V

301

IV

902

V90

1I

00L3

'0I

0000

100

C32

3

1931

=82

011

000

V30

2

0929

TI0

00

00

L31-

0 V

© 0

V40

2

192810

00

304

V30

3

V40

3V

201

000®

V40

1V

404

V40

5

00 0

0 00

'70

1110

E C

10S

_i _

/ AU

O/0

CA

BLE

I

07}E

NO

NY

OL

I

24I

1C

ON

/NO

[N7L

B20

WII

68A

CA

PR

ÍST

OR

630R

0_7

CR

EE

NI

28

o31

20W

I

IIIG

SR

504

R50

14

tI

005

22K

TA

PP

ED

:5

cI

IME

I

LEC

TR

OX

X10W

l

a,T

_I 1

506

ON

-O

FF

-V

OL.

M50

4S

WIT

CH

6n1

C50

1C

IRC

UIT

BA

EA

KE

R

J22

MF

I611

1

ÍTE

6008

CiO M

F-F

---1

1.4.

OH

KV

M51

5#5

1FD

IAL

LIG

HT

M51

6_

TH

ER

MIS

TO

R

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

The material on pages 9 through 14 is applicable to all sets listed in the groupingsbelow. The material is exact for the group below at right; 21E5 -61D uses 5D9Bremote and necessary circuit changes; the group at left below (21D5, 21UD5) aresimilar with a different picture tube; and 21D5 -62D, -63D are remote sets.

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

13401C 21D5 -32C 13421C 2105-31C 13449C 21D5 -33C134010 2105-320 134210 2105-310 134490 2105-33D103401C 211105-42C 1113421C 21U05 -41C LU3449C 21095-43CLU3401D 21095-420 1034210 21005-410 LU34490 21005-43013402C 2105-32C 13435C 2105-31C 13451C 2105-33CL34020 2105-320 134350 2105-31D 134510 2105330LU3402C 21UD5-42C LU3435C 21UD5-41C LU3451C 21005-43C1034020 21005-42D 1U34350 21005-410 1034510 21UD5-43D13403C 2105-32C 134411 2105-331 L3452C 2105-331L34030 2105-329 134410 2105-330 134520 2105-330LU3403C 21005-421 1034411 211105-431 LU3452C 21005-4311034030 21005-420 1113441D 21005-430 1034520 21005-43013411p 2105-32C 13442C 2105-33C L3455C 2105-41C134110 2105-32D 134420 2105-33D 134550 2105-41011134111 21005-421 LU3442C 21005-431 1034551 21005-431LU3411D 21005-420 103442D 21005-430 1034550 211105-43013412C 2105-32C 134451 2105-33C 13469C 2105-331L34120 2105-320 L3445D 2105-33D 134690 2105-330LU3412C 21005-421 1034451 211105-431 1034691 21UD5-43C1034120 21005-420 1034450 21005-430 1034699 21UD5-430

IMPROVING FOCUS

The picture tube of these receivers utilizes electrostatic focusin connection with a three position focus adjustment.

For obtaining best overall sharpness of pictures, focus ad-justment should be checked at installation and when servicing.Once focus adjustment is properly made, no further need forreadjustment is required.

VHF ANTENNATERMINALS

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E305-13.

VERTICAL LINEARITY

To correct improper picture heightor vertical linearity, alternatelyadjust HEIGHT and VERT. UN.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

73400CT34009TU34001TU34000T3401C134010TU34011

21E5.31 -C

21E5-3402111E5 -44C

210E5-44121E5 -34C

21E5-34-021UE5-441

TÚ3401'0T3404CT3404DTU3404CTU34040134111T34110

210E5.41-021E5-34121E5.34021ÚE5 -44C

210E5-44021E5 -34C

21E5-390

10341111034110T3412C134120TU3412CTU34120

210E5.44C21UE5-44021E5 -31C

21E5-34021ÚE5.44C210E5.44D

Model Chassis

Model Chassis1534010 2105-62D

TS3400D 21E5 -61D 194020 21 D5-620TS3401D 21E5 -61D LS34030 21D5 -62DTS3404D 21E5-610 LS34110 2105-620TS3411D 21E5 -61D LS3412D 2105-620TS3412D 21E5 -61D LS3421D 2105-630

LS3435D 2105-630

From rear view of chassis on front page, note that there arethree focus (pin) connections at top rear of Precision WiredSystem, points shown as "A", "B" and "C". To make adjust-ment, connect plug-in focus lead to either of the three focuspins, whichever provides best focus at central area of picturetube. Important: Focus adjustment should be made with con-trols set for picture with normal contrast and brightness.

Caution: High B+ potential is present at focus terminals.To prevent electric shock, use care to avoid accidental contactwith focus terminals.

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRING

To tarred picture tilt, loosen strew on

yoke retaining spring. Rotate yoke

until picture is straight. Tighten

svew.

PICTURE CENTERING TABSMove tabs closer together or farther

apart to tenter picture,

HV COVER

* WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E257-13

* HORIZONTALS*HORIZONTAL RANGE *RESET BUTTON

*DETAILED ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON OTHER PAGES.

CIRCUIT BREAKER

9

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis Types 21D5++, 21E5++, 21ÚD5++, 21UE5++, Service Information

ADJUSTING PRE-SET FINE TUNING 6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until pictureTo insure good pictures and smooth operation, it is impor- just begins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Then

tant that adjustment be checked when set is installed or serv- very slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point aticed. NOTE: Before factory shipment, Pre-sethas been set properly foreach channel. See control

Fine Tuning which picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.

7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-panel illustration at right mately 10 degrees to the left.Adjustas follows:

PRESET FINE----

--1

- 8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. PictureTUNING should not overload and should reappear immediately after

1. Turn set on and allow 5 OINK changing channels.minutes for warm up -irNii

2. Set VHF channel selector VHF CHANNELIMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made on

knob to desired channel. If SELECTOR ----- the strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made onlypicture or sound is received OFF ON VOL 0 TONE on a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVfor that channel, merely TONE station is tuned in.rotate fine tuning knobslightly to bring in best pic-ture with clearest sound. PUSH-PUL4

O

However, if there is no pic- SWITCH ANDture or sound or if an in- VOLUMEcorrect channel is tuned in,rotate fine tuning knob ap-

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotating

~£aaADM IRAL

proximately 8 turns clock- flexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:wise, then very slowly turn View of Channel Escutcheon.

knob counterclockwise,while tuning for best picture

1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic -

and clearest sound on proper channel. Note: Sound may not tare. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlbe loudest at this point- has been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.

ADJUSTING SUPER -FINE TUNING CONTROL2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.

The Super -Fine Tuning control is a customer operating Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectorcontrol located at front panel of receiver. This control func- off and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturetions in the peaking circuit of the video amplifier. It permits bends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that picturethe set owner to tune in the exact degree of picture "sharp- remains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearness" or "crispness" most pleasing to an individual's personal at top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-taste. Note: Before setting Super -Fine Tuning control, setshould be first tuned for best picture. Contrast and Brightness sary, repeat procedure.controls should be carefully set at proper level. IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using the

For maximum "sharpness" of picture detail, turn Super- Horizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-Fine Tuning control fully clockwise. Note however, as control zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.is turned counterclockwise, picture becomes "softer". Set con-trol to position which provides most pleasing picture detail.If certain pictures are too "harsh", or when viewing old movies HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENTor programs from weak stations, picture quality can often beimproved by turning control counterclockwise for "softer" The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andpicture. seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made

if 6FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture can-

CONTROL ADJUSTMENTbe locked -in with the Horizontal Lock adjustment or ifnotAGC

the Horizontal Lock adjustment has insufficient range (adjust -The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is used ment only possible at extreme end rotation).

solely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under all Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatsignal conditions- the picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical and

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normally horizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyrequire field readjustment. horizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontal

sync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picture

bending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set.

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.

(Continued on page 11)If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as in-

structed.

1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.

2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area. TUBE COMPLEMENT

3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right. For VHF and UHF Tuners, see schematic

4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the point V201-6GX6 V305-23CP4A V406-1G3GT

where picture is weak (loses contrast). V202-6GZ5 V401 -6B116 CR301-1N67A

5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical HoldV302-6126 V403-6FQ1 CR402-938276

control (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofV303-6DK6 V403--6FQ7 CR501-93922-2V303 -6D%6 V404-6DQ6A CR501-93812-1

vertical lines at top of picture. V304-6JV1 V405-6AX3 CR502-93612-1

10

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis Types 21D5, 21E5, 21UD5, 21UE5, Service Information, Continued

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normal pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGC con-trol has been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.

3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (pin 2of V403, 6FQ7 tube) to chassis ground.4. Connect a .22 mf, 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R443, 12,000ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock, turnreceiver off when making this connection.

5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.

6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.7. Remove wire short from test point "R" (pin 2 of V403,6FQ7 tube).8. Set Channel Selector to weakest station. Switch ChannelSelector on and off channel, picture should remain in hori-zontal sync. If necessary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightlyto bring picture in sync.

WIDTH ADJUSTMENT

Width adjustment is made at the factory and generally doesnot require field adjustment. However, if raster is too wide(picture information is cut off) or if raster does not com-pletely fill viewing area of picture tube, adjust width asfollows:

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord. Turn receiveron and allow a few minutes for warm up.2. Tune in channel with normal picture. Set brightness andcontrast controls to maximum (fully clockwise).3. Location of width adjustment (connector) lead is shown inRear View of chassis, front page. Note that there are twowidth (pin) connections at top rear of Precision Wired Sys-tem, shown as pins 1 and 2 on chassis and in schematic.

To reduce raster width, connect lead to pin 2. To increaseraster width, connect lead to pin 1.

Caution: High B+ potential is present at width adjustmentpin terminals. To prevent electric shock, use care to avoidaccidental contact with pin terminals.

V7o02*HFOSC

&

V902 MIXER

VóRDVHFV901

'CR301 VIDEO

DET i

1

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allowabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjust-ment locations.

*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30-12),slowly turn slug' "A9" several turns to left until a buzz isheard in sound. Then slowly turn slug "A9" to the right forloudest and clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points(approx. 1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The slugshould be set at center off second point of loudest sound notedas slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).

3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consider-able hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, con-nected between antenna and antenna terminals. Signal canalso be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placing it closeto antenna terminals or leads.

4. Carefully adjust slug "A10" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A10".NOTE: Slug "A10" should be at end of coil nearest bottomof coil.

5. Carefully adjust slug "All" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "All". Cau-tion: Slug "All" is located nearest bottom of coil. Use careso as not to disturb slug nearest top of coil.6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustmentis required. However, if sound remains distorted at normalvolume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound), repeatentire procedure.

* CAUTION: Do not readjust slug "A9" unless sound is dis-torted. If "A9" is readjusted, all steps in alignment pro-cedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAP

Alignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference) trap "Al2" re-quires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool (partnumber 98A30-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap "Al2", tune in television station withbeat interference pattern in picture. While closely observingpicture, adjust slug "Al2" for minimum interference pattern.

Note that adjustment "Al2" is top slug (slug farthest frombottom of coil). Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug(slug nearest bottom of coil) as sound IF alignment will beaffected.

UHF CONVERSION KIT AVAILABLE

UHF conversion kit is available for conversion of VHF onlymodels to receive all UHF channels. All necessary parts andcomplete instructions are included in the kit. No special toolsor brackets are required.

UHF MIXER 4801410 CAW /14//F-UNF SETS ONLY} CR801T # Y701 A10 4701 /1 SETS 1/TN SUFF/X LETTER C"

UHFOSC 'F 490/ 410 4902 /1 SETS f/T/ SUFF/X LETTER D"

CR401 HORIZ, PICTURE TUBE/ TUBE LOCATIONS

PHASE DT\NOISE CATE

SYNC SEP

& GATED ACC

VIDEO AMP&SOUND IF

SOUND

DET

I I

I I

I I

NÓSC

O HóRlzVERT OUTPUT

404OUTPUT

VERT OSC fl

SCHEMATIC NOTESNumbers or letters inside hexagons Indicate align-

ment points.Fixed resistor values shown in ohms ±10% toler-

ance, 1 watt; capacitor values shown in micro-microfarads ±20% unless otherwise specified.

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSLine Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise, all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Horizontal Lock control.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTVM between tubesocket and chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages marked (') will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.B+ Circuit Breaker: B+ supply of this receiveris equipped with a thermal type circuit breakerhaving a manual reset button. Allow a few minutesfor circuit breaker to cool off before pressing thereset button.

Heater Fuse: A one inch length of number 26gauge bare annealed copper wire is used. Fusewire is located at underside of chassis.

11

VOLUME TV -22, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSchematic for 21E5 -31C, 21E5 -31D, 21 UE5-41 C and 21 UE5-41 D Chassis Stamped Run 10 Showing VHF Tuner 94E248-1

PRECISION WIRED SYSTEM 14E305-11/26JV8 6GX6ADMIRAL

ALL -CHANNEL UHFTUNER CONVERSION KIAVAILABLE.

VHF

ANTENNA

1300nINPUT

UN O

ANTENNA

M701

L706A- -_ - L7060 L706C - - - - - - - - - - - - -1UHF IF STRIP

CHANNEL I POSITION

r L7052

C103

L704a1 I'27

L703r 000 C701A 27

L702C7018 27

C702A 27

029 21

L701

T701

L705B

-21

6HA5VMF AMP

V701

CTOT

L705CVHF CHANNEL-*MO

STRIPS 2 THRU 13

1i/26CG8oRt/z6CG8A

X709VHF MIXER

120 V702AIf.L7086s

z A701

I5702_ F-IIOOR

C7O5CINN CA

11 JC117

8701 '6702 ++ 1000

51001 f 1.21

11005040 Z (1%1050 iáóóllEIlIT e

UHF TUNERt1

1'1

JACAM801

ISO too UNE

_ _ 2MC IMF LINE -8 1_ _

1N82AL802 NN r'IiP L803

T 6eTl CAeol6L iO3` I -/6AF4A1 Al02

6w2T i00I '6e031000 I 135

R00

1281

Leo6

L804

L

7 UHF OSC.s/800

SCNfNeI/C N07fS.'

F OE107ESCONPONEN/ 107 1101472901PNEC/S/01 /LNfO S1S7EN.

>F YO1TA1f Y/LL nip N/7N 37-77/#1 Of CON74013.

M501 M502

//I YO/IS60 CYCLES AC OILY

C708T- 17

2.4

94D247 -I

t

L709 43.8

L7050 l

1.21706ISA

R705 R7062711 t 5,61

C718.r-)(IOOPI 110V

10 e'1I0Y

00,

I>R510

5101'3M

100r 1I0Y

8511

I2A:13111

SOUND OF AMP. 500/01VHF TUNER 94E248-1 IN SETS WITH SUFFIX LETTER "C0

AFTER CHASSIS OR MODEL NUMBER A201v3 JOYAb v201

/500I 1 fOÓ

- SY

t/26CG8 I1/26CG8

05C-N/1ENOfCONNECT- OSC.N/1fNe, ONO e1fE0fN/0N /N YNFONLT SITS. CONNfCT/01/ /NYNf-ONFSfTS.

C eC3. I VHF TUNER

v701

{P

I

I

C009C1 IFZ

OSC.LIRE

106 C0C7

I;o% IS I5

L805 1903 C8055.6A 5-3.0

10

Celt _-T06..IY AC --

PONER

TRANSFORMER

7501.

RE0/11.Á0A

05010/1NF

«600V BLACA.---r

M5031126 WIRE FUSE

CM/TEL.

I63YAC

ICRM.CR501 CR502

REO

RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

V305

14E 257-13

4501 L I 1

4

'II I 112Y AC AL

70S501 I

NAA)I

ON-OFf SNITCH A- 1/70.011P01.4--J

R 0 70 P/N 1 Of M(O7

;001

001C503f =5021AY

NO

IAYN

14E 30513

V401

O

éiáó

©

A A H IC321120

VHF OSC

V702B

C720

11000

6403

6.86.3W

i

-0328820

10

-0329820

R434821

M504PILOT LICHT A 1166

1.50150n COLO

C506

100NF2001

1504810011F

200V

AGCRONI°OA

0435

826

Ee>~110Y

1111-1110Y

11506 I C217A5.66 30Nf7N 350V

0502 truer

'7..0504B .. C504C100NF 501113506 3500

3

C201

1000

0202IOTA

C300Á 030065.6 5.6

0,25% _.25%_

rnv10 NEC.

6BU8NOISE CATE

SYNC SEPCOED ACC

V401

R409-211

IL201A

0203

IF -825%

L2018 11C202 '-4.5

47.25NC

45 ,3 MC

1204

6BZ61ST 1FV301

0305 =020

.0015NF

A20

560

CO

7 :SY

6 /05Y

8203680 C205

R305

22010,J

1501

1 - = C309 , 820

)004TNF

R405Mnr

5.6ME6,S

- C426.001110

SY

R436181

IW

CM2 R138-t82 186

I IW

8431

2.2 NEC

R439

I04270062NF

- 10%

1811

TAII.

T I J_

1 pIIIIIIIIIIIIIIIqillll

7 r 1/eor3._ 0

2 10SY

1120

10'

//i

N30e4NVMMH

221

i

l0404 ITO

CtlSA4Í--M%wo

R412 0403 02 NF 1001

5.06 --II .0033NF C406

..100

8413

12 NEC

80- V- MIT 60YPERT. HORA.T

93B5-640111 PHASE DET.CR4011440 1441.w6806 IOU

i

5%

R

6120I HOR Z a

001 NF LOCKI0x

11 A442 64Ij 106A ^¡9L4011

113

HORI;

IRANG0417

451

170Yef.4

12

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Schematic Continued

0208

.01MF

0'4.5

- ItIIL 202

5%

0207

r --J52065604

C209.041M1

i

621085 MEG

BASS/C212TREBLE =0033 MF

921043 MOG

VOLUME

VIM ~II 181~11 444. - -6GZ5

SOUND OUTPUT so.8E.mofosIS( 17201V 202

E

1'201 ONE 3.0. YC 57(44181

I4213

4212MEGI

iGM64D IF302

220

6DK63RD IFV303

JY

C309 6318 R3I3820 .005MF 150

431214

0312

1000

C313

820 E 4314 Ü 472 BOTTOM TOP

43.8 MC 42.011C

150

1007

4215220

O

-L.00SMF110Y 11.41411 o RED

I4336 R327

476 1004/OV+ ?IOY

BRIGHTNESSA

1/26JV8 SUPER -FINEVIDEO AMP.V304Á L3071, TUNING

L -CC307.47 - - -C317,4.7 - - - - 9801

1887 0811874. 817146E L305 4319 :1Y ---i 1008 6328

//TN SAKI IDEO DEI.150 \'

VIDEO T, tr.

4316-_76301_

2.261303

e}I IC I4.3Tlox

TO 8t- 140 v.3.56VERT.

y3156.8

10%

I IIIIII11 I

L306

3.56HORIZ.-9_

431726 '.

4318476

7r-..00321498

60 O

C320

.005 MF

43120

5.842W R323

4324476

R322

564

5.171

4416.w1506

3944176

.015 MF146.10%/i _j17

R I_ PRECISION WIRED SYSTEM 14E257-131/2 6EW71 OV

VE RT. OSC. VERT. . 64F117406 IM

V402Á L1486 111Y

a09=o0IMF

6416684

50V

C412

1507

C410

T039MF10%

94191.8 MEG

.0Í0F

8420NV,1006

4421

126

C41411R422

0021 MF,826I.

VERY

VERT._t_

4424

2.7 MEG

6423 -74138201

001MF

11/26EW7

C415VERT. OUTPUT '

V402B 185 V

.00681411.644 *-/8Y

2,5 ,..^

9

S 6425-2.2MECIf

2504 MIN:

Mal MIVERTLIN

i

4421 + C217C1500 ..18815000:1

II 6443126

6F Q7NORIZ. OSC.V403

I044333I.15Y

2

C431I.047MF

L

2430 4444

00221006

Mf

7006

507 C432

11*71,

94451100

%

IV820

9446226

-f-456

-\40R12.

44482055%

C433

I"'

10 150Y 84

C434

_ -- - e1304 12 -14.5MC

9315 C316 Í é 64311819006

5%7- I1 `5%T

I15V 6DQ6A,140612. HORIZ.OUTPUT- V404

6451

0047

64498_4

I504450IMEG

WIDTHADJUST

CONNECT 10 /087NH/7817!8 C/YES

7807181/0M8

-35Y5

-C-

115 Y

C436

.047MF

R45212638

64695.66

WW

2

7í0Y

6454

o

VERT 4429

HQLDR428 5 E300 4

174034324

8,711

HEIGHT

CREE

251

f 6325 IC322

27

C324

41

326

336

63271006

<4332 9329, 4206 ,._156 .-

.--.Mv._ 8300V

-8-12.115L8-

L308-C323:22MF

CONTRASTR330256

i

12509

T

218.,

8.54RED ====L403

aBLUE

8.44 1 C443L 7

YE LLO39

3.64

4¿

GREEN

1806

44551504

44563306

R4532.2MEG

C4201.041MFI144

1.917:94

WHT.-TEL.

.274

2r

C439

.018MF1.666

5%

L402

III 111111

6.4n AC

180 0.84 YC 57(/.(85 0510

1008 3.1n VI 57(48(85 05(0

23CP4APICTURE TUBE

V305

2

14561101111._f_

1

VERT

456

1'402 AVERT. OE F. 206E

= 5 4460 8 =1

PLO

17401816 VIEW

REO

-T

i81143314 02B 4- 0- 412 0E1.206E 396

10 6

M202

R4641.56 C530

.04717E819

70.81167 10 4.8 086811/CHEYEI P101/OES 81571OCHS

H.Y. RECTIFIER

V406 4462

216 IW

C419.022 MF

10%

A

64314706

B C

SOCKET17402IOC VIEW

«wo

-3.769

H0612.

C440

40R466,í4

.5.4.857

6AX3DAMPER

=CR402V405

YELLOW r--70 //V

i

SECONOAVII'

Of 15111I -'1

RESET44505

VF,,,,CI6CUIT

""' 846Á4E6LO_ __I

13

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis Types 21D5, 21E5, 21UD5, 21UE5, Alignment Data, Continued

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Connect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IFAGC), positive to chassis. See figure B.

Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect signal generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures F and G.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a de -coupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no.98A30-12.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator againstfrequency standard for calibration.*1. Set generator at 4L25 MC and adjust Al for minimum.*2. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust A2 for minimum.3. Connect wire jumper across resistor R301 (12K) at ter-

minals of IF input coil L302.$4. Set generator at 43.8 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.

Remove wire jumper from across resistor R301.$5. With generator at 43.8 MC and adjust A4 for maximum.$6. Set generator at 45.3 MC and adjust A5 for maximum.$7. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A6 for maximum.$8. Set generator at 42.0 MC and adjust A7 and A8 for maxi-

mum.*9. Retouch trap adjustments Al and A2 (steps 1 and 2).10. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response

Curve Check" given at right.* If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias

to -11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.$ Use -6 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generator

output to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.

TO TEST POINT47,000 OHMS

1270 TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPEIMMF

CHASSIS

GROUND =-

Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

Al A2 A541.25MC MIN. 47.25MC MIN.- 45.3 MC MAX

TRAP i TRAP n IF INPUT

á Al2TOP SLUG

4.5MCSOUND TRAP

o AllBOTTOM SLUG4.5MC SOUND--

TAKE OFF I

A104.5MC SOUND

INTERSTAGE

A94.5MC SOUND

DETECTOR

,,SLUG NEAREST TOc.SLUG FARTHEST FROM

UL302

6BZ6 6GM6

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentwarm up.

2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Connect negative of 6 voltbias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC), positive to chassis.See figure B.

3. Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect sweep generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures F and G. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7MC. If ex-ternal marker generator is used, loosely couple high side fosweep generator lead, low side directly to tuner. Marker fre-quencies indicated on IF Response Curve.4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through adecoupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reducecurve amplitude without altering the shape of the responsecurve.

If curve is not within tolerance or markers not in properlocation on curve, adjust A4 to position 45.75 MC VideoMarker. Adjust A5 to position 43.5 MC marker and correctshape of curve.

r«,-4.5 MC

41.25 MC

MARKER

(MAY NOT BEVISIBLE)

AT LEAST 90%

A3MIXER PLATE ON VHF TUNER

MC MAX.

A6- 44.3MC MAX. -

I ST IF

V202

6GZ5

V201

6GX6

T301

6JV8

T' 2J

47.25 MC

MARKER

45.75 MC

}MARKER

60%T0 70%

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

áA8A7 TOP SLUG o A4

42MC MAX.- 42MC MAX. BOTTOM SLUG2ND IF 3RD IF .43.8MC MAX.

T303 J

6DK6

6BU6

Figure B. View of Precision Wired System Showing Test Point Locations and IF Alignment Data.

TEST POINTJCT.OF L305,R3188 R3l9

OIF AGC JCT. OFR304 a R406

oRF AGC JCT. OF

R404, R405a C401

14

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAI:MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

}Model }Chassis }Model }Chassis }Model }Chassis }Model }Chassis

AA9913 1963 11P9014 191163 P9200 19A3 UP9219 19UB3

AAU9913 191103 P9015 1903 UP9200 19UA3 P9221 19C3

AA9998 19A3 UP9015 191103 P9204 19A3 UP9221 19UC3

AAU9998 19UA3 P9020 19H3 UP9204 19UA3 P9229 19C3

P9010 1963 UP9020 19UH3 P9211 1983 UP9229 1911C3

UP9010 191163 P9029 19H3 UP9211 191183 19408 19A3

P9014 1903 UP9029 19UH3 P9219 19B3 1119408 19UA3

t Suffix letter after chassis and mod I number not indicated in chart. Suf ix letter "B" indicates use of VHF tuner 94E229.3 or -4. Suffix letter"C" indicates use of VHF tuner 94E243-2. Suffix letter "D" indicates u e of VHF tuner 94E202-27. Tone control only in 19B3, 19UB3, 1903,19UC3, 19H3, 19UH3 chassis. No dial light in 19G3, 19U53, 19H3, 19UH3 chassis and in some models with 19A3 or 1911A3 chassis.

Material on the above listed sets is on pages 15 through 19. The setslisted in separate chart at extreme right are similar sonar -remote types.

VHF OSC.VGTR2 &

V902 MIXER

VT01) VHF

V901 RF AMP.

rv

TUBE LOCATIONS

VÁ0/ AM CRBOI IN VHF-UNF SETS ONLY.PICTURE TUBE V304

%

V70/ 811702 /N SETS 117TH SOFF/X LETTER "B' O "C')19018 Y.902 /II SETS PM SUFFIX LETTER "0" //

/SOUND DEI. á NOISE CATE,SYNC.

Alltr SOUND SEP. á GATED AGC.

OUTPUT eAl

VIDEO AMP.

&SOUND IF.

CR301

CR401

HORIZ

PHASE

DET.

VIDEO 2ND IF 1ST IF\ET.

i

I\VERT OSC. á 1

VERT. I

D2OUTPUTI

HORIZ. I

OSC.

HORIZ.

OUTPUT

To align 4.5 MC trap "All", tune in television station withbeat interference pattern in picture. While closely observingpicture, adjust slug "All" for minimum interference pattern.

VHF ANTENNATERMINALS

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E353-1

VERTICAL

BRIGHTNESS

CONTRAST

VERTICAL LINEARITYHEIGHT

To correct improper picture height

or vertical linearity, alternately

adjust HEIGHT and VERT. UN.

*AGC CONTROL *HORIZONTAL LOCK

DAMPER

/HF CHANNEL SLUG ACCESSIBLETHROUGH HOLE IN VHF TUNER

0N VOL106

/VHF Channel Slugs In Sets WithSuffix Letter "C" or "D" AfterChassis and Model Number. Chan-nel and Fine Tuning Knobs Re-moved. Control Panel in 19G3,19UG3, 19H3 or 19UH3 shown.

*HORIZONTAL RANGE *FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

*DETAILED ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON OTHER PAGES.

MODEL CHART

Model Chassis

PS901DPS9014PS9015

tPS9020tPS9029

PS9200PS9204

tPS921199219

SAA9913

191(311

19K3U19K3Ú19M3U19M3U19R311

19R311

191311

19T3Ú191(311

}Models have tone control.

OVERALL VHFOSC. TRIMMER.

ADJUST ONHIGHESTCHANNELRECEIVED.

Location of VHF Oscillator TrimmerIn Models With Suffix Letter "B"After Chassis and Model Number.Top View of VHF Tuner Shown.

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRINGTo correct picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spring. Rotate yoke

until picture is straight. Tighten

screw.

PICTURE CENTERING TABS -

Move tabs closer together or further

sport to center picture.

HV COVER

AC INTERLOCKSOCKET

CIRCUIT BREAKERRESET BUTTON

Rear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations.

15

0000000 TOSHAFT OF TUNER

F 00'27I

10002 1

I L910 I CONNECTS ONLY IN

--= ' AiT I CHANNEL POSITION

5901 SHOWN?H

CHANNEL 1(110111

80SIT10N

VNE

ANTENNA.

T

L9094 L9098C928

1 .001NF

VHF TUNER 94E202-27S902 L9044 1 190413 L904C

SWITCH REARVIEW ORB ¡ 000,- 666,-2 3 4 5 6

- C904

27

"ISO30

-C9`2

21903 C923

L902 OT

I 7901

)H"C9061.8-7

R90147K

C905

1000

0908100

A G9IIA 1/26008 0R33

.. r 1/2 6CG8A

-.C59-13).5

VHF MIXER

- V9Q2A

111903f 2.7K

C926

3

¿ 1/SY

7 L905

í1002 í220K

R915

14211

1' IC907000

NT A(( CT 01CI00. 8103 C 8105 t

UHF TUNER 94D204-7_L801 -

1ST UHF LINE

-- 211D UHF LINE _1

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Schematic Diagram 19A3, 19UÁ3, 19B3, 19UB3, 19C3, 19UC3, etc.

Schematic of VHF Tuner 94E202-27 Used in Sets With Suffix Letter "D" AfterChassis and Model Number. UHF Tuner Only in VHF -UHF Models.

TF INPUT ASSEMBLY

C90977I

CBOlBBN

- F, ,:-/ ---M8Ó1 Leoz

1UHFN812Aso3I I V302

T C801 CRao16DZ4

- #0X= /6AF4AA602

OSC. LIBE

oT

OHf OSC. /I/////I//I/I/ I0802 I

100 _13803 I 7 V801

TI1807 C808 q

1000 I 11355--- 2-6 1.IÓ% IS 15

1

L

I fZA L804Pe : L805 SR803 C805 IAR1

II

- ----C809C-

L 5.811 T,5-3.0 0Ií%

-00810 - _-1100011.TO 0.3V AC

SCHEMATIC NOTESNumbers or letters inside hexagons indicate

alignment points.Fixed resistor values shown in ohms ±10% toler-

ance, X4 watt; capacitor values shown in micro-microfarads ±20% unless otherwise specified.

VOLTAGES AND WAVEFORMSLine Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise; all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Horizontal Hold control.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTVM between tubesocket and chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages marked () will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.B+ Circuit Breaker: B-- supply of this receiveris equipped with a thermal type circuit breakerhaving a manual reset button. Allow a few min-utes for circuit breaker to cool off before pressingthe reset button.

Heater Fuse: A one inch length of number 26gauge bare annealed copper wire is used. Fusewire is located at underside of chassis.

R906

4.7K

L9040

1906FINE 1/2 6CG8A17

TUNING - C925 VHF OSC.__-; -1000 V9025950

1C9131.25

1 CHANNEL I

; (UHF IF) STRIP

--,® CHANNEL STRIPS2 THRH 13

9 J

1/2 6C08 OR

L907-Y6pW.-44.3MC

09121

C9N I (1000

SCHEMATIC NOTES

4- CHASSIS (80130FÁ87 NOT .NOUN7E0 OHEREC/S/0N 13E0 SYSTEM

A° YOUACE M/li YANY 4118 SETT/NC Of COMTNOLS.

PONER

TRANSFORMER

7501,

REOLBLACR ;

M501 M502

ILT 9011500 MIESAC OW

R501ON -Off SWITCH 1

070. OM 81011.CIRCUIT

1

1 II BREAKER

vVv I

BLACK 1--- ]

-RED -J

R905.1K

4910 C929

1000 1000

3

ZB220 I

IC324

2

A901 I3

AGG 1 7> Á4o4

moK

VHF TUNER

M50518

P47 ILOTLAMPLIGHT

* %

M50026 WIRE FUSE

CREEN

V70I I

MS05 USED If ALL 1991191/81119111IICHASSIS; SONE79A5,/9/1ÁS CHASSIS

MOT USEO /N /90108 /90(1 CHASSIS.

GRN./TEL.

I RED

r +RESET

1

- BUTTON- 1 - I

M504

L

/R2011008

i/26JV8OSUNO IF AMP.

V3038 C

0

201

13 001

IY

10 HOY

iV6EF141.2511C ISO 11

v 501

Li01 030442.7NC 4.1K

5%

1303.0015NF -

IF ACC

4400 44020

®150K 3 NEC

R401T150

o RF A CC

44054403 5.6 NEC

12 MEG 50.

5% = 221MF

94081111

3W

0304=20

5%

4305245%

NOTf (105 Mi

10/1 S/Of 0T a,

6E11.1NOISE CA

SYNC SE

6 GATED A

V401

7300 2

5 %

0403=---.001 NF

111V

}`tR440I8K

71w

R442

2.2X~"93B5-6A441 NORII PHASE DET

8R CR441IW R439 R443 444

1lC453 w 00421

062Mf O01MFIOY IID%

/101'

1422390010%

C

CR501 CR502 7RECTIFIER RECTIFIER

ZTfYL5O1

Rso2

502 50n COLD 210OO1NF C506 3W

C503 Z1RV 100MF

a001NF

,-005- 200V

sT111YI 15045 '046 -,C5041

10010 1- 10010 5011

2002 350V 3501

16

s71s ctoº TONE VOLUME

.0114F , 62080

1 ÓÓÍSNF3100

C212 R212[. 1---- r^,r -/-, A20e1{a..__ :41209 w

p`

i SNFC.Í ' = ti 331 0114F

' C2011 -ItL202{1ÓÓt ` - #-C211 ,

I

L20181 q Or

C803 =i C206 í Í09Y2 Sr

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Schematic Diagram of Models listed on page 15, Continued

DN WIRED SYSTEM 14E353-1 ama'26AL11

SOUND DET.V201A 100

2010

J t2 T5.61C204 8203

r TOW 560

n

L 5%T

/~ íe205 8206;C20S 4701

5606

- .004/60 f 8204r7 8.21

0204I.02NF

-ii0033N

r

CONPONENTS /PUSHED LIKES1111/119.4.1,19101 OR 1969 CNASS/S

1/26A L11SOUND OUTPUT

V20113 250V

150 0

421114EC 8243

150

0,.0047' NF L

7301y 44.8110

Or

Itl8.20

07,1,311

A308

6.813t lollPlor

6EJ72NO IFV 302 140r

1317

e 560

loor

A309 1C30868 '¡0047NF

I I.00180 -

R200470

C58Ó

Pill 1111 IIII E°T

N.3NC

1

L

2.7

IN 87Av10.OET

CR301

C311

4,7

40%

iR310

T4714á11 1rIiC31111/26JVe100K

5% 1 5X I VIVE303A

1 6313f(47 ¡- t31'S 4.i,10% I9 994'

L - - tpl}7303 jj J-1 L305 L307 6312 ;4Y :

L300C301

6.865%

C312.2.11y5% I

33BKL304

JR311

2,7R

150

T3.58N0RI2.

±C320

e

":;401'

1 BIDE 7201(r - - ,

ÓÓ5 NFi I

4.418 I

REOL __

/004 1pl/404' P10Y

I R321,I

121(

TEL

M201SPEAKER

RE0 DO

- -I

13081- -6322 C316

68011-122NF

6324 loll471 1704

8323 A325

1801 2001

BRIGHTNESS

1

:L306

10041 <SR330

uuaNú 7586

8319

6315 15.61

8320rr

1300x0812..

T1304

VERT.

19AVP4; ;

PICTURE TUBE/ 4V304 ' i

R3265.(-{- ,y25K

CONTRASTgED

8.21

R410 $6415471 1001

C405{.INf C406

3300

FVVNr84126806

11

IECR414

.02x4

6413

rn 22

11,45v 11

`a

396-C401

1005%

ORIZ..00KL40 I

á1f1 R4641006

1/ 'I21

1R33133K 200V /

1/26EW74418

330001

NE iR406 -821

c418 rERT.05C

01510 V402A118.10%

A419

396

9

fi1039xC 10X

0418.111F,160

1-iVERT

426

.01140 100K 04131 8126.0022T

NFA425

R420 -10420tR422 2.7 C

8206 `(:OOiÑF <1B MEG

5% 1 14.701,C435 d NI6l AI4410 - 90I10N SIDE OIPIfC/S/ON681 N/qE0 SYSIEI.

C<12 R417

3SVVERT

12500O

40[11.

FOCUS05059

SffCAUIlONN07 350V FOCUS

O o

03211.047NFT t6Y

C322.047N1116 -

~R327O

4701 Am

2328

EC. j

CREER

C414 1.. /00f 7401

0088NF * A42110Y r2160-4Y3 2106R

I1

1.6AY

A42TR929

y Af0 ' 10 04 P70r

^"^^ 39KC416

I

S2.36 0O rElloA2.2NE6. T º SY ( I-

i413_1(11,0_,.Op%F

0!N0417

. -o

,W41UII41

476 7 9.11

1317 38336

1/26EW7VER1.05C./OUTPUT

V4028

6483,1000

= CR302DIODE

R430

\\51, 421

s OVERT 1°413

HEIGHT3000 HOLD 5450

ROM 110112L . HO 12 ToJ- J- 1111

C423 `8448002240

Í{ 1001

05060424

4.31 `T¡' 047 1

311 l

826

Z1144414 1414114

If f404

C50513011F3501

6FQ7N0R I . 05C.

1004 /K ME V403IC434

33

:Sr 7

4lOf2l0Y

6 10425120

-IV to

0427.0047140

12 A4515181 A453

1

5% 14E0

tttt1450 C416

8449 UK 1680.1158.

l0t

HORIZRANGE

A48!3306

1504NORI2

66E840412.

V40OIPUl04

4452 d1r /40rIso 3,11 `_ 2

O

.1 0504 0

7403

T100NF500

430?1

IJ

8431

1.51

6.88

1250A xlll.VERT

LIN

4aaa4

= N0Al2_

1G3GTH.V.RECTIFIER 11.3n

V406

4

R4

11.3n

278,16

L402

4.1012/a

L403

7402DEFLECTION 000 VERT

9'l .6 -1

6A X3046418V405

.2004'

BUM

1431,80 11 122031

Ia I

I 8432 I

1

3.80 Co

103

II

SR434I

TAO Íi00

L _ ._NHITE

For improved width slob/lily 6454 changed from /5K/o /2K.To improve interference rejection characteristics, L300 and C30/

i9'? R322 changed from' 4706 to 6606. 6323 was changed fromwere added. T302 changed from port no.728207-6 /0 720261-3. /806 to /506.

1659'

17

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONADMIRAL Chassis 19A3, 19UA3, etc., Service

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR SETS WITH SUFFIXLETTER "B" AFTER CHASSIS NUMBER

These receivers are provided with an overall VHF channeloscillator trimmer adjustment screw. See top view of VHFtuner on preceding page. Adjustment is made, using a "shor-ty" non-metallic alignment screwdriver with metal tip blade,part number 98A30-23. Note: If a short, non-metallic align-ment screwdriver is not available, it is advisable to removereceiver from cabinet for access to trimmer screw.

Caution: Terminals at top of VHF tuner are at B+ poten-tial. If a metallic screwdriver is used, exercise care to avoidshorting terminals or possible electric shock.

Make adjustment as follows:1. Remove cabinet back. Connect antenna and interlock linecord. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes for warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel received. Set FineTuning Control at center of tuning range, by rotating it onethird turn clockwise from full counterclockwise rotation. Setother tuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Insert blade end of "shorty", non-metallic alignment screw-driver over trimmer screw located at right front of tube ontuner, see illustration below. When blade of alignment screw-driver engages slot of trimmer screw, very slowly adjust screwfor best picture. Only slight rotation of screw is required.Sound may not be loudest at point of best picture.4. Check adjustment on lower channels to be sure that goodpicture and sound can be tuned within range of the Fine Tun-ing control. If good picture and sound are not tunable on alower channel, touch-up adjustment of the over-all channelscrew may be made on the lower channel, as a compromiseadjustment to favor all channels.

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR SETS WITH SUFFIXLETTER "C" OR "D" AFTER CHASSIS

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slug foreach channel. See control panel illustration on preceding page.Adjust as follows:1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted. SetFine Tuning control at center of tuning range, by rotating itone third turn counter -clockwise from full clockwise rotation.Set other tuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Remove Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs.4. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with A" blade (partnumber 98B30-22), carefully adjust channel slug for best pic-ture. Note: Sound may not be loudest at this point. Repeatprocedure for each channel to be adjusted.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under allsignal conditions.

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normallyrequire field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picturebending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set.

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as in-structed.1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right.4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is weak (loses contrast).5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofvertical lines at top of picture.6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picturejust begins fo bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Thenvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point atwhich picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-mately 10 degrees to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Pictureshould not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels.

Information, Continued

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made onlyon a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVstation is tuned in.

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotatingflexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectoroff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturebends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that pictureremains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearat top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-sary, repeat procedure.

IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using theHorizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andseldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be madeif 6FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture cannotbe locked -in with the Horizontal Lock adjustment or if theHorizontal Lock adjustment has insufficient range (adjust-ment only possible at extreme end rotation).

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatthe picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical andhorizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyhorizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontalsync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normalpicture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCcontrol has been adjusted according to instructions in thismanual.3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R", junc-tion of resistors R443 (680K) and R444 (1 meg.) to chassisground. See Figure B for location.4. Connect a .22 mf, 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R446,12,000 ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock,turn receiver off when making this connection.5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.7. Remove wire short from test point "R".8. Set Channel Selector to weakest station. Switch ChannelSelector on and off channel, picture should remain in hori-zontal sync. If necessary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightlyto bring picture in sync.

IMPROVING FOCUSThe picture tube of these receivers utilizes electrostatic

focus in connection with a three position focus adjustment.For obtaining best overall sharpness of pictures, focus ad-

justment should be checked at installation and when servicing.Once focus adjustment is properly made, no further need forreadjustment is required.

From rear view of chassis on front page, note that there arethree focus (pin) connections at top rear of the chassisboard, points shown as "A", "B" and "C". To make adjust-ment, connect plug-in focus lead to either of the three focuspins, whichever provides best focus at central area of picturetube. Important: Focus adjustment should be made with con-trols set for picture with normal contrast and brightness.

18

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis 19A3, 19UÁ3, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENTConnect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IF

AGC), positive to chassis. See figure B.Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookup

wire, connect signal generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures D, E and F.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through adecoupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipment towarm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no. 98A30-12.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator againstfrequency standard for calibration.

t1. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust A2 for minimum.2. Connect wire jumper across resistor R304 (4.7K) at ter-

minals of IF input coil L301.*3. Set generator at 44.3 MC and. adjust A3 for maximum

Remove wire jumper from across resistor R304.*4. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A4 for maximum.*5. Retouch trap adjustment A2 (step 1).*6. Set generator at 44.8 MC and adjust A5 for maximum*7. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A6 for maximum.*8. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A7 for maximum.9. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response

Curve Check".

t If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce biasto -11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.

* Use -6 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generatoroutput to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.

oBOTT7 A1OM SLUG o BOTTOMSLUG

44.3 MC MAX. 4.5 MC SOUNDTAKE OFF

A6ATOP SLUG42.7 MC MAX

A544.8 MC MAX

1STIF

A247.25 MC MIN.

TRAP

A442.7 MC MAX

JCT.OF R443& R444

JCT. OF L401,R446 & C419.

\

6EJ7

.,*. \VT302J

CR3 e

oT301

6EH7

V301

L302 L301

TEST POINT©JCT OFR312 & PIN 7OF V303

O

6JV8

6AL11

V201

L202T303 L201

CR401

6FQ 7

O

o6BU8

6EW7

o SLUG FARTHEST FROM TOP OF COILA SLUG NEAREST TO TOP OF COIL

Figure S. View of Precision Wired SystemShowing Test Point and Alignment Locations.

AliA TOP SLUG

4.5 MC TRAP

A344.3 MC

MIXER PLATEON VHF TUNER

A84.5 MC

QUADRATURE

A94.5 MC SOUNDINTERSTAGE

oIF AGC

JCT. OF C401,R400, R402C303 & R303

oRF AGC

JCT.OF C400,R403 & R405

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentwarm up.

2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Connect negative of 6 voltbias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC), positive to chassis.See figure B.

3. Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect sweep generator. high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures D, E and F. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7 MC. Ifexternal marker generator is used, loosely couple high side tosweep generator lead, low side directly to tuner. Marker fre-quencies indicated on IF Response Curve.4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" through adecoupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reducecurve amplitude without altering the shape of the responsecurve.

If curve is not within tolerance or markers not in properlocation on curve, adjust A5 to position 45.75 MC VideoMarker. Adjust A6 and A7 to correct shape of curve.

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allowabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjust-ment locations.*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30-12),slowly turn slug "A8" several turns to left until a buzz isheard in sound. Then slowly turn slug "A8" to the right forloudest and clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points(approx. 1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The slugshould be set at center of second point of sound notedas slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consider-able hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, con-nected between antenna and antenna terminals. Signal canalso be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placing it closeto antenna terminals or leads.4. Carefully adjust slug "A9" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A9". NOTE:Slug "A9" should be at end nearest bottom of coil.5. Carefully adjust slug "A10" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. Iff hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "A10". Cau-tion: Slug "A10" is located nearest bottom of shield can. Usecare so as not to disturb slug nearest top of shield can.TO TEST POINT 47000 OHMS

-.11--VVVV`

41.25 MC

MARKER

(MAY NOT BE

VISIBLE)

CHASSIS

GROUND ---Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

4.5148

1 2701WMF

45.75 MCMARKER

50%T0 80%

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

19

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMITelevision Receiver Only Models

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis

tC3301C 21B5 -11C

tC3301D 2165-11D}CU3301C 21UB5-21CtCU33010 21085-210tC3302C 21B5 -11C

tC3302D 2185-11D}CU3301C 210B5 -21CtCU3302D 21085-210tC3305C 21B5 -11C

tC330511 21B5-110}CU3305C 21UB5-21C

tCU33050 21UB5-211)#C3311 C 21 B5 -13C

#C3311 D 2165-130#CU3311C 210B5 -23C*CU3311D 21UB5-230*C3312C 21B5 -13C#C3312D 2165-130#CU3312C 21U85 -23C*CU33120 21005-230

'*C3313C 21B5 -13C

#C33130 21B5-130*CU3313C 21U65 -23C#CU33130 2111115-230

*C3321C 2165-13C*C33210 21B5 -13D

#C03321C 21UB5-23C#CU33210 21085-23D*C3322C 21B5 -13C

#C33220 2165-13D#CU3322C 210115-23C#CU3322D 21U85-230}C3601C 2105-11C

tC36010 2105-11DtCU3601C 211105-21C

tCU3601D 21UA5-21DtC3602C 2105-11C

tC3602D 21A5-110

tCU3602C 21UA5-21CtCU3602D 21005-210tC3605C 21A5 -11C

tC36050 21A5-110

tCU3605C 21 UA5-21C

tCU3605D 21UA5-21D}1.3301C 2105-15C}L3301D 2105-150tLU3301C 21UC5-25C}LU33010 21UC5-250

1L3302C 2105-15CtL3302D 2105-150}LU3302C 21UC5-25C

1-1033020 211105-250113309C 2105-15C1-1.33091) 2105-150}LU3309C 211IC5-15C1LU3309D 21UC5-150#L3311C 2165-13C*133110 21B5-130#LU3311C 21UB5-23C#L033110 21U85-230*L3312C 2185-13C#133120 2185-130#LU3312C 21UB5-23C#1033120 21UB5-230ch13313C 21B5 -13C#133130 2165-13D#LU3313C 21U85 -23C#11133130 21UB5-23D

tT3100C 2105-11C1.131000 21A5-110

Model Chassis Model Chassis

}TU3100C 21UA5-21C.H11310011 21UA5-21D

031220§T113122C

2105-11021UA5-81C

tT3101C 21A5 -11C §T0312211 21UA5-81DtT3101D 2105-110 1.13600C 2105-11CtTU3101C 21005-21C }T36000 2105-110t11131010 21005-210 11113600C 21005-21CtT3104C 21A5 -11C 111.136000 21DA5-21D}T31040 2105-110 tT3601C 21A5 -11C}TU3104C 21UA5-21C tT3601 D 2105-110t1031040 210A5 -21D tTU3601C 21UA5-21C13111C 21A5 -12C 1.111360111 2111105-21D

T3111D 2105-120 tT3604C 2105-11CTU3111C 21UA5-22C }T36041) 2105-110TU31110 21005-220 tTU3604C 21UA5-21CT3112C 21A5 -12C t11136040 21005-210T3112D 2105-120 113611C 21A5 -11CTU3112C 21UA5-22C t436111) 2105-110TU311211 21UA5-220 tTU3611C 21UA5-21C§T3121C 2105-11C tTU36110 210A5-210§1312111 21A5 -71D tT3612C 2105-11C§103121C 21UA5-81C t136120 2105-11D§T03121 I) 21005-81D tT03612C 21UA5-21C§T3122C 2105-71C 1-1036120 21005-210

Models or Chassis with suffix letter "C" use VHF tuner 94E243-2.

Models or Chassis with suffix letter "0" use VHF tuner 94E202-21.

}Model has no dial light and no tone control.

Model has dial light and tone control.

§Model with digital tuning (dialescent panel). Has tone control.

*Model has dial light, but no tone control.

VHF ANTENNATERMINALS

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E353-6

VERTICAL LINEARITYHEIGHT

To correct improper picture height

or vertical linearity, alternately

adjust HEIGHT and VERT. IIN.

AGC CONTROL

Radio -Television Combinations

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHARTModel Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

SR3511C 2105-14C SMU3841C 211105-24C SMU3921D 211105-240'SR35110 2105-140 SM1138410 21UC5-24D SM3922C 2105-14CSR03511C 21UC5-24C SM3842C 2105-14C SM3922D 2105-14DSRU35110 21UC5-24D SM3842D 2105-140 SMU3922C 21UC5-24CSR3511C 2105-14C SMU3842C 21UC5-24C SMU39220 21UC5-24DSR3512D 2105-140 SMU3842D 211105-240 SM3925C 2105-14CSRU3512C 21UC5-24C SM3843C 2105-14C SM39250 2105-140SRU3512D 21UC5-24D SM3843D 2105-14D SMU3925C 21UC5-24CSR3513C 2105-14C SMU3843C 21UC5-24C SMU3925D 21UC5-24DSR35130 2105-140 SMU3843D 21UC5-240 SM3931C 2105-14CSRU3513C 21UC5-24C SM3911C 2105-14C SM3931D 2105-14U'SRU3513D 211.105-240

SM3911D 2105-140 SMU3931C 21UC5-24CSM3641C 2105-14CSM3641D 2105-140 SMU3911C 21UC5-24C SMU3931D 21UC5-240

SMU3641C 21UC5-24C SMU39110 21UC5-240 SM3932C 2105-14C

SM1136410 21UC5-24D SM3921C 2105-14C SM3932D 1105-140SM3841C 2105-14C SM39210 2105-140 SMU3932C 21UC5-24CSM38410 2105-140 SMU3921C 21UC5-24C SMU3932D 21UC5-240

* Models without suffix letter "M" use 872 AM -FM Radio. Models with suffixletter "M" use 872A AM -FM Radio which has plug and socket connectionsfor use of AMX102 FM Stereo Multiplex Adaptor. All other models use 912AM -FM Radio with built-in Stereo Multiplex.

Remote Controlled Television SetsMODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

CS3301D 2185-51D CS3313D 2185-540 LS33130 2185-540CS3302D 2185-510 CS3321D 2185-540 TS3100D 2105-510CS3305D 21B5-510 CS3322D 2185-540 TS3101D 2105-510CS3311D 2185-540 LS3311D 2185-540 TS3104D 21A5-510CS3312D 2165-540 LS331211 2165-540 }TS3121D 2105-910

1-1531220 21A5-910

t Model with digital tuning (dialescent panel). Has tone control.

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING SPRING

To correct picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining spring. Rotate yoke

until picture is straight. Tighten

screw.

PICTURE CENTERING TABS

Move tabs closer together or far'Cher apart to center picture.

HV COVER

CIRCUIT BREAKERRESET BUTTON

HORIZONTAL LOCK - HORIZONTAL RANGE * FOCUS ADJUSTMENT "AC INTERLOCK SOCKET

Rear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations (UHF Tuner in 21UC5-24C and D Chassis).

20

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Service Material for sets listed on page 20, ContinuedVHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT remains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appear

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slug for at top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-each VHF channel. See control panel illustration at right. sary, repeat procedure.Adjust as follows: IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using the1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up. Horizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted. Set zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.Fine Tuning control at center of tuning range, by rotating itone third turn counter -clockwise from full clockwise rotation.Set other tuning controls for normal picture and sound. HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

3. Remove Channel Selector and The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andFine Tuning knobs. ADM IRAL seldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be made

Using a non-metallic alignment4.toolwith ' " (part number

toolwith

-A"bladeefully

C-~® if 6FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture can-not be locked -in with the Horizontal Lock adjustment or ifthe Horizontal Lock adjustment has insufficient range (adjust -adjust channel

slug for best picture. Note: Soundmay not be loudest at this point.Repeat procedure for each channelto be adjusted.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

¡. ment only possible at extreme end rotation).

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatthe picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical andhorizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyhorizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontalsync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:

o

VHF CHANNEL SLUG ACCESSIBLEThe AGC control is an AGC THROUGH

threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for

HOLE IN VHF TUNER 1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakestoptimum operation under all signalconditions. 0 station, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normal

picture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCNote: This control is set at the

factory and will not normally re-quire field readjustment.

OFF ON VOL TONE control has been adjusted according to instructions in thismanual.

3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R", junctionImproper AGC control adjust- View of Escutcheon, of resistors R443 (680K) and R444 (1 meg.) to chassis ground.ment can result in picture bending, Channel Selector and Fine See Figure B for location.tearing (overloading) or buzz in Tuning Knob Removed.the sound. However, these same 4. Connect a .22 mf, 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"conditions can also be caused by other troubles in the set. (function of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R446, 12,000

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as in-strutted.

ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock, turnreceiver off when making this connection.

1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up. 5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re -2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area. mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.

3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right. 6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is weak (loses contrast).

Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.

5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol for steady picture, without bending of vertical lines attop of picture.

7. Remove wire short from test point "R".

8. Set Channel Selector to weakest station. Switch Channel6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picture Selector on and off channel, picture should remain in hori-just begins to bend, tear, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Then zontal sync. If necessary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightlyvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point at to bring picture in sync.which picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control approxi-mately 10 degrees to the left.

IMPROVING FOCUS

The picture tube of these receivers utilizes electrostatic8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Picture focus in connection with a three position focus adjustment.should not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels. For obtaining best overall sharpness of pictures, focus ad-

justment should be checked at installation and when servicing.IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made on Once focus adjustment is properly made, no further need for

the strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made only readjustment is required.on a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVstation is tuned in. From rear view of chassis on front page, note that there are

three focus (pin) connections at top rear of precision wiredsystem, points shown at "A", "B" and "C". To make adjust -

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT ment, connect plug-in focus lead to either of the three focuspins, whichever provides best focus at central area of picture

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears" when tube. Important: Focus adjustment should be made with con -switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotating flexible trola set for picture with normal contrast and brightness.shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows: Caution: High B+ potential ispresent at focus terminals.1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakest To prevent electric shock, use care to avoid accidental contactstation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic- with focus terminals.ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC ccntrolhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual. UHF CONVERSION KIT AVAILABLE2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync. UHF conversion kit is available for conversion of VHF onlyInterrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selector models to receive all UHF channels. All necessary parts andoff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picture complete instructions are included in the kit. No special toolsbends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that picture or brackets are required.

21

VHF

ATOM NA

300aINPUT

UHF,A TEMNA

JACKM801

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONADMIRAL Schematic

M701

L706A

r L705AI

L704

L703000 C7Ó11,

L702C1018

C702A

CN2B 27

L701

T701

2

for 2105-14D, 21UC5-24C, ContinuedVHF TUNER 94E243-2 AFTER C AISSIS ORFMODEL NUMBER

21 VHF AMP

V701

L706B L706CUHF IF STRIP

CHANNEL I POSITION

L705B L705CVHF CHANNEL

50

000

6

STRIPS 2 THRU 1300

í/26CG8oR FINE A1/26CG8A ANI"

C709

20

R704

C108=41

4702

1.20

110000115

VHF MIXER 8105 ----V7024,o--_-

óL`0.

9

1111032,21

C 716

10001

UHF TUNER 94D204-7

CBC98- 2110 UHF LINE

1

- _//VIII//l/I/II//!1///ll ;%/,{ - - -1 \L L802 U eiYCR L803 1

1N82A

T cecl cp8016°x T -/6AF4A + C 809 1-- OSC. LINE

Rfioz ill///101//d-CBozT i°° 10803 '°"véó C806 ceo, I ceoe ;

1000I

1'35 2-6T1.5

ISTs

_ s014

8804 .1.5106128

L804

V302

O 0

L805 TR803 C80S5.68 5-3.0

Celo

1000ro 6.iV AC

V301 aO 0

V402

O 0V401

O 0V 03

O 0V201

O 0V403

0323

304 1820

C3241822

1 1

1c717 1119

T1000 11000

4

10V0

111i° O

M520117Y AC RECEPTACLE

FOR RADIO AHD STEREO AMPLIFIERo

o

TO 1;1110Y

íA510 CF511z>10K 12K;3M í3W

106/1708

OSC-M/XENN+CONNECT- OSC-N/XENN+ AND OLEf1EN/08/I VHF ONLY SETS CONNECTLON/NYNF-UNF SETS .

VNF TUNER

V701

O 0V702

O 0 CiÓÓÓ

V404

O ®V405

POWER

TRAM SFOMMEA_

7501,

RED/BLACB

M501 M502C501041MF

'BUOY BLACK 1

1 55018 TV ON v [ a r

FOR S1018 CIRCUIT SEE TJ501

-"--047

0! Ó FF > I I

470 1 0TV 4 I

55018SPEAKER OUTPUT CIRCUIT ON 8

SIOIA 8 A, PART OF R108.fÁA0101 _'

_KEOLµv _ J

V304

M505 PILOT LICHT1*1141 LAMP

M50026 MIRE FUSE

CREE

{:SYAC

1

1

, RN./TEL

I RE0

i

i

C300A !255.8±25

4eA44e~ PRECISION i/º6JV8

SOUND IF AMP,V3038 , C201

±001001

42021001

1. TO I NOY

.00181

C 2,02 L-2 014-

e

,4r

4.55%

03008 L302 _ 1 i V 6 E H75.6^' 47.1511C 151 IF

V301 /60Y

13018 830445.15 158MC 5%

A30311

0303

!t1301A C302 rOtSMF41 -11".25C T5xC301 IF ACCT1o,sx

tt T

1401 R400 R402=22NF 1508 3 MEC.- - 5Y,

R401150

4403

0 RF ACC

R4055.6 NEC

12MEC SY.

5% 1228,

R4086.8034

11401

0103= OD1MF

1RV

C30420

5%

830524

5%

e 656

306

510

43088.2128

8307 A3

151,3M

R308

6.B A

311TO II--Ir.1JOY

6BU8NOISE CATE.SYNC SEP

3 CATEO ACCV401

1JOY

11110 R4

418 10

CGSe .IMF

SOY e e /00

?JOY o

V0Y

T¿¿C04

R409S.001 MI 55V5.68?? VFRI.T

1106R412

680K

45VHOR12 ll

E

04

33

2

-7112

i

L

1.4KV

#R440

IBA1 iM

844211 -+vv/ -4

2.2MEC

8441

IBAIW R439

6408

9385-6H0812 PHASE VT

CR401R443

6801 1010C428

00?MFI fox062MF

1010%

HORIZ.LOCK

N L401

C422_390010%

20- Y

1101112

swam ~a- ;Omium

CR501 CR502RECTIFIER AECTIFI A

17SYL5)1

R502-IBLLT VOLTS

60 CYCLES AC ONLY

170

C502 SOn COID 270001NF C506 31

C503 1fAY MF+ 001MF 200YT,Xv1 CSOIA .L5048 CSObt

IOONF .i 100MFf150MF

2008 - 3504 350Y

10423I.0022MF

R506

4.36.58 0~

--)0M1

C5053508

22

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONADMIRAL

SYSTEM 14E353-6 1.~4440Vº6AL11

50V2000AT.

.2018

-_ IC20615.6

-C204 $ 4203'0181 3 560

70Y

C 205$1205$4701

.00416F A2048.21

- 41007I004TNF L

I(.01MF

12011001

OTONE

op

I 10210001511F

111 56E4 }}}621

SMEC. 173108

02111003311 T

amiumm1206; 1 C2085601. ,02MF

6EJ7ONO IF

V 302 (my

itiI-3Jr

4309 163080301 68 00418

-1( T )1

00114F T 0310560

654/EATiiiiIIINNIIhIIU1

1:041MF

1' 41®

efl7or

R200

470

44.360

1302INS -7A

410 DOTCR301

_42.7110311

4.7

10%

C312 '-6.8 I R32910% 5.64

VOLUME420116I36E0

;r,OC212 R212

1r14314 : II It1ó011RI1 1/2 6 J V 8-, 1RÓÓ6

T5%

f 1 5%T VIDEO AMP1 V3034

CS13{(47 C3Í3 4,7,10% 19 UV

L - - T3o3 ÁIJ

L305 2301 8312 ;4

150

L304

4311

2.76

14708T 0

J C409 R418vv .0287 330K

0411.001 -

ME

RICO

826

4413

398_C401

100

5%

11 331 -4-334 2000

VERT1/26EW70414 VERT.OSC /818

0151 MF V402Á110,10%

1391396

J_3.50VERT. 111,1 aoN1.U11

0115.1120.0

/80

6

1/26A L11SOUND OUTPUT

V2018 1sor'BLUE

5501B PART OF9208 ON -017

T20 55018í VOLUME SNITCH(rI

TV

JACKm201

RADIO-STEREO-PH0N0

OR PH0N0 ONLY

JACK

_ _ J M202JACKS CONNECTED TO PINS N125 tr

6126 ON SPEAKER SYSTEM. SEE RADIO

OR THE STEREO AMP. SCHEMATIC.

TEL.

43247011

471 170Y

4323 8325

2008

BRIGHTNESS

"2306

C320100470E1

3.5V110611. u u

1C41 2

,018 F

-.11Y0

6 8Ys C410

0398F,10%

4417M1001

R420 104208206 T001MF_5% 1

4416611

1442251.8 NEC

1800VERT

C419

.18F,160

)1 nvC413 126 0421

5126

.0022 T 821MF _1_

6425

2.111E0

0414.0068MF1.668

033058K

R315

432041-+N1

6.26

4319

5.61 4313

319 R326

20 j25K

A1AAN47 "AI

111 ill 'I'II I NI

130VR0912._L

130V

VERT.

23CP4A, :,

PICTURE 1U80

V304 !

CONTRAST

3

FMMMMMMMM11M'

6327

CORNC.

I41Vwv 4M^.v ---- C3211---.1707.---416 16

R31C9,31$1 .0470F1 7

1331 110 R3828 ---11-C322-.04702

REC.41 4. (SImili'-\ 1250Y

oVERT. 05058

1/26EW7 ,a4 FocusYERT.OSC./OUTPUT Serf C/07/0Y8nIf

V4028 165Y CHEW

3

4421*-/fY22w iISY

4429

391

04351 1110

6463,1000"1-`,10311

4430

C416

1(

T401

rJ- 12180

I IfO/f110YrE41081 ; I236nj

g ® 44®\OOR1 VERT 8423

e - 3000 HOLD s7e63HEIGHT

o

O

ISv ^ 36v e -1C408HOAil RT TO.INf

444111A

8?

446 100

126 0434133

JY 76441100A

6FQ7NOR IL OSC.

Á0Y 0403

C42S C427

8Y 1700%.0047 ME

4451Iv 16K 6453

5% 16E06450 0426

0424 4449 221 8801.11 I 10%5%

HORIZRANGE

I

I4452

ISO

6GE500417.40

040T PUT

V

-J7Y3,11

4,10

7

150VNORIZ

00.j C5040

I0011F504

1403

431

1.56

6.88

Y250n--VERTLIN

1G3GTNV RECTIFIER 9730

v406

z 432n

0429

= ,047NF4454

1210 ma'R458 /00Y

/Y0

}RO11SS

05

801

6440 C436

1201 11KV6F

R481

3301

ó MF

.6RV

5%

á

a

94551,5

8.7 0

11.3n

8463w 2 71,16

T402DEFLECTION TOME VERT

Ten

1.8n

81401

I

220R433 1

84323.8n CO 0

1

R434

100 1

8.5p L402

4

1.90

.4n C430139

SKY

3.60

25n0,10 708

6AX304NPER

v405

T600460410

L403il

SOY

i141TE

365V

Schematic Notes on page 16 apply here also.

23

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Service Information, Continued

B+TO UHFTUNER

A13VHF CHANNELADJUSTMENT

TESTPOINT

110V.

A3MIXER PLATE

44.3 MC

A15MIXER GRID

A13VHF

CHANNELADJUST

B+MIXER-OSCTO R401

HEATER6.3 V AC

TEST POINT

AlR F 8+TO JCT OFR408 & R464

UHFIF INPUTJACK M701

AllUHF IF ADJ.

VHFANTENNA

RF AGC TO JCTOSC-MI ER B+.TO OF 15403,15405

IF OUTPUT 6.3V AC R401 IN VHF SETS.TO & 0400.COAX HEATER R510 IN VHF -UHF SETS.

Top View of VHF Tuner 94E243-2.

&I- VHF AMP TO Ai4JCT. OF R408 & R464 .VHF AMP PLATE VHF ANT.

® V902

A3MIXER PLATE

44.3 MC

*Ai 7UHF ADJ

*JACKM903

A16NEUT.ADJ.

TEST POINTIF OUTPUT TEST POINT RF AGC TO

COAX TO JCT. JCT OF C400R300 & C300A R403 & R405

Top View of VHF Tuner 94D202-27.

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAPAlignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference) trap "Al2" re-

quires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignment tool (partnumber 98A30-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap "Al2", tune in television station withbeat interference pattern in picture. While closely observingpicture, adjust slug "Al2" for minimum interference pattern.

Note that adjustment "Al2" is top slug (slug farthest frombottom of coil). Use caution so as not to disturb bottom slug(slug nearest bottom of coil) as sound IF alignment will beaffected.

(AO//0N US! NN 15010101 11413700711 10 0015l0/SN0CN0N 01Y1070 /0f /fSl l005(0l07

1. 1171 10.1 MCP,ANl1/SSKC.5.012f55 07MF00/Sf Sf!C/f/f0: A/[ 0f5/51005

/1P N117,100. AU CAPAC//015:N 0/CN0l1140S.W &W/WI SWITCH 51/00 5/010 /0 AH /GS///0N

/1801/51012/ C0V181f1 C[OCNIfS!/70 51/111141 11145011NA7/C S1101 SIl/CM 5fC/IONS I0f 5X01000SCNFNAI/C. NfCN1N/CA( MIS 10401/11 101N4C710N %75.

S. Y0[7ACC5 ABfNlISOAIO 0/7M /I.AYAC /N(U7

1 4- Of1Olf5 CHASSIS 1100N0.

5102 0(011

IN 1N POSITION

5W1024FRONT YIEW

5W102Á

SW10213FRONT VIEW

L112BOTTOM YIE1

RED OOT

11021103,T105, T106BOTION 41(

REMOVE JUMPER SOCKET 11131

TO INSERT POWER SOCKET OF

0110102 FM STEREO ADAPTOR

M131JUMPER SOCKET

REARVIEW

WRITE

51.0028

CNEEN

MI30PLUG

PIN VIEW

TIO4BOTTOM VIEW

(14/ r!NITE

® IOW

YELLOW

V101 7:V105 6102

M101FM ANIEMMA

300nINPUT

\.

RISKCRE

LI00

1OMNF,10%

10 110,10%

1/217EW8/HCC85FM RE AMPLIfIE* (101

1/101A4.75105

IOMMF,S%C105

TIONMI

1.5%

o

1C106 IOMNf+T

CI01 R102/2

1-152%

I/217EW8/HCC85FM MISER 10SC

R10/ 3

33A

V1018

--CI12-IMM

5% A107iN3182015101 IMEO

R101- ---[10 IOMECt

DI9/ <R10eCIII01

2200 T.1176

TheThe 8T2, 8T2A or 9L2 AM- FM radio may be removed fromthe cabinet and serviced independently of the television set..

Although the same speaker system is used for both televi-sion and radio or phonograph, the two units operate inde-pendently of each other. The television and radio have sepa-rate, (independent) power supplies. However, the televisionshould be turned off before operating the radio or phonograph.Likewise, turn the radio or phonograph off before operatingthe television.NOTE: The On -Off switch of the television chassis, has anadditional switch section. When the television On -Off switchis in the off position, the voice coil winding of the televisionaudio output transformer is disconnected from the speakersystem.

DIAL POINTER_

LIZO900

DIAL STRINGING SHOWN WITH GANG CLOSEDAND DIAL POINTER AT LOW END OF DIAL SCALE.

Dial Stringing Diagram

M102

1114

r- COO"I Clie 0119 I

IOO 100 NW

7E771"67-1 )

M6 STEREO MAIMC150

.041- - - -, 6004

o

M106 M107PIJO SOCKET

CI61

r.olo5 CO1NlC7f0IAKV 70SM117 0

OFSJOP

SPICY $10.1 9ow:IOW 70 MO,'

REDS103

L156 PROND.047

Mi.RADIO

NITS CONNECTS TO SOCKETM520 11 TY MODELS

MI12PLUS

5104o c

V103 VI04 -I

LIII004

ON -OFF WITCH

PART OF R151

RI

RIOT

3KSN

o

`PXOSO

roIR17201

2706

93612-1R151

SILICON RECTIFIER L113R152

R,2W calo92ao 0o moa,3W 40

Cfai Clal (1511 C1511 OISBC047 `.02 2504 2504 T 2 DNT

105

5108 5109 VIOT

100C151 C152 C153 0154 , 6155 I 2W

T°L - -_T_ _311 0_1 _ CIeSIS01I0AMfSSN

L

DO ©O ©O_ 1

J

24

Al

14

66

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED19

V702VHF OSC.

OR

V902 MIXER

VT01) VHFOR

9901 .RF AMP.

MI A1/8 CR801 IN 'HP -NY SETS ON/f \PICTURE TUBE V304

970/1 V701 /N SETS NTH SW/71 LETTER -ro#'c" /-V90/ * V9O2/N SETS Y/T1/1///SOEE/X LETTER D" i

1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL 8T2A AM -FM Radio Diagram

Television Tube Locations

/SOUND DEI. &SOUND

I OUTPUT

CR301

(IJlJVIDEO

T.

NOISE GATE,SYNC.S

SEP. & GATED AGC.

CR401

VIDEO AMP.HORIZ

&SOUND IF. PDEHATSE

.

2ND IF 1ST IF

VERTOSC.& \tVERT.

OUTPUT

/

HORIZ.

OUTPUT

HORIZ. DAMPER

OSC.

101 O

tlClls24

r zB-FN 1ST IF 96Y

V102

i

TUBE COMPLEMENT

Y201-6AL11 V403-6FO7 V901-8HK5V301-6EH7 V404-6GE5 V902-6CG8 or 6CG8AV302 -6E11 Y405 -64X3 CR301-1N87AV303-611(8 V406-1G3GT CR401-9305.6V304-23CP4A Y701 -611A5 CR501-93812-1V401-68118 V702-6CG8 or 6CG8A CR502-93012-1V402-6EW7 V801 --60Z4 or 6AF4A

Schematic of 8T2A AM -FM Radio Used In Sets With Suffix Letter "M" After Model Number.PRECISION WIRED SYSTEM 14E369-1 0-'

12BA633Y IN

1N542FN 1141104 6 AN DETECTOR OY AM

16 RATIO6120

VI 04 X104 1CR102 CI25900

Mill ©X1030 OY IN z 33Y1Nr - - 330NM1

/TYAN C-----4 -JYANc

OYAN rr I 54r.á -u r-. 'I I --13'321:F1N542 .0

.--+I IN RATIO OEI.

603 1I2

96Y I

/YT

L=11

6110$62z --CI16

.01

961

..RIII1390

12133T01

12B A6 J6Y lN2110 11 & AM IF 6TYANV103

6112

100

T.01

0121

RI15

10

1109NM ROD

ANTENNA I-114 \I CREER

I C10JC

I

A1ie

J1

s -

12BE6AM NIVER 1052

05 /TYAN

OP fit1129 :6Y 67YAN

100_/Y

8130

1130022 A

42 112

11030,r ®12131

TOI

T105

2132

8131 12134390 X01

.05,50V

4133

- 2.2N0C

4194

I NEC.

4132

1 NEC

CI33105

116

3906

i

i

R119

686 21241 1560NNF

LEFT CHANNEL

M132MULTIPLEX 512640OOCNE1,LUC VIEW

-CI60

BASS/TREBLE

rAñSi 1II 1.5410

¡z2OEZ7l "7916163

RIGHT CHANNEL PREAMP0033

1NNE1154

41suLDDDNE$S,C61 v107A1 6

2102

0164,005

C165.005 II

4155

396015

3 NEC6166

T39NMF

LOUDNESS 120EZ7LEFT CHANNEL PREAMP C199

910781 0033

BASS/TREBLE -R1511

f.SNft

I74

81604101

161

101

0115

"10 0171

01 01

BALANCE

45B5 RICHE CHANNEL

AUDIO OUTPUT RICHE CHANNEL I - --1109 -v1013 10 r

R168 OY

4165163 IMEC

391

FJOiXir

9 6170100

10Y

Al2W

C1560

tsV

600E

I REA

L_

45B5 p0122

AUDIO OUTPUT LEFT 1.419CHANNEL

0109

16

REO

BLUE

2127

soy

0123

&61

INSERT MULTI PLUG OF

MAX 102 FM STEREO

MULTIPLEX ADAPTOR

I

I S101AFC 5NITC

8T2A TUBE ANDSEMI -CONDUCTOR COMPLEMENT

Y101-17E18/HCC85 V108-4505Y102 -128A5 Y109-4585Y103-12BA6 CR101-1N31120104-12846 CR102-1N542V105-12BE6 CR103-1N542Y101 -20E71 CR109-93812.1

ITF

Í44117PLUG

PIN

VvFW

RIO

YELLOW

BOAC

RED 00T

610 DOT

T0O Tiff T165OfE010010211101101110 SUE 11011E15

0109

4E00014,16VAC

6120HOOTER

RIOT CHANNEL SPEAKERS

CIII,1

4.16R1C

M121WOOFER

MI25 LEFT CHANNEL SPEAKERS

PIN IN lv 400110.CONNECT TO 18201 N202

M126..,_.211 TV RECEIVER 2011510PIN

M1221116111

Mí23TEETER

25

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964

ADMIRAL Alignment Information for

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENTConnect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IF

AGC), positive to chassis. See figure B.Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookup

wire, connect signal generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through a de -coupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals.

Allow about 15 minutes for receiver ánd test equipment towarm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no: 98A30-12.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator againstfrequency standard for calibration.

Set generator at 41.25 MC and adjust Al for minimum.f2. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust A2 for minimum.3. Connect wire jumper across resistor R304 (15K) at ter-

minals of IF input coil L301B.t4. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.

Remove wire jumper from across resistor R304.$5. Set generator at 45.75 MC and adjust A4 for maximum.t6. Retouch trap adjustments Al and A2 (steps 1 and 2).$7. Set generator at 43.5 MC. Connect a 300 to 500 ohm,

1/2 watt (loading) resistor across R302 (10 K ohms), lo-cated across primary of 1st IF transformer T301. AdjustAS for maximum. Remove loading resistor.

$8. With generator at 43.5 MC, connect 300 to 500 ohms, 1/2watt (loading) resistor from pin 2 of V302 (2nd IF tube)to chassis ground. Adjust A6 for maximum. Removeloading resistor.

$9. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A7 for maximum.$10. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A8 for maximum.11. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response

Curve Check."i If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce bias

to --11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.$ Use -6 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generator

output to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.

A8szBOTTOM SLUG

44.3 MC MAX.

\A7

ATOP SLUG42.7 MC MAX

Ailc BOTTOM SLUG

4.5 MC SOUNDTAKE OFF

A6 6EJ7nBOTTOM SLUG43.5 MC MAX

A5ATOP SLUG43.5 MC MAX

A247.25 MC MIN

TRAP

AiATOP SLUG

1/

41.25 MC MIN TRAP /

A4®BOTTOM SLUG

45.75 MC MAX

JCT. OF L401,R446,C422 &R464.

/

TEST POINTJCT OF

R3I2a PIN 7OF V303

JCT. OF R443& R444

412A TOP SLUG

4.5 MC TRAP

TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

sets listed on page 20, Continued

ca SLUG FARTHEST FROM TOP OF COILA SLUG NEAREST TO TOP OF COIL

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentwarm up.2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Connect negative of 6 voltbias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC), positive to chassis.3. Using needle nose alligator clip or looped- end of hookupwire, connect sweep generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F. Set sweepfrequency to 43 MC, sweep width approximately 7MC. Ifexternal marker generator is used, loosely couple high side tosweep generator lead, low side directly to tuner. Markerfrequencies indicated on IF Response Curve.

4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" througha decoupling filter (figure A), low side to chassis.

5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve, figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reducecurve amplitude without altering the shape of the responsecurve.

If curve is not within tolerance or markers not in properlocation on curve, adjust A3 to position 45.75 MC VideoMarker. Adjust A7 and A8 to correct shape of curve.

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TV station. Allowabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figure B for adjust-ment locations.

*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no. 98A30-12),slowly turn slug "A9" several turns to left until a buzz isheard in sound. Then slowly turn slug "A9" to the right forloudest and clearest sound. NOTE: There may be two points(approx. 1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest. The slugshould be set at center of second point of loudest sound notedas slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until there is consider-able hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator, con-nected between antenna and antenna terminals. Signal canalso be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placing it closeto antenna terminals or leads.

A344.3 MC

MIXER PLATEON VHF TUNER

A94.5 MC

QUADRATURE

104.5 MC SOUNDI NTERSTAGE

IF AGCJCT. OF C401,R400, R402

C303 & R303

RF AGCJCT. OF C400,R403 a R405

4. Carefully adjust slug "A10" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "Al0".NOTE: Slug "A10" should be at end of coil nearest bottomof coil.5. Carefully adjust slug "All" for loudest and clearest soundwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears during alignment, re-duce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slug "All". Cau-tion: Slug "All" is located' nearest bottom of coil. Use careso as not to disturb slug nearesttop of coil.6. If above alignment is correctly made, no further adjustmentis required. However, if sound remains distorted at normalvolume level (when receiver is tuned for best sound), repeatentire procedure.

TO TEST POINT 47,000 OHMS

41.25 MCMARKER

(HAY NOT BE

VISIBLE)AT LEAST 90%

1 210TMMF

TO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

CHASSIS 1'

GROUND Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

4725 MCMARKER

45.75 MC

MARKER

55%TO 65%

Figure B. View of Precision Wired SystemShowing Test Point and Alignment Locations. 26

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIN.AL(Service material on pages 27 through 33)

MODEL IDENTIFICATION CHART

Model Chassis Model Chassis Model Chassis

P1104AP1104EUP1104CP1110AP1110E

C21A1-1AC21A1-1EC21A10-1CC21A1-1AC21A1.1E

UP1110CP1112AP1112EUP1112CP1113A

C21A10.1CC21A1-1AC21A1-1EC21A10.1CC21A1-1A

P1113EUP1113CP1119AP1119EUP1119C

C21A1-1EC21A10.1CC21A1-1AC21A1-1EC21A10-1c

VHF CHANNEL SCREW. VHF CHANNEL SLUGSCHANNELS 9 TO 7 13 TO 2

VHF CHANNELSCREW.CHANNELS 6TO 2

oilSEE NOTE

BELOW

VHF CHANNELSCREW. CHANNELS13 TO 10

Side View of Cabinet, Channel Selector and Fine Tuning Knobs Removed.Use adjustments in solid lines for sets with suffix "E" after chassis andmodel number. Use adjustment in dashed lines for sets with suffix letter

"A" or "C" after chassis and model number.

VHF ANTENNATERMINALS

4. UHF ANTENNATERMINALS

+ UHF TUNER

FUSIBLE RESISTOR

5.5ohms

SPEAKER TERMINALS

PRECISION WIREDSYSTEM

14E376-1

* HORIZONTAL LOCK

* AGC

ADJUSTMENT INFORMATION GIVEN ON OTHER PAGES+Only in VHF -UHF MODELS

C21A1-1A,C21A1-1E,

C21A10-1C

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR SETS WITH SUFFIXLETTER "E" AFTER CHASSIS AND MODEL NUMBER

These sets are provided with three channel adjustmentscrews. A channel screw covering channels 13 through 10,one covering channels 9 through 7 and one covering channels6 through 2. Since adjustment on a higher channel affects alllower channels, make adjustment starting with the highestoperating channel, then on each lower channel. See illustra-tion of channel screws. Adjust as follows:

1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.2. Set channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted.Set Fine Tuning control at center of tuning range, by settingknob at mid -point between stops at extreme ends of rotation.Set other tuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Remove Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs.4. Using a non-metallic adjustment screw -driver with metaltip blade, carefully adjust channel screw for best picture.Note: Sound may not be loudest at this point.5. Check adjustment on lower channels to be sure that goodpicture and sound can be tuned within range of the FineTuning control. If good picture and sound are not tunableon a lower channel, touch-up adjustment of the correspondingchannel screw should be made on the lower channel, as acompromise adjustment to favor other channels.

VERTICAL LINEARITY HEIGHT

To correct improper picture height

or vertical linearity, alternately

adjust HEIGHT and VERT. LIN.

SILICON RECTIFIER

HV COMPARTMENT

DEFLECTION YOKEYOKE RETAINING CLAMP

To correct picture tilt, loosen screw on

yoke retaining clamp, Rotate yoke

until picture is straight. Tighten

screw.

PICTURE CENTERING TABSI Move tabs closer together or farther

apart to center picture.

* FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

* HORIZONTAL RANGE

Rear View of Chassis Showing Adjustment Locations (UHF Tuner in C21A10-1C Chassis).

27

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis C21A1-1A, -1E, C21A10-1C, Service Data, Continued

VHF CHANNEL ADJUSTMENT FOR SETS WITH SUFFIXLETTER "A" OR "C" AFTER CHASSIS AND MODEL NUMBER

These sets are provided with a channel adjustment slug foreach channel, see illustration. Adjust as follows:1. Turn receiver on and allow 15 minutes warm up.2. Set Channel Selector at highest channel to be adjusted.Set Fine Tuning control at center of tuning range, by rotatingit one third turn counter -clockwise from full clockwise rota-tion. Set other tuning controls for normal picture and sound.3. Remove Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs.4. Using a non-metallic alignment tool with a .N" blade (partnumber 98B30-22). carefully adjust channel slug for best pic-ture. Note: Sound may not be loudest at this point. Repeatprocedure for each channel to be adjusted.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

The AGC control is an AGC threshold control which is usedsolely to adjust the receiver for optimum operation under allsignal conditions.

Note: This control is set at the factory and will not normallyrequire field readjustment.

Improper AGC control adjustment can result in picturebending, tearing (overloading) or buzz in the sound. However,these same conditions can also be caused by other troubles inthe set.

If adjustment is required, it should be made exactly as in-structed.1. Turn set on and allow 15 minutes to warm up.2. Turn Channel Selector to strongest station in the area.3. Turn Contrast and Brightness controls fully to the right.4. Very slowly turn AGC control to the left, just to the pointwhere picture is weak (loses contrast).5. Adjust Horizontal Lock (at rear of set) and Vertical Holdcontrol (at side of set) for steady picture, without bending ofvertical lines at top of picture.6. Very slowly turn AGC control to the right, until picturejust begins to bend, shift, or buzz is heard in sound. Thenvery slowly turn the AGC control to the left, to the point atwhich picture bending, tearing, shifting and buzz is removed.7. Make final adjustment by turning AGC control an approxi-ate additional 10 degrees to the left.8. Recheck at maximum contrast on all channels. Pictureshould not overload and should reappear immediately afterchanging channels.

IMPORTANT: AGC adjustment should always be made onthe strongest TV station received. If adjustment is made onlyon a weak station, AGC overload may occur when a strong TVstation is tuned in.

HORIZONTAL LOCK ADJUSTMENT

Make adjustment if picture "slips sideways" or "tears"when switching channels. Adjustment is made by rotatingflexible shaft extending from rear of set. Adjust as follows:1. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for normal Pic-ture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that AGC controlhas been adjusted according to instructions in this manual.2. Reduce Contrast to minimum. Very slowly turn HorizontalLock adjustment to the right or left until picture is in sync.Interrupt the television signal by switching Channel Selectoroff and on channel. Picture should remain in sync. If picturebends or loses sync, adjust the Horizontal Lock so that pictureremains in sync and bending of vertical lines does not appearat top of picture. Check adjustment on all channels; if neces-sary, repeat procedure.

IMPORTANT: If adjustment cannot be made using theHorizontal Lock control, it will be necessary to make Hori-zontal Range adjustment as instructed below.

HORIZONTAL RANGE ADJUSTMENT

The Horizontal Range control is set at the factory andseldom requires readjustment. Adjustment need only be madeif 8FQ7 tube (V403) has been replaced and the picture can-not be locked -in with the Horizontal Lock adjustment or ifthe Horizontal Lock adjustment has insufficient range (adjust-ment only possible at extreme end rotation). Note: HorizontalRange adjustment is accessible after removing cabinet back.

Caution: Before proceeding with adjustment, be sure thatthe picture will sync vertically, as lack of both vertical andhorizontal sync indicates sync circuit trouble. Lack of onlyhorizontal sync generally indicates trouble in the horizontalsync (phase detector) circuit. Adjust as follows:

1. Remove cabinet back. Connect interlock cord.

2. Allow a few minutes for set to warm up. Tune in weakeststation, set Brightness and Contrast controls for a normalpicture. Important: Before proceeding, be sure that the AGCcontrol has been adjusted according to instructions in thismanual.

3. Using a piece of hook-up wire, short test point "R" (pin 2of V403, 8FQ7 tube), to chassis ground. See figure B for testpoint locations.

4. Connect a .22 mf 400 volt capacitor from test point "S"(junction of horizontal lock coil L401 and resistor R446,15,000 ohms) to chassis ground. Caution: To avoid B+ shock,turn receiver off when making this connection.

5. With picture in vertical sync, set Horizontal Range controlat point where picture is in horizontal sync and almost re-mains stationary with tendency to shift to left or right.

6. Remove the .22 mf capacitor from the horizontal lock coil.Set horizontal lock coil at point where picture is in horizontalsync and almost remains stationary with tendency to shift toleft or right.

7. Remove wire short from test point "R". Set Channel Selec-tor to weakest station. Switch Channel Selector on and offchannel, picture should remain in horizontal sync. If neces-sary, adjust horizontal lock coil slightly to bring picture insync.

IMPROVING FOCUS

The picture tube of these receivers utilizes electrostaticfocus in connection with a three position focus adjustment.

For obtaining best overall sharpness of pictures, focus ad-justment should be checked at installation and when servicing.Once focus adjustment is properly made, no further need forreadjustment is required.

From rear view of chassis on front page, note that there arethree focus (pin) connections at bottom rear of,, chassis, pointsshown as "A", "B" and "C" on schematic. To make adjust-ment, connect plug-in focus lead to either of the three focuspins, whichever provides best focus at central area of picturetube. Important: Focus adjustment should be made with con-trols set for picture with normal contrast and brightness.

Caution: High B+ potential is present at focus terminals.To prevent electric shock, use care to avoid accidental contactwith focus terminals.

28

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONADMIRAL Chassis C21A1-1A, -1E, C21A10-1C, Alignment Data, Continued

IF AMPLIFIER ALIGNMENT

Connect isolation transformer between AC line and receiver.Connect negative of 6 volt bias supply to test point "T" (IFAGC), positive to chassis. See figure B.

Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire, connect signal generator high side to test point "G",low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F.

Connect VTVM high side to test point "V" through adecoupling filter, see figure A. Connect low side to chassis.

Set Channel Selector to channel 12. Connect jumper wireacross antenna terminals.Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equipmentto warm up. Use a non-metallic alignment tool, part no.98A30-12.

Important: Before proceeding check signal generator againstfrequency standard for calibration.j1. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust Al for maximum.4-2. Set generator at 44.2 MC and adjust A2 for maximum.4-3. Set generator at 44.3 MC and adjust A3 for maximum.4. Connect wire jumper across IF input coil L302.

f5. Set generator at 44.8 MC and adjust A4 for maximum.6. Remove wire jumper from across input coil L302.

4-7. Set generator at 42.7 MC and adjust A5 for maximum.*8. Set generator at 47.25 MC and adjust A6 for minimum.9. To insure correct IF alignment, make "IF Response

Curve Check".*If necessary, increase generator output and/or reduce biasto - 11/2 volts to obtain a definite indication on VTVM.I -Use -6 volts bias. When adjusting, keep reducing generatoroutput to prevent VTVM reading from exceeding 2 volts.

TO TEST POINT41,000 OHMS

O270

CHASSIS

CROUMD -

Figure A. Decoupling Filter.

TMMFTO VTVM OROSCILLOSCOPE

A647.25 MC MIN

TRAP

A344.3 MC MAX

1st IF

A2dBOTTOM SLUG44.2 MC MAX

2nd IF

AlTOP SLUG

42.7 MC MAX2nd IF

oPIN 7ofV303

MOm TOP SLUG4.5 MC TRAP

A542.7 MCMAX

IF INPUT

ORF AGC

JCT,ot C401,R404 a R405

IF RESPONSE CURVE CHECK

1. Connect isolation transformer between AC line and re-ceiver. Allow about 15 minutes for receiver and test equip-ment to warm up.2. Set VHF tuner on channel 12. Connect negative of 6 voltbias supply to test point "T" (IF AGC). positive to chassis.See figure B.3. Using needle nose alligator clip or looped end of hookupwire. connect sweep generator high side to test point "G-low side directly to tuner, see figures E and F. Set sweepfrequency to 4:3 MC. sweep width approximately 7 MC. Ifexternal marker generator is used, loosely couple high side tosweep generator lead, low side directly to tuner. Markerfrequencies indicated on IF Response Curve.4. Connect oscilloscope high side to test point "V" througha decoupling filter (figure A). low side to chassis.5. Check curve obtained against ideal response curve. figureC. Keep marker and sweep outputs at very minimum to pre-vent over -loading. A reduction in sweep output should reducecurve amplitude without altering the shape of the responsecurve.

If curve is not within tolerance or markers not in properlocation on curve, adjust A4 to position 45.75 MC VideoMarker. Adjust Al to correct shape of curve.

41.25 MC

MARKER

(MAY NOT BE

VISIBLE)

OIF AGC

JCT.of R302,R406C302 a C304

4.5MC

Figure C. Ideal IF Response Curve.

PIN 2 ofV403

A444.8 MC

MIXER PLATEon VHF TUNER

0 L3o2

V301 4BZ6

i-T 01

O40K6

CR301VIDEO DET.

T302

8J 8

L301

12AL1f

',L201

I I l ,iT303f¡

L202

CR401 aHORIZ PHASE

DETECTOR

NOTE'OSLUG TFROM TOP OF

A SLUG NEARS STTO TOP OF COIL.

17J28

8F07 6GH8 C 8 A

A9 A8GIBOTTOM SLUG

4.5 MC SOUNDTAKE OFF

A74.5MC SOUND 4,5 MCINTERSTAGE OUADRATURE

liil'''ldhliilAGC VERT.

LIN.

33GY7

HEIGHT HORIZ.RANGE

Figure B. View of Precision Wired System Showing Test Point and Alignment Locations.

PLUG-INFOCUSLEAD

45.15 MC

MARKER

50%1060%

29

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis C21A1-1E Schematic Diagram (Diff. tuners in C21A1-1A, C21A10-1C)

M952r 9902 ,

.75-1.5NEC.

_1.50V-

75-1.5NE6.

C903

I470 I

M953

T90í

i1

ÍCá

VHF TUNER 94E227-2

L901L902 8

7

L903 ` 84

L904 r7 ' L910

L905 - T o L911

CH42

M950BO/CT /N NONOPOIE"

ANTENNA

T902

LI

J

CONNECT TO RECEIVER

ANTENNA TERMINALS

1901

I TNECS

0901 I M9514700 .i HELM1.518 183810-3

L906CHAN.

13

GIMMICK

0905

.47

LC920I 10

12

3685VHF AMPV90I/

55

2Ly

09044,70

1000

L907L908 6

5

1090711000

0921T1000

GIMMICK

0910

1.6

L916L917 6

8 L918

L915 L922L923 001193

7

8 L924 ,i a

0 CHAN.9

9 L919M L925

3- 3!to o

L920 Í L926

n

L912CHAN.

13 0908L914

1/2 6EA8VHF MIXERV902A

12

L921CHAN.

13

C911

"15C912

44,8MC =11L928

RUN CHANGESStart of production.

ro improve range of vertical hold control, R422 changed from750,000 ohms to 1,2 megohms, C405 changed from 470 mmfto 220mm f. C406 changed from 560 mmf lo 1200mmfR436 changed from 150,000 ohms lo 47,000 ohms.8413 changed from 470,000 ohms to 660, 000 ehms.

SCHEMATIC NOTESNumbers or letters inside hexagons indicate align-

ment points.Fixed resistor values shown in ohms 1- 10%

tolerance, % watt; capacitor values shown in micro-microfarads ± 20% unless otherwise specified.Fusible Resistor: B-- supply of this receiver isprotected with a 5.5 ohm fusible resistor, part num-ber 61B48-1.High Voltage Rectifier: High voltage rectifierV405 is located in high voltage compartment. Toreplace V405, remove chassis from cabinet. Opencover of high voltage compartment.

10

1/26EA8VHF OSC.

V902B

09101.20

VHF TUNER--- ---V304

rIV901 V902 I

0 01 TT815930 © 0 0 0 1 _!JIy00 0916

V402 530100 00 L312©

3.30

0913,1000

ii

i

i

i

rI

r-I 1ÁI

R402.1OAGGI

moK11 11

1820 1820 Ié2áC331 V404 V403 V401 V201 V303

.001MF 00 00 00 ®0 00

VOLTAGE AND WAVEFORMS 9501

Isolation transformer used. Line Voltage: 117.Channel Selector on unused channel. Contrast con-trol fully clockwise; all other controls counterclock-wise. Do not disturb Horizontal Lock control.Antenna disconnected and terminals shorted.DC voltages measured with VTVM between tubesocket and chassis, unless otherwise indicated.Voltages marked (°) will vary widely with controlsettings.Waveforms taken with transmitted signal input.For waveforms, controls set for normal picture.Peak -to -peak voltages may vary slightly.

VOLTAGE WARNINGPulsed high voltage is present at cap of V405,

and pins 4 and 5 of V404. Use suitable test equip-ment at these points. Servicing receiver out ofcabinet involves a shock hazard. Use polarized line(cheater) cord and plug, part number 89C 121-2.

2150

NOTE.' Plitt OD SOCAfT OFI/NE CONO /Sf0[AN/IED.3114113,9P/11002147,51.0NO7 S/Of OF/ITYAC L/N(

M501 M502 1,503

C117910

60 CYCLE CMS

C501

600Y

1 S501 I

L _JON -ÓÑ

620éITCH

8502

5.50RISIBLE

I 1

1

1 R403

0328

L311182°

C37129

820

"Nr7

SCNEIARC NOTES:

-i-01Á55/S 6100NDi o417#01 10NNTf/ ON C1801/// BOARD.#YOOABf I/!l 8Á18/87N SETT/NC OFCONTROlS.

ACABINET BNODNO.

C502....11-110.1410

Y

- eMa®

C301

.ÓO

A904rrr6.8 NEC

fR438471

C303

8.85%

l/28JV85000 II AMP.

V3038 laTsr T3 I.

8202221

L30242.7 MC

140818 NEC

R405

5.6 NEC

±C401

I22NF

OESY

Ser

IF ACC

OY

1301

t I

C30 130210302

I22601501 12500

121

2

4BZ1ST IFV301

5

2

43 5

5%

6GH8ACC

jr, V4015

04030o1Hf

I1V

R407

4110 0418Y 100

93B5-6110012.0 ASE DET.

CR4011443 R444

0420 0421022Mf 001MF

10% J 10%

CR501

.001MF118

05041

208R

N

/4

30

IVOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL Chassis C21A1-1A, -1E, C21A10-1C, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedWIRED SYSTEM 14E376-1 -

1/2 12ÁL11BO V

7 VOLUMEDE 1,

v201Á )9BY

III O 182086 27210 2 lI wEC

13002289---2

0203 --- 10200 7 1/OY

S¿

rI¡-

tITS%_

2/.9Y 42051;-,-18071R215^IIL2o2INK

yr1

.001 YfT .R39Ó 5% j 1 + R

I333 i 4TK

1 C 05- .0143 R20456K

R206 1 C2085606 1.02119

TOO BOOSTf JCT 0f 0155,9159! C1i).

1301_44.3NC_ _

uoá s 1T820I2i716 $ p1 2

---II /., Y

4DK62110 IfV 302 Aft

#308 -W-1000 55

VERT.

9

IEC

70VVERT

TOW

H0912

5

6

9309 10308I50 2.004119

1too i55á

2205

12445108

101

5%_A__ -HÓ912.

9416v.v47K

S 941 C40610

sir!-LC40TTOITMF

4311470

TOP

42.760

1302IN87A

$10. CET.

CR301

11 lI

job9

L% I1I IfI165I;1/28JV8V303A

G3uii47 1315ii4.1i10%i 9s9Y

L - - 0-T3o3 J- L3071

0311 0312L305

C327 IA313

4,1 4.5-T 6,8 4.71

sx s% I I1oY,I 1 -

BOTTOM

44.2NC

C330=4700

L308

IV00 39Kr1/217JZ8 10%

YEAT.OSC "I f C409

V402A11II,

1...,....----1,-....'sTyV .022NfR41915VERT. 10% T03391

NEC. Y - C430 R425 116V R428

111421 470074 M2T

390 */S%co - R42

.O6NfT 11WAINK

VERT R436111 jut LIN 220$

940213300K

A3125.9$

__J

-,152'

111,1 4,1,441( ;I

6 7317

.0169

VÉÍÍT.

-F

2212 II150

101

C412

Dóx`1/217JZ8*261. OSO /032253

V4028

0 4- mom O4

iiVERT

¡ 9411 rA402C A418 11mn HOLD¡_2LTREC 21EC. US

i 1.211E6.

1- - - - HEIGHT- ---O

HORIZ.LOCKSL401

C tfl

JTELLO8

423

1002693

151

_C424

R44

47X

ROIL1.

R448 3826

124492.2NEC.

0425-10476F

T403

8FQ7HORI .OSC.

/NY V403

6 1é 027

10%

31V 110YHORIz.

4

2765%

(BOY

HORIZRANGE

-11N- 2:

1233GY71106,1211Z UT

V404Á

1C430

8452

o4 0439

6004

10%

R454B"B0051 12561

701105

A R455 K

O+

r

4

1X2BH.V.RECTIFIER

0405

4315! Y

33X

lily

45627K1

- - 41K1K1K11/212ÁL11 M201

SOUND OUTPUT T201 3'PNv2018 /51Y 08LUE Í i SHARER

rH l021

=-.886911 ill 1

OOMNE6T0R'OY 6¡-ÍiOY 1.4KV RED I I

JACKS

= L309

51011A3í84,794Wwr

R32522K

12593VERT.

Sff CI07/OB007f

GRES

L -J

47 18

310_; I /IYC31i19

8.8 .INF i_ 122 J

Rwww1 O 15060 I

8320

0 301

CONTRAST

T40200912. DEFLECTION

7 YOKE

I 'FELLOW

18All3 BLUE

I IRA II _8434

3KV

I-_REQg

0

B 2 3

R323

BRIGHTNESS-

OY

w

M202EARPHONE

3606

ED

11GP4.,110' Flom TUBE; 1

V304 j

4

000

1011f1110 4,1001 2435MB/CBfY(B(BOY/OfS 4106lBf BEST f010S.--..4.

A Cn11431

8A432 F4ww--11435{

2.1 NEC. 2.29E1 6.

C41-I(4

.047MF+( 6

.0220F

R458 -111E1

YEAL 41

70LO815TOBLACK- 1

TOT*

8463150

2290 AKODE

C411

ÑF16V

i

11

4 7616

4N

1/23DAMPER

3GY7 432

5YV4048

-rHÚ6114 Ó339F.9_ 1611

0435

.18F(1KV

Schematic for Chassis Stamped Run 11, Showing VHF Tuner Used in Sets with C21A1-1E Chassis.

31.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ADMIRAL

VHF

VHF tunersand troublement is permanent.screws or slugsrequired afteradjustmentdefinitely determinedqúired, returnreplacement.from in fronttuning knobs.

t B+ TOTUNER

AlaVHF CHANNEL

SLUGS

TESTPOINT

©

A4MIXER PLATE

44.8 MC

Figure

IF OUTPUT COAXTO C301

A4MIXER PLATE

44.8MC

1f

AMPLIFIER

used-free

replacementlocations,

Note:of

UHF

_

El;,_I1E

COAX

Chassis C21A1-1A,

AND MIXER ALIGNMENTin these receivers, feature

operation. In general, RF andHowever, individual channel

are provided, should oscillatorof VHF oscillator tube.

see front page and figuresthat complete tuner alignment

tuner to Admiral DistributorVHF Channel Adjustment

set after removing VHF channel

TEST POINT A14 HEATER TO

-1E, C21A

high stabilitymixer align-

oscillatoradjustment be

For tunerbelow. If it is

is re-for repair orcan be made

and fine

CHASSIS GRND.t UHF IF INPUT

JACK M701

tA17IF ADJ.

VHF:. ANTENNALI

10-1C, Alignment Data, Continued

VIDEO

SOUND

(MAY

AT LEAST

r

MARKER

NOT BE

VISIBLE)

90%MARKER

50% TO 60%

r-p e' nn 7Q® O O o 0 te,

o , Y702 MI _'j OIOqQe

a1

o<l"'

Figure G. Ideal Over-all VHF and IF Response

ALIGNMENT OF UHF IF INPUT USINGTRANSMITTED SIGNAL

Alignment of UHF IF input coil (part ofshould be made if UHF reception is poor andcauses of poor UHF reception have been checked.

To align UHF IF input coil, tune in UHFnormal picture and sound. Using non-metallic alignmentvery carefully adjust slug A17 for best picture, consistentgood sound. For VHF tuner adjustment locations,

4.5 MC SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Tune in normal picture on strongest TVabout 15 minutes for set to warm up. See figurement locations.*2. Using non-metallic alignment tool (part no.slowly turn slug "A7" several turns to left untilheard in sound. Then slowly turn slug "A7" toloudest and clearest sound. NOTE: There may(approx. 1/2 turn apart) at which sound is loudest.should be set at center of second point of loudestas slug is turned in (toward bottom of coil).3. Reduce signal to antenna terminals until thereable hiss in sound. For best results, use a step attenuator,nected between antenna and antenna terminals.also be reduced by disconnecting antenna and placingto antenna terminals or leads.4. Carefully adjust slug "AS" for loudest andwith minimum hiss. If hiss dissappears duringduce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slugSlug "A8" should be at end nearest bottom of5. Carefully adjust slug "A9" for loudest andwith minimum hiss. If hiss disappears duringduce signal to maintain hiss level. Readjust slugtion: Slug "A9" is located nearest bottom ofso as not to disturb slug nearest top of coil.6. If above alignment is correctly made, no furtheris required. However, if sound remains distortedvolume level (when receiver is tuned for bestentire procedure.*CAUTION: Do not readjust slug "A7" unlesstorted. If "A7" is readjusted, all steps in alignmentcedure should be repeated exactly as instructed.

ALIGNMENT OF 4.5 MC TRAP

Alignment of 4.5 MC (beat interference) trapquires use of a hexagonal non-metallic alignmentnumber 98Aá0-12).

To align 4.5 MC trap "A10", tune in televisionbeat interference pattern in picture. While closelypicture, adjust slug "A10" for minimum interference

Note that adjustment "A10" is top slug (slugbottom of coil). Use caution so as not to disturbslug (slug nearest bottom of coil) as soundwill be affected.

Curve

A

VHF tuner),after usual

channel withtool

withsee figure E.

station. AllowB for adjust -

98A30-12),a buzz is

the right forbe two points

The slugsound noted

is consider -con-

Signal canit close

clearest soundalignment, re -"AS". NOTE:

coil.clearest soundalignment, re-

"A9". Cau-coil. Use care

adjustmentat normal

sound), repeat

sound is dis-pro -

"A10" re-tool (part

station withobserving

pattern.farthest from

bottomIF alignment

' 1z- ©RF AGC

TO JCT.OFR404, R405

B+2 a C401

and -7,

/, TESTv POINT

RF AGC TOJCT. OF R404,

IF OUTPUT HEATER TOTO C301 PIN 8 OF V304 TO

t ONLY IN VHF TUNER 94D243-3

E. Top View of VHF Tuners 94E243-3

O TO B+2 HEATER

TEST POINT

ouO

1 'i 0O 8405 a 0401' VHF ANT.

CHECK

on chan-test points "T

chassis. See

and receiver.equipment to

Set sweepIf an ex-

high side to

through de-

curve shownadjust A4

shape of curve.than one turn

checked,

amplitude onremain the

output and/or

lVHF CHANNEL .'

SCREWS

Figure

OVER -ALL

Set AGC controlnel 12. Connect(IF AGC) andfigure B.

Connect isolationAllow about 15warm up.

Connect sweepto channel 12 withternal markersweep generator

Connect oscilloscopecoupling filter,

Compare responsein figure "G".to position videoIt should neverin either direction.all other channelsWhen sweep outputscope should alsosame. If curvescope gain until

.:11:5

,.¡¡ pp

41 lE0 oo

F. Top View of VHF Tuner 94E227-2.

VHF AND IF RESPONSE CURVE

fully to the left. Channel Selectornegative of 3V bias supply to"X" (RF AGC), positive to

transformer between AC lineminutes for receiver and test

generator to antenna terminals.sweep output as low as possible.

generator is used, loosely couplelead.

high side to test point "V"low side to chassis.

curve obtained against idealIf the curve is not within tolerance,

marker; adjust Al to correctbe necessary to turn slugs more

If curve is satisfactory on channelshould be satisfactory. IMPORTANT:is reduced, response curve

decrease, but curve shape shouldshape changes, reduce sweep

shape does not change.

32

CA

BLE

M80

2

VH

F

NT

EN

NA

M70

1

L70

L703

r 00

0C

701A

27

L702

t701

Oa

-61

02

C70

221

1701

R11

077

01

64.5

1151

0721

410

1.5K

V

VH

F T

UN

ER

94E

243-

3L7

06A

L706

BL7

06C

UH

F IF

ST

RIP

CH

AM

NE

L1 P

OS

ITIO

N

-

LJ

3

3HÁ

5V

HF

AM

P

C70

4V

701

^15

R71

21

L705

8L7

05C

L7050

VH

F C

HA

NN

EL

aoo

-'000

ST

RIP

S 2

TH

RU

130

45

4:4/

22:

1".1

19-2

:-

--_aa

6CG

8A7w

"M6

A1

VH

F M

IAE

RL7

07V

702A

6109

20

7R

70

C70

6

IS1

F -

1100

K

6105

GIM

MIC

KK

-Tit)

R70

1475

(VD

4_C

714

;17 óL

708

C70

8141

RIO 2.25

T02

1 W

R 1.25

Í 110

00

17.-

71L7

09'4

4.8

NC

8705

2.28

C71

7

1{00

Ó^i

000

110Y

-O

110V

B+

C 7

I0

H 8.2

0711

16.8

HE

AT

ER

CIR

CU

IT

lV70

2V

700

C73

IC

72/

000

Tr0

00

TO

1/N

4O

f Y30

4

1/26

CG

8AV

HF

OS

C.

V70

28

1

R7I

4.8

5 67201

1000

/F O

OT

PO

I CO

AX

.

TO

630

/

TO

845

1F A

OC

TO

JC

T O

F84

04 6

140

5

11-1

- Le

UH

F

AN

TE

NN

A

UH

F T

UN

ER

94D

233-

3-R

801

C80

9A

151

UH

F L

INE

-08

888,

_ 21

0 U

HF

LIN

E-t

660

1N82

A18

02U

HF

MIX

ER

L803

M80

1T

C80

1C

R80

-33

T1C

8021

0%S

L804

1000

R80

28.

85

R80

3

6.88

TC

803

1000

R80

4

11(

OSC

.L

INE

6800

6

C80

6I1

.5 a%

S -

5327

EU

HF

OS

C

Q80

1

VH

F T

uner

and

UH

F T

uner

in S

ets

With

21A

10 -

ICC

hass

is

V20

1-12

AL1

1V

301-

-4B

Z6

V30

2 -4

0K6

V30

3 -8

1V8

V30

4-11

CP

4V

401-

6GH

8V

402

-171

Z8

V40

3-B

FQ

7V

404-

33G

Y7

V40

5 -1

X28

CR

301-

1 N

87A

CR

401-

9365

.6C

R50

1-93

B12

-1C

RB

01-1

N82

A08

01-S

5327

E

VH

F

RF

AM

P.

VH

F O

SC

.

& M

IXE

R

L703

Lr 0

00 .0

701

27

1702

C70

2N 2

7

VIII

0702

7A

NT

EN

NA

L701

8710

1701

300a

ti.S

AV

INP

UT

I

VH

F T

UN

ER

94E

243-

7 IN

S

AF

TE

R C

HA

SS

ISO

RT

H IM

OD

EL

10.

23

3GK

5V

HF

AM

P

0704

V70

1IS

5

1705

8L7

05C

OS

6IN

MIC

A

0708

47

1701

- 1

415

LJ

3.6

6004

I11

o0D

VH

F C

HA

NN

EL

ST

RIP

S 2

TH

RU

13

1/26

CG

8AV

HF

MIX

ER

V70

2A44

.8M

CA

4

::170

8 4A

R70 2.25

1111

1-4

RvO

i225

1100

0IIOV

-o

VH

F T

uner

is S

ets

With

C21

A1-

1A C

hass

is

IN

VH

F -

US

EV

HF

SE

TS

.R

F A

MP

TO

PIN

8V

HF

OS

C.

OF

V30

4&

MIX

ER

-TIM

VH

F S

ET

S

00 r

--

L930

PIC

TU

RE

TU

BE

V30

4

WID

E P

INOF

PO

LAR

IZE

D P

LUG 11

7V

AC

1ST

IF

2ND

IF 4

L311

VID

EO

AM

P

&

SO

UN

D IF

.

CR

301

VID

EO

DE

T.

CR

401

HO

RIZ

PH

AS

E--

- D

ET

.

AC

C, S

YN

C. S

EP

.

C50

11F

.1M

F

S50

1O

N -

OF

F -

SW

VE

RT

OS

C. &

VE

RT

.

OU

TP

UT

R50

121

A

HO

RIZ

. OU

TP

UT

&D

AM

PE

R

L705

D

FIN

EA

TU

NIN

G

L707 00

0'-

C

aoo

10

8.2

VIII

080

.V

7028

;/2sc

G8a

IF 0

11P

lOT

CO

AX

.T

O13

01.

TO

Bt1

,IF

/0 T

O J

CT

. Of

11.0

0,11

10.Y

(V40

5)

HV

RE

CT

.

IN H

VC

ON

PT

.

Tub

eLo

catio

ns a

nd H

eate

r S

trin

gT

O S

/NP

L/F

T H

EA

TE

R S

TR

E' U

/AC

BA

M, T

UB

E S

OO

XE

T P

/H 1

/AV

ER

S A

RE

RO

T S

HO

O"

/I W

WI L

OC

AT

ION

S

VOLUME TV -22; MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EmersonMODEL AND CHASSIS CROSS-REFERENCE CHART

MODELNO.

CABINETSTYLE

CHASSISNO. CRT

VHFTUNER

T -1800B Portable 120625-C 19AVP4 471351T -1800G Portable 120625-C 19AVP4 471351T -1805G Portable 120628-C 19AVP4 471351U -18Á6A Portable 120622 -A 19AVP4 471338T-1809 Console 1206 19A 23CP4 471332U-1809 Console 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-18 14 Console 1206 19-A 23CP4 471332U-1814 Console 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1816 Low Boy 120619-A 23CP4 471332U-1816 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T -1817B Portable 120628-C 17DKP4 471351R-1819 Portable 120624-A 19AVP4 471338T -1820B Portable 120628-C 17DKP4 471351U -1820B Portable 120626-D 17DKP4 471352T-1822 Console 120619-A 23CP4 471332U-1822 Console 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1823 Low Boy 1206 19-A 23CP4 471332U-1823 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1824 Console 120619-A 23CP4 47133211-1824 Console 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1825 Portable 120628-C 19AVP4 47135111-1825 Portable 120626-D 19AVP4 471352T-1826 Portable 120625-C 19AVP4 471351T-1827 Low Boy 120658-A 27ADP4 47133211-1827 Low Boy 120659-B 27ADP4 471333T-1828 Portable 120628-C 19AVP4 47135111-1828 Portable 120626-D 19AVP4 471352T-1829 Low Boy 120619-A 23CP4 47133211-1829 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1830 Low Boy 120619-A 23CP4 47133211-1830 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-183 1 Low Boy 1206 19-A 23CP4 471332U-183 1 1 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1832 Low Boy 120619-A 23CP4 471332U-1832 Low Boy 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1833 T. M. 120662-C 23CP4 471351T-1834 T. M. 1206 19-A 23CP4 47133211-1834 T. M. 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1835 Console 120662-C 23CP4 471351T-1836 Console 120619-A 23CP4 47133211-1836 Console 120620-B 23CP4 471333T-1837 T. M. 120628-C 19AVP4 471351

(Material on these Emerson andDuMont sets is on pages 34-38.)

V -1B

DU4G6O

VOLTAGERECTIFIER

V F AC INTERCNEM U E LOCK450 YA

V-466616

IL VIDEOLE AMP

L-343.150

ou M ONr

MODEL NO. CABINET STYLE CHASSIS NO. C.R.T.

B -148A 120622-A19AVP4

B -149A 120623-BB -158A 120644-A

PORTABLE 17DKP4B-159Á 120623-BB-173 120644-A

19AVP4B-174 120623-BB-176

CONSOL ETTEB-177

120688-A 23CP4B-178

CONSOLEB-179

The television section of Emersoncombination Models C-2003, C-2004,D-2004, C-2005, D-2005, usingChassis 120619A, 120620B, is si-milar to units covered.

V-6SASS

3 9i VIDEOF. AMP. A

VIDEO DETEC.

/T143MD

®V -S

6GM6ºM VIDEO

LE AMP

V-3SCUDAUDIO

OUTPUT

ylay -,\

i 1631GT

1

I ORÍK3

I HI00VOLTAGE

HECT.

V-76AWBA

VIDEO AMP

V EReT 03C

®

* _R_32 *O R-58VERL HOLD

R-69 ,,..-----VERT. LN.

T-64.65E

V-2

V-1 AUDIOBAU6 DETECTOResMc O®AYP

O T-14.SYC (l

V-106CG7

OR L-11.6F07 MOR PHASE

000.050. COIL.CONTROL

11 CT -1NOR

FRED

L-24.5YZ

V-116906E1 ORBOWSNON. OUT.

44.25MC

L-7L-9

V -SSBUB

DYNE 6AGE AMP.

L-12momWIDTHCOIL

v-+46EM5

VERT O^JT.

NOR-64ORNECONTROL

NOTE: CONTROLS MARKED WITH *, FRONT PANEL MOUNTED ON 23." SETS.

TUBE LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT POINTS

R-LOGDISTCON

R -NOR. I

LON'

34

VOLUME TV -22, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDÉD 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EMERSON - DUMONT 120619A, 120620B, etc., Service Information, Continued

ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD, TOP VIEW

CONDITIONS FOR CHASSIS READINGSVOLTAGES and WAVESHAPES were taken under actual operating conditions (normal picture and sound).AGC voltage developed at junction of C-12, C-14 and R-11 was minus six volts. Voltage and waveshapereadings obtained may vary ± 10% in value due to component tolerances and strength of input signal tochassis under test. Frequencies indicated for waveshapes shown in schematic diagram are approximatesweep settings for oscilloscope used (one-half actual frequency of signal being measured).RESISTANCE READINGS were taken with no power applied. Where readings are affected by control sett-ings, both maximum and minimum values are given. All resistance readings may vary ±10% due to normalcomponent tolerances.ALL MEASUREMENTS were taken between points indicated and chassis (unless otherwise indicated), withline voltage maintained at 120 volts AC. A VTVM was used for all voltage and resistance measurementsand a low capacity probe was used for all waveshapes shown.

SYM. TUBE TYPE TPIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN T PIN 8 PIN 9

V -I 6 A U 6 1 . 2 0 0 1 *540 *540 82 - -V-2 6DT6 3.4 390 0 1 *920K *3.3K 560K - -V-3 6CU5 140K 1.2M .1 0 NC #470 t630 - -V-4 6GM6 68K 47 0 .1 *540 *540 0 - -V-5 6GM6 69K 47 .1 0 #7.5K 11E540 0 - -V-6 6AS8 111540 0 180 I 0 3.9K 0 0 2.2KV-7 6AW8A 0 500K TO

2 M5.9M TO

$.4M 0 .1 15 3.9K #15.2K *4.6KV-8 C R T .1 22K 3.5M O T0 3.5M - - 100K TO

240K O

V-9 68U8 ill 68 *10.2K 300K 0 .1 51K 200K 75K 3.2MV-10 6CG7 OR 6FQ7 * 50K 100 1.2K 0 .1 * 15K 3M 1.2K 0V-Il 6006E1 OR 6GW6 T.P. 0 T.P. # 10K 680K T.P. 1 0 T030 -

V-12 163-0T .0 INFINITE -V-13 6DE4OR6CQ4 N.C. N.C t380K NC #S N.C .1 0 -V-14 GEMS t 220 T.P. N.C. .1 0 2.3M TO

2 .8 M 270 N.C. #310V-15 6GK5 O 1.8M 0 .1 *1.5K 0 0 - -V-16 6CG8A 4.7K *5.3K 0 0 .1 iIE 1.4 K* 280 0 210KV-18 5U4 N.C. 40K N.C. 20 NC 20 NC 40K -

NOTES: ALL RESISTANCE READINGS ARE IN OHMS, UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED."K" DENOTES KILOHMS: "M" DENOTES MEGOHMS,N. C. - DENOTES NO CONNECTION AT TERMINAL INDICATED.T. P. - DENOTES TERMINAL INDICATED USED AS TIE POST.* - MEASUREMENTS TAKEN WITH COMMON LEAD OF METER CONNECTED TO PIN 1 OF V-3 (6CU5).t - MEASUREMENTS TAKEN WITH COMMON LEAD OF METER CONNECTED TO JUNCTION

OF L-15 AND R-94 (B -PLUS 255 V).

35

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EMERSON - DU MONTSchematic DiagramChassis 120619A, 120620B,120622A, 120624A, 120625C,120626D, 120628C, 120658A,120659B, and 120662C.

SPEAKER WIRING,CONSOLE ANDLO -BOY MODELS

TO T-2 7y u

SEC. =

PROPER PHASINGOF SPEAKERSMUST BEOBSERVED.

SPEAKER WIRING,PORTABLE -STYLEAND TABLE MODELSNOT EQUIPPED WITHLISTENING ATTACH-MENT JACK

TOT-2SEC

SPEAKEP WIRINGPORTABLE STYLEMODELS EOUI PPE°W ,TH LISTENINGATTACHMENT JACK

TO T -1O(PRIMARY)

TO T-2SEC.

SP -1

SP -2

SP -1

SP -1

J-1LISTENATTACH.JACK

CLOCK TIMER 471324NOTE

IN "ON" POSITIONSWITCH IS DISEN-GAGED FROM TIMERMOTOR AND STAYSPERMANENTLY CLOSED.

TIMERSWITCH

120 VOLTS

S-,

/110 C AC ONLY

60 CPSR-86

III

O.III

470K SAFETY INTERLOCK

PARTIAL SCHEMATIC SHOWINGWIRING CIRCUIT OF TIMERASSEMBLY USED IN MODELS

T-1800B,T-1800G 0T -1806A1AND T-1826

PARTIAL SCHEMATICOF

UHF - VHF TUNER ASSEMBLY(UTE-VME MODELS ONLT)

V-15 66K5 R.F.AMP. IV-16 8CG8AosC.B MIXER I

9

L

i¡:F.n

r---- ANTINPDTI UHF SECTION

IV -17 6AF4A iI X -Y 11482A v- IT

MIXER S

6AF4A LEIB a J

O 1 TOR 811TUxERB1

(1-181Y (L-19)'}. .

. J45.0MC1:1 EILCx.'¡L

TO V-4 PIM41xFATERI

IL -18 B L -IR)USED ON 19"SETS ONLY

V-19

T-10

RED .70V(AC)

F-1RED

FUSE

RED

UNIBLE LINKIRE

V-36CU5

6C04,6DV-13E4OR6DA4A

DN % DFE

SW -1ON VOLUME CONTROLNOT U6E0 On CLOCK -

TIMER MODELS)

TO C 291TUNERAGCI

V-º0UHF PILOT

LIGHT

CdÑÉCT0R3

VHF TUNER(PARTIAL SCHEMATIC)

VHF MODELS 0111.11r----IVHF TUNER

ILUCATEDIN51 E

CMRMOOEL511

V-15 68115 R.F.AMP, I

V -I6 6CG8AOBC.BMIXERI

,6CGBA

V-19

V-16

-1». TO R9IITUNERB1

TO V 4 PIN IHTRJ

TO 291T1111ERAGCI

* CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS,CAPACITY IN PICOFARADS(p 1

* TUBULAR CAPACITORS,CAPACITY IN MICROFARADS( MF)RESISTORS IN OHMS (0 1000) AND i WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDALL CERAMICS AND MICAS SOOV,ALLTUBULARS 400V. UNLESS NOTEDT INDICATES TOP CORE B INDICATES BOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED TRANSFORMERSARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

()COMPONENTS USED ON IT OR 19 INCH MODELS ONLY C -I2*COMPONENTS USED ON 230R 27 INCH MODELS ONLY 11000

ON PORTABLE MODELS CONTROLS R -32,R-34, R -58,R -59,R -6B ARE LOCATED -

ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD. R-91220

270 V lA CTUNER 800.

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

o 5U4GBV -I8

r

R -B8200

260V

L-15

7

C -73A C -74A C -73B

T '10'1 I l(5Óv I 30no o

HEATER S

-6255V SOURCE r

+240 V SOURCE

I30 CPS

IIII II

II

30CPS

V-66ASB

HEATERS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

V-106F07oR6CGT

5

V-9 V-268 UB 6DT6oR60T6A

V-7BARBA

V-16AU6oR6AWA

3

000l

TOTS CPS

TUNER A6CO

T2 61 IdC-2vÍ_

6'0V

R -SS'5 MEO ¡

O NEATE83 OM ',rung

J

SAFETY INTERLOCK

P-1 S-1

*D_73l C047T

600V

120 VOLTS AC ONLYD CPS

30 CPB

36

I R -5B tI,SMEG

VERTICAL HOLD

R-59.500 K

kERTICAL LINEARITY..

I

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

I VIDEOF AMPV-4SOWS I2

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOAR D

4.5MC AMPV-1 6AU6oR6AU6A

122

PART OF PATTERN

AC

110C-0IS0

' R-13470

I.F.AGCT. P.

O ro -cl

L-4

AUDIO DETECTORV-2 6DT6oR6DTBA

T-1I RRo

GREEN Dot O,

R-2470

+135 V

2ND VIDEOI F AMP

V-5

3RD VIDEOAMP

V -6A6ASB 22

1-4

C-191 470

;-14- R-11 C-1747 68KDC,¿) -¿<7,+135

LOY - -

130V

13`0

}

SYNC6AGCAMP20 V-13,V-8

6BUBap,

+135 V

R-385 MEGLOCAL - DISTANCE

470 K

100Ó

1 t Iv

C-45-.0639 ^

oIf1

----__.._ I I

l

Í I

W° 2.2 MEG °

I

240 v

220KR-60

IW

10,000 1 I

j45 +I

vERTOSC

V -7B6AW8A

-30V

30 CPS

EMERSON - DU MONTSchematic DiagramAUDIO OUTPUT

V-3 6CÚ5

L-2101000

c -u fl Ir C2OV 1 MREEN D0 I

-551501

2.

,inv .R-72V V> 58°

C-7 1 R-410,000 3300

T-5

9(5VP -P

-`

DETECTORVIDEO

DETECTORV -6B

135 V

6AS863.7 V Fl

!y1;1,-

R-7 IMEGI 4706 I VOLUME

R-6 C-10 -I

-10.000

I

R-21 R-22470 1500 R-24 - L-7

6800 90U

+135 V 02400

5V ZV

"7'-P+P

7675CPS

PHASECOtlPARATOR

IC -31y R-451 / R-491

e2 I.__

pfYE6.

C-32 11 1I +82 R-4 1 R-50 ` 8.50

,MEG ` 100K C-37000 ilOOv I

ROOK R82K4 -

. +Ir

;Í 10+240V +135V IC -35

I 1000

THOR.OSC.e CONTROL

_1P- V-106F07oR6CG7 6oV(` /_I 4'5V

R-56 PI P

óóávso"IC-3B 56 '.R_

I V

+290V..7875 CPS -

IIOVP -P

II III

30 CPS

VIDEOAMPLIFIERV- 7A

6AW8A

SO

T. P.

2 J / 00MH

530UH, 140V

0.3V TO3.3 VR-2715

C-001000 I

C -5T R-741.2 MEG

+BOOST

+240V -

+BOOST

+3500 74

C -73C +43°ooMFv Í

1

+1350 w-- _-jADJUST FOR OPTIMUM FOCUS

31 /

IC -6147

R-32300

00 CONTRAST

+135V2 R-33

10K(LOCATEDOn BOARD)

BRIGHTNESSR 34 +135V5006

1

C 00.' 1000

R-78

392R-29 6000K 3gIT T5W

T+C1óvFR - 9

15K , 12W

OR.HOLD

"1;o C -4e Izev_

7 87 5 CPS

30 CPS

117-: I

}R-682.59E6VERTICAL SIZE

4

.04--x

, 475170V

8.50R-32 R-551200 1006

33ÓO

+ 240V

/C7003 110-15OPFo ,KYTT v/R-82C-400047

010

100-30V

6-81 06806 TO

4V

_ 4R B530

HORIZONTAL DRIVE

7875 CPS

2 TO SPEAKER'S/

i 7yI

+1350SOURCE i I

II

II

+ 255 V 1 4

TO POINTSX V ON RE-MOTE CONTROL

(REMOTE MODEL R-1819ONLY 1

PICTURE TUBEV-6

1

M-1 CCENTERINGASSEMBLY

II o

I

VOLTT-7 11(º<>

HIGHRECTIFIER

IG3GT

n Q 0R1KViII R-110

R-69I8V 1 226 A?1P}P® ° I

%:41,1

30V C-50- R-70-^T 27=

C-730oYFT

BLUE

235V T - B IbMOTO14V+ +240V +2550

30 CPS

HORIZONTALOUTPUTV -II

6D06800 66W6R-83

4 l00

4'5 VR, -P

R105-85

2W

+240V

1.86

350 V

3455

70e 6

' nL -12 21211

u° girs

L____

30 CPS

11500

6004-1160E4

OR6DA4ADAMPER

6 8 0 V

5 255V

P -Pi R -8TTOOK

+ 3500SOURCE

R-88120K

+8005T.JSOURCE

R-891306

L-1310 UH

C69

C-68- 02E C-70100 x .

V = ID00y

' HORIZONTAL COILS

67 E_

44 ,SKvI

680LO

C-76.047

L-14 iVERTICAL

COILS

DEFLECTION YOKE

CHASSIS NO. 120619, 6209622,624,625,626,628,658,659,662.

37

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EMERSON - DUMONT 120619A, 120620B, etc., Service Information, Continued

TV CHASSIS ALIGNMENT INFORMATION

GENERAL ALIGNMENT NOTES:A. Set tuner to highest unused channel and allow both

chassis and equipment to warm up for ten minutes ormore.

B. Connect -3 volts bias through a 10K resistor to theAGC test point (junction of C-12, C-14 and R-11).

C. Maintain signal generator output no higher than neces-sary to produce a reading not to exceed two volts onVTVM and use insulated alignment tools for adjusting.

D. Video IF alignment requires the use of a shim for sig-nal injection. This can be easily constructed by past-ing a thin piece of metal foil, (approx. %2 x 2") on aslightly larger piece of heavy paper. Insert this shimbetween the tuner mixer tube and its shield in such amanner that the foil side faces the tube.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect high side of signal generator to metal foil on

shim, low side to chassis through a .001 mfd. capacitor.2. Place a VTVM (-5 volt range) at video detector test

point (junction of L-7 and L-8), common lead tochassis.

3, Peak the following for MAXIMUM response at the fre-quencies specified:

T-5 at 44.25 MC, T-4 at 45.3 MC, T-3 at 42.6 MC4. Tune the following for MINIMUM response, increosing

signal generator output as necessary:L-4 at 41.25 MC, L-1 at 47.25 MC, L-3 at 45.0 MC

5. Peak T-9 on tuner for MAXIMUM output at 45.0 MC.

6. Set generator at 43.1 MC and re -tune L-3 for MAXIMUMoutput.

To observe the IF response curve connect an oscillo-scope, thru a 10,000 ohmisolation resistor, in placeof the VTVM. Inject asweep signal (40 to 50 MC)along with a loosely coupledmarker generator at the mixertube in the manner describedabove. Adjust the output ofthe sweep generator to pro-duce about 2 volts peak topeak curve on the oscilo -scope and reduce the markersignal so as not to upset theresponse curve. The 45.75MC marker should appear be-tween 55% and 65% downwith respect to the peak.

SOUND IF ALIGNMENT1. Using a strong T.V. transmitted signal, adjust T-6,

sound take -off transformer, bottom, and T- 1, soundinterstage transformer, top and bottom, for the loudestsound.

2. Adjust L-2, quadroture coil, for clearest and loudestsound. If two peaks are encountered, use the positionwhere the slug is closer to the circuit board.

3. With the antenna loosely coupled to the set, (simu-lating a weak signal) repeat step No. 1, tuning formaximum volume and minimum distortion.

4. If a VTVM is available, measure the voltage acrossR-6, 560K resistor. Voltages should be between -3 and-10 volts and not vary by more than 3 volts between astrong and weak signal.

5. Check sound on all channels and repeat entire proced-ure if necessary.

55 % TO65%

45.75 MC

47.2 5MCADJACENT

SOUND

OVERALL I.F.RESPONSE CURVE

4.5 MC VIDEO TRAP ALIGNMENT1. Tune in a local station and adjust the fine-tuning con-

trol until a 4.5 MC beat is visible in the picture.2. Adjust T-6 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC beat on screen.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENTThe horizontal oscillator con be aligned without removingthe chassis from the cabinet. To accomplish this, tune the

receiver to a known "good" channel, set the LOCAL -DISTANCE control (R-38) fully counterclockwise (localposition), and proceed as follows:

PROCEDURE:1. Disable sync by shorting test point EOto chassis.2. Place a jumper across horizontal stabilizer coil

L-11.3. Set horizontal hold control to center of range.4. Adjust frequency range trimmer CT -1 for momentary

lock -in (picture will sway from side to side due toabsence of sync).

5. Remove jumper from L-11.6. Adjust L-11 for momentary lock -in (picture will

sway from side to side due to absence of sync).7. Remove short from test point®.

The picture should now remain in sync when changingchannels. Failure to do so indicates a defect in the hori-zontal oscillator, phase comparator or sync circuits.

ADJUSTMENT OF LOCAL -DISTANCE CONTROL (R-38)Before adjusting, make sure the Horizontal Oscillator hasbeen properly adjusted (see above).Sets are shipped out from the factory with this control setto its "distant" position (maximum clockwise). This posi-tion provides best signal-to-noise ratio (minimum snow)and should not be changed unless overload (streaking inpicture, poor sync stability, high distorted contrast, etc.)is noted on the stronger channels. If overload exists, setcontrast control to max. clockwise and adjust "Local -Distance" control in a counter -clockwise direction to apoint just under an overload condition.

HORIZONTAL SIZE ADJUSTMENT (L-12)The chassis described in this Service Note have been de-signed to provide proper horizontal sweep under the normalvariations usually encountered in line voltages. Should un-usually low or high line voltages be encountered, it may benecessary to re -adjust the width control (L-12) for properhorizontal sweep. Turning the control clockwise (inward)will result in increased width, while turning the controlcounter -clockwise (outward) will reduce the width. Whenadjusting the width, the Horizontal Drive control settingshould also be checked, as outlined below.

HORIZONTAL DRIVE ADJUSTMENT (R-84)The horizontal drive control, located just below thehorizontal output tube, should normally be in its mostclockwise position (minimum resistance in circuit). Ifoverdrive bars (indicated by white vertical lines inthe raster) appear at this setting, slowly rotate R-84in a counterclockwise direction until the lines justdisappear.

VERTICAL SIZE (R.68) ANDLINEARITY (R-59) ADJUSTMENTS

Vertical size and linearity may be adjusted by insert-ing a fiber alignment tool into the hollow shafts of thebrightness and vertical hold controls, respectively,Insert alignment tool into the hollow brightness con-trol shaft to adjust vertical size, and into the hol-low vertical hold control shaft to adjust verticalI inearity.

FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

Any one of four different voltages (available at the quad-ruple terminal strip mounted directly below the 6CG7tube) may be utilized as a focus potential. Remove theinsulated clip -lead connector (attached to one of theterminals on this strip) and alternately try connecting itto each possible terminal, leaving it connected to theone which gives the best overall focus.

38

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EmersonMODEL-CHASSIS CROSS-REFERENCE CHART

MODEL No. CHASSIS No. CABINET STYLE C.R.T.

T-1865 120711-FPORTABLE

U-1865 120707-B or D23CP4

T-1866 120711-FCONSOLE

U-1866 120707-B or D

T-1867 120711-FLOWBOY

U-1867 120707-B or D

T-1870 120710-F

U-1870 120708-B or D

T-1872 120710-F

U-1872 120708-B or D PORTABLE 19DKP4

T-1875 120710-F

U-1875 120708-B or D

T-1876 120721-F

T-1880 120712-A

U-1880 120717-B

T-1881 120712-ALOWBOY 23CP4

U-1881 120717-B

T-1882 120712-A

U-1882 120717-B

(The service material for these variousEmerson and DuMont sets is on pages39 through 43.)

9.2

39

-

L -J +9639 2 L --JL41 PA TOECA2ASSEMBLIES

-]

TIBN]SO

AUG

T

3063002IOOOMMF, DMVFEED-THRU

L-IB

-19

13.9135V

tFTP

nu MoNr

MODEL NO. CABINET STYLE CHASSIS C.R.T.

B -148C 120677-AB -173C PORTABLE 120684-A 19AVP4B -174C 120678-BB -175C 120679-A

13-176CONSOLETTE8-177

B-178 120689-A 23CP4B-179 CONSOLE

B-189 CONSOLETTE

AUTOMATIC TIMER OPERATION - MODEL T-1876:This receiver features an automatic timer unit, partnumber 471324, which can be set to turn the receiver offautomatically after a pre -determined period of from one-half hour to three hours. For details, refer to the sche-matic diagram on pages and 4

LEG ASSEMBLY KIT - MODELS T-1865 AND U-1865:These receivers may be easily converted to consolettedesign by use of a special leg assembly kit, part no.471430A (Mahogany), or part no. 471430D (Walnut).

UHF CONVERSION - MODELSUSING VHF TUNER 471468:The VHF receivers described in this Service Note whichutilize VHF tuner 471468 are not adaptable to UHF re-ception by use of individual UHF channel strips. Thesereceivers require the use of an external converter if UHFreception is desired.

*S63 953FFEEA-ED-THNU

C -

*963002 6GKSIOOOMM GMV -FEE-THRU 3

A

OUT

SCHEMATIC, VHF TUNER 471468

L-22

N]50

C -IS ?963002r1 IOOOMMF GMViFEEO-THRU

*963955

NOTE:ALL RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT,

*10V. TOLERANCE JNITS, UNLESSOTHERWISE NOTED.

*ASTERISK INDICATES EMERSONPART NUMBER.

L-21

L-25

L-26

39

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION_ SERVICING INFORMATION IHE ANEENM" A TENNA ENX"CONNfCTORS ÉONXÉCTORS CONÑfCTORS

EMERSON SPEAKER WIRING

I'SPEAKER WIRINGCONSOLE ANDLO -BOY MODELSUSING TWOSPEAKERS

TO T-2SEC.

NOTE:PROPER PHASINGOF SPEAKERSMUST BEOBSERVED

L_

SP -1

SP -2

ALL MODELSUSING A SINGLESPEAKER.

(EXCEPT PORTABLESWITH LISTENINGATTACHMENT JACK)

TO T-2SEC.

SPEAKER WIRINGPORTABLE STYLEMODELS EQUIPPEDWITH LISTENINGATTACHMENT JACK x

I

TO T-2SEC.

8P-1

SP -1

J -ILISTENATTACHJACK

ozI I i lY

1+-

Y

1.I4-

:m I

-

I

O

FO

ii-+I

co

=a

o I l ¡ I O

Y

Mi

-e_O 10

31E

O

Oto

OH

oO z

Y

O

tiZR

NN

YLo00

nMD

l D

44-

O O O ..'f

YOY n

Ñ NO

~

YY pF O

O

O' O ^OrN

YZ

M5

O.

O

I.nijF

Y

IEj

F

O

ai1

O

EO

ilE

O

10

IE1

a NI

Y

m

Y

g* 1-N-

V

Z

ij ON N. N

nZpauOOoY

w-H-

i*

;*7

IO .

Y'

O

an

-44-

p U

zG

- .O - 0 - . O ~

anO, o O

Yn

4F

O ON

q2'

oan*

O'

p - O

q'E1j

S aW m

pI-

In11

YNW

Yt0n41-

áH-

YO

Rmf

41-

Uz

V

Z

m=IT.

5cONO fJ. a aOONNN3C 2

nFY Y

n-NF

Y

O-UZ

LL

F Oa

-Z'Y

nQM

leOV M

MaM

anale

Owp[O

O

41-

2f

UZ NN

-H-

ÚZ

MIdÑWm

~

mItJ10

IOE-OLO

nz:EU10

b17

IO

NZC7

N

0nQ10

dp

3Qb

f¢V

N<N

=Oto

TO3OE O

141'oto

M.w

100

u10

M

Wm

aIE)

1Nm > >

FO

>a>

n>

G)

>r>

m

>WI

>o>

->

)1..,

>

aÍ>

m

>

? N

.VoJvLL

o>LL,OOp.-UZZáD,00

W1-

00LL WW

U ÚÚw W wzzZZp0UU

O KROt WI -WWw ~tnFfQO= U_awwO OwLLLL

ZHOOv) 00J2Q<<4

ZQQZWLLe

ILI 00WJJ

wwZZZ=NI-OZOw WZZpQáU(j

Z Z ULu R'p01-1-

N- {.. i?33 Z- ZQWW

ZZYYM)W=U1-FNwoow..4wJz1-ZZaZlnwwi"Fwi_OOrreá.L>Oww7Da:zzww00áá0tYO I 1

oZ

VOLTAGES and WAVESHAPES were taken under actualoperating conditions (normal picture and sound . AGC volt-age developed at junction of C-19, C-21 and R-20 wasminus 4.6 volts. Voltage and woveshape readings obtainedmay vary ± 10% in value due to component tolerances andstrength of input signal to chassis under test. Frequenciesindicated for woveshapes shown in schematic diagram oreapproximate sweep settings for oscilloscope used (one-halfactual frequency of signal being measured).RESISTANCE READINGS were token with no power applied.Where readings are affected by control settings, both maxi-mum and minimum values are given. All resistance readingsmay vary ±10% due to normal component tolerances.ALL MEASUREMENTS were taken between points indicatedand chassis (unless otherwise indicated),. with line voltagemaintained at 120 volts AC. A VTVM was used for allvoltage and resistance measurements and a low capacityprobe was used for all waveshapes shown.

UHF- VHF TUNER ASSEMBLYIOHF-VHE 1100EL5 Ox Ul

r ----VHF SECTION"

INPu

V -1S 6GK5 R E AMP I

V-16 6CG8Aosc a WEER I

45OMC

- 6CGBA

T -I0

E-----{' UHF SEC TION"«TI«Rmj

V-17 6024 UHF OSE.xK

TAL-º

HIKER1N82A

I 65249.t05 _J

TOR 017u NFRIMI

JJ

O V I PIN4IMEAT2RI

0 411 TUNER AGCI

VHF TUNER(PARTIAL SCHEMATIC)I v. M00115 ONLTI

IMF TUNERUT

V -IS 6610 R i AMP I

V-16 6CG8A osc eM I KE R I

45.0MCT

I __ \ . _, 013, INPIC -161

ONBoaxú

)

GCG

OE- TO R-sTTUNEROEI

TO V -I PIN4INrrl

TOC 411NNER"GCE

r_ CERAMIC OR MICA CAPACITORS,CAPACITY IN PICOFARADSIpFI* TUBULAR CAPACITORS,CAPACITT IN MICROFARADS I MF)RESISTORS IN OHMS 1 K 10001 AND j WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIEDALL CERAMICS AND MICAS 500V,ALLTUBULARS 400V UNLESS NOTEDT INDICATES TOP CORE B INDICATES BOTTOM CORE IN DOUBLE TUNED TRANSFORMERSARROWS AT CONTROLS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION

2700EAC1

V-136C04,6DE4

`USE

USIBLE LINK

LOW VOLTAGERECTIFIER

5U4G8V-18

L-iS

T; " T`;oo T`jooB

CIMMEIJSE RODE.

H E A T E R S

HEATERS ON PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

5875 CPS255 V SOURCE

IREFER TO FIELD MOINOTE ON PAGE

-19000

Tu.R DP

620VIP- R

43.1MCI}

-4.20L-5JR -I9ISO

=C-20t000

22ÓT

+240 V SOURCE +135 V

V-6 V-10GASB 6GH8OR6GHBA

5

CLOCK TIMERTIMER (O'i I (USED. C«A5S151207E1041X1MO TO ` N O T E: IN .ON' POSITION SWITCH

1

IS DISENGAGED FROM TIMER MOTOR

TINlN b EF AND STAYS PERMANENTLY CLOSED.

srrtcN e- í J Ir[RtoÑ AFETvcM

i I23" SETS ONLY)P

ON O,, \M +-1LJLINCR..ON VOLUME CONTROL\ C-BOL

IMm Ui[D OM CLEC K- 047MM. ~MN loor

TUNER ADC

C- 11R-462VT 1.

11 MEG

50VeP -G

()CPS

TO HEATERS ON TUNER

PL -1DIAL Lie.

R-492.2MEG

*1350

PICTUROPTIMIZER

I 30cPc

i

L-.20 OLTSACONLYw n

R-5022E

40

-33

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

-1 EMERSON - DU MONT

;DEOMP.

Ñ61280

900V

PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD

V-IO I4 541 AMP AUDIO DETECTOR TP AUDIO OUTPUT

661188 oft6GH$A 4.5 MG V-26DT6oR6DT8A V-3 6CU5

2V

4700

91300 T-1L1

O

BµÓum our 41 ' T

220 100ÓT - 390C-5 0-4

TO ,000 5300560

..C-2641.25MC sÓfIV

1.- 4

Ca 3

1.9PF

IP'.I E7 '.A1E9y

30 CPS

R-52100 K

2ND VIDEOE. AMP.

V-566416 1240

V-9AGC AMP B

NOISE INVERTER

12AZ7oR12AZTA

+135V 4135V

30 CPS

300 VIDEOI.F. AMPV -6A6048 22BV

020 - 1.9V T..E 1 OV - 4 --- =JR-4723

48.21 C-32 L-6 - VIDEOIAMP

C-27 C-28 .11-7111560 l000yR -z7 TR 8AW8A

+135V +240 V

10.000 4TOn

SYNC SEPARATOR

V -1B6GH8 0H 6GH8A

Í 170 ; 110,,9L320 I SOK

""Ir -.1 35V

..,,..

IIR3 R4 FS7 L`33N ONESNOISE

10ÓÓ

C049-67

1.5RMEG-BI

RTICAL ROLO

50011NT. LINEARITY

R - B322041W

V E RT OSC

V -7B ITV TO6AW8A 33V..

820

N-2200

150 fp <6 00

oo\\(1c 36

53ÓUH

C-Il 1220

OI .2,5}R-9

IMfGVOIUMF

+BOOST

12 MEO

+2400

+1350SOURCE

5

+2550C -14C + i704wóv T SW

v11

+BOOST

+350 V 86

+1350 ---111-7.1.7.1D5.5..

+1350R-42500KBRIGHTNESS

oR-41

730 477 {7Ñ 67002670021R-95

2W

1240V 800 -+ 240 V +240 V

.lP-PI (P -P1 +240V

V.10 7675CPS 14OV

HOR.OSC.BCONTROL(P -P1

6GH8 OR 6GH8A F

IR+240V

R39K JZ56K9 TP

lC -

1WC-58 R-74

521CODK

7075

PHASE

TP COMPARATOR

X11 4-63IMEG

TC.ozzBC4í

2p2 Y 6

4706.

1320R-81 I0I0033011 7 R-64

1204

3351 47ÓET

30 CPS

L-11HORIZONTAL HOLD

-L

~}11922.SMEGVERTICAL SIZE

.0047

R-]0

12iV I170

C-56I1O,000

33R-)10K1

VERT. OUTPUT

V-146E115 3

7875 CES

100 -370

OPTIMUM ROCAS

70VP -P

30 CPS

DO NOT ATTEMPT TOMEASURE THIS VOLTAGE

HORIZONTALOUTPUTV -I1

6DO6Ba, 6GW6

R-76

O3.30

TO C 160

30HORIZONTAL DRIVE

140

)D]SCPS

o

C -14D+ +240 V +255V I

lOOMETR

1200V

._

D+3500SOURCE

TC 173

30CP3

GREEN

YELLOR

+240 V

M -ICENTERINGASSEMBLY

V-8PICTURE TUBE

19DKP4 E,

23C P4ON 23 i0011L

MODELS

1+350 V

21 KVMIN.

BRT.I

T- 7

+255V

II o

IL-12 WIDTH

ILJV-13

6C04.6DE4DAMPER

-F BOOSTSOURCE

HORIZONTAL COILS

T ºse 3Kvl

I 330

1390

L-14 Í

VERTICAL ICOILS

DEFLECTION YOKE

EMERSON CHASSIS No.120707, 708,710,711,712,717, 7 21.

41

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EMERSON - DUMONT 120707B, 120708B, etc., Service Information, Continued

NUMERALS PRICEDIM TUNE 6YMNOLN ROPER TO

ETCHED PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD (BOTTOM VIEW).

*0 R-42..0 BRIGHTNESS.

R-92VERT.SRE

* R-43 '0 R-81CONTRAST .n VERL NOLD

R-82VERT. LM.

VHF TUNER

V-185U4GB

LOWVOLTAGE

RECTIFIER

V-460M6

le VIDEOI.F. AMP

L-343.1 MC

V-665M6

ºD4 VIDEOI.F. AMP

F-1 P-1CHEMFUS AC INTERLOCK450 MA

V-36CU6AUDIO

OUTPUT

V-121 1K3

VHIGHOLTAGERECT.

V-66A88

314 VIDEOI.F. AMP.

VIDEO DETEC. 4423MC

45.3 MC

L-7

1-8

V-912AZ7

ADC AMP 6NOISE INVERTER

1-4N.º6MC

L-1IT.ºR Mc

V-76AWBA

VIDEO AMP

VERT 06C.

o

L-12

MOTHCOIL

V-1 60148RAMC AMP

V-2SYNC SEPARATOR 6076

UDETECTOR.

T-64.sMC

oO (O7-11.6MC \

V-1060118

OOR.OSC. CONTROL

L-24.6MC

CO

V,-1160068 OR6GW6NOR. OUT.

06¿/-13

04 co6004

DAMPER

V-146E815

VERT. OUT,

6-75,NOR DRIVECONTROL

NOTE:CONTROLS MARKED WITH*, FRONT PANEL MOUNTED ON 231 SETS.

TUBE LOCATION AND ALIGNMENT POINTS

R-51PICTUREOPTIMIZERCONTROL

R-57NOISE LOKCONTROL

1-11006.401.0CONTROL COIL

42

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

EMERSON - DUMONT 120707B, 120708B, etc., Service Information, Continued

TV

GENERAL ALIGNMENT NOTES:A. Set tuner to highest unused channel and allow both

chassis and equipment to warm up for ten minutes orTOM.

B. Connect -3 volts bias through a 10K resistor to theAGC test point (junction of C-19 C- 21 and R-20).

C. Maintain signal generator output no higher than neces-sary to produce a reading not to exceed two volts onVTVM and use insulated alignment tools for adjusting.

D. Video IF alignment requires the use of a shim for sig-nal injection. This can be easily constructed by post-ing a thin piece of metal foil, (approx. Y x 2") on aslightly larger piece of heavy paper. Insert this shimbetween the tuner mixer tube and its shield in such amanner that the foil side faces the tube.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT1. Connect high side of signal generator to metal foil on

shim, low side to chassis through a .001 mfd. capacitor.2. Place a VTVM (-5 volt range) at video detector test

point (junction of L-7 and L-8 ), common lead tochassis.

3. Peak the following for MAXIMUM response at the fre-quencies specified:

T-5 at 44.25 MC, T-4 at 45.3 MC, T-3 at 42.8 MC4. Tune the following for MINIMUM response, increosing

signal generator output as necessary:L-4 at 41.25 MC, L-1 at 47.25 MC, L-3 at 45.0 MC

5. Peak T-9 on tuner for MAXIMUM output at 45.0 MC.

6. Set generator at 43.1 MC and re -tune L-3 for MAXIMUMoutput.

To observe the IF response curve correct an oscillo-scope, thru a 10,000 ohmisolation resistor, in placeof the VTVM. Inject asweep signal (40 to 50 MC)along with a loosely coupledmarker generator at the mixertube in the manner describedabove. Adjust the output ofthe sweep generator to pro-duce about 2 volts peak topeak curve on the oscilo -scope and reduce the markersignal so as not to upset theresponse curve. The 45.75MC marker should appear be-tween 55% and 65% downwith respect to the peak.SOUND IF ALIGNMENT1. Using a strong T.V. transmitted signal, adjust T-6,

sound take -off transformer, bottom, and T-1, soundinterstage transformer, top and bottom, for the loudestsound.

2. Adjust L-2, quadrature coil, for clearest and loudestsound. If two peaks are encountered, use the positionwhere the slug is closer to the circuit board.

3. With the antenna loosely coupled to the set, (simu-lating a weak signal) repeat step No. 1, tuning formaximum volume and minimum distortion.

4. If a VTVM is available, measure the voltage acrossR-5 ,560K resistor. Voltages should be between -3 and-10 volts and not vary by more than 3 volts between astrong and weak signal.

5. Check sound on all channels and repeat entire proced-ure if necessary.

55 V. TO65X

APPROX

3.4MC

45.75 MC

47.25MCADJACENT

SOUND

OVERALL I.F.RESPONSE CURVE

4.5 MC VIDEO TRAP ALIGNMENT1. Tune in a local station and adjust the fine-tuning con -

CHASSIS ALIGNMENT INFORMATION

trol until a 4.5 MC beat is visible in the picture.2. Adjust T-6 (top) for minimum 4.5 MC bent on screen.

HORIZONTAL SIZE ADJUSTMENTThe chassis described in this Service Note have been de-signed to provide proper horizontal sweep under the normalvariations usually encountered in line voltages. Should un-usually low or high line voltages be encountered, it may benecessary to re -adjust the width control (L-12) for properhorizontal sweep. Turning the control clockwise (inward)will result in increased width, while turning the controlcounter -clockwise (outward) will reduce the width. Whenadjusting the width, the Horizontal Drive control settingshould also be checked, as outlined below.

HORIZONTAL DRIVE ADJUSTMENTThe horizontal drive control, located just below thehorizontal output tube, should normally be in its mostclockwise position (minimum resistance in circuit). Ifoverdrive bars (indicated by white vertical lines inthe raster) appear at this setting, slowly rotate R-75in a counterclockwise direction until the lines justdisappear.

VERTICAL SIZE AND LINEARITY ADJUSTMENTSVertical size and linearity may be adjusted by insert-ing a fiber alignment tool into the hollow shafts of thebrightness and vertical hold controls, respectively.Insert alignment tool into the hollow brightness con-trol shaft to adjust vertical size, and into the hol-low vertical hold control shaft to adjust verticallinearity.

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTAny one of four different voltages (available at the quad-ruple terminal strip mounted directly below the 6CG7tube) may be utilized as a focus potential. Remove theinsulated clip -lead connector (attached to one of theterminals on this strip) and alternately try connecting itto each possible terminal, leaving it connected to theone which gives the best overall focus.

PICTURE OPTIMIZER AND NOISE-LOK ADJUSTMENTS

1. Rotate the Picture Optimizer and Noise Lok controlsfully counterclockwise (os viewed from rear of cabinet).

2. Tune to the strongest channel and rotate the PictureOptimizer slowly clockwise until the receiver begins tooverload (sync instability, sound buzz, kinks in picture),then back off slightly counterclockwise to eliminate over-load, continuing an additional approximate ten degreesbeyond this point to assure a proper safety factor. If thereceiver does not overload when the control has beenrotated fully, leave it in this position.

3. With the receiver still tuned to strongest channel,rotate the Noise Lok control slowly clockwise until thepicture begins to overload (sync instability, sound buzz,kinks in picture), then back off slightly to eliminate thiscondition. With controls properly set, switch channels toverify setting for strongest signals. This optimizes oper-ation of the Noise Lok for mixed signal conditions (strongand weak). However, in extreme fringe areas it is possibleto improve the picture stability by further clockwiseadjustment of the control.

FIELD MODIFICATION NOTEAll chassis described in this Service Note are equippedwith an I -F input coil which has been designed to allow forthe addition of a second adjacent channel sound trap with-out removing the chassis from the cabinet. This inputcoil, which is housed in a two-piece shield can with remov-able top, has been wound around a coil form which extendsbeyond the windings sufficiently to allow the added adjacent

channel sound trap (part ro. 720396) to be cemented inplace around it. An additional tuning slug (part no.404052) is then inserted into the open end of the coil formand tuned for minimum adjacent channel sound interference,and the removable metal top section of the coil shieldreplaced. Parts necessary for this modification may beordered from DuMont distributors in such areas where theneed for these items may exist.

43

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRICCHASSIS MY, list of Models below, service material on pages 44-50

SAM604YBN SAM605YGL R608YBG M616YVYSAM604YGL SBM605Y BG R608YVY M616YWDSBM604Y BG SBM605YGN M609YBG M617YCLSBM604YGN M608YBG M609YVY M617YVYSAM605YBN M608YVY M616YCL M617YWD

SPECIFICATIONS

POWER INPUT Frequency 60 cyclesRATING: Voltage . 110-128 volts

Wattage (at 120 volts) 185 watts

R -F Channels No. 2 through No. 13FREQUENCY: Frequencies .... 54-88MC, 174-216MC

For receivers with UHF tunersUHF Channels 14 through 83Frequencies . 470-890MC

OPERATIONAL Picture I -F Carrier 45.75MCFREQUENCIES: Sound I -F Carrier 41.25MC

Intercarrier Sound Takeoff 4 5MC

AUDIO POWER Undistorted 1 5 wattsOUTPUT: Maximum 2 watts

LOUDSPEAKER: 3.2 -Ohm PM (Single -Speaker Models)

ANTENNA VHF: Telescoping Monopole or DipoleINPUT: External Antenna Terminals

Impedance: 300 ohms balanced toground

UHF: Loop on UHF/VHF receivers

FUSES: F401 (Plate Supply): 2 amp. Fast-BloF402 (Filament): #26 -Gauge Wire Link

FOCUSThe proper focus potential was determined at the time the

receiver was manufactured, but subsequent changes in agiven receiver may make a change of focus potential neces-sary to optimize focus. The proper potential is selected byconnecting the jumper lead (including R184) from the picturetube socket either to chassis ground or the+278V or B+ boostterminals on the sweep circuit board.

TO B+ BOOST -ONSWEEP BD. &1251 TERM)(RED/WH)

TO T251TERM.8

(WH.)

YOKE WIRING

PICTURE CENTERINGThe picture centering device consists of two rings located

on the yoke assembly. Each ring has tabs with punched holesthrough which insulated alignment tools may be inserted toprovide easy rotation. The tabs should be moved toward oraway from each other until the picture is properly centeredon the tube face.

WIDTHThis control, projecting from the rear of the cabinet near

the top, should be rotated to correct improper picture width.Clockwise rotation decreases width; counterclockwise rota-tion increases it.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYThese controls should be adjusted simultaneously to give

proper vertical size consistent with good vertical linearity.Adjustment should then be made to extend the picture limitsapproximately 1/8 inch beyond the top and bottom edges ofthe mask.

1.

HORIZONTAL HOLD

Remove the cabinet back and supply 120VAC at the inter-lock.

2. Tune in a strong signal and adjust the receiver for normaloperation.

3. Using a jumper wire, short Test Point VI to chassis.4. Connect a 1000 -ohm resistor between Test Points VIII

and IX.5. Adjust the horizontal hold control until the picture just

"floats" back and forth across the screen.6. Remove the resistor and adjust the core of the stabilizer

coil (L251) inward until the picture again floats acrossthe screen. Then remove the jumper at Test Point VI.Repeat the procedure if the picture does not "lock."

TO T201 a R220 TO SWEEP BD. GND.ON SWEEP BD. a L255 (GREY)

(YEL)TO SWEEP BD.

(GRN.)

TO PIN 5, VI3& R268 (GRN.)

TO SWEEP BD& TERM.6, YOKE

(RED/WH)

TO +278V ONTO VI I HTR.

SWEEP BD. &T201(PINS 1,12)

CENTER TAP (RED)

TO C262ON SIGNAL B(BLK) L255

T251 WIRING

TO PLATE CAPOF VII

TO L253(BLUE)

TO L252(BLUE)

TO TERM.4,YOKE (WH)

44

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis MY, Service Information, Continued

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

A B

SWEEP BOARDAS VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD

C I DI E FIGI HI I J I K I

C2O5

0206

R211

- ® 55207

aR 216

©R213

C20ST

R2A208

R269

A9SG2O1

C210

02

C2O3 40,

28

R 212

R 251

C251

f-C253

R2O3

R176,

O R178

R177

R252

C261,--6.2,01-'41/AI VRZ2l C26 8

C2665

R266

A3 4.R26

C26O--1E--`C2591

262

7 R258g26j R26O

6C25N RR2_.R259 C27 R25

C258

R2

C264

6

R2 3

.II6B1O

`5%eC25C256

1R257

C

A B C D F

NUMBERED (A-0) TRIANGLESREPRESENT *IRE WRAP TERMINALS ON COMPONENTBOARD FOR CONNECTION TO THE POINTS INDICATED.

A I YELLOW LEADS TO YOKE (TERMINAL 3) 8 T2O1

A 2 GREY LEAD TO R2O8A 3 BLACK SHIELDED LEAD TO R264 ON PIN 3 OF VIOA 4 RED 8 WHITE LEADS TO TERMINAL I,T251 8

TERMINAL 6 OF YOKEA 5 BLUE LEAD TO T2O1A 6 RED LEADS TO L256 81 C4O6AA 7 RED LEADS TO YOKE 8 T2O1; ORANGE LEAD TO

R 184 TO PIN 4, V13, FOR 278V FOCUS POTENTIAL.

A 8 GREEN LEAD TO OD ON SIGNAL BOARDA 9 RED 8 GREEN LEAD TO PIN 3 OF PICTURE TUBE

10 BLACK LEAD TWISTED WITH LEAD FROM A 9(NO CONNECTION PICTURE TUBE END)

A I I BROWN LEAD TO PIN 12 OF VIO

G H J I K

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

CIRCLED ® LETTERSREPRESENT INTERCONNECTING WIRES SOLDEREDINTO BOARD

©©©

GREY LEAD TO TERMINAL 4, T 251

BROWN LEAD TO A 13 ON SIGNAL BOARDGREEN LEAD TO T251 TERMINAL 3

YELLOW LEAD TO C4O4B

YELLOW LEAD TO R2I9 (HEIGHT CONTROL)

YELLOW LEAD TO A 14 ON SIGNAL BOARD

ROMAN (XI) NUMERALSINDICATE TEST POINTS

45

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVÍCING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis MY, Service Information, Continued

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

12

13

14

IF BOARD

AS VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE OF BOARD

B C I D E

rG

I ?''.1,54>,12 i

R308

H I I

frioC1681C153 TO

152i

A t 3 RgO9

42

g`,COr151 54(±),, ,5 RI53d/ /h6ARII

Rí54

Ris>

Cys

('! 305

If!L301

IC 4

IyC158

\ /

RI59

CI59

6CB6

C I 60r 7yC161 --i

111`CI62l i 1 131 L155 I

l C163 1F402-- ---F--J15 D

LIb6

16

17

A B C

R163C262

C169yti

RCP01

10

14

15

R179

16

17

LOCATIONS BY COORDINATES

WIRECONNECTIONS TEST POINTS

A-E2 II -017B-E 3 III-B15C-A4 IV-I12D-G14 X-F61-G1 XI-F32H23-G2 CAPACITORS4-H45-I4 C151-C26-I5 C152-C27-H7 C153-D18-F7 C154-C49-19 C155-A4

10-111 C156-A711-H12 C157-B812-I12 C158-D813-D13 C159-B1014-G15 C160-B1115-H15 C161-B1216-G16 C162-A1317-I16 C163-C1418-E16 0164-D1519-D15 C165-G13

0166-G11RESISTORS C167-I15

0168-ElR151-D3 C169-F17R152-B3 C170-E6R153-D4 C171-G15R154-A6 C202-H15R157-B7 C262-E16R158-D8 C301-H10R159-B9 C302-H9R160-D10 C303-G9R161-B17 C304-F6R163-D16 C305-G6R164-E11 C306-F4R165-D15 C307-I1R167-I15 C308-G3R168-I13 C309-F2R169-I1 1 0310-F4R171-F16 C311-I5R172-H17 C407-010R173-F16 C409-H6R174-G17 COILS &R175-E7 TRANSFORMERSR179-H16R180-G13 L1ó0-C1R181-H12 L151-C3R202-G14 L152-D2R301-H10 L155-B14R302-H9 L156-B15R303-H2 L157-016R304-H7 L159-G12R305-H3 L160-I12R306-H4 L301-E4R308-F2 T151-B4R309-H2 T152-C8R310-I3 T153-B13R311-I6 T154-G12

T301-G8TUBES

R-C NETWORK-1

6AF11-F146AL11-G5 RC201-H136AR11-C660B6-B11 DIODE

6AU6-F10 Y151-A13

46

TR

IAN

GLE

(A

) N

UM

BE

RS

RE

PR

ES

EN

T W

IRE

WR

AP

TE

RM

INA

LS O

N C

OM

PO

NE

NT

BO

AR

D F

OR

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N T

O P

OIN

TS

IND

ICA

TE

D

I.Y

ELL

OW

LE

AD

(A

UD

IO C

AB

LE)T

O R

307

VO

LUM

E 2

.B

RA

IDE

D S

HIE

LD (

AU

DIO

CA

BLE

) 3

.G

RE

EN

LE

AD

(A

UD

IO C

AB

LE)

R30

7 V

OLU

ME

4.

GR

AY

LE

AD

TO

C40

6 D

(CE

NT

ER

)

5.

RE

D &

BLA

CK

LE

AD

C40

6B 6

.B

LUE

LE

AD

TO

T30

2 7

.B

RO

WN

LE

AD

TO

TU

NE

R F

ILA

ME

NT

S 8

.W

HIT

E L

EA

D T

O T

UN

ER

AG

C 9

.R

ED

LE

AD

S T

O R

I56

S R

170(

B+

278V

)A

O.

BLU

E L

EA

D T

O R

I70

(BR

IGH

TN

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL)

II.

OR

AN

GE

á W

HIT

E L

EA

D T

O R

I66

(CO

NT

RA

ST

) 1

2.Y

ELL

OW

LE

AD

TO

LI6

1 (O

N P

IX. T

UB

E S

KT

.) 1

3.B

RO

WN

LE

AD

TO

© O

N S

WE

EP

BD

. 1

4.Y

ELL

OW

LE

AD

TO

OF

ON

SW

EE

P B

D.

® 1

5.G

RE

Y L

EA

D T

O R

182

ON

515

1 1

6.G

RE

EN

LE

AD

TO

T40

1 1

7.G

RE

EN

LE

AD

TO

RI6

6 C

ON

TR

AS

T (

CE

NT

ER

) 1

8.B

LAC

K L

EA

D T

O T

25I T

ER

MIN

AL

19.

OR

AN

GE

a B

LAC

K L

EA

D T

O C

406C

CIR

CLE

D ®

LE

TT

ER

SR

EP

RE

SE

NT

INT

ER

CO

NN

EC

TIN

G W

IRE

S S

OLD

ER

ED

INT

O B

OA

RD

® B

RA

IDE

D S

HIE

LD (

LIN

K C

AB

LE)

© W

HIT

E L

EA

D (

LIN

K C

AB

LE)

TO

TU

NE

R

© O

RA

NG

E L

EA

D T

O R

I55

S R

I56

ON

TE

RM

INA

L B

D.

OD

GR

EE

N L

EA

D T

O A

-8 O

N S

WE

EP

BO

AR

D

RO

MA

N (

XI)

NU

ME

RA

LSIN

DIC

AT

E T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964' TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis MY Schematic Diagram, Continued

LC.G r tl C N m ° BtlaG Ó al 1> 1

« w i°. 0 °tT Ú Ó C B° tF1 3 0 0

.14;1"-.90. q 0 0 .

Ú a 1Á 0U C

M.tl U aow7 p

O w dÓ U ' tl Q 0 0

oC Ó 0 0. ° >tl°+ ° >.m °" q

móóó Qxa aÁ ámwT BJC p y jA p °OC> 0 ,15 m.tl tl 0 r"j° mm sJ [' a 0:4

o .2,tl w tiO B m B 7 C

m0. 0

e3É mmotl óp-,B aNOa c°

tim amc 3 .. Ñ$ ó j p70.0 tlZ1Nmui.««0

:1)11,1>:000Uó dymo rao ,óéxeúá'rm

b 000tl @ o 5 ood úóa `ó, y C 0 0 Ñ p 0

a:111j.1, P

q

r V 1 Ú 1 xÚtl

o1«f% tl: ti Ñ cs.

TESTPOINT

1-FINJECTION

1114L¡12K2 OO ---7W

U FOHNLYI-

TO UHFB+

VFIL.

R151 2T5'1 1-- 33 1800

+278V

I ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS MADEWITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER INRESPECT TO CHASSIS GROUND WITHRECEIVER CONTROLS SET FORNORMAL OPERATION

2 WITH LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT120 VAC. MEASUREMENTS SHOWNMAY DEVIATE _10% -

3. VOLTAGES SHOWN MADEWITH THE THE SELECTOR KNOB -SWITCHED TO A CHANNEL WITH NOSIGNAL AND THE ANTENNA TERMIBALSSHORTED

POLARITY PAINT CODEON MAGNETS

TOP

I 1

REAR VIEW

101154 °YAUDIOTAKE OFF

SIDE VIEW

PINCUSHION MAGNET POLARITY

MAKE YOKE ADJUSTMENTWITH SPRING IN THISPOSITION

AFTER ADJUSTMENTMOVE SPRING TOTHIS POSITION TOSECURE YOKE

YOKE CLAMP

V66AU6A

4.5 MC AMP

7.8V

R301180

BLK

120V60U

C301

CI52

4TR725M1L150OáW

m}

I AP

TESTPOINT

V3A1/2 6ARII

1ST I -F

R171820K IOOK

VARIES WITH CONTROL SETTINGS

V7A1/2 6ALIIAUDIO DET.

1 6304I. IS

LT3o1J

R30268K1w

- +278V

120",

R1745608 270V

R175I +278V 29V

130V

T 151

R154220

.5V C154_1.470

8153

V381/2 6ARII

2 NDI-F

130V 275V

--5%-

CI55 612200

_L

R173 1/3 6AF

- T 0156 1R155 R156 1800IBOK 220K

+278V= V5C

IIAGC KEYER

C157560

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDK.1000 M.1,000,000CAPACITORS MORE THAN I- yyf(uol=pflCAPACITORS LESS THAN I -ufRESISTORS ARE I/2 WATT

.068 FOR POWER TUNING

.01 FOR ALL EXCEPT P T

R305470K

TEST REMOTE AUDIO PLUGR303 0307 POINT Ye ON P.T MODELS2200 UME-

1

- °PINPI703SIDE

C306 -680 M

TEST6 = = POINTX =

L301,},

15VL401

F401 I.3HYT401 2 A Y402 55n /

RED - _ . I.

0309.047200V

120 ti-4--1.0V

C SK I 10

fC405K + 125uf

. C403 -Z Y401 120yf -

175V

BL1C404A

120ufI175V

GR./YEL

R30627K2W

+278V

GR.R401 F4022.2M NO26GAUGEr

(LINK)

1

L

I vI V2112

V3 PIX

I R -F CONY I 6ARIIAMVHF TUNER _ 1 8 BO

6ÁF4 IUHF

TUNER,

12

VB

6FY7

V6

6AU64.,7

4 V46CB6

3 3

2 121 V12

V9 VIO V5 6AX36810

7

6GE5 6AFII C40

)P401

12 800 12

V7 10409ALII 800

0171500

°' R175 33(

RI 7622K

R1740AGC

V76B 640MA

I/2 6ALIIAUDIO

OUTPUT BLUE IT250V

81309N11

C311OI1/I IKV

10.5V

R310llC4060110 y f

470 15 V

***

22V

UU

C4068mISyf I300V

V9A1/3 6810

HORIZ PHASEDET

*)1*I1V

MY CHASSIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

`0

48

VOLUME TV -22, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis MY Schematic Diagram, Continued

V462 B6

3RD I -F

0V

R159150

CI58800

150V

_, TERMINAL 5ON T251

78V

TESTPOINT

1155T153 9151 IOuh L156

G159 690

RI6010K2W

+278V

44MCRES3.6.n.

L15730046

12.4-

/***I

2.5V

R1613900

WAVESHAPES TAKEN WITH A NOISE -FREE SIGNAL PRODUCING -I.5 TO -3VAGC AT VHF TUNER. FINE TUNINGCONTROL ADJUSTED FOR MAX. AG C.ALL OTHER CONTROLS ARE ADJUSTED

RG 201 FOR NORMAL OPERATION.

*W SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2 VERT. FREQUENCY.16201 ¿¡C201BI C20IA1470K5 470 ^ 5000

1

Lj

J

ti --1 +278 V0

025147

R2531.5M

I`"52OK

C25275

**W

18V

V5B1/3 6AFI I

CLIPPER

-18V

V5A1/3 6ÁF11VIDEO AMP

120

L159470.44

R164

OW4500

216622

TO PIN 1OF V6

R166 C167

25K4.1 00V

LI60CONTRAST 20041)

060 ti6n

TESTPOINT

eR1688200

R1671.5M

V13*KiE PICTURE TUSE

? 19DEP410

1161 I

IOuh + 7'000,2 n 15

iR169j150K

v.'. f+2 8V }4Ó0ÑR180 6165 _+ BRIGHTNESSIOOK 18K C406CA NO

+278V3W T 300V GRFORDAsFOR

MODELS

R18í68K

R17915K

***SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2 HORIZ. FREQUENCY.

+278V

R20347K

R20422 K

**

300 V

R205 R20668K 100KM N1 itC203 1 2204800 ^ 3300

C202100

5

V98 + V9C1/3 6610 / I/3 6810

HORIZ. MV. HORIZ M.V.

1000C253

/IE

12254 /J C257

TEST =820 205VPOINT

62555KIWS%

TEST-. 5V p01NT

SR25456K

i-2255

5000

C256

I2ÓV=PaSÑ

+278 V

R26I47K

150V

-55V

R20947K

R210681(

* *

V8AI/2 6FY7VERT. OSC

1 C207BooIKV

c206C205 0560039 600V 1IOVI KV

10

9

6211I,2M

VERT. LINR2I2

R207 3,4 M

680K

VERT R208HOLD I

I'

R26227K

+278V

3,11

63R264

R2470K1 = 470

R26012 K

COSO

R257 91025 9 -1-60Óv_

IM 59HORIZ.HOLD

C259 -37V5000

6215KK)K

C208.027TC

R21 R2146BO3K 47K

1

1100V

1

260V

1

OIZ1 LJ

618322K

LIGHT -DEPENDENTAUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESSCONTROL (ABC)ON SOME MODELS

V881/2 6FY7

`VERT OUTPUT

10C .0152

I KV ¡-DE FLECTION YOKE2I6

Ws5 275V T2011 RED

58 4603

I/62171

: VERTMI a L201A

I M -.53u1 i m2.8n

37` RD I I

24048 ++ I'

100uf278V n ó I

.C2095VT 820 1

uI

' 39002 R 219 I

1500 I

HEIGHT

6

9Eí4

30V

HORIZ HORIZ1254A 2 12548

eon 00012+n 12n.

C2652.9n

47vERT 2KV

wc l9

YL 1.3_a

3 4

6

6184 \IM

FOCUSJUMPER

+278V

SPARK GAP-SG 201

8270M

f.762692 M

R26647. OK

T251

VIO6 30

HORIZIZ OUTPUT -9-

L253'000'----ryñOuh

4,10

90- V

12n

2 150V 4

226125n

047400VIE-

R265

óe

£R2202200HITE

-C267

22685K

VIIIA D2

H.V RECT.

1.082IR 221

33 K

L252OROOuh v22n 6AX3

DAMPER

HORIZ. BLANKING

C263130-4KV ^

2

R2672200

650V 12264T iéó01'

-2266

20 KVIITH BRIGHTNESS

CONTROLAT MAX. CCW

10.1-278V

49

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis MY

VIDEO IF SYSTEMNote: Allow the receiver and test equipment at least 20minutes to warm up. If the receiver is equipped with auto-matic brightness control, the ABC Defeat switch should beplaced in the OFF position and left there during alignmentprocedure.

1. Set the channel selector to Channel 9, the fine tuning andvolume to minimum positions (fully counterclockwise)and the contrast control to the clockwise extreme.

2. Short the VHF antenna terminals together and leave themshorted throughout video alignment.

3. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point III through a22,000 -ohm resistor (which should not be more than 2-1/2inches away from Test Point III) and short Test Point IIto chassis.

4. Inject signals from a properly -terminated AM signal gen-erator or sweep generator, through the network shown, tothe I -F injection point on the tuner.

5. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illus-trated.

TO TEST

1(POINT a t14 4vuut

TO CHASSISOFRECEIVER

4IN64

68K

1,00.

uuI2oo

DETECTOR NETWORK

0

TO VTVM

Alignment Information, Continued

SWEEP CABLE

AM PRE -PEAKING FREQUENCIESL150 .... Min. at 47.25MCL135 Max. at 45.75MCL151 Max. at 42.50MC

Max. at 44.15MCMax. at 43.00MC

T152 Max. at 45.20MC

L153, L154T151

41.25MC2-5%,

42.5MC50% ± 5%

IF RESPONSE CURVE

MPEDANCE Z.

iWMson

HEAD -ENDR. = TERMINATING TERMINALSRESISTANCE CT 5100

SWEEP EQUIPMENT TERMINATION

RI

50n 5611 120(1

72(1 8217 .0f1

9211 IOC loon

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

47.25 MC(TRAP)

45.75 MC50% ± 5%

45.0 MC -100%- 105% MIN.- 115% NOM.

125% MAX.44.15 MC

RI----CI---

3611 I000uuf

R 3"-tion

L

IF INJECTION NETWORK

STEP SIGNAL FREQUENCY ADJUST REMARKS

1. 47.25 MC AM Adjust L150 for minimum scopedeflection.

Use maximum scope sensitivityand smallest possible signal forthe 47.25 MC AM adjustments.

2. 44.15 MC AM Adjust first L154, then L153 for max-imum scope deflection.

Do not retouch these adjustments.(L153 core must be flushwith top of coil when L154is peaked.)3. 38-48 MC sweep generator, with

scope calibrated 3 volts peak topeak for 2 inch deflection; mark-ers at 41.25, 42.5, 44.15, 45 &45.75 MC

L135 (converter plate) for maximumdeflection of the 45.75 MC marker.

4. SAME L151 (1st I -F grid) for maximum de-flection of the 42.5 MC marker andproper nose shaping.

Symmetry of the nose is important.No portion of the nose should beout of symmetry by more than 3%.

5. SAME T152 (2nd I -F Plate) to place 45.75MC Marker properly on the curve.

Repeat 4, 5 and 6 if necessary.6. SAME T151 (1st I -F PIate) to place 42.5 MCmarker properly on the curve.

7. SAME L151 if necessary to shape the nose.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect a -10V bias to Test Point II, with the positivebias lead grounded to chassis.

2. .05µf capacitor between Test Point X and chassis.3. Turn contrast control to maximum, volume to minimum.4. Connect the DETECTOR NETWORK shown to Test

Point IV and feed its output 4a an AC VTVM.5. Apply a 4.5 MC AM signal through a 5ppf capacitor at

TOst Point III.6. Adjust the top core of T154 for minimum reading on Test

Point IV. Two core positions will give an apparentminimum indication, the correct one is nearer the topend of the coil form.

NOTE: Retouching of the trap adjustment may be necessaryafter alignment of the audio takeoff.

J

AUDIO ALIGNMENT WITH ON -THE -AIR SIGNALS1. Tune in a strong local signal and set receiver volume to

a low audible level.2. Adjust L301 for maximum undistorted, buzz -free audio

output. Start with the core at the outermost position awayfrom the printed board and tune for the second "peak"encountered on the way into the coil form.

3. Connect a variable bias supply (3 to 15V) to the AGCtest point with the positive lead to the chassis. Adjustbias until audio signal distorts on peaks slightly, thenadjust core of L301 to curb distortion. Repeat this pro-cedure several times at increased bias levels until maxi-mum clarity of audio is obtained.

4. Adjust the bottom core of T154, repeating the bias ad-vances in step 3, to achieve the optimum setting fornoise -free performance at low signal levels.

50

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRICAY CHASSIS, For complete list of Models see page 52

This service information covers the General Electric AY Chassis. Some receivers of the AY line are equipped withfeatures such as power tuning, remote control, illuminated channel indication, multiple speakers and a separate tone control.This (chassis) section includes main -chassis service data.

PICTURE TUBE ADJUSTMENTSFOCUS: The proper focus potential for the tube was chosenat the time the set was manufactured. If it becomesnecessary to install a new picture tube or change the focuspotential, any one of four potentials may be chosen for bestfocus. Connection points for the four potentials may beselected by referring to main schematic diagram.PICTURE TILT: To correct picture tilt, loosen the YOKECLAMP by squeezing spring over the bend in the clamp.Adjust yoke to correct tilt. Secure yoke with clamp.PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering ringslocated at the rear of the yoke assergbly until picture isproperly centered.

TO SWEEP BRD.(GROUND)

TO SWEEP BRD(R268)

TO SWEEP BRD.8+ BOOST

TO PIN IOF VII

TO R267

TO SWEEP BRD.(C267 & L255)

M -121J617

T251 WIRING

Ov<(55 O.N(NW15( 50*1.0

CºwC 1065W5 í(F551.66..(x . .....i . p

. 50005

i.

5wi<w(5 Viw(O FOOL. O.w00(OF Tux. mc5

117,1=."'""^"""1eV141VOS O.n(n VO s0(5 u 0

+o sáéié.áii(ów(+(º

TO PLATE CAPOF VII

TO PIN 7OF VIO

TO SWEEPBOARD(L252)

TO YOKEPIN 4

6.5VI

VI64 FLO

g yti'3bI 502

2.1

2AWe"'

ELECTRICAL ADJUSTMENTS

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R208 andR214 simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity.Picture should extend 1/8 -inch beyond top and bottomedges of mask.HORIZONTAL HOLD:1. Remove the Cabinet back.2. Tune the receiver to a weak signal and adjust the

controls for normal operation.3. Short Test Point VI to the chassis with a jumper wire.4. Connect a 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point VIII to

Test Point IX (in parallel with L251.)5. Adjust HORIZONTAL HOLD potentiometer, R257,

until picture just "floats" back and forth across thescreen. Leave R257 set in this position.

6. Remove the 1000 ohm resistor from Test Point VIIIand Test Point IX. Adjust L251 (stabilizer coil) sothat the picture again just "floats" across the screen,turning the core toward the printed board. Leave L251set in this position.

7. Remove the chassis jumper from Test Point VI. Repeatadjustments if the picture does not "lock.'

AGC CONTROL:Field Adjustment: Tune in the strongest available signal andadjust R201 to the point where overloading is indicated by"tearing" of the picture. Then back off the AGC control tojust beyond the point where the overload condition disappears.Before adjusting the AGC control, set the automatic bright-ness control defeat switch to the "defeat" position.

Instrument Adjustment:1. Tune in a broadcast signal, preferably a monoscope signal

that is monitored to assure that the percentage of syncdoes not exceed 25 percent.

2. Connect an oscilloscope to Test Point IV. Synchronizethe scope at a vertical rate and observe at least two ver-tical sync pulses.

3. Adjust the fine tuning for smear and the AGC control forthe point where the sync pulses begin to compress. Thenback off the AGC control slightly from this point.

LI

7128t/2 6

CONV

1.125

LIS

1.130-C 3

,." ,003 S

1N111MM01v-

TO

°I -F AMP

2f0 o

t'Z000

Iii ET86X187 TUNER SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

6+276

6.3 V AC

Q AGC

51

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis AY Schematic Diagram, Continued

AY CHASSIS

MODELS

PAM718YBZPAM718YMDPAM719YBZPAM719YMD

M720Y EBM721YEBM722YMD

M722Y0AM722YWD

PAM722YWD

M723YMDM723YOAM723YWD

PAM723YWDCAM722Y BGCAM722Y EBCAM723Y BGCAM723Y EB

M730YMDM730YWDM731YMDM731YWDM732YMDM732YMPM732Y0AM732YWDM733YMD

M733YMPM733Y0AM733YWDM734YMDM734YMPM734YWD

M735YMDM735YMPM735YWDR734YMDR734YWDM736Y VYM736YWLM737Y VYM737YWLM742Y B H

M742YMD

M742YMPM742YWDM742YWL

M743YBHM743YMDM743YMPM743YWDM743YWL

M758YMDM758YMP

M758Y W D

M759YMDM759YMP

M759YWDM760YMD

M760YOAM760YWDM761YMDM761 YOAM761YWDM762YMDM762YMPM762YWDM763YMD

M763YMPM763YWD

PAM762YMDP AM762YM P

PAM763YMDP AM763YM P

R762YMD

R762YWDM766YMDM766YMP

M766YWD

M767YMDM767YMPM767YWDM782YMDM782YMPM782YWDM783YMDM783YMPM783Y WDM784YMDM784YMPM784Y WD

M785YMDM785YMPM785Y WDM786YMPM786YWDM787YMPM787YWD

M788YMD

M788YWDM788YCDM789YMDM789YWD

M789YCD

FV2

INJECTION

L

TO UHF8+

L135 Ri50'C177 ---I_33 800 [1511

+275V F L.

-T151 \

1a

CI501 1 \9 17

III5T RSKI 10

ivTR154IL150$ L1521 116y z2o#-(-_- I C156

L -J tR153820

47KRI76i } 33 *

TESTPOINT II

R176 C176 -470K

2ooVT

V 3A1/2 6ARII

1ST I -F130V

R183820K..

CI541zzoo1

C 15(5- 800

R157100K

V381/2 6ARII2ND I -F

265V TI52

265V

ci60820 R220160-

135V

1 C162600

V+275V

R 1526806

I. ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTSMADE WITH A VACUUM TUBEVOLTMETER IN RESPECT TOCHASSIS GROUND WITHRECEIVER CONTROLS SETFOR NORMAL OPERATION.

2. WITH LINE VOLTAGEMAINTAINED AT 120 VACMEASUREMENTS SHOWN MAYDEVIATE ± 10

3. VOLTAGES SHOWNMADE WITH THE SELECTORKNOB SWITCHED TO ACHANNEL WITH NO SIGNALAND THE ANTENNATERMINALS SHORTED 8 GROUNDED

TO AUDIOTAKE -OFF

RIOOK312

V5C1/3 6AFII

4.5 MC TRAP

5

.BVVR301 C301560 -T 5000

C302BOO

4 RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTSMADE WITH COMPONENTSDISCONNECTED

VARIES WITH CONTROLSETTINGS

V 7A1/2 6710

AUDIO DE

( IrC304

I151- I8.9.C3032.4

R 302150KIW

+275V

R RESISTANCE

TRANSF CODE PRIM.SEC.

(TOP)SEC.(FIL.)

138 2.08. 5.29. .052íL366 2.75.1. 4.5.1 .054.n413 2.65. 4.2.,L .05211

R4012.2M

T401

120V60'

I=

F401 Y4022A

F402NO.26 GAUGE

(LINK)

T301 i12

3

EI2.5

JR30560

R304

C403

4---VOLUME - PINSIDE

T 1000 OON6 004 - P7o3240V T302

SV7 (_ MóyEY( R3M9

R3K3 ÓÓSII

IKVT5 r-T361T 1

I e` -_-_ 255V-- '6 90V C380 5.2 C308^ I g

4ÓOV L ----- R310V2706S C318 220

6.8V047 R 318

T200V 22oKIW C400'D

1 IsvR307471(105 I W

120

15

1

175 V20uf

1

V781/2 6T 10

AUDIO OUTPUT

TESTPOINTg

L4011.3 H55.

C4070. _.0405201 106

V5ÁF11

120Iv

+275VC40181111125uf350V

1 C40r9 12

600

P401ON SOMEMODELS

C152RI5815M

200

+ 275VI C157T BOO

H INDICATES MATCHED PAIRUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTEDK1000 M^1,000,000CAPACITORS MORE THAN I.uuf-pfCAPACITORS LESS THAN I`4íRESISTORS ARE I/2 WATT C3I3

TEST 500

(.068 ON P.T.POINT I KV

MODELS)

R303 N30710K y 01

R311

WAVE SHAPES TAKEN WITH A NOISEFREE SIGNAL PRODUCING 1.5 TO -3VOLTS AGC AT VHF TUNER FINETUNING CONTROL ADJUSTED FORMAXIMUM AGC.

ALL OTHER CONTROLS ARE ADJUSTEFOR NORMAL OPERATION

41* SCOPE SYNCED AT I/O VERT FRE***SCOPE SYNCED AT I/O HORIZ. FR

TONECONTROLON SOMEMODELS

REMOTEAUDIO PLUG

P.T. MODELS

ON SOMEMODELS

-SI

I

I

+ 275901A + R3I4ISuf300V

4Z 2W70

V9AI/3 6810

HORIZ. PHASE DET

52

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis AY Schematic

TESTPOINT ¡

V4A VIDEO DETECTOR1/2 6JN8YI5LIST lLI583 RD I -F I 1011113.6, 144MCI45V

+275V

220V

+275V I/2 6JN8AGC KEYER

R20140KAGC

,NTROL

- 5V

V4B

R203 23306

50V

R206K

C173ION

+23V

L154C 166

6

C1674.7

C1684.7 1- I

I

V.nR 16622K

C1695000

CI64 R 174470 } 470K

V 5 B1/3 6AFII

CLIPPER

90V

Ipqqi4

*8%

5V

V5A/3 6AFII

VIDEO AMP

II

R185 7.3VN.

3900

C178_1_ R184L160 R165

10

560uh 4700

7154AUDIO TAKE -OFF

I I5V 84.5MC TRAP

2 C179 3n

110

.5VC I7O5000IKV

Diagram, Continued68*

20WO TESOINTT rz

P

3,

125V

L16143011h

C171

R1692511

CONTRAST

R1751006

RI671563W

R1684500

IOW+275V

C175-22 TO PIN RI71

OF V5 8200YA

V13PICTURE TUBE

C17215

400 L16230011h

R170 12n_IM

C40IC !501

I300V

RI81RI79 IOOK22K

V8A C203R200 I/O 6FY7 .0039 R202156 VERT OSC. KV 47K

.1-C202

18001 K_L C204 -

C209 .056III 600V

8217 R224 3217150K IOOK 3900

l

115V

7V3/ - I

11802.2My{

-C2531000

R251680K

C2575

9E3E3E

95V

IC2541820

R2531.5 M

TESTPOINT

3

1/3 6810HORIZ.MV

90V

R2203.3MV.

7

C206200i(

R 21815M

800

200V

I NOT USED ONCOMBOS )

R226 1IM -VERT. HOLD

R20968

tRI82<33K

NOGRNO R228FORABC

cx.

I I

6 3

tI2V 380V

{R172120K 4/x),

R17322K 200K

BRITE7162VA47K

ABC DEFEAT

LIGHT --DEPENDENTAUTOMATIC BRIGHTNESSCONTROL (A 8C(ON SOME MODELS

C2131 00

R2161.2M

25V

4

R219IM

FOCUSZ JUMPER

+275V

SG 201.ySPARKGAP -

)f3F

145V

1

R50K215

R222566

R2O11KIO

.l,40 VR210 2.8VI.5 M 4 31

23/`

R207t C207R2100/ .

2V 9 7IM SS .022

/40V(820K= ON = /

CGOMBO)R2122 212t2225 1208 47K í j'¡'3900ii680N 248

ERT 1500R214

L I N.HEIGHT

1C20B.015

IKV

265V 720BLUE c430,

MAX. S

275V1 R205 J±C4078820 ^_100,42W 75V,

1.6,MAX.

YEL

V8BI/O 6FY7

VERT OUTPUT

R2272.7M

r - DEFLECTION YOKE_

I VERT L20141. 7

1

It

II3

RED

HORIZ. HORIZ.L253A L253B

VERTL20 I8

C26247

2KV

V9B /

50V

C2579105%

R25515 K

4 I 6

V9CI/3 6810HORIZ. M

TESTPOINT

C255000T R254

56K 2 1251HORIZ.

C256 STAB. 80n.I200y

18V

TESTPOINT

Ix

+275V

C258.0068200V

13.5V 5/

R25868K

+7V

R257IMES

HORIZ. HOLD

R262 /27K /vo,/ >+ 275V

R26I /476/

/

155V

7

R2599105%

C2595000

R26015K

C263082

iE3E3E*X-7-7

150V1405

V106GE5

150V HORIZ OUTPUT

R2641\470

3,11- -37V

R2634706

AY CHASSIS SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM

4

LR270i 4700

W

VIIIAD2

H.V. RECT

C268.1

6

R/W

J

18.5 KV

T251

315,12.7n

R265 s

2 IM w95n145V {

C260 26.5..047400V

R266tt

2 W YL.5n

C 269800

0.2n_i_

-C267470

:7

P1

512n

lit L255ili WIDTH

aooL252101111

V126 A X3

DAMPER

R2672200..V.

_C2641304KV

=1.7A.

8+ BOOST 720VL256 cozlg51011h TI.6KV

R27470K2

+275V

+275V

53

H

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT BOARD

TRIANGLE 7 NUMBERSREPRESENT WIRE WRAP TERMINALS ON COMPONENT BOARDFOR CONNECTION OF WIPES FROM POINTS INDICATED

23456]89

10

YELLOWS GREEN LEAD TO T401BLACK LEAD TO T401 BLACK BEAD TO ON OFF SWITCHRED TO 16101

BLUE -EAO TC ToolBROWN B YELLOW LEAD TO T401 8 AC INTERLOCKBPOWN LEAD TO ON OFF SWITCH 8 AC INTERLOCKGREEN LEAD TO L401GREY LEAD TO 5 OF I -F SOARD 8 CI OF SWEEP BDRED ANC, SLACK LEAD TO 7 OF I -F BOARDGREEN LEAD TO 7901 AND F402 NO 26 GAUGE LINKTO LIT ON I -F BOARD

A YELLOW LEAD TO QB OF SWEEP BOARD12 ORANGE LEAD TO A10 OF I -F BOARDAND QH OF SWEEP BOARD

13 RED 'LEADS TO OE OF I -F BOARD, © OF SWEEPBOARD. AND L401

NUMBERED (A7) TRIANGLESREPRESENT WIREWRAP TERMINALS ON

COMPONENT BOARD FOR CONNECTION OF WIRESFROM POINTS INDICATED

6T10"9

4

6

R160C159

(1-1F.

\-;C160

I \ /1C155/14RIB

Y636AR1

R157

£4

yNC402

^ -F401

5

,17yC173

,15Al

I -F BOARD COMPONENT LOCATIONCIRCLED® LETTERS

REPRESENT BOARD MOUNTED WIRESCONNECTED TO POINTS INDICATED

Al to T302 & Speaker, High Side£2 to T302 & Speaker, Low Side£3 to 112 on Sweep Board14 to Contrast Control Arm15 to 18 on Power Supply Board16 to VHF Tuner B+ Terminal17 to T302 Secondary & A9 on Power Supply Board18 to T302 Secondary0.9 to VHF Tuner Filament Terminal

ál to 112 on Power Supply Board & Contrast Control11 to Contrast Control, High Side£12 to Picture Tube Pin 7113 to VHF Tuner AGC Terminal114 Shielded Lead to A6 on Sweep Board115 Ground for 114 Shield£16 to JO on Sweep Board17 to F402£18 ABC Ground Lug Shorts to 119 for Non -ABC119 to OE on Sweep Board, ABC Connection Point120 to on Sweep Board & Arm of Brightness Control

OA Yellow Lead of Shielded Audio Cable to Vol. Control© Green Lead of Shielded Audio Cable to Vol. Control© Ground for Shield of Link CableOD Center Conductor of Shielded Link CableO to 113 of Power Supply Board1E) to 112 of Power Supply Board

14

e7

7401

s6As

9

06d Í- 7168

TL154

Y15f

ao

VI

123

1C405 - C 8 \

+T ' + C401 1D A

11-c >/

CI72

7'i1yT;4Lrl2%ssy/

RESISTORS RESISTORS CAPACITORS COILSR150-05 R302-H3 C172-P3R151-C7 R303-B3 C173-L8 L150-B7R152-A5 R304-G1 C175-K1 L151-D7R153-E7 R305-C4 C176-F8 L152-B6R154-G5 R307-D3 C177-C6 L153-M6R156-F8 R310-D4 C178-I4 L154-06R157-17 R312-J1 C179-M3 L157-06R158-B5 R313-C3 C301-I2 L158-05R159-G5 R314-C4 C302-H3 L160-P6R160-I5 R318-Al C303-I1 L161-02R161-L5 C304-I3 L162-Q3R163-J5 CAPACITORS C305-F1 L301-C1R165-P6 C150-C7 C306-C3 T151-E4R166-02 C152-A6 C307-R3 T152-I6R167-J5 C154-A7 C308-C2 T154-M2R168-N1 C155-H7 C310-B1 T301-H1R170-Q2 C156-E5 C311-K1R171-P3 C157-B4 C312-G3R172-Q5 C158-F4 C318-A2R174-L2 C159-H6 C406-L4R175-03 C160-H6R177-G3 C162-H4R178-H4 C163-L5R179-N3 c164-M2 TEST POINTS-

TUBESR180-L3 C165-M6R182-Q7 C166-N7 II-G8'

V3-F7RI83-G8 C167-07 III-N4R184-I4 C168-N6 V4-K6 IV-Q4R185-04 C169-N2 V5-J3 V-A3R301-J2 C170-J4 V7-E2 X-Dl

54

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

S401ON -OFF

RI73BRIGHTNESS

OSC/CONY

R -F AMP

R309VOLUME

(SOMEMODELS)

\RI69,_.,CONTRAST

R226I

VERT. HOLD

2

3

4

5

A

T302 AUDIO OUTPUTTRANSFORMER

L301 AUD. DEIAUD. 6DET OUTPUT

L151 T151

ST -F 1ST I -F PLATERI OIL

~ T152uso O O V34725MC 6ARII OTRAPI

ST 6 2ND 2NDI -F AMP I -F PLATE 3RD I -F

6AGC KEYER

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis AY Data, Continued

LI53 3RD I -F PLATE

o eL154

CI) 0 OD 0VHF UHF

uC403

C407

ABC DEFEATSWITCH

I I

C401

AC INTERLOCK

R208VERT LINEARITY

L401

VERT 055.VERT OUTPUT

L251HORIZ.STAB.COIL

I I

7201VERT OUTPUT

TRANS.

DAMPER

HOR. OUTPUT

HOR. MULTI.PHASE DET L255U

m

A

WIDTH CONTROL

` 1 0 I i m j I 0 Il\,---o \,_/ \ /R2I4 ` R201 R257

VERT ACC HOR.HEIGHT HOLD

TUBE AND

ADJUSTMENT LOCATION

1-A\

VIIIAD2HIGHVOLTRECT

B I C I D E F G H

Rw- C203- I\6FYT

C204

R223

R202

R2I1.Ru,ti::

R222

ys - QC253

6 R205 -iit'C207 21 I 4-5-:

7 _Cj09 2

0 C217 lf Tt O8

9

lo

12

R217 ("R220 R210217C213 C251

ii

2

a1417' C269

IJ

0_9(1 C256R262

6R255 4

260`'' ' C2rR258

I

C257

27$ ..250 ©

T2Rm0 f

Q 36B10

's-- 06* ..-zs5QF'{t206:R266A,16R2Ó8 257 {R

R2LiN "" A HOR OLD';z

CIRCUIT BOARD COMPONENT VIEW

L252C26

eGE5

2

B p

C260

8

TRIANGLE (-O) NUMBERSREPRESENT WIRE WRAP TERMINALS ON COMPONENTBOARD FOR CONNECTION OF WIRES. TO POINTSINDICATED.

A I TO A RT HOLD CONTROL (END) 2. TO F ON I.F BOARD 3. TO T201 YELLHW LEAD STOKE 3 T. TO YOKE 6 AND P.N OF T251 5. SHIELD GROUND PTA A 6

6. TO Ala TN F BOARDTO T251 PIN 5 S 1 255

B. TC ROTE PIN B T20 RED LEAD9 TOT2CI BLUE LEADIO TH PINT OF CRT B SH:ELDW'RE FOR CRT PIN3A . HRIGHTNE55 CS.ARATL LOW SIDE I2 ro 3 ON I -F OARS

13 TO PIN 3 OF CRT SOCKET19 TO PIN B OF CRT SOURER

A I5. TO BRIGHTNESS CONTROL HIGH SIDEIR. TO Pill 6 OF CRT SOCKET

CIRCLED QA LETTERSREPRESENT INTERCONNECTING WIRES SOLDEREDINTO BOARD

©A TO 20 ON I -F HOARD

© TO A II ON POWER SUPPLY BOARD

© TO PIN 7 OF T251

OD TO HEIGHT CONTROL HIGH SIDE

© TO A 19 ON E BOARD

© TO PIN N ON 1251© TO A R ON POWER SUPPLY BOARDO TO A 2 ON POWER SUPPLY BOARS© TO A 3 ON POWER SUPPLY BOARD© TO 16 ON -F BOARD

©( To GROUND TO L255

© To PIN OF T251

COMPONENT LOCATION

RESISTORS

R200-E 10R201-F12R202-G2R203-E1 1R205-E6R206-E1 1

R207-B6R208-C12R209-F2R210-B8R211-E2R212-D7R215-C9R216 -B10

R217-C8R218-B6R220-A8R222-G4R223-B5R224-C8R225-C1R227-B10

R228-F7R251-E10R252-F9R253-G10R254-111R255-17R256-J10R257-I12

R258-38R259-G8R260-H8R261-H7R262-H6R263-K7R264-K7R265-K.0

R266-K12R268-N11R269-C11R270-L1R272-J12

CAPACITORSC202-H2 C255-I11C203-E1 C256-G11C204-A4 C257-J9C206 -E8 C258-I6C207-B7 C259-J7C208-E5 C260-M10C209-C7 C263-J3C212-D8 0264-M6C213-C9 C265-J3C217-B7 0267-M1C251-E9 C268-A10C252-F10 C269-H4C253-G6 C409-J2C254-F6

I K L I M I N

`4

R7D.5~ C267

C409 /6 47

T265«7\/® '..

Añ3

\© lO'

1 -

\e`©/ © o% ...

55

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis AY Alignment Information, Continued

VIDEO I -F SYSTEMTO TEST --7IAM PRE -PEAKING & TRAP FREQUENCIES POINTIIT

--47 NO 1864

rRI CI I

To Ac I 3611 IOoOuufVTVM (Y`

L150 Min. 47.25 MCL135 .... Max. 45.75 MCL151 Max. 42.50

T151 .... Max. 43.0 MCT152 .... Max. 45.2 MC To cHAssls

68K OOK 2000 f -l-.uuf

R2 100 I---1.... MC L153, L154.Max. 44.15 MC OfRECEIVER

NETWORK

GENERAL: Allow receiver and test equipment at least 20minutes warm-up.

DETECTOR I -F INJECTION NETWORK

1. Turn volume control to minimum and contrast controlfully clockwise. Set channel selector to Channel 9 andfine tuning fully counterclockwise.

2. Short antenna terminals together.3. Connect oscilloscope to Test Point III thru 22,000

ohms resistor not more than 2.5 inches away fromTest Point III. Connect -4.5V bias between Test PointII and chassis.

4. Inject signals from a properly terminated AM signalMCor sweep generator, through the I -F INJECTION

NETWORK shown, to the I -F injection point on theVHF tuner.

5. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illus-trated.

6. All cores are positioned away from printed board.

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT

4I.25M- 47.25 MC

4Z.55.75 MC

50 % + 0 %o t 5%

100generator

115 % NOM.44.I5MC 125% MAX.

105% M I N.

I -F RESPONSE CURVE

CHART

STEP SIGNALFREQUENCY

ADJUST REMARKS

1 47.25 MC AM Adjust L150 for minimum scope de-flection

Use maximum scope sensitivity andsmallest possible signal. Do not retouchthis adjustment.

2 Adjust L154 and L153 in thefollowing sequence:A. Tune L153 core so top of core

is flush w/top of coil.B. Tune L154 for max. deflection

of 44.15 MC marker. (Do not're -adjust scope)

C. Tune L153 for max. deflectionof 44.15 MC marker.

Do not retouch these adjustments.

3 L135 (converter plate) for max. de-flection of the 45.75 MC marker.

4 38-48 MC sweep genera-tor, with scope calibrated3 volts peak to peak for 2inch deflection.

L151 (1st I -F grid) for maximum de-flection of the 42.5 MC marker andproper nose shaping.

Symmetry of the nose is important. Nó'por-tion of the nose should be out of symmetryby more than 3%.

5 T151(2nd I -F Plate) to place 45.75MC marker properly on the curve.

6 T151 (1st I -F Plate) to place 42.5MC marker properly on the curve.

Repeat 5, 6, and 7 if necessary.

7 L151 if necessary to shape thenose.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENT

1. Connect a -7.5V bias to Test Point II, with the positivebias lead grounded to chassis.

2. Turn contrast control to maximum, volume to minimum.3. Connect the DETECTOR NETWORK shown to Test

Point IV and feed its output to an AC VTVM.4. Apply a 4.5 MC AM signal through a 500f capacitor at

Test Point III.5. Adjust the top core of T154 for minimum reading on Test

Point IV. Two core positions will give an apparentminimum indication, the correct one is the first reach-ed while turning the core from the top end of the coilform toward the circuit board.

NOTE: Retouching of the trap adjustment may be necessaryafter alignment of the audio takeoff.

AUDIO ALIGNMENT WITH ON -THE -AIR SIGNALS1. Tune in a strong local signal and set receiver volume to

a low audible level.2. Adjust L301 for maximum undistorted, buzz -free audio

output. Start with the core at the outermost positionaway from the printed board and tune for the secondCPeakc encountered on the way into the coil form.

3. Connect a variable bias supply (3 to 15V) to the AGCtest point with the positive lead to the chassis. Adjustbias until audio signal distorts on peaks slightly, thenadjust core of T301 to curb distortion. Repeat this pro -cedure several times at increased bias levels untilmaximum clarity of audio is obtained.

4. Adjust the bottom core of T154, 'repeating the bias ad -vances in step 3, to achieve the optimum setting fornoise -free performance at low signal levels.

56

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RI60CONTRAST

GENERAL

/I\SPEAKER

I;

R309 -S401 IVOLUME t3-ON -OFF

RI62BRIGHTNESS

V2CONY.

OSC. VIR -FAMP

ELECTRICCHASSIS SY used in Models listed at right

SIGNALBOARD

Lí574.5MCAUD. TAKEOFF

VHF TUNER-

UHF TUNER(ON SOME MODELS)

TI50ST I -F PLA

V3IIARII

1ST 92NDI -F AMP

E g))))) 1STI -F GRID

LI60TRAP

PIX TUBEGROUND

/VIO'IIAP4

PIX TUB

0402

R401

SWEEPBOARD

( V617JZ8

VERT.OSC-OUT

L251HORIZ.STAB.

V78810

HORIZ.MV.PHASE DET.

ROTATE ( 33GT7RINGS TO HORIZ OUT.CENTER ` DAMPERPICTURE \

R259HORIZ.

HOLD

ID VHF ±29AC INTER=

0 OUHF

PICTURE TILT: To correct picture tilt, loosen the YOKECLAMP with long nose pliers by sliding the eye of thespring over the bend in the clamp. Adjust the yoke to correctpicture tilt. Secure the yoke with the pliers by squeezingbetween the eye of the spring and a point below the bendin the clamp until the spring slips over the bend.PICTURE CENTERING: Rotate the two centering ringslocated at the rear of the yoke assembly until picture isproperly centered.

10

oat

u0n

0 27

UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

CAPACITORS ARE IN MME

RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATT11.1000

FNTBC FROMSWITCHES VIEWEDAGOOWNWAROSWITCH SHOWN IN CHANNEL4.13 POSITIONCONTROL VOLTAGES

20,OOORI VD5 METEqUREDNO SIGNAL APPLIED

VI3G11S

R -F ARP

NIDO V2A4100 1/2 SEAR

OS<.

1

InGH SSTÑAPOUPLI

V9IX2B

H.V. RECT.

T251HORIZ.

OUTPUTTRANSFORMER

SY CHASSIS

MODELS

M110YBGM111YBGM112YVYM112YBNMl12YRDM113YVYM113YBNM113YRDM116YWDM116YVYMl 17YWDMl17YVYM180YWDM180YVYM181YWDM181YVY

TUBE AND ADJUSTMENT LOCATIONS

FOCUS: Three potentials are available in the receiverfor focus adjustment-ground, +140 volts and B+ boost.Focus was correctly adjusted at the factory. If it becomesnecessary to adjust focus, connect the orange lead fromR165 and pin 4 of the picture tube base to the potentialwhich produces best focus. Refer to the sweep circuitboard diagram for the connection points.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY: Adjust R204 andR209 simultaneously for proper vertical size and linearity.Picture should extend 1/8 -inch beyond top and bottom edgesof mask.

V28In

CONYO

ALI

COSx 1000

ÓUT I]] 6!1 A0<.

000

00 450

áú

OI-FT AMP.

}140VNO E

T

AETHS W TT15i

LSN T IZLCC<SGxALE

L

A. A.C.

o AG

VHF TUNERET86X196

57

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis SY Service Material, Continued

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

I -F BOARD COMPONENT LOCATIONS

A I B

iY 09 ,-\, 302 \. y

C3p8 \I .\\ s'/ L 151

247-)- C3 5

L'179F1I R3, RI 5_®®

C3 ®X 0 2 M C403/ © `'-",c,131, 0 /0 _ 0 C406

R--

-2---/r__ ,r.--

ó-I- --- 0 çJ L. I®® \0 /

R's3\ © 0 -}. O5 0

R T 50 iIRIIO \?( A(C/ O® R 0I W )°,% ' R168;.__:.

C1670

C I DIE F

R172_

G

RI56

H

R403

C \ RI67

L403 '

A B C D E F

CI66 ,/Ci76

G

I -F BOARD VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE

H

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

CAPACITORS

C151-E14C152-D14C153-F8C154-G7C156-F7C157-H4C159-F4C161-B2C162-B2C163-C2C164-C2C166-G13C167-B13C168-A5C170-B3C172-G6C173-A3C174-E9C176-G14C177-F13C200-B5C301-C6C302-D6C303-C6C304-E6C305-D9C306-AlC307-Al2C308-B8C309-B7C310-A10C311-A13C403-D10C405-H9C406-H10C410-E10

RESISTORS

R151-H11R152-D13R153-E11R154-F9R155-G5R156-G3R157-E4R158-F4R159-E2R163-E1R167-B14

RESISTORS(CONT° D)

R168-H1 3R169-B3R170-B4R171-B4R172-E6R173-E13R174-G12R200-A6R201-A5R301-C7R302-B6R303-E5R304-D9R305-B11R306-B7R307-Al2R308-A11R310-C12R311-B13R402-C13R403-A14

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

L150-F'12L151-F8L153-F7L154-F6L156-G4L157-C2L158-C1L159-D2L160-F14L301-D7L30 -2-B8L403-C15T150-D12

DIODE

Y151-G6

COMPACTRONS

11AR11-F1215BD11-D617BF11-B9

CIRCLED Q LETTERS15 o5.511,

ELLOW

INTERCONNECTING

p LEAD TO OD ON FRONT CONTROL BOARD

© YELLOW LEAD TO PIN 7 OF PICTURE TUBE

© YELL. LEAD TO REELECTION YOUD E TUBE© RED

TELE DO

OF

CONTROL BOARD

EEP BOARD

© GREENS 000 TO 0 ON SWEEP BOARD

0 RED LEAD TO

©

DEFLECTION ORE

O R To on/ r0000 CONTRO BARDC)

AL O00CABLELEOOTTO©ONTR5 OLTA RDYELLOW 0 TTO ©O FRONT 80000p SE DNLEAD(ON SWEEP BOARD

B ADTO PIN Io TORE

p GREEK AUDIO CABLE LEAD@ON FRONT CONTROL BOARD© ORANGE LEAD M 0 ON POWER SUPPLY BOARDOR REDTO © ON SWEEP BOARDQ RED BEAD TO TUNER e

© DEC © ON POWER 5 RD

0 B TUNER OUTPUT

©WO BLUE LEAD TO FROM POWER SUPPLY BOARD

33 CABLE SNIELD FROM TUNER 1-P OUTPUT

TRIANGLE (-0) NUMBERSREPRESENT WIRE WRAP LS ON COMPONENT

R CONNECTION OF wiRES TO POINTS

YELLOWTO TO TECR 2 LEAD RE

O T3013 REO LEAD TO 2301

ROMAN ($[) NUMERALSINDICATE TEST POINTS

58

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis SY Service Material, ContinuedSWEEP BOARD COMPONENT LOCATIONS

A 8 C D I E FIGIN I

C208

akeR211-~,-

©C202-G20

R203 1R2\

iC201T

R202

10

12

13

14

15

16

R 268

R259

C207er-------1 tR214 R212 206T R2I6

--~,-~ R213

,........---..--R206

jiv TC264t 33GT7

TC262

C261

T 201

BLUE RED YELLOW

OR

o

R26I't'.,265R2

V9 PLATECAP

V9 PIN I

V9 PIN8

AIBIC D EIFIG H I I J

SWEEP BOARD VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

IO

12

13

14

15

16

POWER SUPPLY BOARD VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE

CIRCLED ® LETTERSOA ORANGE LEAD TO © ON SIGNAL BOARDQB RED 8 GREEN LEAD TO 5401 ON FRONT CONTROL BOARD

© BROWN LEAD TO £2 ON SWEEP BOARDOD BLUE LEAD TO DON SIGNAL BOARDOE RED LEAD TO SO ON SIGNAL BOARD

OF ORANGE 8 WHITE LEAD TO S401 ON FRONT CONTROL BOARD

© ORANGE a RED LEAD TO QK ON SWEEP BOARD

OH END OF L401 TO AC INTERLOCKlO END OF L402 TO AC INTERLOCK

59

CAPACITORS

C201 -B6C202 -A4C203 -E5C204 -D5C205 -B4C206 -F1C207 -E1C208 -B2C251 -J3C252 -J4C253 -F3C254 -F5C255 -I3C256 -H6C257 -I2C258 -G8C259 -J7C260-17C261 -C11C262 -D10C264 -C9C408 -G3C409 -C7C410 -E4

RESISTORS

R165 -A11R202 -A6R203 -A5R206 -F2R211 -B3R212 -E1R213 -G2R214 -C1R215-05R216 -H1R251 -I4R252 -I3R253 -H3R254 -G4R255 -G7R256 -J6R257 -G6R258 -H7R259 -B9R260-17R261 -G8R263 -I6R264 -H3R265 -H8R266 -E6R267 -D6R268 -B7R269 -D6

COILS &TRANSFORMERS

L251 -I1L252 -C7T2.01 -E14T251 -F13

COMPACTRONS

8B10 -H3173Z8 -D533GT7-D9

CIRCLED QA LETTERSREPRESENT INTERCONNECTING WIRES SOLDEREDINTO BOARD

p BLACK LEAD TO © ON REAR CONTROL BOARD

QB WHITE B BLUE LEAD TO QB ON REAR CONTROL BOARD

© ORANGE B GREEN LEAD TO ©ON REAR CONTROL BOARD

0 BROWN LEAD FROM QM ON SIGNAL BOARD

© BROWN LEAD FROM TUNER FIL SUPPLY© BROWN LEAD FROM TO PIN 12 OF PICTURE TUBE

© ORANGE AND BLUE LEAD TO OF ON REAR CONTROL.BOARDQH RECLEAN) TO © ON REAR CONTROL BOARD

) GREEN LEAD FROM OR ON SIGNAL BOARD

Q RED LEAD FROM QG ON SIGNAL BOARDQ ORANGE B RED LEAD FROM © ON POWER SUPPLY BOARD© RED B WHITE LEAD TO WON REAR CONTROL BOARD© RED B WHITE LEAD FROM OO ON SIGNAL BOARDON ORANGE B RED LEAD FROM © ON POWER SUPPLY BOARD

NUMBERED (Á-0) TRIANGLES

REPRESENT WIREWRAP TERMINALS ON COMPONENT BOARDFOR CONNECTION OF WIRES TA POINTS INDICATED

I, BLUE LEAD FROM T20í£2. BROWN LEAD FROM © ON POWER SUPPLY BOARD£3. RED LEAD FROM T201 ON SWEEP BOARD

ROMAN IBEI NUMERALSINDICATE TEST POINTS

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONGENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis SY Schematic Diagram, Continued

I- V3A

1L135i

BÓ0}

75 '11 11:13^ ¡B

0VMFC156

I TCIpUHF 3k ~-I

SXX_1

134VB+

r C51 470,1400V 11I 1 f I

IVHF ANT RSI,IM VHF TUNER

(INPUT 300nR52,I11 ANT INPUT-77-1

L--9524L70,140DV

V4C113 156011AUD I -F AMP

930280084V

LI6047.25MC

TRAP

LI50

10

-0.5V176115

1RI5133

61740068

+140V

I/O IIARII

C166

Z 200V

1- CC5-31'jI'_..Wo,,1400V

UHF ANT 853.1M UHF TUNERINPUT ANT INPUT

R54,IM

L C54,470 ,1400V

PONTXff

V5A R307I/2 17BF11 330KAUD. SET

C304e

C3032.4

282

6/ 6 5%ÍR301 ..51.04VTOOK R303

TOLI57044

6302só°oó680

CI6247

47K

+140V

S

BQ1

ISV

R403330

Y401 \_ `+PECIALRECT.

5401

IL3OI A

125VC3O7 VOLUMEL301 7 27001

8300 1ÓK

6800

J

1ST 0-F

V3 B y TEST 7150 I/2 IIARII IC154

# I POINT2N0I-F I 1.1 L152 LIS3 I L154

136V

`7 136V,

C152=1000

MONOPOLEANTENNA

TI

TO VHFANTENNA INPUTSCREWS ON

TERMINAL BOARD

C31I¡` IOK

71 373 9 1= 500K

L__

2 5A. I3018

C401 + C402A + C4028 .4 C402C

iáóóv T?65V 25ÓVIM T ÍSÓV A.

--1688V

2C306500Ó

8304680

C30515000

R311150K

R305 I151(

Á4750V

+115V

TEST;POINT = 4.9n

L302

C554701400V

BOOST

V

I C308I I

R306470K

10V %.

81682.2MVIN

IL151

1'470

RI54220

C174 1. R158800 T 22M1

RI71TEST 1.58

TO METAL POINTCABINET

IMS 470II T 1400V

V5 BI/O 178FI1AUD. OUTPUT

128V

5.8V

I ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTSMADE WITH A VACUUM TUBEVOLTMETER IN RESPECT TOCHASSIS GROUND WITHRECEIVER CONTROLS SET FORNORMAL OPERATION

60.s. 2 WITH LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINEDAT 120V AC MEASUREMENTSSHOWN MAY DEVIATE ?10%

T30

310 ll

0

R310

0173IOK

Y151IN87A

VID. DET.

1+ 140V

44MCRES

RISE220K

R1564700

C800Z157-

c.Ó33 20C

LI56 ON33088

IOnR157IM

*:

8170 R169470K 22K

C170470 88*

V48 45V*** 1/3 ISBDIIIT SYNC CLIPPER

I +140V

39V± R200

920233K R268N 02 R20368K 3900M VV

48V1lrrl

R201 IC20182K 800

C20020 -

LS I

3

EARPHONE I1JACK I.0V`r

R313 7

432

FY6815L(^ILSI

R314IM

C3124701400V

3 VOLTAGES SHOWNMADE WITH THE SELECTORKNOB SWITCHED TO 4 CHANNELWITH NO SIGNAL AND THEANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED9 GROUNDED

*8*

22V

R401V8 V6 V5 V4 V3 VIO

(FUSIBLE) 33677 17J28 178E11 158511 I18811 IIAP4

120V60".

C409800

12

C8 0003 IO I 8Ó0 I Vol I 810

V7UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED I V2 VI I 8810

C22 81000 N1,OD0,000 I

CAPACITORS MORE THAN 18P3pi12 1CAPACITORS LESS THAN 1,1-_-1 I

RESISTORS ARE 1/2 WATTL VHF TUNER j

WIRE COLOR CODE(USED IN MOST INSTANCES)

BROWN_ FILAMENTRED HIGH B+ORANGE-LOW B+RED B WHT.- 8+ BOOSTWHITE- AGC

C251 L

8

68 ^V7A /

1/3 6810HOR. PHASE DET/ R26I

82 K

*

3V

V

e

% i-0.25V R253

1.2M

560

vLw

IOV

V6AI/O 17JZ8VERT OSC.

ÁÓ39 R21668K

34V2001

-40V,10

C206_

.001

[ R2081.2M

VERTHOLD

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTSMADE WITH COMPONENTSDISCONNECTED

VARIES WITH CONTROLSETTINGS

* BRIGHTNESS CONTROL MAX CC W

R209500K VERT

SIZE

R 212S6^O,K

2R2063.3M

_ R204

0V Vf 168T. LIN

26V

V7B / V7C1/3 8810

TESTPOINT

08 9110085 T0WV

-0.25V3¡

TESTPOINT

_C253.12200r .V

TESTS 89.POINT R2M9

3X6R26880 2083 -

C4025

150VI+

IZ-

HOR.HOLD.

+140V

I/3 8810HORIZ. M.V.

/8C20 5%256( .

103V

162606.---TPOINEST i

1%27584 21C2577VL251

T220oHOIZ. 2STAR I

00V

R258

85V

17V

REAR CONTROL BOARD VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE

CIRCLED AO LETTERSREPRESENT INTERCONNECTING WIRES SOLDEREDINTO BOARD

QA RED & WHITE LEAD FROM © ON SWEEP BOARDO WHITE B BLUE LEAD FROM OB ON SWEEP BOARD

oR402" R209 R20W0

200

© RED LEAD FROM ®ON SWEEP BOARDQD BLACK LEAD FROM 0 ON SWEEP BOARDOE ORANGE B GREEN LEAD FROM ©ON SWEEPQF ORANGE B BLUE LEAD FROM © ON SWEEP

60

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis SY Schematic Diagram, ContinuedV4A

1/3 158011VIDEO AMP

II

R17

2 84V ICI63T 5

'10140V

.OV

0172110011

101V i

+140V4

LIST3.8.6.

TO C162ON V4C

CI6110

L159470

RI59'.

33002W

111111111

C1645 i5Y,

C165

200V

R (6025K,STOP AT 3K

CONTRAST

* *-f-I 65V POÑTnz

E'008L158180Uh

í6.2n

1

\k. 1

"7 1

RI63\20 1222K 138 1

R161150K

750VV682 I7JZB

VERT OUT

C206,400V

<I2K1W

- BOOST

C207

40071(

R 214

1600V

+1- 40V

BLUE T20

125V 320'

I

I.B R00

1

-14V` I37V6,7 ..3.3

-14V1

\ 1 DII

\ C171470/

\ I\

>V

R21IIM

C208T027200V

O11IW

YELLR

RÍ62 --=BRIG20011HTNESS

110V

DEFLECTION YOKE

I

i

L201A L2018

J

I ^I

0

6

L2538 L253A

0263472KV

J

\ .//"V8A

1/2 33017HOR.OUTPUT

T251

VIOIIAP4

PICTURE

1

3 14R16510011

WAVE SHAPES SHOWNTAKEN WITH A NOISE FREE SIGNAL

PRODUCING -2.5 TO 3.0 VOLTS AGC AT TESTPOINT II. FINE TUNING CONTROL ADJUSTEDFOR MAXIMUM AGC.ALL OTHER CONTROLS ARE ADJUSTED FORNORMAL OPERATIONH R SCOPE SYNCED AT 1/2 VERT FREQUENCY***SCOPE SYNCED AT I/2 HORIZ. FREO

V9I X28

M.V. RECT.

300n.

C26024V \

5000, - N 10,---4

9.11 26V

;R263 R2641011 S680K 8

L C259 - A f" 470

L

Ion

28n

R266470

R269 R2671500 1500IW JS IIW

1.4.6.9 II KV

2,5,8S R270

2.7nWIRERESISTANCE

39021

3KV

B #FOR MAX. WIDTH, NO CUTS C 261

FOR MED WIDTH CUT AT A 71- -FOR MIN. WIDTH, CUT AT A88. WHR7/GCO;-.1000V

C264.0027T

BOOST+ 400V

4

2

VS BI/2 33077DAMPER

L2523 Ah

AT MINBRIGHTNESS

>+140V

FRONT CONTROL BOARD VIEWED FROM COMPONENT SIDE

TO POINT 2ON SWEEP BD.

TO POINT 3ON SWEEP BD.

TO POINT 4ON SWEEP BD.

TO T251

0261

TO T25I 81V8B PIN 4

HORIZONTAL OUTPUTTRANSFORMER WIRING

C263

YOKE WIRING

V9PLATECAP

TO T201(YELLOW)

TO T201(RD./OR)

V10 PICTURE TUBE V9 H.V. RECTIFIER

TUBE PIN CONNECTIONS

WIRE COLOR CODE

® BLUE WHITE LEAD FROM ®ON SIGNAL BOARD© GREEN AUDIO CABLE LEAD FROM OO ON SIGNAL BOARD© YELLOW AUDIO CABLE LEAD FROM ON SIGNAL BOARD

OD YELLOW LEAD FROM AO ON SIGNAL BOARD

OE AUDIO CABLE SHIELD CONDUCTOR FROM OK ON SIGNAL BOARD

OF RED LEAD FROM JO ON SIGNAL BOARD

61

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

GENERAL ELECTRIC Chassis SY Alignment Information, Continued

VIDEO I -F SYSTEM

AM PRE -PEAKING & TRAP FREQUENCIES

L160 Min. 47.25MC L150 Max. 44.15MCL135 Max. 44.15MC L151 Max. 43.00MC

T150 Max. 42.8MC

GENERAL: Allow receiver and test equipment at least20 minutes warm-up.

1. Turn volume control to minimum and contrast controlfully clockwise. Set channel selector to Channel 9 andfine tuning fully counterclockwise.

2. Short antenna terminals together.3. Connect oscilloscope to Test Point III through 22,000

ohm resistor not more than 2.5 inches away from TestPoint III. Connect -3.5V bias between Test Point IIand chassis.

4. Inject signals from a properly terminated PsMsignalgenerator or sweep generator, through the I -F INJEC-TION NETWORK shown, to the I -F injection point.This point is accessible through a hole in the tunertop deck at the base of the Oscillator V2.

5. Align the receiver to produce the response curve illus-trated.

6. All cores are positioned away from printed board.

41.25M3%

42.5 MC30% ± 5%

VIDEO I -F ALIGNMENT CHART

47.25 MC(TRAP)

45.75 MC50% ±5%

45.0MC 100

-115% NOM.44.3 MC 125 % MAX.

105% MIN.

1-F RESPONSE CURVE

STEP SIGNALFREQUENCY ADJUST REMARKS

1 47.25 MC AM Adjust L160 for minimum scope de-flection

Use maximum scope sensitivity andsmallest possible signal. Do nottouch this adjustment.

2

38-48 MC sweep generator,with scope calibrated 3 voltspeak to peak for 2 -inch de-flection.

Short across L150 and adjust L135(converter plate) for maximum de-flection at 44.15 MC. Remove short.

Do not retouch this adjustment.

3 L150 (1st I -F grid) for maximumamplitude of the 44.15 MC markerand for proper shaping of the nose. Symmetry of the nose is important. No

portion of the nose should be out ofsymmetry or tilted by more than 3%.

Repeat 5, 6, and 7 if necessary.

4 T150 (1st I -F plate) to set the42.5 MC marker

5 Readjust L150 only if necessary toshape the nose. Adjustment should"rock" the nose around a pivot of44.3 MC.

AUDIO ALIGNMENT WITH ON -THE -AIR SIGNALS

1. Tune in a strong local signal and set receiver volumeto a low audible level.

2. Adjust L301 for maximum undistorted, buzz -free audiooutput. Start with the core at the outermost positionfrom the printed board and tune for the second "peak"encountered on the way into the coil form.

3. Connect a variable bias supply (3 to 15V) to the AGCtest point with the positive lead to the'chassis. Adjustbias until audio signal distorts on peaks slightly, thenadjust core of L302 to curb distortion. Repeat this pro-cedure several times at increased bias levels untilmaximum clarity of audio is obtained.

4. Adjust the core of L157, repeating the bias advancesin step 3, to achieve the optimum setting for noise -freeperformance at low signal levels.

r -1I I

I RI CI I

I 36J1 IOOOIuuf

9 \ " R3

I 161)..l on

I I

I -F INJECTION NETWORK

62

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MCe g h CrVs:»X42 SERIES TELEVISION CHASSIS

(Material on pages 63 through 66)

The 42 Series is an AC/DC chassis utilizing printed -wiring construction. VHF versions of these chassiscontain 14 tubes (VHF/UHF versions 15). Also, fourgermanium diodes are used; two in the horizontal AFCcircuit and two in the Ratio Detector Audio circuit.Three silicon diodes are used; two as conventionalL. V. rectifiers andone is used to supply a DC voltageto the tube filaments. These chassis may use eithera 16AUP4 or a 19AVP4.

ADJUST

CENTERING --To center the raster properly rotatethe two centering rings, on the rear of the deflectionyoke, about the neck of the picture tube.

FOCUSING --These chassis employ electrostatic focuspicture tubes. Proper focusing is accomplished byvarying the amount of voltage applied to the focusinganode of the picture tube. A variable control is pro-vided for the purpose.

VERTICAL HEIGHT & LINEARITY --Adjust the heightand linearity controls so that the picture slightlyoverfills the mask with the linearity uniform from topto bottom. Adjustment of either of these controls willnecessitate adjustment of the vertical hold control.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR --Turn the horizontal holdcontrol to its mid -range position. Adjust the horizontalcoil until the picture falls out of sync. Now reversethe direction of adjustment until the picture just pullsinto sync. Rotate the hold control to the extremes of

These chassis have a video bandpass of approximately3. 5MC at the 6db level and have a picture carrierfrequency of 45.75MC. The video IF circuit employsa 3DK6, a 3BZ6 and the pentode section of a 5EA8.The first and second stages are AGC controlled andsince a single -tuned input is used the first stage has itscathode resistor bypassed for increased gain. Trapsare provided in the 2nd and 3rd IF transformer for47. 25MC and 41.25MC respectively.

MENTS

rotation. The picture should stay in sync at bothextremes or fall out by an equal number of bars.Repeat this procedure if necessary.

AGC ADJUST-This control should be used as acustomer operated control. It should be adjusted inconjunction with the setting of the "Local -Distant"switch, to provide optimum performance withoutoverload.

VHF OSCILLATOR --The VHF tuner is equipped withindividual oscillator adjustment "slugs" for eachchannel. To adjust these "slugs" first remove theVHF Channel Selector and Fine Tuning knobs androtate the Fine Tuning control to its mid -range posi-tion. Then, starting with the highest channel to bereceived and using a non-metallic adjustment tool,adjust the "slug" on the tuner marked with the samechannel to which the tuner is set. Repeat this adjust-ment for all channels to be received without disturbingthe setting of the Fine Tuning control.

R402

VR-6 VR-9 VR-B R413 VR-7

DEFLECTION BOARD(VIEWED FROM COPPER PATTERN SIDE)

63

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MAGNAVOX 42 Series Chassis, Service

VHF TUNER SCHEMATIC

ANTENNA VI 201(5

300º.

Material, Continued

DIAGRAM

V2 5 C G 8

CM' INPUT '

KID2

[470 470

C10810

-/

3

-8_Y

112CIO¡ Z/ \ LOI3 ó IIóT102\j 1 .R107i1\ I

L012

/ LPI3 - r LG 13 _5.13« B - 3 ó

LOII 7,1-1

T101

F--.

LA12

LAII

LAID

0

P

LP12

1.1.11LGII- LPIO

LOI2

L6p

Tfi

RIDfi

-_,_-10K

r^/\MaRilo

GIIB3^LO10 NLO 9 HLOB -4-M

0

RII3B K

gll2IOK 1

CII]000

LA 9

LAg

LP]

0108-00

DrLP9LPB

LP7

L09

L68

I

`T

22pN

-_-

L07 !-iL06

LOS MOUTPUT

LABI>LP6

ICÁLG6 1I004.ó M

L04

103q10I

64.]N-L105 R102

- ' 47K LP4LP6

-

LG6LO4L133iseLA

R9 1000

T C34

0 L03 M

L02 -N

2

LP3

LP 2 L02I. FINV2

9HE

6G0 T.LI08 -M].iK t gIO

YK I

0q

15

LAI3i = 1- v2 vl c0107

T40UNFI L UNF2

O

5O

01060 0O

O AGCR106500

CIIB

LIOT4 5 3 4

122

= =- - CIII = OB2

I--

CI20 - 021IOOO 1F 10001 T000

i123000 I

119-=5" =- UHF IF B1

- INPUTDUHF= 8+

H2 HEATER HI V\VCONNECTIONS aK

LOW OH- SET 140 V

111¡¡¡III

6VP-P

60tiA

1L J`I{

IfOVIP-Pi r S.WA,

6

IIfLIIJ

1w( wl rp P80.

C

lIIII I1 I.IIII3_i.P P

I

11113°'-760ti

0

II

35VP-P.IIII'jjj\\\

ÓVRP

13]30,

F

/j,//'

609,

-P/IG

190_Í-P 'y/1

BOti

II J

VBOti

p 115TSOti

//p15750\.

fffLLL JJJLLLIp-p60M1i

.'-1i

1 114V}V15750ti

M

^I/

r

/// TI/ 13V0.P

IS]60r`L

N

HI H2OFILAMENTS VHF TUNER VHF TUNER

ANTENNA BOARD VHF TUNER 042-03 340033-1 16AUP4 D USE

r 1 H2 H 142-03 - I6AUP4 C OMIT . OJA-IS

1.2K I

U42-02 340034-1 I9AVP4 B USE V3 V4 V5

i VI V2 V42-02 19AVP4 A OMIT

VHF 30 I:

2GN5 5C68CHASSIS

UHFTUNER

PICTURETUBE

ANT.BOARD R ON TUNER 3 4 3 4 4 5

CI.2K I

` LOCAL -DISTANCE SW J0B1

ONF UHFTU ERENTStONVHFONLY C610 _C609

2200T2200

T

_C608T2200

I

_C6132200

1

1ACC B+ - -- IF OUTPUTIJA31(B2) VIS VII

JB-30V9 VIO VI2 V13 V8 V7 - V6

FILAMENTS C J8-31 JA -I6 5

ANTENNA BOARD e I 4 5 5 4 4 5 2 7 5 4 3 4 4 5 6 485ANTENNA BOARD VHF TUNER r ----- 0611 F C606

0612

F-I 1

02 HII C I

22001l /3607 OOZ700CI 1.2K I

INTI

ui PW-I6y5W

PWi6P3AITVHF 3303 ¡

I 00O O ANTENNA

I ( (Ti

I

~ G00

24115 5CG85.6K,IW

IC6184700 t0603C 1

1.2K - RI511.2K Oro 0

RIS3I

I

I

I- FUSE3A

C602R601 pyM D602 CH=015-10W

AGC B+B+(UHFI

IVHF 330S2

S3

I

I

TUVHF

NER C BI

(62) I IíXT _C601 , C603 + C6O4A

UHF TUNEflI R52 ANT.L 1.2K c- IMFD

D601 =_0614.OIUF oM d200

1.2K

C

UHF 330j I

fILB+ ANTENNA BOARDBOARDr

IIi1OF VRAON

R 4]OK 45KV700ÍÚF

350V 300V

-

L -O

0 OC

UHFO+I

IC I

2224 I

O O} TUNER i AC50 117V60 C/S = _LL_ 2K J CABINET GROUND

64

1550011

VO

LUM

E

BI

R80

1.51

(

BE

VH

FT

UN

ER

275V

IFIN

PU

T

RF

-AGCO

f-

C6I

6íSMFO

300V

R60

882

K2W

NO

TE

S

I. U

NLE

SS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

SP

EC

IFIE

D,

ALL

CA

PA

CIT

OR

S A

RE

INM

ICR

OM

ICR

OF

AR

AO

S.

2.00

VO

LTA

GE

S M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

WP

M, C

ON

TR

AS

TA

T M

AX

IMU

M, O

TH

ER

CO

NT

RO

LS F

OR

NO

RM

AL

OP

ER

AT

ION

.N

OS

IGN

AL.

&W

AV

EF

OR

MS

ME

AS

UR

ED

WIT

H C

ON

TR

AS

T A

T M

AX

IMU

M,

OT

HE

R C

ON

TR

OLS

SE

T F

OR

NO

RM

AL

OP

ER

AT

ION

.4.

UN

E V

OLT

AG

E12

05 A

C.

PW-1

6P3A

1

JA -

1

JA

-3

V3

3DK

61S

T V

IDE

O IF

AM

P

7

1355

T20

1

V7A

SE

AR

SO

UN

D IF

AM

P 3

0

C30

347

_V 2

iC

3030

V,

10á

T30

1

r-.

1 L

7

R30

333

K

1R

301

_C30

2147

11

^88

II

J1

tC

305

sí.4

700

L

SO

UN

D' D

ET

.07

8S

EA

RA

UD

IO A

MP

C30

745

VS

MF

D25

V

R30

747

ME

G

JA -

I0

C30

9O

IMF

D

C31

0IO

MF

D25

VR

308

IOO

K

VB

SA

OS

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

JA -

13

35V

6

10.5

0

=18

309

[ 270 IW

V4

3626

2ND

VID

EO

IFA

MP

6 35

V--

--.

7V

PT

201' 2

I

'R

204

33K

R20

1 02

22R

202

II

22K

220

68

C20

1

2200 R214

BBOK

C20

2T12

011

1R20

3C

203

IK

4700

E

C2I

122

13IM

FD

10K

25V

C22

422

00

JA -

4

135V

V

1202

VS

A

:1 -

471_

,

--S

EA

R4T

.25

3RD

VID

EO

IF A

MP

1 I C

204

I40V

+68

1

-7y

2 r-

- 3

1305

LRZOB

fRzo

5C

2061

5068

130V

2200

R20

6C205

1 22

6R209

2200

-M-IK

Z47

0_1

1500

IK

1--

.1.7

0

C22

1C

210

R2I

2

I47°

°T

2M

iD22

0K

-13

0V

1203

V58

ÓL

25M

CD

ET

85E

A8

AB

C

II

V

`JT

I 1887

Iqt

J,T L--_

_

160V

L205

BV

2001

1

_C22

3-2

.50

VR

-5IM

EG

C20

9A

RC

4700

R21

122

06

10

TP

2

L201

O-

®IO

OU

HC

213

047

MF

D

R21

54.

76 212

L202

40U

N

R21

64.

76

T20

44S

MC

TR

.

V6

MO

V12

BV

7AV

IDE

O A

MP

®(- 21

7`3

,97

C 22L2

038R

222K

0 :IV

YR

V 2

= 8

135

y_

4022

0i3M

FD

216

6BO

K6B

8l yy

2W

K1

.-11

1021

12.-

1110

2112

I80K

R21

7

3WC

219C

219

SM

FD

R22

7,t)

300V

1.71

1[

820(

(TI

IOW

lM

n

C311

6700

600V

2205

C22

040 30

0VR

226

OW

'

5JA

-17

L204

IBO

UH

C21

RD

FO

CQ

C 2

2MF

DH

t -

R22

568

11

JA7

JA -

8

-7

C60

4C30

MF

D,3

00V -i

V9

-r-

-a-

6401

C6C

G7

- -

SY

NC

. SE

P. B

SP

LAT

TE

R

IM

F .O

ID^

330

1_

45V

200

1000

I_^

1I

C40

1-,,/

/

6 C

E1

3.D

IM

L__

R01

2.42

ME

G

K J

C41

3-47

PW-1

6P3B

I

'M R40

2

MO

RI Z

. AF

C

4700

R4 47

0

1R40

310

K

81R

4.2K

I20

V20

6

IR42

.205

Inv0

C50

1.0

01M

FD

X D

501

$R50

1

2050

2

C50

2.0

D1M

FD

R50

333

K1W

106

R50

210

K

C30

422

00

JB-4 R8

6402

4754

0

L?J

T40

1

VIO

100E

7V

ER

Y. O

SC

. S O

UT

PU

T

Ltu

JC

403

IIOV

JJ06

8MF

D

C40

.004

7MF

D

{R42

0'4

7K

VII

6067

NO

RIZ

OG

C15

00

,-1(

1iN

+I

7(M

EG

.033 M

FD

R50

43s

47M

EG

C51

0150

JB-2

9

18S

V

20V

R409

SMEG

8 C40

42M

FD

5500

R4I

1IM

EG

C40

6.0

47M

FD

C40

5-6

V03

3M

FD

R41

0L

2ME

R41

233

K

9413

I ME

G

VR

-704

0]K

ÉIX

T .O

IMF

O

260V

JB-2

2

J9-2

0 IIT

402

VR

-2-A

S0

CO

NT

RA

ST

J8-2

3

R41

5A

.022

I'

II

22K

ME

D47

K

50-

I

I

K40

3

I

L3_

JJ8

-330

9ºs

v.W

-nn

11ó

B-z

aR

417

R41

9C

412

P41

400

8#R

416

470K

220K

,0O

Ó680 -7MFD -

47K

VR

-4C410

IW12

5VIM

EG

R41

8 -

IMF

D

.k

lay:

6000

1

C409

CIM

FD

JB-2

5JB-2_

_JB

-32

VE

RT

R.

PD,*

MF

BV

C50

8V

220

0 R

508

38.

8K

R50

712

0K

R50

6IK V

R-3

0739

00

50K

KN

OW

VR

-6IM

EG

VLI

N

220R

5126

C50

904

7M

FD C50

8

151090

.211

L5M

_

RS

0910

K

R5I

322

0K

JB-2

6

R5I

1 (7

68

225V

J8-2

7

r --F

'V

R-2

-BIM

E6

V12

1200

6-B

HO

RIZ

OU

TP

UT

A

JA -

9

VR

-I-B

IOO

KB

RIG

HT

NE

SS

-V

IS(S

EE

TA

BLE

)

1501

VI3

P12

AF

3D

AM

PE

R

48

8R

515

10 1W

C51

5IO

MF

DR

316

R51

9 30

0V12

KC

516

5.86

2W.IM

FD F

CS

I9C

514

MF

D30

V

014

102-

BN

.V.R

EC

T

ISK

V

R5I

7

482

3

R51

84.

7K2

IW

7 6

6 9111

El

II.0

330518

CS

20T

F

28

MP

S3K

VJ6

0'1

L502

WID

TH

SO

T

T30

3 0604

830

MF

D:

300V

R60

5

3

VE

RT

ICA

L

3 4 v

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

MO

RI2

.P

601

4

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMAGNAVOX 42 Series Chassis Alignment Information, Continued

VIDEO ALIGNMENT

1. Always use an isolation transformer when aligning and allow approximately 30 minutes warm-up time.

2. Using a low impedance' bias supply, apply a -2.0 volts to point JA3.

3. Connect an oscilloscope thru a 10K isolátion resistor to TP2. Set scope gain for 3V peak -to -peak.

4. Connect a 40MC IF Sweep Generator and Marker Generator to TP-1. Set the Sweep Generator for 10MCsweep.

MARKER FREQUENCIES REMARKS

44. OMC Adjust T102 (Mixer Plate) and T202 (Bottom) for maximum gain at44. OMC.

47. 5MC47.25MC

Adjust T202 (bottom) for maximum gain at 47. 5MC and T202 (top) formaximum attenuation of 47.25MC. See Figure 1.

41. OMC41.25MC

Adjust T203 (bottom) for maximum gain at 41. OMC and T203 (top) formaximum attenuation of 41.25MC. See Figure 2.

45. 8MC Adjust T202 (bottom) for maximum gain at 45. 8MC. See Figure 3.

43. 3MC45. 75MC42.75MC

Adjust T102 for maximum gain at 43. 3MC. See Figure 4. Adjust T203(bottom) and T201 to maintain 45. 75MC and 42. 75MC markers at 50%response. See Figure 5.

45. OMC 43. 5MC45. 75MC 41.25MC42. 75MC 47. 25MC

Recheck 47. 25MC and 41.25MC Traps. Adjust T102 and T201 jointlyto remove any tilt or peaks. If necessary adjust T203 (bottom) tomaintain 45. 75MC marker at 50% response. See Figure 5.

AUDIO ALIGNMENT

1. Loosely couple a 4. 5MC2. Connect a VTVM across3. Connect two matched 10011

these two resistors. Connect4. Adjust T302 (Top) for zero

(unmodulated) signal to the plateC307 and adjust T301 and T302

resistors across C207 andthe probe to the pin 3 of

reading on the VTVM.

of the 12BY7 tube (Pin 7).(bottom) for maximum reading on the VTVM.

connect the ground lead of the VTVM to the junction ofK301.

TRI 0%47.25 MC' 41.25 MC

47.25MC

47.5 MC

45,8 MCSET AT 6DB 45,75 MC 92.75 MC SET AT en

Figure 1 Figure 350% So

LIMITS ± 10% LIMITS ! 10%

TR245 MC REF. 43,5 MC

41.25 T203MC

41,0 MC

95% REF924 10% VALLEY MAXIMUM WITH

BALANCED PEAKS.

Figure 2

8227

43.3 MC

Figure 4

5 º R226 +`

10% ROUND TOP MAXIMUM.

Figure 5

CVO

zo .

;DI Ke a0

z04

L 202 ..

. `..

iff 0220

... .R I

.._.. 20 . ..!_L_ . R229

05 5

C21ºat

VIDEO AND KS AUDIO BOARD

66

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

r-~-mm;1I f

i 1: I

3 4:5 j4 I

L___ R£DR206 + :T201

'ZA03

^-0200 CI--+ D,102 . =z Nwt <

R107

r£E 'm ', ¡ ' 1--.y1[--.,, Rzl 1....,C213 R

<L107 4 3.`2-í.¡ -I F^r .: S 1 ;' ,-A/{.t106 BB 5 f 3D0!

( ` , l lOf;1 + bI +Í$é9 : : c105:::: G,:..-1-4.11,7111

-C103 `B

S ry^s

L #:I 34 FIL. >, #yfi:. C314 f+' i 2` 2 L204FF1Z1a :: :4"..r::::': :; CZ::NN L _ -'# # %

R1$ HH

S -38A2725 PRINTED ASSEMBLY (I -F)

INSTRUCTIONS CHASSIS REMOVAL1. Remove all the knobs from front of cabinet.2. Remove cabinet back and disconnect the yoke plug, pix

tube socket, anode lead, beam aligner (if used) andlead from high voltage can to pix tube mounting ringscrew.

3. Disconnect the speaker leads.4. Disconnect the antenna leads from the tuner.5. Four screws are used in mounting the chassis to the

cabinet. One screw is located at the front (near thetuner), one screw at the rear, holding brace bracketto the cabinet and the other two screws are accessiblethrough the holes in the perforated bottom panel.Remove the four screws and carefully remove the chassisfrom the cabinet.

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT - The deflection yokeshould be positioned as far forward on the neck of thetube as the bell will allow. Then, if the lines of the rasterare not horizontal or squared with the picture mask, rotatethe deflection yoke until this condition is obtained. Uponcompletion of this adjustment, tighten the clamp at the rearof the deflection yoke.

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT - If horizontal or vertical cen-tering is required this should be done at 105V line (if pos-sible) to obtain normal setting. Adjust each ring in thecentering device until proper centering is determined. If

centering is not adjusted properly, focus may be poor.

TELEVISIONRECEIVER

MODELS

WG-3214A - WG-4214AWG-3314A - WG-4314A

WG-3344A - WG-4344AWG-3354A - WG-4354A

(Data onpages 67through 70)

R.401 BCWS 12CÁ5 38N6 8B05 30K6 3D1(6 6CU RIMO/ 6CGIOR6F0/

FINE TUNING

2AF4-AOP

2DZ4 ¡-UHF OSC.

IF UHFEQUIPPED

NN

VHF TUNING

VHF R -F1TUNERTUBES

9 I J t 3 5 9 5 l11

VHF n r a -E OSC á IP. CONVERTER,

26115 5CG8

5BauCONTRAST Rail BRIGHTNESS

oN MVO I I r I¡- viRTac:i HUBO.-+-- r7L-J

R

ISCG8OSE. &

CONVERTER

i2GK5//VHF RF

AMP.

-43DK6 3DK6

1ST I -F AMP 2ND I -F AMPL-200I -F INPUT

T-2001ST P.I.F.

Al TRANS3BN61 188Q5

AUDIO DET. I ;pI y i VIDEO AMP.

6L -1ÓI /,-L-100-1 23AWP4O QUAD. (YJ)1 SOUND PICTURE TUBE

V-2 GRID ,- TAKE -OFF12CA5 COIL R -I01 COIL L-204

AUDIO BUZZ 4.SMC`OUTPUT CONTROL TRAP

V -N

8CW5VERT.OUTPUT

T -20I2ND P.I.ENDET TRANS

T040# Sóó3V D0

V -I2

12AY3

5

E

12GT5

V -7A & V-78

6CG7o

6FQ7SYNC.SEP.

dVERT.OSC.

V -I2V-96 C G I y-L-40I 12 AY 3

OR

UHORIZDAMPER

6FQ7 OSC.HORIZ. COILOSC.

V -I0

12GT5HORIZ. OUTPUT

II -` 54B t N99-9101II UV

R-316 R 310 R-413 R-414VERT. VERT. I HORIZ. HOLD HORIZ. HOLDLIN. HEIGHT FINE CONTROL COARSE CONTROL

CONTROL CONTROL

67

NN

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SEMONTGOMERY WARD Models WG-3214A, WG-4214A, etc.,

`.4,.,:..g:;::;;:y:li r C309

C308 iRg

C3108"'Iic4o1

SF-lH14

SILICONRECT. .H ::

*1«.

`r

r-

TO I -F OUTPUTTERMINALON R -F TUNER

TO+138V TERMINALPPION R -F TUNER

TO AGC TERMINALON R -F TUNER

(5-38A2724) SWEEPPRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD ASSEMBLY

INTERLOCK

ON -OFFSw/TCN

ANN R-4004.7 '

0.7 AMRC-400p,,

és/1B óR 0.47400V

203 P -P /.2V P -P60 CYCLES 60.v_

L-400FILTERCHOKE

+ M +

C -404A TC-404 B200 MF. I200 MF.200V - 200V

_ L_

R-401V-6 V-2 V-/ V-5

sow 8CW5' 12CA5 3BN6 880593.85V A61_25VA88.65VA 65_.SV/

VHF R -F4

TUNER TUBES1-

VHF AF CONVERTER' V-/2 V-/0 V-6 6GG7OR 6CG7OR

I 20115 5CG8 '12ÁY3 12GT5' 23AWP4 6FQ7 6FQ7

2.4V 7.IV I .7V 32.3V 38.6V 44.9V 51.23

3 4 4 5 5 a 4 5 1 12 4 5 4 5

C-402I

o 0

5ooV P E

CAB/NETGROUND

V-43DK6

7.5 V A 54

` o

--

3DK6Sr1 I-F AMP.

L-200I -F INPUT 7

IIC -201 R201L68---1 8.2K

i

i .005oOV 3

I IC-312T R-304I V -7A

F!isóóv ! 2.2MEG. 2¡o 3 6CG7oR

p 6 FQ7SYNC. SEP.

OI M F.

l0( óóV'

CHASSISGROUND

3 4 4 3 5 4 4 3

C -102T C -'0r31500V

soot/ 1V-9 V -7A 6 V -7B

V-3 003DK6 OSV4 3

C-2000.22 .T- 2oov

SERVICING INFORMATIONSchematic Diagram

V -I S OUND I -F AND3BN6 AUDIAUDIO DE T. 13/V

7

L -I001I

SOUND I - C-1001 1,vTAKE -OFF I _ 12 I

COIL I I R-101

L --__I 0-5001-

C-105 CONTROL

500V 1

97V

L101QUAD.GRIDCOIL

CI

50

R -I03 C -I 7

4.7KI IK1 w - 500V

T-200/43v 151 PI.F TRANS.

Sa V-43DK60./,. 0./ 2ND I -F AMP.

5

VIDEOI-

0-203150

/36 V 4

i C204 R-205.001soov 120

1,C-203001

- 500V

T -2C2ND P.I.F.8DI

R-206 C-205I 5 0 T 500.en-v---

I M

C 3011, R-303150T270K

500V(

C-302

Ti

I

R 3215.6

MEG.,

111111444 -1.70: -

DV

I SR-IOI y- elwrR r-29v-NOV .0 SILICON RECT. P -P

500 MA 60 CYCLES-1_I 9.C-401f

1, .001500V

I -

SD -101

DIODE LSELENIUM

R-30618 K/w

R-3076811

40VP-P-P15,750ti R-30'

100

C-305C-304 .002T820500V

500 V

VERT. SWEEP AND SYNC.

C-303 R-30522 1211

500V 1W

L-401 HORIZ. C -410Z R-420OSC. Dó56T 33KCOIL 1

N R-401TP812K

C -406I R-4061 -22 T 390K IIVP-P loov

50oV I15,'SO.

I

d''';11.".-4071R-40812.6

1 R-407 R -40BI MEG. 82 K

3 C -407T C-408TC-409T ft -410001 .002 J. 0.1 11 z 11500V

5007 - 200V :

R-4054.7K

45V P -P/5,750 e.

171______r

HORIZONTAL SWEEP AND POWER

73 ;ZINCED CIRCUITGROUND- GROUND

OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNSThe waveforms shown on the schematic diagram are as observed on a Tektronix

type 524D wide band television oscilloscope with the receiver tuned to a reason-ably strong signal and a normal picture. The voltages shown on each waveformare the approximate peak to peak amplitudes. The frequency accompanying eachwaveform indicates the repetition rate of the waveform not the sweep rate of the

68

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMONTGOMERY WARD

V-212CA5G-- - I AUDIO OUTPUT

1R-10,2/21V

68 C-104 C-101 R-106 I

680 T 56 47061 500V3 500V 4 2 I

76X55

R-10722 MEG.

6 1J0 V

OV

Models

1C-106.01

500V

WG-3214A, WG-4214A, etc., Diagram, Continued

IAA

oI

BB

O

R-105120

TRANS.

706AYSTALODE 1

III+ )VIII IWBIIIiI üI B 60 CYCLESÍVVf

r 011 11181111818' 4

BV P -P

TEST PO/NTL-201 "2

U10'LoaoU/9OWN/

5o1.5KPO/NT

-20709 1R-210IMEG.9K IMEG.

-3.4V182

R-212

3308

C-20915o0PONTST "3".0015

813Q5VIDEO AMP.

7

C-2103.3 '131:0°1-99

50oV

L-2044.5 MC TRAP

95V

01/ro 8.6

C-22330

° le500V

R-300220

C-3 IIT.005_ 500V

Cw212

L-205325

200VaMU. H. 1.

['ORANGE/REO

3.6K5R-25

W

/4BV9 IC -221

0so1ov

cc

aHH

T-100AUDIO OUTPUT

BLUE TRANS. GREEN

á

=RED

+C-404C0 MF.- 200V

R-1041 MEG. '

VOLUMECONTROL

,'WdIUIIIIdMIV

uY1plln1a

YELLOW

40V -/25V P -P60 C YCLES

R-216 !BRIGHTNESS120K ICONTROL

II R -2I75006

R-30215K

8-220IOMEG"-

R -2I9IO MEG

11 23

8-21847K

R-213 CONTRASTCONTROL

500

2 /0 6

y 1EE

0-21 I

2001V 1KK-- JJ OGG -

- R-211

1 MEG.

3R SC313

0033 100K =.001/Kv

C-306 400V R-314ill'2 100K

50oV

220V P -P60 CYCLES

27V-45V

eV -7B -

6CG70B6FQ7VERT. OSC.

40V P -P60 CYCLES

C309.01

6 t"r3181C-308 !OOV100K .015

600 V

R-311 1C-3101,C-3101.5 T047

MEG. 1 zOOV

Rp

OA

/05V P -P yyy60 CYCLES

- - - T-300---RED

-1VERT. OUTPUT TRANS.

270.,á1I6.5.,

BLUE' YELLOW

DO NOT MEASURE 049

7138V= /32V 1.04400V

V-89 8CW5

VERT. OUTPUT2

R -3I9 R322 i B -16V j100K1 2.21 -

MEG. R-316

1G 500KR-311 2.7-VVvMEG-

VERT. LIN.CONTROL

8-312 180K

R-412470 K

-411330

V

DPPLY

l

C.-413.01

500VC -4I2 R-4161.001 390 Kv

500V

85VP-Ps.lso...

R-4155.6 K

C-4141.002500

óO R-315 MEG.

1 HEIGHT CONTROL

V-IOI 12GT5

HORIZ.OUTPUTóV -28V

L

1C-420

T047400V

R-42122 K

R-3151.5 MEG.VERT. HOLDCONTROL

DO NOT MEASURE12

19.,07 T-4001

HORIZ.OUTPUTTRANS. I {

zsv I SI

tó430.,

4

R-418 2

T*' APPROX.2.2

V-11771K3H.V. RECT.

',CONNECT TO 10062WHICHEVER GIVESBEST FOCUS

APPROX./5.0KV

.

=C:416

-170.151100.P,nU

-d

8-4142006HORIZ HOLDCOARSE CONTROL

R-41350 K

HOWL. HOLDFINE CONTROL

L-40214sv'6000` 20.7

CHOKE,DAMPER

V-12

12AY3DAMPER

oscilloscope. If the waveforms are observed on the oscilloscope with a poor highfrequency response, the corners of the pulses will tend to be more rounded thanthose shown on the schematic diagram and the amplitude of any high frequencypulse will tend to be less.

DC SOCKET VOLTAGESAll DC socket voltages shown on the schematic are measured with a high impedanceVTVM and under zero signal conditions.

R -4I98.2K

430V BOOST

YOKEPLUG

YOKESOCKET

C-417

T-

033400V

DEFLECTIONCOILS

L-300VERT. DEFL.COILS

L-403H08IZ.DEFL.COILS

oooo

ooo

WIDTHYOKESLEEVEANO

PIN NECK

ISCAN(ADJUSTAT /FOSVJOR FOLLI

IF EQUIPPED

SCHEMATIC IS DIVIDED INTO FOUR SECTIONSWITH EACH SECTION HAVING ITS OWNSERIES OF REFERENCE NUMBERS.

ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMSAND HALF WATT UNLESS OTHERWISESPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN1.0 IN MF AND ABOVE 1.0 IN PF.UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED.

COIL RESISTANCE VALUES LESS THAN1.0 OHM ARE NOT SHOWN.

K=1000

69

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMONTGOMERY WARD Alignment Information for various models

TEST EQUIPMENT - To service this receiver properly, itgain of 1st stage (4.0V. P -P on oscilloscope). Adjust

is recommended that the following test equipment be 1st I -F transformer primary (top) and secondary (bot-

available.torn) for maximum gain and symmetry with 45.75 mcmarker. (See Figure 4.)

R -F SWEEP GENERATOR meeting the following require-ments:

3. Set channel selector to Channel 13. Connect sweeperwith very short leads through a 10 K mmf disc ceramic

(a) Frequency ranges: capacitor to mixer grid (I -F test point - see figure 6).

38 to 90 mc, 10 mc sweep width Readjust sweep output for 4.0V P -P, adjust 41.25 mc

170 to 225 mc, 10 mc sweep width trap (bottom of L-200) so that notch is at marker,470 to 890 mc, 10 mc sweep width adjust mixer plate coil (L-2 primary) and input grid

(b) Output adjustable with at least .1 volt maximum. coil (top of L-200) for maximum gain and symmetry

(c) Output constant on all ranges. with 45.75 mc marker at 50%. (Figure 5.)

(d) Flat output in all attenuator positions.(e) A source of the following Markers:

43.5 MC 44.5 MC

45.75 mc 43.5 mc

44.5 mc 42.4 mc

41.25 mc 42.4 MC 45.75 MC

CATHODE-RAY OSCILLOSCOPE with good low frequency APPROX.50% 50%response in vertical amplification and an input calibrating

source.43.5 MC AND 44.5 MC

MUST BE ATBIAS SOURCE -1.5V to 10.0V. SAME LEVEL

DIODE DETECTOR

PROCEDURE 41.25 MC

1. Connect sweep output to 2nd I -F grid (pin #1-V4),Fig. 5 --Overall Pix I -F Response Curve

gscilloscope to Test Point "I". Set output of sweeper In all positions, final touch up should be made with 4.0V.so that some ouput is indicated in oscilloscope. Ad- P -P amplitude on oscilloscope. Once a stage his been ad-just 2nd PIF transformer (T-201) primary (bottom) and lusted, do not readjust with the sweeper connected tosecondary (top) simultaneously for maximum output another stage. For instance, after adjusting the output stageand symmetry. Readjust sweeper output for 4.0V P -P and moving the sweeper to the 1st grid to adjust 1st I -F

on oscilloscope. Touch-up to give the waveform transformer, do not move the slugs in the output stage, etc.shown in figure 3. In general, the position of the 45.75 mc _marker should be

42.4 MC 45.75 MC set with the primary and the symmetry adjusted with thesecondary. An approximate setting of the input grid coil90%

APPROX.80% may be obtained by adjusting for maximum amplitude ofPEAKS MUST BEOF EQUAL HEIGHT

the 45.75 marker. This amplifier cannot be adjusted forbandwidth. It must be adjusted for maximum gain, sym-metry and position of 45.75 marker.

Fig. 3 -2nd Pix I -F Response VIDEO2. With approximately -5.5V bias on AGC line (Test With 4.5 Mc unmodulated signal into grid of the video

Point "3") connect sweeper to 1st I -F grid (Pin #1-V3.) amplifier tube (Test Point "2") and VTVM on picture tubeReduce sweeper output to compensate for additional cathode, tune 4.5 Mc trap for minimum response. VTVM

43.5 MC 44.5 MCon 0-10 V AC scale. This adjustment can also be madewhile observing a picture from a station. Tune trap for

43.5 MC AND 44.5 MC least 4.5 Mc beat (grainy appearance) in picture.MUST BE ATSAME LEVEL AUDIO

42.4 MC 1. Tune in a TV station and reduce signal strength at an.45.75 MC tenna terminals by use of an attenuator or similar device

APPROX.50% 45% until a "hiss" accompanies the sound.

2. Adjust sound take -off coil (L-100) quadrature coil (L-101)and buzz control (R-101) for maximum undistorted sound

and minimum buzz.

3. If "hiss" disappears during step 2, further reduce signal

Fig. 4-Pix I -F Response From 1st Pix I -F Grid strength.

70

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION

R604

VERT

LIN

MOTOROLA CHASSIS TS -584C - 00(Service material

CHASSIS REMOVAL HINTS

19" & 23" Table ModelsThe chassis can be completely ex-posed by removing the back andbottom covers. Voltages and wave-forms can be taken and all chassiscomponents are accessable.

23" ConsolesRemove the chassis, tuner and con-trol mounting bracket as a unitfrom the rear of the cabinet. Alwaysreplace grounding braids and/orclips and dress all leads properly(see receiver rear view photos)when re -installing chassis.

23K109 OnlyThe CRT and chassis are removedas a unit from the rear of the cabi-net.

FINE TUNING ADJUSTMENTS

Prior to making any fine tuning ad-justments, set the optimizer controlto its mid -mechanical position (see"Optimizer Control" in this section).Switch Type Tuners With Continu-ously Variable Fine TuningCenter the fine tuning control me-chanically. Set tuner to the highestnumbered available channel and withan insulated screwdriver, adjust theindividual channel oscillator screwfor best picture and sound. Adjustall other available channels in de-scending order. Only a slight ad-justment should be necessary tobring in each channel.Switch Type Tuners With ConcentricPre -Set Fine Tuning

R114A R114B

NOISE VERT

GATE SIZE

PICTURE TUBE

MTG SCREWS 141

BEZEL MTG

CREW (84

on pages 71 through 76)

4MAGNETIC L501 CRT

CENTERING HORIZ RETAINING CIRCUITDEVICE HOLD SCREW BREAKER

Rotate the fine tuning knob in eitherdirection for best picture and soundon all available channels. Turningthe fine tuning shaft to the right orleft engages the pre-set gears. Thegears, in turn, change the positionof the core in the oscillator coil.Individual coils are used for eachchannel.

MODEL 19138 - CRT MOUNTING

MODEL 23K109 CRT MOUNTING

L504

HORIZ WIDTHCOIL

SERVICING INFORMATION

Combination modelslisted in chart belowuse TV chassis si-milar to other sets.

MODEL CHASSIS

23FR25M,W LSKTS-584Y23FR25M, W LSKTS-584?

23FR26MP LSKTS-584Y23FR26MP LSKTS-584Y

23FR27CW LSKTS-584Y23FR27CW LSKTS-584Y

23FR30W SKTS-584Y23FR30W SKTS-584Y

23FR31MB SKTS-584Y23FR31MB SKTS-584Y

MODEL CHART

MODEL CHASSIS

19T38BEFY 19T3 8BEF

19T38BEFZY19T38BEFZ

19T38CHFY19T38CHF

1 9T3 8CHF ZY19T38CHFZ

19T39AWFY19T39AWF

19T39AWFZY19T39AWFZ

19T39CHFY19T39CHF

19T39CHFZY19T39CHFZ

19T40MPGFY19T40MPGF

19T40MPGFZY 19T40MPGF Z

1 9T4O WGFY19T4OWGF

1 9T40 WGF ZY19T40WGFZ

1 9T5OGLY19T50GL

1 9T5OGRY19T50GR

23K109CWY23K109CW

23K109MY23K109M

23K109WY23K109W

23K1 20MY23K1 20M

23K1 20 WY23K1 EO W

23K1 22BYZ3K1 22B

23K1 22MYZ3K1 22M

23K1 22WY23K122W

23K1 23 MPY 23K1 23 MP

23K1 24CWY23K1 24CW

23K1 24WHY23K1 24WH

23K1 27MY23K1 27M

23K1 27WY 23K1 27 W

23K1 28C WY23K1 28CW

-23K1 28WHY23K1 28WH

23K1 29MY23K129M

23K1 29WY23K1 29W

23K132MY 23K13 2M

23K133CWY23K133CW

23K133MPY23K133MP

23K1 34WY23K134W

WDTS-584WDTS-584YWDTS-584WDTS-5 84YWDTS-584WDTS-584YW DTS- 5 84WDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS- 5 84YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS- 5 84NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS-584NDTS-584YNDTS- 5 84NDTS-584Y

TDETS-584TDETS-5 84YTDETS-584TDETS-5 84YTDETS-584TDETS-584Y

WKTS-584WKTS-5 84YWKTS-584WKTS-5 84YWKTS-584WKTS-584YWKTS-584WKTS-584YWKTS-584WKTS-584YWKTS-584WKTS-584YWKTS-584WKTS-5 84YWKTS- 5 84WKTS-584YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPKTS- 5 84PKTS-5 84YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPKTS- 5 84PKTS- 5 84YPKTS-584PKTS- 5 84YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPKTS-584PKTS-584YPkTS-5 84PKTS-584Y

71

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA

PRE -ALIGNMENT INSTRUCTIONS

Chassis TS -584C Alignment Information,

CHASSIS ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Before alignment of the video IFsection is attempted, it'is advisableto thoroughly check the system. Ifalignment is attempted on an IF sec-tion in which a faulty component ex-ists, successful alignment will prob-ably be impossible and the entireprocedure will have to be repeatedwhen the real cause of the troubleis corrected. Preliminary tests ofthe system should include voltageand resistance measurements, rou-tine checks for bad soldering con-nections and visual inspection of thecircuits for over -heated componentsas well as for obvious wiring defects.

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT

Pre -Alignment Steps1. Maintain line voltage at 120 withvariac.2. Remove the deflection yoke plugto eliminate RF interference radia-tion.

3, Disable local oscillator, Ontur-

ret type tuners, set tuner betweenchannels. On switch type tuners,short out pins 8 and 9 of mixer -oscillator tube with a fine piece ofbare wire, or short pin 9 to tubeshield with a fine piece of wire.4. Apply the negative lead of a 6.0volt bias supply to I. F. AGC bussand positive lead to chassis ground.5. Connect a 1500 ohm 60 watt vol-tage normalizing resistor from B+to chassis.6. Set the contrast control at mini-mum (extreme counter -clockwiseposition) and set optimizer controlfor maximum resistance (extremecounter- clockwise position).7. Insert a 8200 ohm, 1/2 watt re-sistor' from the top of the diode(grid of video output) loadto ground.

8. Short across tuner input termi-nals.

9. Maintain 2 to 5 volts peak -to -peakat the grid of video amp except whenspecific values are given inthe pro-cedure chart.

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

Continued

10. Refer to Video I. F. and SoundAlignment Detail for component andtest point locations.

NOTE: To reduce the possibility ofinter -action between the two tuningcores in a double tunedtransformeror coil, each core should be adjustedfor optimum response in the tuningposition nearest its respective endof the coil'form.

4.5 MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT (L -110A)

1. Carefully tune receiver to localstation and advance contrast control.2. Adjust local oscillator (with finetuning control) to bring 4.5 Mcinterference strongly into the pic-ture.3. Adjust sound trap (L -110A) tofind the two points of adjustment atwhich the sound beat is just notice-able on the picture tube screen.Rotate the sore toward the centerof the two points. Use minimumamount of inductance (core out ofcoil) that will result in no apparentbeat interference.

STEP SWEEP GEN. & MARKER INDICATOR ADJUST ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS

2.

3.

4.

To grid of 3rd IF thru,001mf cap. Set sweepto approx. 44Mc, mark-ers as required.

To grid (pin 1) of 1st IFAmp thru ,001mf cap.Wrap a wire around gridpin of tube and connectgenerator to wire. Setsweep to 44Mc, markersas required.

To mixer T.P. ® thru.001mf cap. Set sweepto 44Mc, markers asrequired.

Same as step #2.

Scope to gridof Video Ampthru 47K ohmresistor.

Same asstep #1.

Same asstep #1.

Same asstep #1.

Both coresof 3rd IFtrans(T-103)

1st IF trans(T-101)2nd IF trans(T-102)

47.25 Mctrap(L -103B)&41.25 McTrap(L -102A)

Mixer platetrans, (T-1on tuner) &1st IF gridcoil(L -102B)

Equal peaks and marker placement asshown in curve #1.

Proper 42.25 Mc marker placement. Seecurve #2.Proper 45.75 Mc marker placement. Seecurve #3.NOTE: Mixer plate transformer (T-1)may cause suck -out in IF response. De -tune transformer if desired.

Minimum response at proper trap frequen-cy. ' See curve #3. 39.75 Mc trap (L-101)core is turned fully into coil at a trap fre-quency of 36 Mc or lower. This trap is setat 39.75 Mc onlywhenupper adjacent videointerference is present.*NOTE: Temporary removal of bias andan increase of generator output may berequired to see traps clearly.

To obtain curve #4. The mixer transformeraffects the center peak and the grid coil af-fects the two outside peaks. Tune coils si-multaneously for proper tuning and band-width consistant with maximum gain. Ifnecessary, the 1st and 2nd IF transformerscan be touched -up to obtain proper re-sponse as shown in curve #4.If interference from an upper adjacent TVchannel is present, L-101 should be ad-justed for 39.75 Mc. If there is no inter-ference from an upper adjacent channel,L-101 is adjusted out of the band pass orat 36 Mc.

*The 39.75 Mc trap (L-101) is factory adjusted to 36 Mc and is not tuned to 39.75 Mc unless adjacent videointerference is present. Adjust trap by tuning core out of coil until adjacent video interference is visuallyno longer present on CRT.

72

2VPP41.25 MC

STEP ICURVE 1

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -584C Alignment Information, Continued

T20%MAXDIP

$5.75

/2VPP42. 45 7 5 MC

5016±1016 50F±10f6

STEP 2CURVE2

STEP 3CURVE 3

39.75 MC TRAP_

WHEN TUNED IN

t 1

2VPP

I

STEP 4CURVE 4

4M.CC5 47.25

41.25 MC .25 MC\

75 MC

42.25 MC

50%

f

ADJUST BOTHCORES FOR

EQUAL PEAKS

AND MARKER

PLACEMENT

ADJUST BOTHCORES FOR

PROPER MARKERPLACEMENT

ADJUST BOTHTRAPS FOR

MARKERPLACEMENT

ADJUST FORMINIMUM DIPIN RESPONSE

ADJUST FOR

70% MARKER/ PLACEMENT

SOUND ALIGNMENT

(Station Signal Method)The sound system used in this re-ceiver consists of an audio I. F.amplifier stage, a quadrature griddetector and an output stage. Sincethis type of sound system is ex-tremely sensitive, relatively smallinput signal voltage will cause gridcurrent to flow in both the I. F.

3RD IF

TO GRID(PIN 21 N

VIDEOAMP

LIIOA4.5 MC TRAPv

AUDIO OFF

2ND IF TRANS

2ND IF

1ST IF

TO GRID1ST IF

IPIN

MIX-OSCMIXERT. P.

AUDIOIF VERT

OSC

AUDIODET

N. \\\\AXED ` \ \\\\

\41.25MC TRAP

L102A1 \ \

``

0

\47.5AICT RAP f \\

I 7

AUDIOOUTPUT

L10139.75MC TRAP

r

- yeh-----/1.

1

.0051

M1

STEPS 3 & 4

MIXERTRANS

amplifier and the detector stages.Grid current through the tuned coilswill load them down making the ad-justment extremely broad and align-ment impossible. For this reason,it is necessary to use a very weaksignal when aligning the driver andthe detector input coils. Actually,the signal should be well down intothe noise level for proper tuningaction.

SWEEP & MARKERGENERATORa

L301

QUADRATURE

\COILI

VIDEO & SOUND ALIGNMENT DETAIL

Preliminary Steps

1. Tune in a strong TV station.

2. Adjust all controls for normalpicture and sound.

3. Refer to Video I. F. & MixerAlignment Detail for coil and testpoint locations.

STEP STATION INDICATOR ADJUST ADJUSTMENT FOR AND/OR REMARKS

1. Strong signal VTVM to point A on L-301 (quad. Maximum deflection (coarse adjustment)quad. coil L-301 (Seeschematic diagram)

coil) of two possible maximum tuning points,use that giving largest voltage reading.*

2. Listening test Maximum sound with minimum distortion(fine adjustment).

3. Weak signal ,' T-301 (inter-stage coil)

Maximum sound with minimum distortion(maintain hiss level).**

4. L- I LOB (takeoff coil)

Maximum sound with minimum distortion..

If sound is not clear at this point, repeat the above procedure as necessary.

*The purpose of the top pre-set core is to enable the adjustable core to make the tuning range requiredwhile reducing the physical length. If the pre-set core should be misadjusted by previous service work,merely re -set near top end of coil and tune for maximum.**The signal must be weakened considerably either by disconnecting one side of the antenna lead orconnecting low value resistors across the antenna terminals until a pronounced hiss appears in the sound.The hiss level must be maintained for proper alignment.

73

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA Chassis TS -584C-00 Schematic Diagram, Continued

11108AUDIO T=E -OFF

N3.9_ 5.61 I

s

V8A

1/2 6BL8AUDIO IF

6 35V

.: L3N7501 Pá 2

m 1"

z

/ tü

L

T301

- i t **1 ov6,4 I

No (óM103.50. - N750

135V

-

V9

6 DT6

AUDIO DEI100V

5

7

i6

m

$ e 18 óT-5. 5V

L

E303

OI 1K

1301

T3021E

1

L(©

J ***R

C308.0015

VIO

6GK6

AUDIO OUTPUT

7 275V

á3

52

MOT INcBesus °C

1C309

8ói

Y

6vPP

L1051106 1107

.7 C114C1151 12..

4.7 T3.9 I "'

' 1 650V V5H

***72109OPTIMIZER

5K

u 8AÁ-1A1111. IIIIhtl141'

2 Q..óoc

L109Inf.6,40/0 2

^ 8.2KR111 47K -

m É

JI U

V6

6GK6VIDEO OUTPUT

3-9 7 *195V 11041-u-- 1111- 145V-e2 LL..--4 e

IIr-1 N vj' ¿ N150 j

U 9. JYC TRAP

intrau ull0a1r...II . n

-_1/2 681.18 OR 6HS8

R115 220K4 MY

1< 11w 5 270V

12 19 IL-g_I

7

B+ -f- ir3

AGC

60V

150V

YPP

180VPP

V

R117 33K

6

pp9 O-

CO

V12 V1315ov r- 62068 6AL3 OR 6AF3PPa HORIZ OUTPUT DAMPER

C513005 R504 470

--I` MM1"5

é-B++

R507 1SEE

C503

CHART -.i.- .1

- 1503

ó ÍC

B++

T501

8

706.s..D

R508 In

1W

AUDIO

C201(.05

B+

V14

3A3 OR 3AW3HV RECT

1650PP

V

YEL

*40V

R510 22K 1W

RED

5000

8

BLU

19XP4

6 19X5423 AHP423ARP423CRP4

8R1 CHART

en

C

!B+

FOCUS LEADCONNECT TO ONE OFTHREE TAPS GIVINGBEST OVERALL FOCUS

YOKETHIS PART VARIESREPLACE WITH OHIOVALUE70 - 3EV (19" 114')

82 or 100 360(23" 90`168 - 2/Y (23" 114')

4 RED

3202.5KV

N1500Pos

7 A

3... C

CC PULSEp3..

2,ACC PULSE B++/...5.2L5

.1

v1,cE

N 116.8K90 CHA89I8 f INDIVIDUAL ACOIHOSENTB

3

IN SOEE rumsSEE CHART

8000 \I (C507 R516

THIS LEAD ONLY I

500VC506 .

18K L504WIDTH

1Wo

BLUE

27ti1(

V00MOT IN ALL

2700

V8B1/2 6BL8

VERT OSC

- - (23" 90°)I CHASSIS

*36V

>ry Ñ

F V

8 ZU 1

Lx

P iFj O *cc*

mI

70VPA

K

V15 150006GK6 PP

* * VERT OUTPUTv T601C6051(.01 47.606)11.2412.114_41_~ C6021 I.033 w BL16,

TWITS & P 15 I R603 47KONLYli 'OK,'"I- 1_.-J

gYQ_

a{

r,R613 2.2K R609 56K

C610.047

R1K 00

_`01 .0031_ C601 22K

C6O7T C608 T\ R610SER

CHART

2

5

9.8V

7

27V

VP

11gR605 150

1a62v1141

100MAP

TC603220

SEE CHART

GRN

B++

2O

120- STOP

R604

270V

VERTICAL

MODELS

OYO

L 701

JUNPRE LEAD

75

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONMOTOROLA Chassis

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT

The picture will be tilted if thedeflection yoke is not correctlypositioned, The picture may haveraster distortions or neck shadowsif the deflection yoke is not tightagainst the flare of the picture tube.

To adjust the yoke, loosen the yokeretainer clamp, Position the yokeas far froward as possible and ro-tate until the picture is straight,When satisfactory, tighten the yokeretainer clamp.

NOISE GATE CONTROL

The noise gate control is used toadjust the receiver for best holdstability under noise and differentsignal strength conditions.

To adjust, tune in a channel for bestpicture and sound. Turn the noisegate control counter- clockwise(when viewed from rear of receiver)until the picture becomes unstable(rolls down or slips, etc,). Thenturn control clockwise until thepicture returns to normal. Checkall channels; if any are unstable,continue turning control clockwiseuntil the picture is normal on allchannels.

39.75MC TRAP ADJUSTMENT(Adjacent Video)

The adjacent video trap coil (L- 101)is set to approximately 36 Mc at thefactory and must be adjusted ifinterference from an upper adjacentchannel is present. See .AlignmentDetail! for location.

VERT SIZE NOISE GATE1114B 3.48 R114A 3.41

TrnRE7 S4nnn nn

R114 CONN DETAIL

IF RES -CAP51065239A10

TS -584C Service Information, ContinuedFOCUSING ADJUSTMENT

To provide for differences in thepicture tube gun structure, a focusadjustment is provided by three (3)lugs located on the chassis, Theyprovide a ground potential point,a B+ voltage point and a bootstrapvoltage point. Connect the blue leadfrom the picture tube socket to thelug which provides the best over-allfocus, center to edge of screen.

OPTIMIZER CONTROL

The optimizer control is connectedin series with the video detector

R109

VOLUME

CONTROL

I{í09OPTIMIZER

R109

BRIGHTNESS

R109

VERT

HOLD

R109

CONTRAST

YOKE BALANCÉ CER-PAC51D65239A18

E302QUAD DETECTOR

RES -CAP51065239A11

AGC R03ES -CAP51D65239A04

R604

VERT

LIN

R114B

VERT

SIZE

load which results in a variableload affecting the video response ofthe receiver.The optimizer control is not a ser-vice adjustment. It should be usedin conjunction with the fine tuning,contrast and brightness controls toreduce the "snow effect. in fringeareas or sharpen and crispen thepicture in areas where the signalstrength is high.For optimum effect, set the opti-mizer control to its mid -mechanicalposition, then adjust the fine tuningcontrol to the point where soundbars just disappear from the pic-ture. Then adjust the optimizercontrol for desired picture quality.

PICTURE TUBE

MTG SCREWS 14

MAGNETIC

CENTERING

DEVICE

L501 E801

HORIZ CIRCUITHOLD BREAKER

MODEL 231120 - REAR VIEW

E503YOKE BALANCE CER-PAC

51D65239A23

2M 2.2M

--

E303AUDIO DECOUPLING RES -CAP

51065239Al2

SYNC REDS -CAP518747693

-ANYi 470KT^'^'se-ua

1 2 3 4 5 2 3

RES-CAP COMPONENT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS

L504

HORIZWIDTH COIL

AUDIO DET1 RCS -CAP51D65239A24

E501AFC RES -CAP51 D65239A13

76

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLACHASSIS REMOVAL- LAY RECEIVERFACE ON SOFT CLOTH TO REMOVE CHASSIS

AS SHOWN. RECEIVER BECOMES TOPHEAVY WITH CHASSIS REMOVED. SUP-PORT RECEIVER IN UP RIGHT POSITIONWITH SUFFICIENT COUNTER WEIGHTS INPLACE OF CHASSIS,

CHASSIS REMOVAL - 19P35, 19P37

Lay face of receiver on a soft clothto remove chassis.

CAUTION: Receiver becomes topheavy when chassis is removed. Tohold receiver up -right, use counter-balance weight as described in the"Chassis Removal" photo.

PICTURE TUBE REPLACEMENT

Use extreme care in handling thepicture tube as rough handling maycause it to implode due to atmos-pheric pressure. Do not nick orscratch glass or subject it to anyundue pressure in removal or in-stallation. Use goggles and heavygloves for protection,

Always place protective tape on thereplacement tube in the same posi-tion as on the original tube.

Models 19P35, 19P37Remove chassis from cabinet andyoke from CRT. Lay receiver on itsface as shown in ',Chassis Removal)photo. Remove the CRT strapmounting screw and the four (4)CRT mounting clamps shown inrear view photo. Lift CRT out ofreceiver.

HANDLE REMOVAL (19P35 AND19P37)Remove handle pins by pushing thrufrom front side with small bladedscrewdriver.

TO REMOVE I F COILS FROMSHIELDS

The coils located in the shields arelocked into position, In order togain access to the coil and compo-

CHASSISMOUNTINGSCREWS

CHASSIS TS -586

MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART

VHF UHFMODEL CHASSIS TUNER TUNER

19P35BRH DTS-586 TT -312Y19P35BR DTS-586(Y) TT -349 TT -600

19P37BL,GR NDTS-586 TT -348YI9P37BL,GR DTS-586(Y) TT -349 ZTT-600

nents located within the shield, gripone side of the coil form with long -nose pliers and carefully pull it outof the shield. If leads are too shortto permit access to the coil, unsolderleads from chassis 'components, notfrom coil form, Heating the coilterminals may result in componentdamage or loss of wax protectionagainst moisture.

When re-inserting coil assembly inshield, be sure coil form locks intoposition inside the shield.

Coils which are dipped in wax mustbe replaced as an assembly tomaintain proper moisture protectionin high humidity areas.

CRT MTG.STRAPSCREW---__

PICCENTERINGDEVICE

YOKECLAMP

VERTLIN

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENTThe picture will be tilted if thedeflection yoke is not correctlypositioned, The picture may haveraster distortions or neck shadowsif the deflection yoke is not tightagainst the flare of the picture tube.

To adjust the yoke, loosen the yokeretainer clamp. Position the yokeas far forward as possible androtate until the picture is straight.When satisfactory, tighten the yokeretainer clamp.FOCUSING ADJUSTMENTTo provide for differences in thepicture tube gun structure, a focusadjustment is provided by three (3)lugs located on the chassis. Theyprovide a ground potential point, aB+ voltage point and a bootstrapvoltage point, Connect the blue leadfrom the picture tube socket to thelug which provides the best over-allfocus, center to edge of screen.

PICTURE CENTERING

Position the magnetic centering de-vice arms 180° apart (minimumfield strength) so they lie in avertical plane. Rotate each arm tocenter the picture.

CRTMTG. STRAP CRT MTG.

CLAMPS (4)

YOKE LEADSConnect tol ' colonco9ded

as . terminals

CIRCUITBREAKER

--HORZ-VERT HOLD

NOISE SIZEGATE

REAR VIEW - 19P35 & 19P37

77

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 164 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -586 Alignment Information, Continued

Pre -Alignment Instructions

Before alignment of the video IFsection is attempted, it is advisableto thoroughly check the system. Ifalignment is attempted on an IFsection in which a faulty -componentexists, successful alignment willprobably be impossible and the en-tire procedure will have to be re-peated when the real cause of thetrouble is corrected. Preliminarytests of the system should includevoltage and resistance measure-ments, routine checks for bad sol-dering connections and visual in-spection of the circuits for over-heated components as well as forobvious wiring defects.

VIDEO IF & MIXER ALIGNMENTPre -Alignment Steps

CHASSIS ALIGNMENT

1. Maintain line voltage at 120 withvariac.

2. Remove the yellow lead fromyoke to eliminate RF interferenceradiation.

3. Disable local oscillator. Groundoscillator grid of mixer -oscillatortube with a piece of bare wire tothe tube shield.

4. Apply the negative lead of a 6.0volt bias supply to IF AGC buss andpositive lead to chassis ground.See Alignment detail.

5. Connect a 750 ohm, 60 wattvoltage normalizing resistor fromB+to chassis.

6. Set the contrast control at mini-

mum (extreme counter -clockwiseposition).

7. Short across tuner input termi-nals.

8. Maintain 2 volts peak -to -peakat the grid of video amp exceptwhen specific values are given inthe procedure chart.

9. Refer to Video IF and SoundAlignment Detail for component andtest point locations.

NOTE: To reduce the possibility ofinter -action between the two tuningcores in a double tunedtransformeror coil, each core should be adjustedfor optimum response in the tuningposition nearest its respective endof the coil form.

VIDEO IF"& MIXER ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEPSWEEP GENERATOR

AND MARKER INDICATOR ADJUST ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS

2.

3.

4.

To grid of 3rd IF thru.001mf capacitor. Setsweep to approximately44Mc, markers as re-quired.

To grid (pin l) of 1st IFamp thru .001mf capa-citor. Wrap a wire a-round grid pin of tubeand connect generatorto wire. Set sweep to44Mc, markers asrequired.

To mixer T. P.thru .001mf capacitor.Set sweep to 44Mc,markers as required.

Same as Step #3,

SOUND ALIGNMENT (Station SignalMethod)

The sound system used in thisreceiver consists of an audio IFamplifier stage, a quadrature griddetector and an output stage. Sincethis type of sound system is ex-tremely sensitive, relatively smallinput signal voltage will cause gridcurrent to flow in both the IF amp -

Scope to grid ofVideo Amp thru47K ohm resis-tor.

Same as Step#1.

Same as Step#1.

Same as Step#1.

Both coresof 3rd IFtransforme(T-103)

r

1 st IF trans-former(T-101)2nd IF transformer(T-102)

47.25Mctrap(L-101 &41.25Mctrap(L- 102)

Mixer platecoil (L-1 ontuner) and1st IF gridcoil(L -103B)

Equal peaks and marker placement asshown in curve #1.

Proper 42. 25Mc marker placement. Seecurve #2.

Proper 45.75Mc marker placement. Seecurve #2.NOTE: Mixerplate coil (L-1) may causesuck -out in IF response. Detune trans-former if desired.

Minimum response at proper trap fre-quency. See curve #3.NOTE: Temporary removal of bias andan increase of generator output may berequired to see traps clearly.

To obtain curve #4. The mixer coil affectsthe center peak and the grid coil affectsthe two outside peaks. Tune coils simul-taneously for proper tuning and band -widthconsistent with maximum gain. If neces-sary, the 1st and 2nd IF transformers canbe touched -up to obtain proper responseas shown in curve #4.

SOUND ALIGNMENT (Station Signal Method)

lifier and the detector stages. Gridcurrent through the tuned coils willload them down making the adjust-ment extremely broad and align-ment impossible. For this reason,it is necessary to use a very weaksignal when aligning the driver andthe detector input coils. Actually,the signal should be well downinto the noise level for proper tun-ing action.

Preliminary Steps

1. Tune in a strong TV station.

2. Adjust all controls for normalpicture and sound.

3. Refer to Video IF &Mixer Align-ment Detail for coil and test pointlocations.

78

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -586 Alignment Information, Continued

CURVE 4

STEP 4

2VP -P

ADJUST COREFOR MIN DIP

GND

MIXOSC

MIXERT. P.

CURVE 3STEP 3

41.25 ^ 47.25MC MC

© oO e t%

; ,/ <.i i 6BZ6 O

I L T301 L301 I /

MARKER Ñ 1102to Grid o AUDI SOUD IF I

0 ) 6DT6 I

& SWEEP RF 0LSTEP i-' BZ6 (PinlF1 j

KE ®INTERSTAGE !

q oD1o oooooooc. @oQoo) @oo o 'ó 6V

l_1

SCOPE 47K BIAS _qVHo- __ SUPPLY zp q STEP1,2,3&4 /

To Grid1st IF(Pin 1)

42.25MC

CURVESTEP 2

CURVE 12V STEP 1P -P

40%

4- 1- .25 4 .75

MC t MC

20%MAX 2VDIP P -P

ADJUST BOTH CORES FOREQUAL PEAKS & PROPER

PLACEMENT

IB++o C000be) 00000

BOTTOM VIEWOF QUAD COIL

QUA'

COIL

VIDEO & SOUND ALIGNMENT DETAIL

SOUND ALIGNMENT PROCEDURE

STEP

1.

Z.

3.

4.

STATION INDICATOR ADJUST ADJUST FOR AND/OR REMARKS

Strong signal

Weak signal

VTVM to point A onquad, coil L-301 (Seeschematic diagram)

Listening test

L-301 (quad.coil)

T-301 (inter -stage coil)

L-109 (takeoff coil)

Maximum deflection (coarse adjustment)of two possible maximum tuning points,use that giving largest voltage reading.*

Maximum sound with minimum distortion(fine adjustment),

Maximum sound with minimum distortion(maintain hiss level),**

Maximum sound with minimum distortion.

If sound is not clear at this point, repeat the above procedure as necessary.

*The purpose of the top pre-set core is to enable the adjustable core to make the tuning range requiredwhile reducing the physical length. If the pre-set core should be misadjusted'by previous service work,merely re -set near top end of coil and tune for maximum.

**The signal must be weakened considerably either by disconnecting one side of the antenna lead or con-necting low value resistors across the antenna terminals until a pronounced hiss appears in the sound. Thehiss level must be maintained for proper alignment.

79

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONNOTES:

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS

L TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM. 120%2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC.

3. VOLTAGES INDICATED BY AN ASTERISK WILL VARY WITH ASSOCIATEDCONTROL SETTINGS.

4. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND ALL OTHERCONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5. TUNER ON CHANNEL 13 OR CHANNEL OF LEAST NOISE WITHANTENNA TERMINALIS SHORTED.

WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS

1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A WI DE -BANDOSCILLOSCOPE.

2. OSCILLOSCOPE SYNCED NEAR SWEEP RATE INDICATED.3. TAKEN WITH STRONG SIGNAL, CONTRAST CONTROL AT MAXIMUM;

ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION.

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -586 Diagram

CAPACITORS UNLESS OTHERW I SE SPECIFIED, VALUESLESS THAN ONE IN MF; ALL OTHERS IN MME VERT SIZE

81168 28**INDICATES SPECIAL COMPONENTS.

1501 CONN

NOISE GATER116A 3.49

9 8 7 6 4 3 2 1innnnnnnnq

tfgR116 CONN DETAIL

VERT LINR116C 29

TUNERNOTE: C116 I. C117

C117 LOCATED ON TUNER

- E 1Q1

L 1031ST IF GRID

1111.112:1111.112:1111.112:

N27K

2f

50V PP

V3

1ST IF6BZ6A

130V

18.2V5

m

1

7101

a

135V UTB++ 1W

C102 R103 7K

.0011

V4

'ND IF6BZ6

124V

7

VIDEO

J

7

6

1102

8 2

oo

ES

135V

B + +

V5

3RD IF6BZ6

20V5

7

6

2

ó

T103 VIDEO DET

i = E102

1 1

l 1

I- -

B++++ f13sv R1436.8MEG

B V

IRF AGC R14

5 6 N150 óUT

L105

2.852

600 V PP\ V 11

9.5V

4800

3R144 2.2MEG 118"V N

UC 25

6

B+13:'

E401

V11 B

CLI PPER1/2 PCF80/9A8

80V

L`15V

1_

R402 39K

1W

B++

C501

65V PPH

SYNC HORIZONTAL

V11A

HORIZ OSC1/2 PCF 80/9A8

470

C506

11033'C507oTO 0068

6

160V

YB++ c'

cl

200V PPH \

R511 27K--JVW-

V12

PL500/21,

HOR OUT

*C5091¡,005455 140 -sv

1` -2LL

0 3"8

ó

T .005/(A-01 I. LAT

480V

120V

60CPS

60 V PP

V E801

CIRCUITBREAKER

ON -OFF SWON VOL CONT

V1316ÁQ3

8POWER SUPPLY T

R801 5

o1 (A.001k LATER)B + +B+L801

TEL .. D 135V 1W

1.7 V PP

V24

8lOW E802 C805A + C118 + R8Q4 2.2K +

00 ry200

MO NK7ÁVRllii ,805B MF Tc805CV15 V6 -'V10 V5 ..-V4 V3 Vi

R802105 15CW5 16GK6 9A8 68Z6 6BZ6 6: 9A84 4 4 4

C806 C807 C808 C809

ooT AT .0011012 V9 Vl V2 V8

4 5 4 310W 27GB5 15CW5 4GK5 SEE TUNER 6DT6 9A8

.TV11

5 4

10141UHF TUNER

V16

1 8

CRT C810

.011

"Y" VERSIONSONLY

8

R601 47K

37V PPV

80

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONV7A

112 PCF 8019A8AUDIO IF

56V6

3.5Y r2

1301

! i 1

Id0 091I OV1

2.3L-- -- -JR310

120 C301- g 1.001

V86DT6

5

2

DET16 0R305Aw

í,i1K

00154 0....I. .

---- `----1 - 17 OV -----IZO

6 m

Sz

oc.,Y U

'i TaJ ' IoljT 2 .0.

1 2

L302

I I

I I

I

I

V9

15CW51PL84

AUDIO OUTPUT 1302130V BLUE

R307 1KOV

E 303

21W7K

v Ir

`aI

M1? -1

7

39

>Ó Y24V

9 5c

L106

2.611

ViOB

?A8 NOISE INV

11

V6

16G K6

VIDEO AMP 30V65V WITH SIGNAL

7

L107 _l.v 7

2

60 V P P _bl3K y

c.I I

105V

110111 ,11,61I

10

L -B+ + L109135V

130V R115 K

1

30

Bl+

9

J1L 110

C306 NOTE: C306, 307 & R310.005 2KV USED ON 23" MODELS ONLY.

E302

B+0 AUDIO124

90V PPV

5.215 11

In

5_61

0116A IM

NOISE GATE

B++

iR14644K

R112 18K

B++135V

IN CRT SOCKETL201

--/006`8,

V1316AQ3/XY88

DAMPER

B ++135V

L 502

HORIZ SIZEADJUST

AGC T

ÓO5 á

C5115zá68

1,5KVNam

V14

3A3/3AW3

HV RECT

R517 6.8K

3

2

V16

19CHP4

Y

r

B++135V

C702 82 5KV

12008 5KVREPLACE WITHORIGINAL VALUE.

R

OLE

B++ BOOT

200VPPV

480 BOOT+ + +.1 (23" MODELS)

G5121(.03 (19" MODELS)

2

135V

B++

1200 VV PP

ORG

V7B

,CF80/9A8:RT OSC

606 lOKC603I10123 I.00BL_,,,--

0221 44V

9 R603 18K-23V

Y

Iz

A-02 & LATER 605R608 6 8K

wR604 220K 1 .047270K

VERTHOLD

175V pPV

:RTICAL

1,001

40V PPV

8Ñ}3T$j VERT SIZE

9!511.6/_ Y7y ¡

I J I `x V15I rL w 12 PL84115CW5L áfo

. VERT OUT

13.M

0

2

3

9

34V

1601*BLUE

R616

T1®GdR61R61 150

RBIC:n-2,51;

O 1

C609

YE

YEL

YOKEL 701

RED

VI

CONNECT COLOREDYOKE LEADS TOCORRESPONDING COLORDOTS ON YOKE

GRN DOT

YEL DOT

YEL DOT

b

11011.1.,

81

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -586 Service Information, Continued

V3 TO TUNER T101 V6 V7

E1011ST IF OUTPUT 1ST IF VIDEO VERT OSC &

V4AMP AUDIO IF AMP

N L109 I 1302

AUDIO AUDIO

TAKE -OFF QUTPUT

R801

T103

3RD IF & -VIDEO DET

T102 R116C R116B V10

2ND IF 1 VERT LIN !\VERT SIZE NOISE INV

V5 R116A& AGC AMP

3RD IF NOISE GATE

T103

3RD IF &VIDEO DET

V5

3RD IF

R116A

NOISE GATE

V15 VERT

OUTPUT

V8 V9 L501 1501 L801

AUDIO AUDIO B+FILTERDET OUTPUT C511 R517 CHOKE

L301V13

QUADDAMPER

COILHORIZ HORIZ

SIZE SIZE

TRAPS LEAD

TO UHF TUNERFIL ON UHF

MODELSV11 \ TO CRT FIL ON

SYNC CLIPPER TO CRT FIL ON UHF MODELS& HORIZ OSC VHF MODELS

TOP CHASSIS VIEW - TS 586

\B+ GRND BOOT

FOCUS TAPS(SEE TUBE

LOCATION LABLE)

V11

AUDIO SYNC CLIPPERTAKE -OFF & HORIZ OSC

V12

,HORIZE801 OUTPUT

CRKTBRKR

R116C R116B V10 V15 L501 1301 V12 E801 V14 C801VERT LIN VERT SIZE NOISE VERT HORIZ / AUDIO HORIZ CRKT HV RECT

INV & OUTPUT HOLD IF OUTPUT BRKRAGC AMP

T102

2ND IFE101 TO

IF INPUT v4 V3 TUNER T101

ASSEM 2ND IF 1ST IF OUTPUT 1ST IF

V7

VERT OSC &

V6AUDIO IF AMP

T302 V8

VIDEO AUDIO AUDIO

AMP OUTPUT DET

BOTTOM CHASSIS VIEW - TS 586

L301

QUAD

COIL

V9

AUDIOOUTPUT

V13

DAMPER

V14

RECT

L801

B+FILTER

82

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA CHASSIS TS -587

For list of models see chart below. Schematic diagram of TV unit is on pages84-85; schematic diagram of stereo amplifiers RTHS - FTHS-1224 is on page 86.Alignment for TS -586, on pages 78-79, is also applicable to this chassis.

MODEL BREAKDOWN CHART

MODEL CHASSISVHF

TUNERUHF

TUNER TK KIT ADDITIONAL CHASSIS

23F20M,W TS -587 VTT-349 TK-1 67 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp FTHS-1224

Y 23 F 20 M, W TS -587 VTT-349 RTT- 600 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp FTHS-1224

23FR20M; W TS -587 VTT-349 TK-167 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp RTHS-1224FM -AM Tuner THS-4102

Y23FR20M, W TS -587 VTT-349 RTT- 600 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp RTHS-1 224FM -AM Tuner THS-4102

23F21 MP TS -587 VTT-349 TK-167 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp FTHS- 1 224

Y 23 F 21 MP TS -587 VTT-349 RTT- 600 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp FTHS-1224

23FR21 MP TS -587 VTT-349 TK-167 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp RTHS-1224FM -AM Tuner THS-4102

Y23FR21 MP TS -587 VTT-349 RTT- 600 Record Changer VM100RCAF Pwr Amp RTHS-1224FM -AM Tuner THS-4102

PICTURE CENTERING

Position the magnetic centering de-vice arms 180° apart (minimumfield strength) so they lie in a

vertical plane. Rotate each arm tocenter the picture. Best adjustmentis usually with minimum fieldstrength.

RADIO-THS-4102 RADIO BEZEL MTG AC INPUT S3 TI T2 AUDIOAMPLIFIER T3 VERT HOLD(23FR20 & OUTPUTS SCREW (8) RECEPT RTHS-1224 R604

23FR21) (23FR20 & 23FR21)

VERT

LIN

NOISE VERT

GATE SIZEHORIZHOLD

CIRCUITBREAKER

CHASSIS DESCRIPTION

The TV receivers in this manualemploy a horizontally mountedchassis containing 14 tubes pluspicture tube. Four (4) diodes areused in the circuitry, a siliconpower rectifier, a germanium videodetector and two (2) silicon hori-zontal phase detector diodes.

With the three -position functionswitch in the TV position, the stereoamplifier is connected to the TVchassis. Therefore, no audio poweramplifier is contained in the TVchassis.

Chassis with the ,'Y" suffix containa UHF tuner (RTT-600) which usesan additional tube.

HORIZONTAL HOLD ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the horizontal hold on therear of the cabinet for most stablehorizontal sync while switching fromchannel to channel.

CONTRAST BEZEL MTG

R119 SCREWS 181

CRT MTG

SCREW (41

SIC

BEZEL MTG

SCREW (81

PICTURECENTERING

DEVICE

CRT MTG

STRAP

SCREW

BEZEL MTG

SCREW 18)

83

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 196'4 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -587 Schematic Diagram, ContinuedNOTES:

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A VTVM, ±20%2. LINE VOLTAGE MAINTAINED AT 120V AC,

3. VOLTAGES INDICATED BY AN ASTERISK WILL VARY WITH ASSOCIATEDCONTROL SETTINGS.

4. TAKEN WITH CONTRAST CONTROL AT MINIMUM AND ALL OTHERCONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT.

5. TUNER ON CHANNEL 13 OR CHANNEL OF LEAST NOISE WITH

ANTENNA TERMINALS SHORTED.

WAVEFORM MEASUREMENTS

1. TAKEN FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHASSIS WITH A WI DE -BAND

OSCILLOSCOPE.2. OSCILLOSCOPE SYNCED NEAR SWEEP RATE INDICATED.3. TAKEN WITH STRONG SIGNAL, CONTRAST CONTROL AT MAXIMUM;

ALL OTHER CONTROLS IN NORMAL OPERATING POSITION.

CAPACITORS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED, VALUESLESS THAN ONE IN MF; ALL OTHERS IN MMF.

1501 CONN

VERT SIZE NOISE GATE01186 29 R116A 3.49

R116 CONN DETAIL

VERT LINR118C 29

TO

9111I1501

NOTE: C118LOCATED ON TUNER

L 10318T I8 GRID

i 27K 1

47K6100E 0

r - -

{

L`

50V PP

V10ACLIPPER

1/2 PCF80/9A8

C501

B++1400

R402 39KMM1W

SYNC

E501

V3

1ST IF6BZ6A

30V

8.2V5

á?j40V ÚB++ - 1W

C10-4-111131111

.001T CA 220

12'

65V PPH

120KB++140V

R503 C502180K .01

V4

2ND IF6BZ6

7.2V

V10BHORIZ OSC

1/2 PCF 8019A8

T102

r11-hd3I'?$8

o

B + + R143 ¢ 81G 480V4

OV

V5

3RD IF6BZ6

5

T103 VIDEOlTtN150

600\I I

1400

DIOoE 6 B++R ADYEm

4

5.6 MEG R50 1 I, -3 svl""g C505

HORIZONTAL 480V

eC509I¡.005

200V PP

R513 470

CIRCUITRREATOR

C803

V h14

C804 001 R8048801 1500 140V 390 130V R805

1802 + G -1082 1.11 lE 115V

108 850Y! T2óóyPI50YP T250

L.801

B++

4

5

7

81 LUG VIEW

JUST,3

71 1813 0I2

To 1604 -11ORN

6 9

M. 7O JUNCTIONO8 R308

R309

TE{.P

1400TVBt+

18.6 390,. 1500

C812T15018r

18AQ3 15C85 16016 9A8 61306 6BZ6 6826 9A8V12 V14 V6 V9 V5 V4 V3 V7

A8024 5 3 4 5 4 3

C801 C802.001 .001

105100 C800

Y11A803 4 5 4

147 27085 ,

158

TY

4 3 4

Cg[1 C8008

-7.-:111-LL00

4 3

08009

4- 5

I TUNER1V3581 2094

-,CRT I 0810Y1 V2

3 ' 4

V83 4 5

Y104

1 .01I 4

SEE TUNER 817T6

0811.00 1

9A8 ! 1TTN-VERSIONS

I ONLY

84

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -587 Schematic Diagram, Continued

_ U

V9A1/2 PCF80/9A8

9.5V AGC AMP

7

R145 33K

11911116' IATIP1111

JI

V 7A

312 PCF 80/9A8AUDIO IF

56V6

-3.5V .7:12

10

V6

16G K6

VIDEO AMP 30V65V WITH S

7

M J NOISEBINV1/2 PCF80/9A8

60 VPP V/ ^

I/ U Y

140V

R115 330K

o

8 o

H++

9

V8

6DT6

5

2

DET100V

1 Gr

R305 1KáMM--1 __e_92_1 470

L302 - 2. G

3 i1

6

1111111101 11411

" a1`

613116A 1M

NOISE GATE

EC B++140V

T. P. ®

B+115V

2

CJ

:7CI

R

. Y

Y

90 V PPcONNECTB mTEREINAI. STRIP

R146 270K

V /ON CONTROL

I( PANELI 11, .ID

-50V

1-2

V11

PL500/27G 85

HOR OUTPUT

3

R601 47K

37V PPV

V1216AQ3'XY88

DAMPER

B++140V

V78

1/2 PCF80/9A8-§1- VERT OSCU .

1( 440 A -oz & LATEA 7¡ 605R608 6 SK

9 P.603 18K R604 27 K W .047

SIm-6-6'

VERT TÓ1HOLD

L50'2

'TOT'

N c7 ña

T50

R515 1.201

k LATER

V 133A3/3AW3HV RECT

SZZ

C2011 .1

1

Sl-lo P1-10

)""*TOTUNCTIOR St

AUDIO

ODRNECT TOTERMINAL STRIPOW CONTROL PANEL

L201

B++140V

Y I C702 5KV

OC

CAP. VARIESREPLACE WITHORIGINAL VALUE.

BOOT

FT -00 V PPV

5 aóGó

C5618190

HORIZ SIZE ,5KVADJUST

m

POS AGC PULSE+++

m

R517 6.8KM1"

1W

3 480y BOOT+ + + C512I(.1

J.RbOE 270K I/.012 C4061 ,008C603 C604 R607

'270E 18 -.000033

P1-5 -21-5

175V PP

V

VERTICAL

40V PPV

7K

Ñ

R 521 27K

C508 _.11

B++140V

1200 V PP

V

ORG

081 02I VERT SIZE

'. g.916J1hi

Y 1

CC

OK

1

uY ó3.p . N _IJI ,-- I

cc

I 9` 12 PL84/15CW5L VERT OUT

1W

1601BLUE

C609

1

B+ -I-1400

YOKEL 701

RED

C701 56

3KV

ORGDOT

CONNECT COLOREDTORE LEADS TOCORRESPONDING COLORDOTS ON YORE

GRN DOT

TEL DDOT

TEL DOT

85

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MOTOROLA Chassis TS -587 Service Information, Continued

FOCUS ADJUSTMENTTo provide for differences in thepicture tube gun structure, a focusadjustment is provided by three (3)lugs located on the chassis. Theyprovide a ground potential point, a

HORIZONTAL SIZE CONTROL

To provide for differences in linevoltages, either of the two end lugsof the terminal strip near the outputtube may be selected to provideproper horizontal size. The leadmust be connected to one of the lugs.Remove power before making adjust-ment.

rPHONO MOTOR .rr.

RECORD

CHANGER

WIRING

ON -OFF-

REJ

LI

051HT

RID

S

MOM

~C15

01AEPLIYISHCHASSIS

CONf lei NECTORLUG VIEW

CONNECTOR

' N VIEW

DEFLECTION YOKE ADJUSTMENT

The picture will be tilted if thedeflection yoke is not correctlypositioned. The picture may haveraster distortions or neck shadowsif the deflection yoke is not tightagainst the flare of the picture tube.

To adjust the yoke, loosen the yokeretainer clamp. Position the yokeas far forward as possible androtate until the picture is straight.When satisfactory, tighten the yokeretainer clamp.

S1A SIB SICDETAIL FOR RTHS-1224

13 NNRED-BLI _1_ 6G

ailb ORE 153jees I RADIOF PWRJ CONN

31 SHOWN INERN PHONO POS.ORG AC SWITCHINGGRY

FOR RTHS 1224

l_ 11o]I

RADIO POSITIONREAR VIII(RTES 1224

PART OF ONLY)

TV CHASSIS

RECORD

CHANGER

FRAME

PHOIIOPOSITIO

BLU BRAID

LEFT

PHONO

INPUT

STEREO

CARTRIDGE

TV POSITIONREAR VIEW

TO 41110(COMMIT)

4.7KR120

9

RIGHTPHONO

INPUT

BLU

TO 14...

ID

S1A SIBDETAIL FOR FTHS-1224

VI V2

4 4

S2

AC BNI /CHI NGIS TV POSITION

Sae11.51A SIB. S C

VIA1/2 ECL 82/6BM8VOLTAGE AMP

1 C12R3A

68 LOUD C4I105oll

BDOI NESS

LIFT B OHSHAD 0 RADIOINPUT INPUT(EWE -1224 ONLY)

TAP

NOISE GATE CONTROL

The noise gate control is used toadjust the receiver for best holdstability under noise and differentsignal strength conditions.

AC SNITCHINGIN RADIO POSITION

13I330

.61V j8

0V

(

E7

z R8 220K

CC

Sl ; 6o0E

3

BARE LEAD

R3B

LOUD

NESS C5 .05

o

R9 220K

8

To adjust, tune in a channel forbest picture and sound. Turn thenoise gate control clockwise (whenviewed from rear of receiver) untilthe picture becomes unstable (rollsdown or slips, etc.). Then, turncontrol counter -clockwise until thepicture returns to normal. Checkall channels; if any are unstable,continue turning control counter-clockwise until the picture is normalon all channels.

65

V2A1/2 ECL 82/6BM8

VOLTAGE AMP

9

) z

50V

C11II25

C7I(330

AC SWITCHING

FOR,FTHS 1224

V18

1/2 ECL 82/6BM8POWER AMP

R111 820K

IV 2

BY 2

3i

6

R12 820K

135V

135V

LEFT CHANNELTi

SPEAKERBLU

o IDT, PRA DING

q 1 TRACER yEl"Dv b : ( Nn

9 2

9

as

a

V28112 ECL 82/68M8POWER AMP

BLU

TI 8 T2 CONNTOP VIEW

RIGHT CHANNELT2 SPEAKER

PHASINGDOT

lIRA= aosié2

PIPIN VIEW

CRIS

RED TO 8170 AND BRIGHTNESS CONTROLON CONTROL PAREN. GRA

RID 9

ORG

YEL

B LO

BEE

Q.BLU

7 10 'm

lf17

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM RTHS - FTHS-1224

YBTro Aims(VE LLD)

ON CONTROL PANEL

nl

11

VII.

E2

60

86

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

OLYMPIC RADIO & TELEVISION

Olympic MODEL 6P25(Pages 87 through 90)

PRINTED BOARD - PIF UNIT 1

---- #letC] b5 DoS

1!KK Di!¡ ._,W *Al El"'

_..._CS6IpP.1.

+`T 1i i?t -J67 é

:4 ti C521t f_,li 5'/

\.C ? ?!\-`1\1WS

Pt -26'_711 -?64

V06924\\\ 11-1 2/ ill

tWOL) .te1 -_ .,

'l ratSig()// V (,6

`rec -;zs '7G))

{ SEA87 (P)

f ' (m) (62)

t:13,-4Ai /CO.'S tt(49

leg

..----/Trirrf\-- -tt-6iE

PRINTED BOARD - VE UNIT 4

CEBfi'.; 05011501125 J pd---- C

3301A 35Ó,(1 K)--1O503 5f° l[ ;24111

oCE03002

+o!125

611% saer . w As

5M

C515(í ?1

K*B7111 li

7

tbr \ ef '.l11` yYo.,_..,... `

-------- . '-_

-0--0501 ..0 a2 T

C5o3.01

C50750 Ca

(K) (P)9 1

NSF456K

.L 5504`

T

87

VOLUME TV -22

OLYMPIC

6P25

R2191M

3SOOIL

82

2

TP-11

TUNER CS -.373 SV-UNIT-1

V2 5CG5 VI 2GK5

0 0 0 @ O

V6 % 6AW8-ASOUND IF AMP 3 C105

330Pi TIF-527 1tP

ANTR 1011 00K

SINO. SEP.

8-_J

VS 5EA8C201

Dio,

12TIF406I

PRC-326

- ,

8402 2701( 1220P L22

I

I I

////s I-11>R217

2.7 P4 C401.01 ON

\ A.a.C. 811,1

I ' 4133

G213 um 11.1 %/li C202

R216 7' .2

2208

PIF-UNIT-1LST PIX _IF AMP

v3 3BZ6

C204.005

R202 mg'68 ""

'1.

C 10320P

2ND PIX IF AMP

V4 3BZ6P

3RD PIX IF AM

V5,'25EA8

I 1ÓK9I r--I

I I I

.005

200I I

' I- - - - - I

PRC-327

,® C501 V9 10DE7

C515001

iR50182K

640450K

C 617 '////330

G 601sus 150P

R6011M

002

R51456K

6

A

C504.04

C502.003

VH-U NIT -2

6511 30K

C509I'503 .003

01 8513

í504100 K

6 C50815K R505 60

2M

C610" VI()VI

.001

C605 100P

R6031 M

I Mk/C60250P

i I

I I

R622 I I 661500K

I 1M

SELEN 24

6

660410oKR6051K

G604

MU ,02

1660615K

6510//. 330

6C G7 M/1.C6 07 i C609 8610- .001 8.2K

6507 1M

C505

500P C608.001 T

3

H -HOLD/

TL -

N

tl

995

R60740K

100KR621

5M

C6064000P

06115D0P

/ 660982K

R61111

H-AUX

2

2M

V11

861268

2 5

1

65081.2M

V-SIZE

V-HOLD

12DQ6-B

C 612' MEN

05

DC -134

1661310K

88

V7 3DT6

101190 DET

0101.005

RttSO

RIDS I pr20K 560K

R10º100

T1-998 R 211 T L-1996 71-264

Q220

--

r C208,005

11187A

iR210111K C220

005

C<i2ir .001i

8T-157<1-

DEFSLYOK _-

1150

aim C210um SP

TL -26 S

T1-267

C211MISP

JTP-5

Ib

va 5A05 CO 7T-145

SOUND OUT PUT

ICI it001c

R1,08390K

C1 12; ,005

C 3011

C101SP

83056K

030420P

11-266 2111-405

82 16080-1

B1 VOLUME2

C3'5

V6f6AW8-AVIDEO AMP. 11-267

#3011M

#30268

R214100K

c507.02

-oQ PICTURE

1)(2-B v12

R615 3.9 2

V/W1r-

R40120 K

0O\J `J..

R 303 R30-^N6 - R31K 20K 5K

C20i R206

0

1K

II- 1/V1/b

B2B1 b

a

R520100K

(20K)

BRI'T

-*-a B1

C 702 .002

.0.

-----03 R702

H.VI

l V5 T1-503 V 4 71303 V3 i' iI C222IV13 I

12AF3 _ t4OD

C214 C.215

C221¡ 005 005005 l/1r ,// %//-- - - -C'I- -- - - - -

31 NE

R6114Fcós

9

40K

CRT; V10 -V1 rV2TTl-6

__LiI

I

H -SIZE R616 j1Tl 983 47K --- -

N1AA,'-"1"- 4 89

16AUP4

H.V

SW\

E ÓCK

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

OLYMPIC Model 6P25 Alignment Information, Continued

PICTURE IF ALIGNMENT

Step Bias Connect Sweep Marker Scope AdjustSource Sweep Gen. Gen. Vert.

Gen. Freq. Freq. Input

1 Notused

TP2 44MC(10MC sweep)

44.25MC TP1 TL9982 TIF407

2 -3.5V TP3 44MC 41.25MC TP1 2TIF404at TP4 (10MC sweep) 42. 75MC 2TIF404

44.25MC 2TIF40345. 75MC47.25MC 2 TIF406

L1

ProperResponse

47.25MC

P:T C 42.75MCSV P

50%50%I

I

44.25MC

NOTE: When adjusting TIF406, 47.25MC trap in step 2, response near 47.25MC should be observed while put-ting the bias source at 0 volts and increasing the sweep generator output.

SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

1. Connect oscilloscope vertical input to TP5.2. Connect marker generator to TP6 using a modu-lated 4.5MC signal with maximum output.3. Observe waveform on oscilloscope and adjust thecore of TIF528 for minimum.4. Connect marker generator output to TP1.5. Connect oscilloscope vertical input to TP6.6. Observe waveform on oscilloscope and adjustTIF527 for maximum amplitude.7. Disconnect oscilloscope from TP6.8. Switch the marker generator output to an unmodu-lated signal, decrease output and put sound volume atmaximum.9. Adjust TIF529 for zero beat from the speaker.

MIXERR

5CG8 2GK5

CHANNELSELECTOR

FINE/ TUMIMS

OFF -ONVOLUME

PICTURE

HORIZONTAL SWEEP CIRCUIT ADJUSTMENT

1. Tune in a TV station.2. Connect a jumper across the H- hold coil (TL995).3. Connect a O. 5uf capacitor between TP7 and ground.4. Adjust H- Aux control carefully until picture isalmost stationary.5. Remove jumper from across TL995.6. Adjust the core of H- hold coil to make picturealmost stationary.7. Remove the 0.5uf capacitor connected betweenTP7 and ground.

VH - UNIT- 4

AC117Vj

TIF-528

o4.5MC

AUDIOU PUT5AQ5

'IIF-5270STIF-04.5MC 2 41105

30T6SOUND DET

O 6AW8-A\TIF- 9 VIDEO AMP

UNO IF AMP5V -UNIT -1

TUBE & TRIMMER LAYOUT

IODE7

I -6A UP4

RESISTOR

2TIF-4060 2TIF-44 25MC 4205^

V3 3BZ61ST IF

1 2TIF-40401 45.75MC

2ND IFV4 38Z6

2\TIF-4º7._0 VERTICALAGC.DET OUTPUT

TL -996 TRANS44.25MC

0 I TR120N-15E A8 DRD IF A8C o SCOILIZE 0 1 ' 1

PIF- UNIT- 1 VERTICAL L../ 1.........JLINEARITY

`.HEIGHT

.44444111

- HIGH VO1,299ERECT \ V12 `

IX2-B/ i

FLV U ACETRANS

RESISTOR.

12DQ6--V 13 HORIZ TALDA PER OUT UT

12A

90

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

Packard Bell

ALIGNMENT

Equipment RequiredSignal generator, sweep generator, VTVM with

RF probe, oscilloscope, matching network (sweepgenerator to antenna input), capacitor, .001 mfd,two 100,000 ohm resistors, one 22,000 ohm resis-tor, and two batteries, 6 y and 3 v.

Picture I -F Alignment1. Connect point "J" to ground. "J" is terminal 5

of the horizontal oscillator PEC 24576A.

2. Connect the six volt battery between point "A"and ground, with the negative lead going topoint "A".

S-5S-6

V-16 S-7 V-4

V-15

V-5S-8

,

,V-6 'I

S -10

AGC

S-3

V-2

V-3

HZV-13 HOLD

CNTST VT CIRCUIT

PT "G" LIN BREAKER INTLKV,11

HEIGHT

CHASSIS 88-14 ( )

( )=K, L, M

3. Connect the three volt battery between point"D" and ground, with the negative lead topoint "D".

4. Connect the VTVM between point "B" andground.

5. Connect the signal generator to mixer grid inRF tuner through the .001 mfd capacitor. Con-nection may be made through the terminal nextto the 6CG8A mixer tube.

6. Set generator output at maximum.

For the following steps, reduce the 6 -volt bias atpoint "A" if necessary to obtain a definite readingon the VTVM. (Continued on page 93)

HZ V-8 V-9DR

Chassis 88-14K, Top View

WIDTH

V-12

10 CNEiR NI VOIUGE ARC A1100E 10 CR03513 ONi E.

FRAGILE!GU, F :ORE IS DANGEROUS 10 SERVICE.

REFER COMM TO DUIUEIED PERS00001

FOCUSYOKE

SKT

91

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1364 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PACKARD BELL

-UHF INPUT JACK.ON 8&-14Ká88' 1414 ONLY

ANT. TERM.

1v15 V16

1

I 6,91/..'f. TUNER A--`, I6C6,54,1i

1.,,,_, A5AY 1IRF AI.P g: O4SC3p.COCYIIY

L. A~_ In 6-i_-- I.F. JI--'a.47 1

2o0V1PL-I.I =POWER

UHFTUNER

--

6.3V

ON89_14K448-14 MONLY.

0.0HZ,49ov

VT 140V.

V7.> 290v.

VERT.HOLD

PIT1M

2141000

4.5.,c3NebCc

5-2 o

ILiI C4

IA111111p000000 75

t

4711

C2

1,47044NN

45.75 MC.I LEIF5%

NPO

v- 4

Chassis 88-14K, L, M, Schematic Diagramt C 2 15 INSIDE THE VHF TUNER

ON 86-14K$: 88-1414. AND OUTSIDEON 86-14L.

V -I A6 EAS

SOUND I.F6 L.43 7J

7

R3OOK

150

53 LE 54

143.1

I

L-

R439K

D

R 51199K

C7X C8KT1200 T 216

46V

100 CLIP ON FORALIGNING 60T1ONSLUG OF L-2

:IOOKS

IV -2A3 6 BNB

ND DE

2

6

1ÓK

22K

20 u:1L3

y- ESz G SHE

AUDIO AMR

7

8

1IRZv

VOL

C15OK

R78i.4

2oX

9

1-91ZI2

d7o R9w220K

C 16Y7.022400v.

R268,

V W1^

V-36AOSA

AUDI OIFT3S4

RIIW47016

ésú$25y. T

1312

261

6 NI?126v

816 21216

L4 4264c. 217

218ISO

- Cg IK3iR45

33D07W.

áá r 1256,1&PM

R 4711.514

R456

VIIA6EW7

VT osc.R8I33K

C69.0047600v

2.R79M,

R4563M

NA"

56

C24IK

R 9T270K

1 11411V.

Cd7- IMFD

100V.

C26-

I125WI

RIB b470

Le 11__

4591K I136Y IC2K8w

(2229{ 120KC27

IK Z`

-7

éó2456

L6_ººJ

12 5

Ñ1¡c

áóTe

C3b3a04c 194

2

C295_R23$ IK

1206

L759

R255470

031K

2

R 26Y120

C55'IK

5Y16

w

51L 9

DETECTOR ASV102956

L_R29 C'36

1: JL

C37;á9 y.

-0.6

LIÍ UH -C 4IT zoo2

3

K

R 61

AGC

RSO100K

R53U82K

VIIB6EW7

v7 OUTPUT2 74

6002.

R93211646.8

C 71.022...

66OoV

COó

6

2209K

075dó0v

R62 28438M. IM

i071

12855MVTMT k_uN.R83

M. -R9II-SMMVW

C480.4 7-10%

N PO

V -I BI 6 048

SYNC. SER

25647040 220K

19v.

C5,gN__

1607e

Ilo.svl

51 ~75e539 # 00476001%

--11C54 R59O1 186004 K

V

2ó yHLIS

VT 854

X- I

512

3900 -1-z/ L166',FQ7 OR 6CN

Io$IZ.-R64H I hS 226VVvi

TM.S 67oK R66 «\_--- `AA 6600

R63H R65N3300 47K

_C5614001

161.4004

c 5S

200,4

1.25v

0534I K1070

6

8

- 0595%NPo

RG7 41óóí8c2uo S 5,{

11_66v.I

0466

R71IOOK

C6360oV

R72470K

V96D068 oR6GNIHOR17. OUTPUT

C64470 C60

1669 N PO25K

zNz C651iDR i0%

T40Gv

C66600V:Z.

L51858581330C64DyBeov

)) 1W i 1004{S25v

47o7KC.ÍSTZOO

T3

VERT. COILSR95t C-604700 'el 6

VTD8v

:77OK

R9222K

3300.04C787

e

2962.301

C79.033 410002

T 107c

Y O 1.6...EL -I8 HORA COILA

0852044SK

L I 9I24N

9

C53.1GOONCB5.02

6BA3o 6AY3AV 12

DAMPER

Sb'

R994705w

1C84A50111

T350v.

C13D100,145504

NOTESI.- UNLESS NOTED TO THE CONTRARY,

D -C VOLTAGES WERE MEASUREDWITH NO 515NAL. CONTROLSWERE SET FOR NORMAL PICTURERECEPTION ANO THEN 'SIGNAL.9746 REMOVED. LINE VOLTAGE:H-3V.

2.19KV. MEASURED WITH IRO VOLTLINE NORMAL 81V4NALy* ZEROBEAM C URREr-4T.

3.. A LETTER AFTER TH EREFERENCE 3YMSOL(89W)INDICATES THAT THE COMFb-.NENT 16 PART OF A P.F.C,

Chassis 88-14K, 88-14L, & 88-14M4._ALL RESISTORS W 4 10%

UNLE55 SPECIFIED. EXCEPTION:REC. UNITS ARE W 4 cogo

5 SWEEP FREQUENCY (HE ORVT.) 4 P14 TO PK VOLTAGEIS INDICATED BESIDE EACHWAVE FORM,

6.. R-55 (4.7 MEG.) MAYOR MAY NOTSE PART OF THE P.E.C. WITHSUFFIX "U'.

92

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PACKARD BELL Chassis 88-14K, L, M

,I6o7W.

C 13C2044.350V.

2BWR34

7

C2101

6oOv.

ST,e/PE

1266v. i

SETS W/rf,.5PE4KE2 OVLy

1TCOMPUTER DIALe8-14149" TIMER +88-14L

19' PORT49LE88&14K

5ET5 WiTN BorN E4PVNO,t/EACK $' SP/'R.

V7A VIDEO OUTPUT6 A A C 45 Vj_.4...

`L S11 .1 PIX TUBE4.501.4C 600V I 9 AY P4 /

1

r--1 / \ca4 195%4.N 99w L14I 1 R41

_-- 1yP .ÑO Iso/.N ,e I6Bo0

--- 60oy+--. L'___12 3 4 \ /

c R39

P25K767B0ó

z5 CRONTAOTR42

9% 22372oIO))s1` 56

C46T..4N

120K,L C84C

o4f- Í3SOV

R74IOK7W

:248Sor

N8, ITgY.

!fV -to1G3.

H.V. RECT2

BI W.

R75i.22 wR76 C68

2 334 10K

B21G4TNEZ9

Hz.,48v

H2. 13v.

I446v. 1

v3 CIRCUIrSU4G T4 `swK

R10*22 5W-3

cm? 37c12.á

I

swW ON VOL

GONTROL ON

VT>12vV26868

VI1H1 2848

PL. 4110- 120 VAC60,5 ON LY

R)

2

The horizontal drive control should be adjusted byturning it counterclockwise until drive bar appears,and then clockwise until drive bar just disappears.This adjustment must be made with the AGC controlfully clockwise (maximum resistance).

Alignment, Continued

Sig GenStep Frqncy Adjust For

7. 41.25 me S-8 Minimum8. 47.25 mc S-6 Minimum

For the following steps, adjust signal generatoroutput to obtain a reading of between two and threevolts at point "B" with the six volt battery connectedat point "A".

9. 44.00 mc S-10 MAXIMUM10. 43.00 mc S-9 MAXIMUM11. 45.00 mc S-7 MAXIMUM12. 45.75 mc S-5 MAXIMUM13. 43.00 mc S-1 MAXIMUM

(on tuner)

REPEAT STEPS 7 THRU 13

14. Disconnect VTVM.

15. Connect scope between point "B" and groundthru the 22,000 ohm resistor.

16. Connect sweep generator to antenna terminalsthru the impedance matching network.

17. Disconnect signal generator from mixer grid andconnect hot lead to ground lead of I -F input

cable. If this connection produces insufficientmarker signal on the response curve, try con-necting to other ground points in the vicinity ofthe 1st I -F stage.

18. Rotate selector to channel 3 and set sweep gene-rator to center frequency of channel (63 mc).With a sweep width of 8mc, adjust generatoroutput to develop not more than 3.5 volts peakto peak on the scope.

47.25 MC

95%45.00 MC 43.00 MC

41.25 MC

Response Curve

(Alignment continued on page 94)

93

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PACKARD BELL Chassis 88-14K, L, M,

19. Adjust signal generator output to provide themarkers shown on the illustrated response curve.Check positions of the markers one at a time.Some slight touching -up of the I -F adjustmentsmay be needed to make the curve correspond tothe illustration.In touching up the adjustments, use S-1 (tuner)to position 42.50 mc at 50% to 60% of re-sponse. Use S-5 to set 45.75 mc at 50%. UseS-10 to flatten or tilt response.Use S-7 to position 45.00 mc on corner of re-sponse.NOTE: Trap tuning may be rechecked by discon-necting the six volt battery from point "A". Theresponse will be expanded sufficiently to showthe trap settings.

20. Remove the ground connection from pointRemove all test equipment.

Alignment of 4.50 mc Trap:1. Connect signal generator between point

and ground thru the .001 mfd capacitor.2. Turn contrast control to maximum.3. Connect RF probe of VTVM to point "C".4. Set signal generator to 4.50 mc, with the output

at one volt or more.

WIDTH

FOCUS

HZ DR PT "J"

HEIGHTVTLIN

1' -

Alignment Information, Continued5. Adjust trap, S-11, for minimum VTVM reading.

NOTE: If signal generator is not capable of a onevolt output the trap may be adjusted visually.Observe the picture and detune the signal toaccentuate the 4.50 mc beat. Then adjust S-11for minimum beat in the picture.

Sound and Ratio Detector Alignment:1. Connect signal generator between point "B"

and ground thru the .001 mfd capacitor.2. Connect VTVM between point "F" and ground.3. With a generator frequency of 4.50 mc, adjust

S-2 and S-3 for MAXIMUM reading on theVTVM. If a definite peak cannot be obtained,disconnect signal generator from point "B" (step1), and connect to point "H".

4. Connect the two 100,000 ohm resistors in seriesbetween point "F" and ground. Their junctionwill be point "E" (see dotted resistor connec-tions on schematic).

5. Connect VTVM between points "E" and "G",with ground lead to point "E". (Point "G" isterminal 2 of packaged circuit 24540.)

6. Adjust ratio detector secondary, S-4, for zerobetween positive and negative peaks.

7. Repeat steps 2 thru 6. Remove the two 100,000ohm resistors and all test equipment.

VOLON -OFFPT "H"

4;i'= _--?

PT "C" CNTST PT 'G"Chassis 8B -74K, Bottom View

S-4

VTHOLD

BTNESS

,r. 'FINE -I TUNING

CHANNELPT "B" SELECTOR

PT "F"

94

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ePHILCOThe cross reference chart below and on the next page will tell you what chassismaterial is needed for any particular model. All chassis types and referenceto pages for such material are listed directly below. Some general service in-formation applicable to all chassis is on pages 96, 97, and 114.Chassis 14G20 diagrams, service material, alignment, see pages 98-102;Chassis 14J45 diagrams, service material, alignment, see pages 106-110;Chassis 14N30 diagrams, service data, see pages 103-105, alignment on 101-102;Chassis 14N50 diagrams, service data, see pages 112-114, alignment on 109-110.Chassis 14J42, 14J43, used in first production of some models are practically

the same as 13J42 covered in TV -21, 1963 TV manual.Chassis 14N50A used in first production of some models is practically identical

to material for 13N50 covered in TV -21, 1963 TV manual.

1964 "M" LINE TELEVISION MODEL -CHASSIS CROSS REFERENCE13 POSITION ALL CHANNEL

MODEL CHASSIS TUNER UHF TUNER CRT NOTES

PORTABLE MODELS

M2610BR 14G20 TT -127C TT -139B I6ASP4

76.13163 76.12715.12

M2612WH, GY 14020 TT.127C TT -139B 16ASP4

76.13163 76.12715.12

M2614BU, GY I4G20 TT.127C TT -1398 16ASP4

76-13163 76.12715.12

M2616GD 14020 TT.127C TT -1398 I6ASP4

76.13163 76.12715.12

COMPACT MODELS

M3822GD 14J43 TT -129 TT -136A 19BLP4 14J43 CHASSIS USED IN

76.13027 76-12715.6 FIRST PRODUCTION

I4J45 TT -1278 TT -136A I9DFP4

76.13112 76.12715.6

M3824BK, WH 14J43 TT -129 TT -137A I9BLP4 14J43 CHASSIS USED IN

76-13027 76.12715.7 FIRST PRODUCTION

14J45 TT -127B TT -137A 19DFP4

76.13112 76-12715.7

M3826CH, WA 14J43 TT -129 TT.137A 19BLP4 14J43 CHASSIS USED IN

76-13027 76.12715.7 FIRST PRODUCTION

14J45 TT.127B TT.137A 19DFP4

76.13112 76.12715.7

M3828RWH 14J42 TT -83 STRIP' 19BLP4 RC.68 REMOTE CONTROL

76.12718-2 CONVERSION

TABLE AND CONSOLE MODELS

M4350MR, WA 14N50 TT -1278 TT.138C 23DQP4

76-13112 76.12715.11

M4500MR, MA, 14N50A 11.127D TT.138C 23BVP4 14N50A CHASSIS USED IN

WA 76.13155 76.12715.11 FIRST PRODUCTION

14N50 11.1278 TT.138C 23DQP4

76-13112 76.12715-11

M4502WA, MR, 14N50A TT -127D TT.138C 23BVP4 14N50A CHASSIS USED IN

MA 76-13155 76.12715-11 FIRST PRODUCTION

14N50 11-1278 TT.I38C 2300P4

76.13112 76.12715.11

M4504MR, BL, 14N50A TT.127D TT -138C 23BVP4 14N50A CHASSIS USED IN

MA, WA 76.13155 76-12715-11 FIRST PRODUCTION

14N50 TT -127B TT.138C 23D0P4

76.13112 76.12715.11

M4508MB, MA 14N50A TT -127D TT.138C 23BVP4 14N50A CHASSIS USED IN

76-13155 76.12715-11 FIRST PRODUCTION

I4N50 TT.127B TT.138C 2300P4

76.13112 76.12715.11

M4512MB, MA, 14N50A 11.127D TT-I38C 23BVP4 14N50A CHASSIS USED IN

WA 76.13155 76.12715.11 FIRST PRODUCTION

14N50 11-1278 TT.138C 23DQP4

76-13112 76.12715.11

95

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

CLEANING

SPOT

turnednalspotcontrol.e(Servicebecome

alignedtor

andage

by

station

PHILCO "AA" Line Television Model -Chassis Cross Reference, Continued

and

the

-

sig-

to

MODEL CHASSIS13 POSITION,

TUNER-ALL CHANNELUHF TUNER CRT NOTES

M45I8WA, MA

M4519GR, BK

M4590MR, MA,WA

M459IWA, MB,MA

M4592SMB,

SWA

M9300MR, BK

M9500WA

M9502MR

14N504

14N50

14N504

14N50

14N30

14N30

14N30

14N30

14N30

14N30

TT.127D76.13155TT -1278

76.13112

TT -127D

76.13155TT.127B76.13112TT -127A

76-13064TT.127A76.13064TT -127A

76.13064TT -127A

76.13064TT -127A

76-13064TT -127A

76.13064

TT.138C76.12715.11TT -138C

76.12715.11 1

TT.138C76.12715.11TT.138C76-12715.11

T7.139476.12715.10TT.139A76.12715.10TT -139A

76.12715.10TT.139476.12715.10TT -139A

76.12715-10TT -139A

76.12715.10

23BVP4

23DQP4

23BVP4

23D0P4

23DSP4

23DSP4

23DSP4

23DSP4

23DSP4

23DSP4

14N504 CHASSIS USED INFIRST PRODUCTION

14N504 CHASSIS USED INFIRST PRODUCTION

CONSOLE TELEVISION -PHONOGRAPH COMBINATIONS

M4928MB

M4930MB, WA

M4934MA, WA

14N30

14N30

14N504

TT.127A76.13064TT -127A

76.13064TT -127D

76.13155

TT -139A

76.12715.10TT.139A76-12715-10TT -138C

76.12715.11

23DSP4

23DSP4

23BVP4

PICTURE

CAUTION:alwayswarm water.brasive

DECAY

When switchoff)

bias fromdecay.

Hint)ineffective,

It isto give

jig topad transformeroutput.

zero beatingsignal.

I.2PF.1V I

CI

INPUT

0

WINDOW:

When cleaning pictureuse a soft cloth' with

Never use a detergentmaterial.

SWITCH S2 (14J25 & I4N30

S2 is in openit instantaneously removes

the CRT cathodeSwitch S2 is part of

- Should the brightnesscheck switch

4.5MC DETECTOR JIG

important that the jigproper results. Connect

an accurate source of(T1) for maximum

Signal generator can bewith sound I -F developed

IN60 STN

VHF AND UHF CHANNEL

window (I4N30 CHASSIS ONLY)

soap andor a- The physical

UHF knobs are identicalslot (see illustrationknobs be interchanged,

CHASSIS)will point to the

NOTE

position (setexter-

and prevents 41the volume

controlS2.

1rVHF

NOISE CONTROL SETUP

be properlyThe noise control

detec-noise inverter stageat all signal levels.

4.5MC signalD -C volt-

ment is as follows:

calibrated1. Adjustment

fromnal.

2. Adjust fine

sound beat3. Adjustnoise

the picturePART NUMBERS

sideways.CI 30-1221-21 YC2 30-1238-3R166-2478340 the noiseDI 34-6022-2TI 32-4449 SYfC

° 4. Back offwise) untilthen rotatedirection

appearance

wrong

POSITION

noise

for

SELECTOR

exceptbelow).

the

channel.

OF SLOT

KNOBS

of the VHFfor the shaft

Should thechannel indicator

il,t

UHF

VR2

adjustsfor optimum

The procedure

should

tuningappearscontrolappears

This conditioninverter

controlpictureapproximately

additional

the bias ofperformancefor adjust

be made on weak

control until slight

in picture.(clockwise) untilwatery or shifts

is duestage clipping

(counterclock-appears stable,

30° in samesafety.

T1

á

1

DI RI

OUTPUTC2 TDOOI MF METER

-21.L _ _ J

4.5 MC Detector Jig Schematic

96

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PH I LCOHORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENT

Allow set to warm up. Tune in a picture.

1. Short out horizontal ringing coil by plac-ing jumper from lug marked "HOR. T.P."(left side of coil) to lug labeled "135V"(right side of coil).

2. Adjust horizontal hold control to correcthorizontal line frequency(to stop picture)it will not be stable.

3. Remove shorting jumper and adjust ringingcoil for stable picture sync.

LINE LEAKAGE MEASUREMENTS

All Philco television receivers are manu-factured to equal or surpass Underwriters Lab-oratories Inc. specifications. It is possible,

however, for the technician to inadvertentlydefeatoneor more of the safety measures builtinto the receiver resulting in a receiver which

is a potential shock hazard to the customer.

It is pertinent, therefore, that the tech-nician carefully check each receiver, after ithas been serviced. for excessive line leakage.

COLD CHECK

1. Remove A -C plug from wall outlet andplace a jumper between the two plug prongs.Turn receiver A -C switch "on"

2. Connect one lead from an ohmmeter tothe jumpered A -C plug and touch the other ohm-meter lead to the exposed metal parts of thecabinet and trim (including antenna). Limitswhich the reading should fall are between 1.5meg and 3.5 meg.

HOT CHECK

1. Connect receiver to A -C outlet andturn set "on".

2. Connect a 1500 ohm, 10 watt, resistoracross the terminals of a 1000 ohm/volt A -Cvoltmeter. Connect one lead of the meter toearth ground and touch the other lead to theexposed metal parts of the cabinet and trim(including the antenna). The voltage measured(on the 2.5V scale) should not exceed 0.4VRMS. Start check with meter on higher rangeto protect meter against overload.

3. If the "polarized plug" has been de-feated in any way, such as by an adaptor plug

"M" Line Sets General Information

for homes without polarized wiring, then re-verse the A -C plug in the wall socket andcheck voltage reading again. NOTE: Thereshouldn't be any reading if the "polarized"plug has not been defeated, as the "polarized"plug automatically connects the metal parts of

the receiver to earth ground thereby furthereliminating any hazard.

TUNER OSCILLATOR ALIGNMENT

This procedure uses the traps of the videoI -F channel, thus, proper oscillator adjust-ment is dependent upon an accurately alignedI -F strip.

1. Connect A -M generator to antenna inputterminals (no matching network required). Use30% modulated signal.

2. Connect oscilloscope to the video de-tector output lug.

3. Tuners Using Fine Tuning Control:

Set the fine tuning control in the mid-dle of its range, then proceed with the paddingof each channel oscillator adjustment for min-imum scope indication (See chart below).

STEP

A -M

GEN.

FREQ.

TUNERPOSITION

VIDEO

CARRIERFREQ.

(MC)

SOUND

CARRIERFREQ.

(MC).

1 209.75 MC Channel 13 211.25 215.752 203.75 MC Channel 12 205.25 209.753 197.75 MC Channel 11 199.25 203.754 191.75 MC Channel 10 193.25 197.755 185.75 MC Channel 9 187.25 191.756 179.75 MC Channel 8 181.25 185.757 173.75 MC Channel 7 175.25 179.758 81.75 MC Channel 6 83.25 87.759 75.75 MC Channel 5 77.25 81.7510 65.75 MC Channel 4 67.25 71.7511 59.75 MC Channel 3 61.25 65.7512 53.75 MC Channel 2 55.25 59.75

CHECKING THE HORIZONTAL PHASE COMPARERSELENIUM (DI)

When servicing television receivers wherethe dual selenium diode is suspected, a fastand efficient method of checking them is this:

A 20,000 ohm/volt meter is employed. Onthe 10K scale the forward resistance (meterconnected in the same polarity as the diode)should be a maximum of 6000 ohms. The. ratioof the forward resistances of the two diodesshould be less than 2 to 1. On the 100K scalethe back resistance (meter connected in reversepolarity to the diode) should be a minimum of2 megohms. The center of the phase compareris the common negative.

97

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PH I LCOChassis 14G20

(Material on pages 98-102)

© 100 volts, p/p, 15,750 c. p.s. 0 80 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s,

Í(0 40 volts p/p, 60 c. p.s.

0 8 volts p/p, 15, 750 c p. s.

025 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

O60 votts p/p, 60 c. p. s.

0 12 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p.s.

090 volts p/p. 15, 750 c, p. s.

30Z4 OR 3AF4A 17JZ8. I6ASP4 6GH8UHF OSC. 4CS6 VERT s

(UHF ONLY) GAO 5A SND. DISC. OSQUOU% CRT SYNGSEPAUD. OUT.

36 KSR.F. AMP

SHGBOSC.

MIXER

IOJYBVID. OUT.AGC GATE

178E3DAMPER

21GYSHOR. OUT.

INTERLOCK

163 OR IK3HV RECT.*

to-

o] *--F

FIL.RES SILICON

4E117 4EJ7 8F07 OR DUAL SE L. / RECT.

1ST tF, 2ND áSG. PHASE COMP FUSEPHILCOM33-1366-8

REAR VIEW OF CHASSIS

Dotted lines indicate filament string

This tube in high voltage cage

Series Filament Connections

© 80 volts p/p, 60 c. p. s.

040 volts p/p, 60 o.p. s.

015 volts p/p, 15,750 c. p. s.

A

Am.

0350 volts p/p. 15, 750 c. p. s.

r4r,.,)

3. 5 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

Asi~sIsmnvrrr.._

0 50 volts p/p, 60 c. P.S.

01150 volts p/p, 60 c. p. s.

0 8 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p, s.

® 60 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

IRIA.11~4110111111011

0 3.5 volts p/p, 60 c. p. s.

0 50 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

060 volts p/p, 60 c. P. s.

030 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

016 volts p/p, 15, 750 c. p. s.

These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for an approximate peak -to -peak output of 3.5volts at the video detector. Voltage readings taken with raster just filling screen and all controls set fornormal picture viewing. The voltages given are approximate peak -to -peak values. The frequencies shownare those of the waveforms-not the sweep rate of the oscilloscope. All readings were taken with a ModelES -550B Precision oscilloscope.

PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS

Lug ConnectionMl Audio Test PointM2 White Lead to Bl-2M3 Blue Lead to A. O. T.M4 Video Output, Yellow/White lead to Pin

7 of C. R. T.MS Red/White Lead to B1-5, 145V B -plusM6 Green/White Lead to Pin 6 of CRTM7 Orange/White Lead to B1-3, vertical

retrace suppressionM8 Sound Det. Test Point, Ground LinkM9 Brown/White Lead to B2-1, start of

filament chainM10 White Lead, Tuner AGCMll Yellow Lead, Tuner B -plusM12 Blue/White Lead to Yoke, AGC

Gate PulseM13 Red/White Lead of V.O.T., Vertical

FeedbackM14 Blue/White Lead to VR6-1, Width

Control

M15 Red Lead to H. O. T. Pin 7M16 AGC Test PointM18 Orange/White Leads to M28 and to

C44B, 135V B -plusM19 Orange/White Lead to Pin 4 of CRT,

300V, optional focus connectionM20 Green/White Lead to C44C, 100V B -

plus, optional focus connectionM21 Video 2nd detector test pointM22 Blue/White Lead of V. 0. T., vertical

output plateM23 Brown/White Lead to Pin 1 of CRT,

filamentM24 Horizontal Oscillator Test PointM25 I -F Input, center conductor of

shielded tuner I -F linkM27 Sync Test PointM28 Orange/White Lead to M18, 135V B -

plus

98

2 5 6 7

OV

6V13

5VI4

5V OV

VI

6AQ

5AA

UD

IO O

UT

.

V1T

5HG

8M

IX. O

SC

.

V 2

T-

3GK

5R

.F. A

MP

,

I.F.

LIN

K

2C

I6T

VC

2TC

IAT

v5

P3

AN

T.

l F L

INK

CA

BLE

(U, H

.FO

nly)

CI6

AT

CIB

T

2 5 6 7

3.6V

320V

70V

OV

VR

I-O

N-O

FF

-VO

L

wn

271}

áa>

2Y"`

tis1I

.F S

H É

LD

f111

0111

1111

1111

111

C40 C

4I LI4

L13

NII

O11

1111

1NN

11

L15

V2

4CS

6S

OU

ND

DE

TE

CT

OR

V9

4EH

71s

t.V

ID,

I.F.

2 3 6 7 8 9

0.3V OV

0.3V O

V13

7V50

VO

V

VR

2V

ER

T H

OLD

V6

17JZ

8V

ER

T. O

SC

.-V

ER

T. O

UT

.

2 6 7 8

20V

-16

V-1

6V13

5V OV

-13V O

V

V5

6GH

8S

ND

.I.

F.&

SY

NC

. SE

P.

2 3 6 7 9

55V OV

60V

60V

1.1

V-1

.6V

VR

3II

VR

4(B

RIG

HT

NE

SS

CO

NT

RA

ST

mn

zse.

:_

Fkl

6

2 3 6 7 8 9

I

1E M

.'S

V10

©4E

J72n

d.V

ID.

yI.F

.2

1_16

...

11N

111

1.3V O

V1.

3V OV

125V

125V O

V1N

1iN

1A)l

N1I

IN

1 2 3 6 7 8 9

VE

RT

S Z

EV

ER

T, L

IN

I.E M

OD

ULE

"A

"I

F. M

OD

ULE

"8"

ELE

VA

TIO

NE

LEV

AT

ION

AS

S'Y

. NO

76-

1295

2A

SS

'Y N

O 7

6-12

953

I45V

90V

-3V

OV

OV

67V

43V

V3

10JY

8V

IDE

O O

UT

.B

GA

TE

RA

DIA

TIO

NS

HIE

LD

HO

RIZ

HO

LD

V8

8FQ

7O

R 8

CG

7N

OR

. OS

C,

2 3 6 7 8

95V OV

2.8V

100V

-8V

2.8V

32±

V4

V7

17B

E3

2 G

Y5

AM

PE

RH

OR

. OU

T.

4 I4

5V7

OV

ER

500V

0I4

5V

3 5 7 9

II 5V

-I9V

II 5 -I9V

GII

H.V

. CA

GE

( T

OP

HA

LF R

EM

OV

ED

)

U,H

F3

ON

LY

NO

TE

:

GII

C48

LO

CA

TE

DO

N Y

OK

E.

(PIN

2 T

O P

IN II

)

B2 5

C44

TU

M25

IFi

LIN

K

:G5B

120V

AC 60

1

L9

C27

1500

GM

V I

TR

AP

MO

DU

LEm

y

[-T

RA

PT

RA

PLi

447

.25

47.2

5

AG

C

TU

NE

R ¡

M10

AG

C

IK 20%

R42

680K

R33

470K

33

IIOO

VC

22

I C8 22

TIO

OV

1ST

IF4E

H7

V9

R12

180

MII

10%

TU

NE

R8+

AT

.P o

vn

MI6

{663

0BO

K

R5

4.7M

EG

NO

TE

:D

OT

TE

D L

INE

IND

ICA

TE

SP

RIN

TE

D B

OA

RD

SID

EI

OF

TE

RM

INA

L LU

GS

YN

Cr7

T.P

.

LIO

DE

TE

CT

OR

MO

DU

LEr

1.8

2ND

IFm

w4E

J77

VIO

FO

CU

S ó

100V

M2Ó=

+5µ

F

680K

ON

-O

FF

SW

C47

6801

HA

ND

EB

RA

CK

ET

1470

160µ

F+B

H

200V

-16

IIC

44D

0+F

.C.

R55

FR

ON

T/,-

)C

ON

TR

OL

240

F68

BRACKET

- 20

0V20

%C

44A

FIL

AM

EN

T+

145V

DR

OP

PIN

G90

7W

FI

T2C

44C

00V

1200

1CI5

2 20V

R

V3

ºov

R19

1/G

AT

2 oJ

Y+

av 1

47K

R40

9 -L

ey V5

SY

NC

SE

P1/

2 6G

H8

C20 68

0

150K

R35

EN

44

+14

5V

C14

.008

2R

21I

vw

GM

V22

11

1.5M

EG

R34

D2

L16

IN60

C40

MC

V5

I

SIF

A "

:12

1/2

6GH

8

1.5:

;I

e0v6

1

ic90K3

TIO

K,0

0500

4I I0

15I

150

#8.2

6T L--

-5--

-J

2N

2--

--r.82

7

I2

il ee

v1P

N00

1AEY

- -0-

IL8 CH

8

L7 330

R37

2.71

(

OV

.I.20

068

0KI

IN

I

2ME

LSE

LD

IOD

EJ

I

82J

ii00

1D

I-T

L---

----

7--

-6 I C

2668

_S

ILIC

ON

RE

CT

D3

4--¡¡240µF

1.2008

= C

448

6

C30

.047

400V I(

2 zo

v 1/

2 17

JZ8

T20

0VY

I3vE

RT

OS

CR

27C

1310

R28

8.2K

022

I/2 1

7J28

+13

5V:M

28N

01

IOOK

400V

VERT

0 047

I 5A22r

400V

OU

T4

400V

=C

I8 T

_IO

OK

VR

2V

GC

21V

.O.T

20%

6,J

___

8 13

30

VE

RT

{V

_iev

R39

`°"°

+14

5VHOLD =-

tK

9V

AR

IST

OR

R24

I

C25

MS

I'R

1 -n

!1N

3I

M18

055

6801

1

.003

9IO

K+

135V

50V

{+

135V

IOO

V T

i Ll l

I

I

Il

Ohx

3 a

I 14

1I

0%22

Koa

-xs

pll/T

1311

M24

'I

H.O

.T.

5%L/

.5K

R17

470

20%

R23

8.2K 2W

+14

5VR

72.

2K

VR

3C

7IR

K20

0V

tI(

CO

NT

330K

V2

GE

T4C

S6°

3400

320V

7o

R9

3.3K

20%

1 C

411

000

CID

IC17

127

- .0

082

T G

MV

R3

yyR

IO27

0K?

p82K

,.'+

145V

250K

VR

3B

RIG

HT

RI

R4

BO

OS

T

470K

C3

1501

18"

.008

2TG

M,/

+14

54

AU

DQ

UA

DO

UT

6ÁÓ

5AL5

1A

UD

=T

P I ME

GV

OL

CI

-.00

33

+I 5

V

+14

5VM

20

654+

100V

o+M

3001

94

4F

OC

US

TO

M19

+30

0V

47

314

360

32V

611

,

b3

I

021

39K

I

I

22K

'r330

i

I2--

--J

1.16

2.2K

20%--

-1

R52

68K

VE

RT

LIN

2 M

EG

VR

58R50

1.5

ME

G

TP

.T

100

4(6

HOR

C32

z.ev

.003

9-R

44N

OR

OS

C+135V

750 60K

8F07/8C57

TO

V.O

.T5%

HO

RV

8-

HOLD -_

VR5C

R58

V8

V4

V7

V3

VS

V2

VI

V6

V9

VIO

BFQ7/

CRT

178E

321

GY

5IO

JYB

6GH

84C

S6°

6A

05A

17JZ

8 4E

H7

4EJ7

8CG

7 I6

AS

P4

4 11

8

4

BIR.

BLK 8 W

PRIVATE LISTENING JACK

614

4 C37

C38

3300

1500

GM

VT

7`G

MV

C49

001

-

NOTES:

VERT

0033

SIZ

E6

5,9

37,'I

I(

ºv

3v

1I

ns-to

R4-

ns1

3.9K

4,10

32ti2

20K

I

z-ns

330K

= 2

702

R53

R51

C48

I33

0I

HO

R

IW=

'MI4

,,..1

15"'

S

I

I09G

I

OU

T_

21G

Y5

L-_J

V7

VR

5AR

I6

3K

WID

TH

VR

6 F

OC

US

{,J5

4419

+14

5V+

300V S

CR

ET EN'

I.A

LL V

OLT

AG

ES

TA

KE

N U

ND

ER

NO

SIG

NA

L C

ON

DI -

TIO

NS

. AN

TE

NN

A R

EM

OV

ED

AN

D-

TU

NE

R O

FF

CH

AN

NE

L.2.

VO

LTA

GE

S M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

A "

PR

EC

ISIO

N M

OD

EL

88. V

. T.V

.M."

, FR

OM

PO

INT

IND

ICA

TE

D T

OC

HA

SS

IS G

RO

UN

D.

3.V

OLT

AG

ES

MA

RK

ED

*W

ER

E T

AK

EN

UN

DE

R A

VE

R-

AG

E S

IGN

AL

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

, AN

TE

NN

A C

ON

NE

CT

ED

.T

UN

ER

ON

AN

AC

TIV

E C

HA

NN

EL

AN

D C

ON

TR

OLS

AD

-JU

ST

ED

FO

R A

NO

RM

AL

PIC

TU

RE

.4.

CO

IL R

ES

IST

AN

CE

S R

EA

D W

ITH

CO

ILIN

CIR

CU

ITE

XC

EP

T F

OR

-

A.O

.T.

SE

C. A

ND

SP

EA

KE

R V

.C.

680K

IW S.6

1I6

0M

EG

5KV

W

T5%

"A"

(TO

GA

TE

TU

BE

I

NI

VII

VE

RT

YO

KE

163-

113

R56

º6.

811

20%

3.3

ME

GR

8

2 6

CRT

16Á5P4 M7

RS

7

D0% L4 RF

C

HO

RY

OK

E4,

10

600V

C45

TO

SO

UN

DD

ET

"B

'

H V

.

H.V

.

7 RF

CL2

1 V4

17E

1E3

C9

+14

5V

047

400V

H.O

.T. A

ND

HO

R. Y

OK

EW

HE

RE

TH

E C

OM

PO

NE

NT

S W

ER

E D

ISC

ON

NE

CT

ED

AN

DM

EA

SU

RE

D IN

DIV

IDU

ALL

Y.

5.

BALLOONS

. © .

ET

C. S

HO

WN

ON

SC

HE

.M

AT

IC,

IND

ICA

TE

WA

VE

FO

RM

TE

ST

PO

INT

S.

t^"

l 1 o

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PHILCO CHASSIS ALIGNMENT14G20 & 14N30

VIDEO I -F AM AND SWEEP ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREPreliminary Information

mfd from lug M21 to ground to sharpen sweepThe following video I -F alignment procedure markers.

is based upon a tuner, with proper bandpass 4. Connect AM and marker signal generatorsalignment, connected to the TV chassis. through test jig to mixer (C1T on tuner).

Connect sweep generator, through a 72 ohm1. Apply -10VDC to AGC test point, lug M16 on to 300 ohm matching network, to antenna

perma-circuit panel. terminals.2. Calibrate oscilloscope for 2.0V p/p for 100% 5. (a) Preset L-12, L-14, and L-18 so that top

deflection. of cores are 1/8 -inch out of coils.3. Connect scope through 10K isolating resistor (b) Preset L-13, L-15, and L-17 so that top

to 2nd detector T.P., lug M21. Connect .001 of cores are even with top of coils.

AM ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP

AM MOD.

400 AT 50% ADJUST REMARKS

1 43.5 MC L17 - for max. Adjust input level to prevent overloading.

2 43.0 MC L18 - for max. Same as Step #1.

3 43.5 MC45.0 MC

42.7 MC

L10 - for max.

L14 - for max.

LIT (tuner I -F coil) - for max.

Same as Step #1.

4 41.25 MC47.25 MC47.25 MC

L-13 - for min.

L-12 - for min.

L-15 - for min.

Bias may be lowered to produce suffi-cient scope amplitude. Repeat adjust -ments of L12 and L15 until no furtherimprovement is obtained.

i'UlF: To properly position fine tuning for sweep alignment, set tuner to channel 4and inject 65.75MC, modulated 30% at the antenna terminals. Adjust fine tuningcontrol for minimum scope indication. Do not touch fine tuning control forchannel selector for balance of alignment.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT CHART

STEP

SWEEP GEN.APPROX. 8 MC

SWEEP WIDTHMARKER GEN.UNMOD. R -F ADJUST REMARKS

5 69 MC 42.5 MC LIT (tuner I -F coil) Adjust LIT to place 42.5 MC marker betweenindicated limits on sound side of curve(Figure A). Adjust sweep generator levelto limit scope to 2V p/p deflection. Keepresponse level with L10.

6 69 MC 45.75 MC L14 Adjust L14 to place 45.75 MC marker betweenindicated limits on video side of curve(Figure A). Adjust sweep generator levelto limit scope to 2V p/p deflection. Keepresponse level with L10.

7 69 MC 42.5 MCand

45.75 MC

L10 L10 tilts or levels curve.

Fig. A

fotl E` 1-

RESPOMSE WAVE

101

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19164 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

P I -I I I_D CHASSIS ALIGNMENT14G20 & 14N30

4.5MC TRAP, SOUND TAKE -OFF ANDINTERSTAGE ALIGNMENT

Preliminary: Equipment:

1. Set contrast control to maxi- 1. V.T.V.M.

mum 2. AM Generator

2. Set volume control to minimum 3. RC Network (15K resistor and

3. Apply -12V bias to lug M16 .01 mfd in parallel)4. 4.5 MC Detector Probe(See page

96 for circuit diagram)

STEP

SIGNAL INPUTTHROUGH 160052 RE -

SISTOR TO LUG M21 OUTPUT ADJUST REMARKS

A 4.5MC AM or sta-tion signal

Connect 4.5MC detectorprobe to lug M4. ConnectVTVM to 4.5MC probe. Setmeter to 2.5V range.

L6 (bottom core) forminimum output indica-tion on VTVM.

Increase signal inputto give 1/4 scale de-flection at null point(this step for 4.5MCtrap adj. only).

B 4.5MC AM or sta-

tion signal

Remove ground connec-tion from Lug M8. Con-

.nect RC Network from M8to ground. Place VTVMacross network. Inputshould he adjusted tokeep output between -1Vand -2V.

L3 (top & bottomcores) for maximum in-dication on VTVM.

RC Network consists ofa 15K resistor and a.01 mfd capacitor inparallel.

C 4.5MC AM or sta-tion signal

Same as Step B L6 (top core) for max-imam indication on VTVM.

D Use station sig-nal

Remove RC Network and -

replace ground to LugM8.

Quad coil LS for maxi-mum sound output.

The correct peak willbe the second one whenturning core into coil.

.001 MFD

-Ii1(. MIXER GRID

82a TEST JIG J

'r

I

yQ

v C

p VTVMSTEPS IF365 LINK I-

LIT42.7 MC ` II

V2 STEP 9 _ STEP BC6D_J4C56'á0 ETE IK .OI MF/ 4.5MCSETSTEP A42.5 MC

CIF OILE M LIT DETECTOR A DET

AM GEN, aJUMPER MB STEPS IT07-ATOD

STEPS ITD7 . _ APPLYV3

IOJYBV4

CIVI __CI5A-" L3 -IOVDC

BIASSVIDEO OUT

6 GATE

178E3DAMPER

AUDAO OUT V5 STEP C

q o MIXERlGHF

L5 SNpI.E 5 I L6GRID QUAD COIL C. ,. 111 TOP CORE

TJEI ' 3' LSSYNC. SEP.

STEPDLTOM

MI6L6,1 V7e4.5 MC

GT VIPBOTTOM CORES4.5 MC HOR.OUT STEP A

TO SWEEP47.25MC

TRAP y STEP B MFM21

Valell L6GEN. 1 1 STEP4

BOTTOM CORE

I' 1l 4.5 MC

' /VERTOSC-

_. VERT.OUT CO*

140 Illn C9 ~1MATCHINGNET WORK SWEEP

I1_

SSTEPSCOPESTEPS 1 T7 I TO7. L 3 L 4 V9 VIO

41.25MC 45.0 MC 4EH7 4EJ7 LIB L 7 0..-

o-' TRAP MARKER Is1.VID.IF. 2nd.VID.IF. 43AMC 43 5M V8

O STEP 4 45.75 MC 8F070R 8CG7TO SWEEP

L15STEPS386 LIO 43.5 MC

STEP2 STEPI HOR OSC.GEN.

TO AM GERM--TO

47.25 MCTRAP

MARKERS42.5 MC 8 45.75 MC

SCOPE STEP 4 STEPS 387

14020 & I4N30 Equipment Setup & Alignment Points

102

LIO

r1.

8R

18R

IO

341

.25

47.2

5IF

LIN

K

G5A1L9

IFA

GC

L13

46

135V

6 2

1,3

1ST

IF4E

H7

V9 9

500

4V

0.21

1

1 7Y

SR

51 -

C35

?R

54

1IL

ISny

L12

11.3

25I

T5%

ZZ

GM

V20

0015

4 IK

-=

T-J

.-1C¿

47

C300015

GM

V

MIR

A

TU

NE

RA

GC

C45 8

R47

IK 20%

R21 18

0M

16T

UN

ER-:

-8+ A

GC

T. P

.M

I2_a_

R43

R37

680K

470K

1C24

TÍÓ

ÓV

0.20

2ND

IF13

2V4E

J777

VIO

913

3V

n2 1,

3

R55

1I C

3733

0.0

015

20%

GM

V

1.2 R56

121

3R

48 T

NM

28C

XrV

YY

100

C41

-5%

#58

0 -

1003

31

D2

L16

IN60

C40

MC

Y::I

PLI

71.

5::

Lie

71

-

240

DE

T-

Le

rI-

f -

141

,L7,

+I4

5V11

63

4.54

01T

RA

PL--2

6311

TS

HO

AK

EO

FF

- 3

r--

I

3V

2

L3

-,2

4C86

115

15

I6n

I5

2_

lL

-4

-i`r

MIS

AM

1541

'1

I._

-._1

1)-1

-i

7'

I

I1

CIB

R20

.00

218

K

470

-t`'G

MV

2Í T

`.00

13.

8KT

BM

V 3

860

1

~J

11

LJ=

-_R

26B

N2

7 O

V

570 9I

F1/

2 60

48

3 57

V

RI4

4.7

ME

G

R12

BB

OK

NOTE:

DO

TT

ED

LIN

E IN

DIC

AT

ES

PR

INT

ED

BO

AR

D S

IDE

IO

F T

ER

MIN

AL

LUG

120V

6Ó/L

L

SIO

N -

OF

FS

W

C 5

0

Tó2002V

l=

1.75

MT

O3.

25M

FR

ON

TC

ON

TR

OL

BR

AC

KE

T

N8

R 6

120

11K

)W

C7

22

1100

8

F.

C48

D

16Ó

MF

+20

0V

1a+µi

C48

4 +N

3V

R17 56M

FO

CU

S =

M28+

54F

R23

ZC

49C

680K

CII 50

15%

GT

vi

1!2

ÍÓ.1

Y8

R39

3.3K

R44

1454

SYPCe__.

T.P

.

6.3V

TO

CR

T F

ILA

CP

INS

168

0F

US

ISS

.6T

OR

15K

5001

1

9 -5

.2V

VS

SY

NC

SE

P=

I/266

X8

rN

5

I4I

I501

(I

6B

OK

1.0

47T

2¿

I r--

-T

200

I

1.z

SI

161

-

I

2 M

EG

IEID

IOD

ES

J1

626

T.

DI

G

C22

680

R38

ISO

K

R45

TO

6806

H.O

UT

GR

ID

+14

5V

R15

470K

).

C13

.008

2R

24

GM

V22

K

1.8

ME

GR

36 N3 L---

---,

:82

2

5

L533

0

7-

V3

- 1/

2101

78N

I.C12

-.25

SR

23

1.00

82BK

- G

MV

1<30 2K

f5%

.005

90K

-43

004¡

IVM

35

--_J

+13

5V

CI9

4701

V3

1/2

10.1

18V

IDE

O

SIL

ICO

NR

EC

TD

3

.6N

1643

F.C

. R60

100

20% IW

+13

5V+

aT

O V

ER

T

,r24

0LLF

L20

0V=

C48

8

C34

.003

9.¡.

C25

470

V4

V7

V3

VS

V2

VI

V6

V9

yyI1

ppV

817

8E3

2101

510

JY8

WH

O 4

CS

6I0

.1Y

8I7

J28

4EX

74E

J78F

07

IM18

PHIL

CO

C40

C43

.003

3100

GM

V13

1.

VE

RY

ock

LIN

21A

EG

VR

IB

e

56K

=R

ISA

IW +

1450

6.9K

LIS

WM

9-

470

53V

720 8

-.25

V=

7

R53

1.8

ME

G

C33

I

3901

1..

5%

+14

5V

C 2

7-

1M15

.003

9K

IOV

R46

IIM

151(

5%

147K

R24

A22

09

20%

C32

.047

400V

C51

'T27

11

R22

470

20%

I C6

ZO

MIV

R29

8.2K 2W

R19

39K

R5

1.5K

VR

815

K

C5

_

V V

.3.

3K20

%04 T00

1C

3.0

033

890

-M4

VI

L6áj

TM

14

3.S

n1/

2 10

.118

ID

34V

C20

T27

C14

¡O

OB

GIA

V

°av H

.C

NT

MIT

BO

A

TV

I/2 7

JZ8

R32

VE

RT

OS

C _

178.

21<

R9

3309 C15 It

C21

.033

4.00

0047

T12

ÓK

400V

1-_

1001

1V

R51

C17

20%

0015

ÑÓ

LDI ON

O

I'

RI -

N4

I

I0K;

i10

0i2

a%M

32i

21-N

45,

T. P

.11

00H

ON

OS

C- ' 7

LII

411Y

.2.8

V

:5

4 --

--,

N4

33K

C3

-N4

82-N

4

f$$S

SO

I(3

6I1

,5K

1.5

IR3-

N4`

R4

-N41

-

_4,1

01

i330

K1

BI

^py

0y1

215

W.

1__.

,,zC

2-N

4 J

OU

T?R

34 330

TO

1W=

TO

1145

-'-M

2152

1

58V

1.12

6-:_

6

VR

4I M

EG

VO

L.

GIA

-L

R25 15K

1506

R4

'

220

20%

_ M

2 2.

8087 82

419

11'

4414

5V

ilk4

604

r!_1

00_

M81

OO

K2`

620

R3

660'

271(

R6

+14

5V

M 1

1f 2

20K S

PO

T D

EC

AY

SW

506S

2V

R6

BR

IGH

TT

O M

21H

ON

OU

T

CIA

+14

5V ..

+135V

200V

16.2

4

4

2CR

TP4

31

M5

NO

VR

II2.

2K12

F -

--__

N7

--tt

_ _,

- --

-II A

0151

SM

É6

I

47K

2T

330

3IT

1T32

5ME

2.J

N1

1/2

17.1

26va

ss13

OU

T

UV

6

_

-170

IMÉ

6

OV

9

600V

4706

S60

V1W

10M

AR

35V

AR

IS70

NR

40

61/'

5.9

iC39 .05

I 50V

9

MIO

,

390

VE

RT

10 0 $2

9ÓY

OK

E

450T

0E+

135V

R49

620

5%

1M31

CH

AS

SIS

DA

TA

14N

30

HO

N O

SC

VR

I CH

OR

BF

07M

OR

HO

LD V

C40

K

60K

VR

5M

35

NO

TE

S:

VE

RT

VBIA

37,1

1o

115V

500K

470

K

470K

IIW

+14

5V. R

0i4

v31

13W

IDT

H

1W92

74+

300V

1F

OC

US

'

TO

P4

PIN

2I.

ALL

VO

LTA

GE

S T

AK

EN

UN

DE

R N

O S

IGN

AL

CO

ND

IT

ION

S. A

NT

EN

NA

RE

MO

VE

D A

ND

TU

NE

R O

FF

CH

AN

NE

L.2.

VO

LTA

GE

S M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

A "

PR

EC

ISIO

N M

OD

EL

88, V

. T.V

.M."

. FR

OM

PO

INT

IND

ICA

TE

D T

O C

HA

S-

SIS

GR

OU

ND

.3.

CO

IL R

ES

IST

AN

CE

S R

EA

D W

ITH

CO

ILIN

CIR

CU

ITE

XC

EP

T F

OR

A.0

.7. S

EC

.V

.O.T

. SE

C. A

ND

VE

RT

. YO

KE

H.O

.T. A

ND

HO

R. Y

OK

E

R50

5.6

ME

GIW

R41

100K

20%

11L0

.T.

8115

1,V 5% C52

"A'

(TO

GA

TE

TU

CE

)42

0

NJ

R13

2.2

ME

G

H.V

.RE

CT

VII 3-16

3R

62 M17

KV

4.76

PO

%

RF

C 1

.411

NV

PU

LSE

C2

.047 10

%60

0V

4.W

HE

RE

TH

E C

OM

PO

NE

NT

S W

ER

E D

ISC

ON

NE

CT

ED

AN

DM

EA

SU

RE

DINDIVIDUALLY.

5.

BALLOONS O . .

ET

C. S

HO

WN

ON

SC

HE

MA

TIC

.IN

DIC

AT

E W

AV

EF

OR

M T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

.6.

CO

NT

RO

L S

ET

TIN

GS

:V

OLU

ME

.M

INIM

UM

CO

NT

RA

ST

MID

-R

AN

GE

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S M

IDR

AN

GE

ALL

OT

HE

R C

ON

TR

OLS

SE

T F

OR

NO

RM

AL

OP

ER

AT

ION

.

Z (A) o

O IA

2 3 6 8 9

145V

92V

0.9V

2.8V

131

V13

4 V

C.R

I FIL

(\

00

CLI

OA

IF M

OD

ULE

A'

11P T

UN

ER

PO

WE

RC

AB

LE

P3 SH

OR

TIN

GP

LUG

(VH

F. O

NLY

)

TO

84-

2

TO

B4-

5F

PIT

O 8

4-4

CA

BLE

T

3 7 8

VIO

4EJ7

2 N

O V

.IF,

1.2V

1.2

V13

2 V

133

V

V5

6GH

8S

OU

ND

SF

.,S

YN

C. S

EP

TO

M7

VR

2N

OIS

E A

DJ.

IF M

OD

ULE

7JZ

8V

ER

T. O

SC

VE

RT

. OU

TU

T.

4 6 7 e 10

30V

130V

-17V

-17V

I35V

-17

V

V3

IOJY

BV

IDE

O O

UT

.,N

OIS

E IN

V

VE

RT

.V

ER

T.

HO

RS

IZE

v L

INA

UX

2 3 6 7 8

90V

0.1

V2.

8V11

0-7

.5V

2.8V

V8

142V

HV

142V V4-

--R69

DA

MP

ER

R65

CO

MP

ON

EN

TS

ON

YO

KE

3 5 7 9

115V

-16.

5V11

5V-

16.5

V

V7

21G

Y5

MO

R. O

UT

.

P2

AN

OD

ELE

AD

ifl1

1111

1111

1101

1ih

yi''t

llül'I

m

1111

1111

1111

1111

111

I.F. M

OO

ULE

"A

55V

). (

)I19

©7

c :

i_1a

eV

132-

-, -

--1i

-r--

(1-

e;

i74

'I3

5V 8

A11

i 2-'

"III

145V

/Ial

.}1

1 o11C

L7V

íG10

1::;

B3

`//

I/,

tj4

.'°..

Ñt_

U`

LoB

tj'

iE.N

,G

9A.

1413 I

I111

11N

IIII

Ii

I.F M

OD

ULE

"B

8FO

7N

OR

. OS

C

VR

4U

PT

ON

,"V

OLU

ME

VR

6B

RIG

HT

,C

ON

TR

AS

T CL6

50V

-.25

V3

57V

2-

7.5V

558

V4

657

V3

53V

6 769

V OV

7 91.

0V-5

.2V

7 8 9

-25V 72

V53

V

7 10

VI

V2

i0.1

184C

S6

AU

DIO

OU

T.,

SO

UN

DG

AT

EDET.

V9

OE

H7

1ST

. V.I.

F.

1 3 7 8

0.4V

0.4V

135

V50

V

TO

YO

KE

BLA

CK

LEA

D

TO

YO

KE

RE

D L

EA

D

TO

M27

,1.1

29,0

40

VR

3WIDTH

VR

5H

ON

. HO

LD,

VE

RT

. HO

LD

-171

=L.C.

n 24

0MF

d 24

0MF

160M

F5M

F

LEG

EN

D F

OR

PE

RM

A-C

IRC

UIT

PA

NE

L

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L C

IRC

UIT

S

SO

UN

D I.

F. D

ET

EC

TO

RA

ND

AU

DIO

CIR

CU

ITS

i"i F1. II

I

VID

EO

AN

D A

GC

CIR

CU

ITS

VID

EO

I.F

. CIR

CU

ITS

VE

RT

ICA

L C

IRC

UIT

S

SY

NC

SE

PA

RA

TO

R A

ND

NO

ISE

INV

ER

TE

R C

IRC

UIT

S

VII

IG3/IK3

HV

RE

C.

200V

200V

200

V20

0V

o o

PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS

MI

LEAD TO A.O.T.

(RED)

M2

LEAD TO VOL. CONT.

C.T.

M4

LEAD TO VOL. CONT.

M5

LEAD TO CRT SCREEN

GRID (PIN 3)

M6

LEAD TO VERT. YOKE

AND M24

M7

LEAD TO HORZ. YOKE

MS

LEAD TO CRT CATHODE

(PIN 7)

M9

LEAD TO CONTRAST

CONT.

MIO

LEAD TO VERT. OUT.

TRANSFORMER

MI1

LEAD TO CONTRAST CON-

TROL

M12

AGC TEST POINT

M13

LEAD TO BRIGHTNESS

CONTROL

M14

LEAD TO A.O.T.

(BLUE)

M15

LEAD TO B2.3

M15A

JUMPER TO GROUND

M16

LEAD TO TUNER B+

MI7

LEAD TO CONTRAST CON-

TROL C.T.

M18

LEAD TO FILAMENT IN-

PUT

MISA

LEAD TO TUNER AGC

M19

LEAD TO CRT GRID (PIN

2.

6)

M20

LEAD TO YOKE (GATE

PULSE)

M21

LEADS TO WIDTH CON.

TROL AND S1-2

M22

LEAD TO VERT. HOLD

CONTROL

M23

LEAD TO H.O.T.

(PIN

5)

M24

LEADS TO V.O.T. AND

M6

M26

LEAD TO B2.1

M27

FOCUS POINT

M28

SECOND DET. T.P.

M29

LEAD TO C48C

M30

LEAD TO V.O.T. PRI-

MARY

M31

LEAD TO CRT FILAMENT

M32

HORIZONTAL T.P.

M33

I.F INPUT CABLE

M35

LEAD TO M26

M36

SYNC TEST POINT

e o e o

f

e e e

o

e64,

wt o o P; o

1

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TV

P1122t0 CHASSIS DATA

OSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNSThese waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for an approximate peak -to -peak out of 2.5 volts at the videodetector. Voltage readings taken with the raster just filling screen and all controls set for normal picture viewing.The voltages given are approximate peak -to -peak values. The frequencies shown are those of the waveforms, not thesweep rate of the oscilloscope. All readings were taken with a Model ES -550B Precision Oscilloscope.

© 100 volts pip, 15, 750

77(0 45 volts p/p, 60 C.p.s.

® 15 volts pip, 15, 750

0 4.5 volts p/p. 15,750

0 60 volts p/p, 15, 750

O80 volts pip, 60 c.o.s.

18 volts pip, 15,750

(r/® 91 volts pip, 15,750

© 60 volts pip, 60 c. p. s.

77(0 45 volts pip, 60 c.p. s.

® 20 volts pip, 15, 750

0 560 volts p/p. 15,750

RESISTANCE CHART

TUBE USE PIN MOM

I 2 3 4 5 8 7 6 9 10 11 12

VI

6JZ63ua. Out.eat Bete

FIL.MEG 0

1000 11611 I Ito 2006. tomo ova 3900 2860 I ovo FIL.

V2

6Fí7No,,tot.

286n 1.800 2200 FIL. FIL. 396 906 axon

V3

6E117

letvIF

220 31060 ttn FIL. FIL. ON0. 1Icn 306. GNo.

V4

6CS6Beene[live

5.50 5600 FIL, FIL. 00000 116 3. Sn

V5

6Jz6Vert. Oea,Vert. Bit.

on 2.65EG n

INF. 1060 FIL. 1.3MEG n

1.3MEG n

llln Ott. 25060 (510. FIL.

O2.5 volts pip, 15, 750c. p. s. (max. contrast)

0 43 volts pip, 60 c.p.s.

~Ma 0111~~M.

__ 3 . I.,__.

® 2.5 volts pip, 60 c. p. s.(max. contrast)

O43 volts pip, 15, 750

0 1000 volts p/p, 60 c.p. s.total - sawtooth 220 volts ® 62 volts pip, 60 0.P. a.p/P

® 50 volts pip, 15, 750

® 36 volts pip, 15.750

50 volts pip, 15,750

® 20 volts pip, 15,750

TUBE USE PIN NUMBERS

I 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 I I 12

V6

66Y5Vu,t.

Get.FIL. INF. I0.S60 GNO, INF. 10.560 10.50 I0.560 60060 GNO. 10.500 FIL.

876EJ7

2navi

loon 100n FIL. FIL. Ono eao,

V8

6G88Sound IF

B N.1.3760 00 1360 FIL. FIL. 1360 2200 3.96. 2.6,40

V9

68E38.80. FIL. 00 I. INF. 106 FIL.

VIS6138/66118

VIa. Out.W. Sen.

al0. 1.7MEG n

lz6n FIL. FIL. Q10. 900 296. IsNn

F- co 0 LL. O O 1nin F- J J 0 0 a J7 0 0 + J O O +7 O > O 2 > co F- 2 W -- 1.-2- . a > cr.) J Z- < O . E Z F- LaJ m -

CO O F- W O a F- O- W F- N a W O= I O F- Z F- O N OC O= a Y tY 0 U Z aJ F- O 7 Z tn W Z W U O ZCe) p a F- O W U> w O O U 2 W F-J Z O a lLi < O F- In L/17W O a W J O W O O' a 0 0 aZ - W J F- F- 1--11-1- 1-/- W O W I- F- Z

Q F- J Z Z co Z Z J a Y Z -d U W W O O^ LL1 0 0 0 0 W O N O Ow O J w U a U 7 U a a U O J>- K a U LiZ W J CC W J W W W owZ cc co CD J CO J J X S J -C=7U

F-

O

2

O O ZLn -U aó óO Oa aW WJ J

O O

~ 1-F-W I- I- F- Z 1-

0 V) U 0 O F- O W O Z< (i) U a Z O 0002 to JW W F- a W >- 2 0 a 7 O OJ Z t/t - J O F- ^ 2 2 2 J U 2 a

F- F- a f a a U - O N -LS

F- Z O U 1n<0 M W W L.0 F- 0U - U r F- W IX F- F- En

- U O N to , Z O Z ro W V7 F- O Z Z Z F- F- F- tY F- W F-F- CC a tn N - Z J N Z X W . F- CC

CO J U m U W F- I OF -0(O000000- 00 0> U 0U O F- a .O 00(1)0000 o O 20200000000 00 F- oJ m F- F- W F- F- F- F- F- F- F- F- r J - F- F- F- F- F- F- F- O F- F- F- W 1-O N Z F- Z Cl > - Z O005700 000000 - O^ W O O p O O O O tL 0 0 0 0F- U a U LL a a a a U a U a m 7 0 a a a a a a a cº a a U o a

W .20202020 W W J Z W W W W W W Lai W W Z WJ - J J J J J J Q) N J J J J J J J ..J J N J

Cl 0,1 V tn tO N 03 a) O^ N (.) V tf) tO t` (3) O- N Cr") O If) tD N CO a) - - NNNNN N N N N N(v) (*) o) 0') m M (r) Ir) M Q

7 f f I f E 7 7 2 2 2 2 f 7 2 7o -(1') Q tl) tO t` co

106

VIT-

6HG

8M

IX O

SC

.

V2T

-6H

55R

.F. A

MP

.

i

TP

2

G2T

C/v

L5T G

14TC

16T

C2T C

IBT

.lJl2

TC

19T

IM

OD

ULE

"B

"

LIB

LI9

P4

UH

F. T

UN

ER

PO

WE

R

LEG

EN

D F

OR

PE

RM

A-C

IRC

UIT

PA

NE

L

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L C

IRC

UIT

S

SO

UN

D I.

F. D

ET

EC

TO

RA

ND

AU

DIO

CIR

CU

ITS

111

r::1

,V

IDE

O A

ND

AG

C C

IRC

UIT

S

I.F. M

OD

ULE

..A

.

CjI

00V

100V

340V

/

. .

WM

MW

I

OV

0.4V

150V

58V

V3

6EH

7IS

T V

IE.

3 M28

LI7

_LIS

LI

íg1=

+ 0

D.<

i

1.5V

I.5 V

165V

165V

V1 25

VA

-2.5

V17

0V17

0V 16V

170

VA

152V

200V

VI

6.17

8A

UD

IOOUT.

AD

C G

AT

E

916

NL

M8

M19

FI :

M20

M4

M25

© vo

6L88

VID

EO

OUT.-

SY

NC

. SE

P

2 3 7 8 9

-30V

A-1

3V70

VO

V80

V1

60V

1o0V

A

VIO

5V21

0VA

175V

70V

V8

6588

SO

UN

D IF

. -N

OIS

E IN

V.

CR

T. C

AB

LE

VO

LTA

GE

S T

AK

EN

UN

DE

R N

O S

IGN

AL

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

VO

LTA

GE

S M

AR

KE

DA

TA

KE

N W

ITH

SIG

NA

L

VID

EO

I.F

. CIR

CU

ITS

VE

RT

ICA

L C

IRC

UIT

S

SY

NC

SE

PA

RA

TO

R A

ND

NO

ISE

INV

ER

TE

R C

IRC

UIT

S

V4

6C56

SO

UN

DS

ET

,

3 6 e 9

95V

A80

V65

V65

V17

V-3

2VA

- 12

V

V8

25V

195V

-24V

182V

-42V

V5

6JZ

8V

ER

T. O

SC

.V

ER

T. O

UT

.

125V

4.5V

145V

-II

V4.

5V

V2

6F07

HO

R O

SC

.

V6

9-4

ZV

íII

195V

V6

6GY

5H

OR

OU

T.

MIO

JG

5

lda

jC7

M 3

3M

321

:M31

')

VE

RT

V E

RT

LIN

.S

IZE

RH

IÇC

O

V9

68E

3G

15D

AM

PE

R

+ V

AR

IES

WIT

HW

IDT

H

7 10

DO

NO

TM

EA

SU

RE

200V V9

M32

CH

AS

SIS

DA

TA

14J4

5

VR

4O

FF

-O

N,

VO

LUM

E

CL

10

VII IK3

M.V

. RE

C.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PHILCO Chassis 14J45 Schematic Diagram, Continued

9

t {I82(=-{o"

Iz$

L

NOTES:

1. ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO SIGNAL CONDI-TIONS. ANTENNA REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.

2. VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A "PRECISION MODEL88, V.T.V.M." FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHAS-SIS GROUND.

3. VOLTAGES MARKED A WERE TAKEN UNDER AVER-AGE SIGNAL CONDITIONS, ANTENNA CONNECTED.TUNER ON AN ACTIVE CHANNEL AND CONTROLS AD-JUSTED FOR A NORMAL PICTURE.

4. COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH COIL IN CIRCUIT

oR

>Y= I,1__ g`s

sHu11;

YÉ-In YIi

I -m

.1{u

11-® --fe

L

«

J

EXCEPT FORA.O.T.

VERT. YOKEHOR. YOKE

WHERE THE COMPONENTS WERE DISCONNECTED ANDMEASURED INDIVIDUALLY.

5. BALLOONS O. O. ETC. SHOWN ON SCHEMATIC.INDICATE WAVEFORM TEST POINTS.

6. CONTROL SETTINGS:VOLUME - MINIMUMCONTRAST - MID -RANGEBRIGHTNESS MID -RANGE

ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL OPERATION.

SEC.

tai

-

108

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PH I LCDCÑASSS

VIDEO I -F, AM, AND SWEEPPreliminary Information

The following video I -F alignment proce-dure is based upon a tuner, with proper band-pass alignment, connected to the TV chassis.1. Connect yoke or dummy load to receiver so

that normal B+ voltage is maintained.2. Remove AGC gate tube 6JZ8 (V1), and turn

contrast control to maximum.3. Apply - 2VDC bias to tuner AGC test point

(M25).Apply -10VDC bias to I -F AGC test point(M20).

4. Connect scope through 10K resistor to 2nd

AM ALIGNMENT

SSISALIGNMENT

N M

ALIGNMENT PROCEDUREdetector test point (M39). Connect .001mfd capacitor from lug (M39) to ground tosharpen sweep markers.

5. Connect AM and marker signal generatorsthrough test jig to mixer grid (TP2T ontuner). Connect sweep generator, through a7252 to 300() matching network, to antennaterminals.

6. (a) Preset five turns out from flush coreposition, L16, L13, L14 and L17.

(b) Preset cores flush, L15 and L18.(c) Preset seven turns in from flush core

position, L4.

CHART

STEP

AM MOD.

400 CPS AT 30% ADJUST REMARKS

1 44.84MC L17 - FOR MAX. ADJUST INPUT LEVEL TO PREVENT OVERLOADING.

2 42.75MC L18 - FOR MAX. ADJUST INPUT LEVEL TO PREVENT OVERLOADING.

3 43.5MC

42.5MC45.25MC

L4 - FOR MAX. (CLOCKWISE)

LIT - FOR MAX.

L14 - FOR MAX.

ADJUST INPUT LEVEL TO PREVENT OVERLOADING.

4 41.25MC47.25MC47.25MC

L15 - FOR MIN.

L13 - FOR MIN.

L16 - FOR MIN.

BIAS MAY BE LOWERED TO PRODUCE SUFFICIENTSCOPE AMPLITUDE. REPEAT ADJUSTMENTS OF L13AND L16 UNTIL NO FURTHER IMPROVEMENT ISOBTAINED.

SWEEP ALIGNMENT CHARTNOTE: I. REMOVE JIG FROM GENERATOR CABLE.

2. REMOVE GENERATOR CABLE FROM MIXER GRID AND CONNECT CABLE TO (G6) ON VOS PANEL.3. TO PROPERLY POSITION FINE TUNING FOR SWEEP ALIGNMENT, SET TUNER TO CHANNEL 4

AND INJECT 65.75MC MOD. 30% AT THE ANTENNA TERMINALS. ADJUST FINE TUNING CON-TROL FOR MINIMUM SCOPE INDICATION. DO NOT TOUCH FINE TUNING CONTROL OR CHANNELSELECTOR FOR BALANCE OF ALIGNMENT.

STEP

SWEEP GEN.APPROX. 8MCSWEEP WIDTH

MARKER GEN.UNMOD. RF ADJUST REMARKS

5 69MC 42.5MC LIT (TUNER IFCOIL)

ADJUST LIT TO PLACE 42.5MC MARKER BETWEENINDICATED LIMITS ON SOUND SIDE OF CURVE(FIG. A). ADJUST SWEEP GENERATOR LEVEL TOLIMIT SCOPE TO 3V P/P DEFLECTION. KEEP RE-SPONSE LEVEL WITH L4.

6 69MC 45.75MC L14 ADJUST LI4 TO PLACE 45.75MC MARKER BETWEENINDICATED LIMITS ON VIDEO SIDE OF CURVE(FIG. A). ADJUST SWEEP GENERATOR LEVEL TOLIMIT SCOPE TO 3V P/P DEFLECTION. KEEP RE-SPONSE LEVEL WITH L4.

7 69MC 42.5MCAND

45.75MC

L4 L4 TILTS OR LEVELS CURVE. ADJUST CURVE TOFALL WITHIN LIMITS (FIG. B).

42.5

=%7MC 159/. 45.75 MC 42.'S

100%

MC 43

--32M 45.75

- - -

MC

Fig' A

¡ 80 % -

W

20% -

a

-0554

? 80 % -

-45% 40 °w-

20% -1

- 80 %

-AU%-o,

-50 roPO %

Fig. .B1

1' 11 11`Illli'I'l'I'I41 42 43 44 45 46 41 41 42 43 44 45 96 47

I FRED MC I FREO MC SA61-93,

PADDING BIAS rajas B 141450 AFTER DE -PAD

RESPONSE CURVE

109

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

PHILCO Chassis 14J45 and 14N50

4.5MC TRAP, SOUNDINTERSTAGE ALIGNMENT

Preliminary:1. Set contrast control to maxi-

mum2. Set volume control to minimum3. Apply -25V bias to lug M204. Apply -10V bias to lug M25

Alignment Information, Continued

TAKE -OFF AND

Equipment:1. V.T.V.M.2. AM Generator3. RC Network (15K resistor and

.01 mfd in parallel)4. 4.5MC Detector Probe (See Page

96).

STEP

SIGNAL INPUTTHROUGH (500.(2 RE -

SISTOR TO LUG M21 OUTPUT ADJUST REMARKS

A 4.5MC AM OR STA.TION SIGNAL

CONNECT 4.5MC DETECTORPROBE TO LUG M29. CON-NECT VTVM TO 4.9MCPROBE. SET METER TO2.5V RANGE.

L12 (BOTTOM CORE) FORMINIMUM OUTPUT INDICA.TION ON VTVM.

INCREASE SIGNAL INPUTTO GIVE 1/4 SCALE DE-FLECTION AT NULL POINT(THIS STEP FOR 4.5MCTRAP ADJ. ONLY).

B 4.5MC AM OR STA-

TION SIGNAL.REMOVE GROUND CONNEC-TION FROM LUG M30.CONNECT RC NETWORKFROM M30 TO GROUND.PLACE VTVM ACROSS NET-WORK. INPUT SHOULD BEADJUSTED TO KEEP OUT-PUT BETWEEN -1V AND-2V.

d

L5 (TOP & BOTTOM CORES)FOR MAXIMUM INDICATIONON VTVM.

RC NETWORK CONSISTS OFA 15K RESISTOR AND A.01 MFD CAPACITOR INPARALLEL.

C 4.5MC AM OR STA-TION SIGNAL

SAME AS STEP B,MUM

L12 (TOP CORE) FOR MAXI-INDICATION ON VTVM.

D USE STATION SIG-NAL

REMOVE RC NETWORK ANDREPLACE GROUND TO LUGM30.

QUAD COIL L2 FOR MAXI.MUM SOUND OUTPUT.

THE CORRECT PEAK WILLBE THE SECOND ONE WHENTURNING CORE INTO COIL.

STEPS 3 B 6 alSTEP 4 45.75MC STEP 4 STEP 4 VT.VM.

LI3 MARKER LI5 L16

GEN

47.25MCTRAP

L1445.25MC

41.25MCTRAP

47.25MCTRAP \\BE .D '----' -'-1 STEPAT00 \TO inn--_/

tez A *APPLY STEP-25VDC V1

6JZB-

,F(A)STEPS

6E07t OO OO C APPLY 8)TEST

STEP 3B5STEPS i TO 7STEP ITD7

M20QUA

LIT42.5 MC

STEP OHOV3

/OAM GEN

42.5 MCMARKER

6EH7 / V6/ 6GY5

O G6,STEPS IT07

AppLyRolfly V4 /

STEOPS 10. 43%C 2V'CSTEPS --1 TO4

------- =- 42.5 MCAPPLY

I-IDV OC

LS TOP /® 4585MCMARKERS STEPS ATOD M29 BOTTOM

q.TTO 30I¿Y*

TP2T

STEP 3B7V7

VIM6EJT6LB8

V56J28

.01 151(

SWEEPGEN ® O

M39 ooIII

VB6GH8 V9

6BE3D

SCOPE

iIAfAfA

STEPS ITO 7 LI2 LI2O¿ÉN

LI]44.8MC

L1842.75MC U '0?.^"11

(BOTTOM_CORE)

(TOPCORE)

STEP I STEP 2 SCOPE 4.5MC 4.5MCSTEP A STEP C

wormTO

AM GEN STEPS I T0°71TO

SWEEPGEN

I4J45 & I4N50 Equipment Setup & Alignment Points

110

I4N50 Schematic Diagram

l

T.P

. M20

V3

6EX

T1S

T IF C

25A

1 =

100

R2

R26

N %33

Tóó

lsTDV

RI2

47oK

330K

MS

M3

04

V7

_--

T.P

.B

EJ7

-SO

SE

ND

IFL4,-

-

C22 T 20%

186

I1.

516

606

VID

. DE

T. -

I

165V

t^}i'

iD

42I

4.17

;I

I

,ñ1

5-5

LIB

;

e 16

5Vr

L18

'1

40M

c

3

TgC

3y L

1.

C29

R49

.001S

tizW

K

1111

k,M

39

10 H.8

65V

V8

1/2

6GH

8S

IF )V 2

3 65

V`

T.0

1

LS

6C06

DIS

C 2

10V

a R

IB17

5V35

íK5

20%

CS

.003

3^

103

416

S8éD

.270

6

7 O

V

6 43

2270

V

1:51

,705

4°V

qg

20%

- C9

n+ L

22Í Oase

}yia

Z2T

T5%

R21

6,0

170V

I1/

2

VI

61,2

8A

UD

IOC

UT

I C

I

280r

lll_

4A

047

n

8R

4M

I`

OV

67__

_3.

3K.T

C50

8

170V

}473

0I

T50

V2W

-0M

21 - +l Ó

ÓLL

FT

25V

1

-

V

1390

R34

33R

3933

00A

EG

3.3M

EG

TU

NE

RP

OW

ER

25

1

M13

RI5

33K

2W

RI4

2.1

.3

6075

12-(

1-

613E

314

-r4-

G_

6F07

5 Z

i23

50P

4

A8

6/28

12V

i i M

34?

6J28

I-V

5I2

6CS

64

3

6GH

8

61.8

8

S4

5-"-

44V

2 5

6E17

4

6EH

75-

ti4

L___

6626

0 22

BIS

6.86 IW

220

20

WIN

DIN

GON

HO

(MN

61

.T.

R7

276

IW

VI

I/O 6

1,28

AG

C G

AT

E

200V

-25V

A-2

.5V

R44

VIO

IOO

KI/2

6L8

870

V

2SYNC

SEP///3---

- Ip

_170

VA

35

5 .2

Y32

V00

47 3

306

R27

6411

(H_

70/

5%B

%j.5

112/

2[ _

133Ó

V6

C16

A

1000

5O

K15

V8

95V

61/

2 65

118

1306

NO

ISE

INV

/ 1

-326

69-1

26

R59

1 E

817

6

C2U

U6F

F

II

Z15

0Y3W

R40

R25

33K

1.56

371

2W2W

-C38

í3.9

KT

ool

R57

IK IW

5%

.13

4.7K

5W

¡- -

L7C

34

I

-

I

,-)P

,'%OV

3 eb,0

14Ó

0V1

Li/2

26lB

e15

6

VID

OU

T

0 V

780

6660

V7

i3.3

R6

K

.1LI

I33

010

0- T5.

6K

M29

L6 330 R54

R50

I80K

IBM

1R47

2201

4M

S

813

+18

0V

166

I

BR

2506

IGH

T7C

i

VR

IAV

ER

T L

W3

ME

G

R63

H1B

OV

2.2M

EG

C43

30V

047

L

5'15

018

.26

CII

OÓIS

+200V

OF

F -

ON

SW

ITC

H

NOTES:

= FI 5.

6 D3

M23

MI6

250V

FDT

C48

005

-+1-

-2

+18

0 V

TRIO--

p4 C49UFti

+ 1

6ÓV

+B

OLL

F-

T «

DT

CS

OC

li

200LLF

1506

Tl

-

R80

2.2M

EG

20 A

2J

N

T01

8

42 400V

11. r--2

+

OK

D

<1(

.110

H

MO

R

HOL-

1.

ALL VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NO

SIGNAL CONDITIONS. ANTENNA

REMOVED AND TUNER OFF CHANNEL.

2.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH A

PRECISION MODEL 88' VTVM

FROM POINT INDICATED TO CHAS-

SIS GROUND.

3. VOLTAGES MARKED

AWERE TAKEN

M J

400V

10 -

25

R6C

I7

ppF

q R

48

I111

2zW

97`6

0 V

22K

R29

0ÍW

R23

}636

==

V5

-ti1

80K

6J28

VE

RT

OS

C 8

OU

T

641

íR64

1 E

wJ

67=

100/

-24V

1936

i

N3

I

156

L -

130V

SqM

EG

VE

RT

SIZ

E

VR

IBM

EG

R66

TC

3B,

3375

K

VI I

FI

..- 1

250V

1M24 50

5lI

8.26

TT

CO

NT

RA

ST

}R

77I

27N

-I II

673

M40

=

II$

IV

225

0047

TK

(I

2Ñ3_

- i2

- J

b

M 3

6=

1M27

33Ó

KI

170n

668

M3S

V.O

T.

2.T

ek-O

9n

N

'1-1

,2H

8268

06.0

611 I7

OV

2

C24

131:

T.P

.OM

9

2ME

CI

}IS

OK

8264

.I

-ª04

_ 51

}_-

IC2

Tgú

T00

1

-Í1V

4.5V

I8

1003

9

662 07

HO

RO

SC

UNDER AVERAGE SIGNAL CONDI-

TIONS. ANTENNA CONNECTED.

TUNER. ON ACTIVE CHANNEL AND

ALL CONTROLS SET FOR NORMAL

PICTURE VIEWING.

4.

COIL RESISTANCES READ WITH

COIL IN CIRCUIT EXCEPT FOR:

619

56K

C6

TIO

OV

1.56 6K 226 145v

VS

6005

XO

RO

UT

C2o

.002

2-4

0V 4

J0R

246.

86

5,9

R

047

R7

_M

6

IZW

N+

340

+S

LLF

600V

I

TC

ÁMB

¡ ac

2

TO

FO

CU

S P

OIN

TIK

} A

, B O

R C

FO

RB

ES

T F

OC

US

74

23D

0P4

6 3 105V

50V-

VE

RT

YO

KE

22Ó

450

R79

220

87n

195

í333

ÓK

7506

WID

TH

R74

:V

R C

ÓÍB

T

3,7,

200V V9

068

E3

DA

MP

ER

R52

R F

C

A.O.T. SECONDARY, HORZ. AND

VERT. YOKE WHERE THE COMPO-

NENTS WERE DISCONNECTED AND

MEASURED INDIVIDUALLY.

5.

BALLOONS O . ©. ETC. SHOWN

ON SCHEMATIC INDICATE WAVE-

FORM TEST POINTS.

9.5n

33

n

31

85on

3 923

VII

163

RV

RE

CT

R7

4R

75I

5

1861

#062

IY

OK

E I

M32

1,e

2 81

F 1

16 3

.621

AG

CG

AT

E

3521

I

6.

CONTROL SETTINGS

VOLUME

-MINIMUM

CONTRAST -

MID -RANGE

BRIGHTNESS

-MID -RANGE

ALL OTHER CONTROLS SET FOR

NORMAL OPERATION.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION

PHILCO Chassis 14N50 Service Data, Continued

PANEL LUG CONNECTIONS -

14N50

MI RED LEAD TO A.O.T.M2 BLUE LEAD TO A.O.T.M3 GREEN LEAD TO VOL. CONT.

C.T.

M4 LEAD TO TUNER PWR. PLUGM5 BLUE LEAD TO VOL. CONT.M6 LEAD TO C52AM7 LEAD TO VERT. HOLD CONT.M8 RED LEAD FROM V.O.T. -

LEAD TO PIN 6 OF YOKEM9 HORZ. OSC. TEST POINTM10 LEAD TO HORZ. HOLD CONT.MII I -F INPUT CABLE

MI3 LEAD TO TUNER PWR. PLUGMI4 SYNC TEST POINTM15 LEAD TO C50AM16 LEAD TO C5ODM17 LEAD TO PIN 6 H.O.T.M18 LEAD TO CONTRAST CON-

TROL C.T. - LEAD TO C528M19 LEAD TO BRIGHTNESS CON-

TROL C.T.I.F TEST POINTLEAD TO C52CLEAD TO M26

M20

M21

M22M23M24

M25

M26

LEAD TO B1-7LEAD TO CONTRAST CONT.LEAD TO TUNER PWR. PLUGLEAD TO M22 . LEAD TOB1.7

M27 BLUE LEAD FROM V.O.T.M28 2ND VIF TEST POINTM29 LEAD TO CRT CATHODEM30 LEAD TO GND. G10M31 LEAD TO PIN 5 H.O.T.M32 LEAD TO PIN 8'H.O.T.M33 LEAD TO PIN 3 H.O.T.M34 LEAD TO CRT FILAMENTM35, LEAD TO CRT FOCUS GRIDM36 LEAD TO CRT G2M37 LEAD TO VERT. HOLD

CONT. C.T.M39 2ND DET. TEST POINTM40 LEAD TO CRT GI

LEADS PART OF PANEL

M19 TO R65R41 TO VRI (VERT. SIZE)PIN 3 OF VIO TO N2

LEGEND FOR PERMA-CIRCUIT PANEL

HORIZONTAL CIRCUITS

SOUND I.F. DETECTORAND AUDIO CIRCUITS-/ VIDEO AND AGC CIRCUITS

VIDEO I.F. CIRCUITS

VERTICAL CIRCUITS

SYNC SEPARATOR ANDNOISE INVERTER CIRCUITS

180V IOOV

180V 200V

P3V.N.F.

I.F.

LINK

1 2

14X50 Base View

3

HF. TUNER POWER

VOLTAGES TAKEN UNDER NOSIGNAL CONDITIONS

VOLTAGES MARKED A TAKENWITH SIGNAL

V3

1

278

wR80

C.GI7 . . . r0©

6EJ7 I 1.5V

2ND.VIF 7 165V8 I65v

.4VOV

150V58 V

V36E57

1ST V.I.F.

SERVICING INFORMATIONVI

RESISTANCE CHART - 141150

Gi2#z- ZEE

IIM35V7 SM36

4IIG13t. ., ' `CRT. CABLE

V.H.F. TUNERPOWER

2

4689lo

II

-2.5V-25V 1170V

OV170V

16V152V170V1

200V

16 -w2-

MI81

M1 9012

VI6JZB

AUDIO OUT.AGC GATE

C C38

V0VIDEO OUT,SYNC. SEP.

1 (M26)

8 (GND)

3 (M36)

5(M29)

6(M40)

NUMBERS

TUBE USE I 2 3 4 5 6 7 B 9 10 II ID

VIWEB

Audio OutAso Beta

FIL. 1.1MEGO

1050 1130 IIKn 20011 2005 I 41 39011 285 106 FIL.

V26FQ7

ow:.les.

2600 I. 0340 8200 FIL. FIL. 39K 905 8200

636EH7

1st VIF 240 310110 240 FI, FIL. CHO. 1100 305n (110.

V4

6156%mune

Dies5.50 5Ho0 FIL. FIL. 80000 110 3.50

V56JZB

Vert. O.K....IA. 00 2.6MEGO

INF. 1000 FIL. 1.3MEGO

1.3MEGO

1150 15110. 25050 GNP. FI,

V66075

A.A.Oso.

FIL. INF. 10.5110 GNP. 1010. 10.550 10.500 IO.S50 ó805n GND. 10.0110 FIL.

V76EJ7

Sod VIF 100n 1000' FIL. FIL. CND. 030.

VB6014

50000 IF3 N.I.

3750 on 1360 FIL. FIL. 1300 2200 3.650 2.6340

V9

6BE30e.y., FIL. on lOK INF. 105 FIL.

VIO6L88

Video Out.Sync Sep.

CND. 1.7MEGO

1211n FIL. FIL. GOO. 900 2900 1500

2

347e

V425

67

5V17 5V210V A

70VOV

-13V-30VA70V

195V-24V182V

VIO

020 volts p/p, 15, 750

V4-6CS6SOUNDDET.

C49

03 G4 M5 I

M26r

80V95VA65V

658 V

-Í2V6Ga V8

SOUND F.-NOISE INV.

9.5 volts p/p, 15, 750

® 50 volts p/p, 15,750

L18

Gjé

(

112

-V56J Z8

ERT. OSC.ERT. OUT.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

V5

246810

30V195V-24 V180V

-25V

M

i

C 3C

M

V26F07

HOR. OSC.

V2

23678

125V0V

4.5V14 5V-I I V4.5V

M36 M37N3 T

42'F -ON,JOL.

G65HOP. OUT.

VERT VERT WIDTHLIN. SIZE

0 50 volts p/p, 15, 750c. p. S.

V968E3

DAMPER

V6

79

195V-40V

47

PHILCO Chassis 14N50 Service Data, Continued

B2

200VDO NOTMEASURE

V9V6 CAP

M31

CL9r'

VIII K3

H.V. REC.

® 91 volts p/p, 15, 750c.p.s.

LOSCILLOSCOPE WAVEFORM PATTERNS

These waveforms were taken with the receiver adjusted for an approximate peak -to -peak out of 2.5 volts at the videodetector. Voltage readings taken with the raster just filling screen and all controls set for normal picture viewing.The voltages given are approximate peak -to -peak values. The frequencies shown are those of the waveforms, not thesweep rate of the oscilloscope. All readings were taken with a Model ES -550B Precision Oscilloscope.

ANODELEAD

© 100 volts pip, 15,750

43 volts pip, 60 c. p. a.

0 80 volts pip, 60 c.p.s.

0 62 volts p/p. 60 c. p. s.

II0 560 volts p/p, 15, 750

® 2.5 volts pip, 15,750{max. contrast)

0 60 volts pip, 15,750

0 43 volts p/p, 15, 750

Malt gY/1Piiir~,

® 2,5 volts pip, 60 c. p. s.(max. contrast)

/7(45 volts pip. 60 c p e.

nr15 volts pip, 15,750

0 36 volts pip, 15, 750s . p. e.

0 60 volts p/p, 60 c.p.a.

77(O45 volts pip, 60 c.p. s.

0 1000 volts pip, 60 c.p.a.total - sawtooth 220 voltsp/p

0 18 volts p/p, 15, 750

® 20 volts pip, 15, 750

113

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED T964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONL39T

I.F. TRAP

1 50-C12T

3ÓÓ 1INPUT

L67T

L38T

Crrr =s.0 cok., V2T

CHAS

I.F.TR4P RF L18T= L407' «I

Vil1/2 6HG8

MIXER Iwv

T.P2 2

C20T72 IOOK

R4T

53ANT.

TO UHFLE OUTPUT

P2T

L41T

AGCWHITE

EATER

BROWN

CIBT1000

+150VI WITH 0.5V AGO) BLUE 000

ORANGE

CSTISO

1000

TIAT

1/2V11468 C3TOSC 5.0

6 -ay.-4x

1 1067 L_G14T

SWITCHES SHOWN INCHANNEL 2 POSITION

MTAO...IMO 1,11O1-0.5Y A_WOAT

4 iiiÑlü x6É áÑ

RIOT156

330

6008 CHAS000 5 4 4 31000 = -gil

BROWN

POWERPLUG

(U H FI

LIT

O

CUT 6

COTDUAL

C21T1000

+165VRED

RIOT

JITF.OUTPUT

JACK

-CLOSED ON UHFIF. CHANNEL ONLY

L40T 1/2 6HG8I.F. TRAP MIXER WOO LIT

VR

= SOCI7T

LOT IT391 ¡ S4T

3000INPUT

L37T la

C12T5.0 7.2- V2T

CAT 6HÁ5

I.F. TRAPRI

= L39T CIOj

i120T=..7.2

SOTANT.

TO UHF L35TI.E OUTPUT CH.P2T

L36T

L4TCH.13

CIBTII1I8AGC

T.P.2 2

R4TIOOK

LI8VC2T I

OV

SOTINTER -STAGE

LOST :_ C1i

GIRT1000

+150V(WITH 0.5V AGE/

C9T150

1/2 H08 13TOSC S.O

6 -ºv ñ iv

)I

R6TIC14TOK -1.8.0

COTDUAL

001

SWITCHES SHOWN INCHANNEL 2 POSITION

-4.4V 4xa. C<T4EDC 9rITl wxiEs wlTx cVxa

RI IT330

6HG8L4AT

C16T 5 4 q6HA5 3

HEATER 1000 = RFCBROWN

C13T27

TO UHF 1000 IIT WK tTUNER. .n. O HO

RIOT 541TI -CLOSED ON UHF

I.F. CHANNEL ONLY

8+

TT-'I27D VHF Tuner Schematic

JITI.f.

OUTPUTJACK

RK

RIOT33KIW

PHILCOVHF TUNER DATA TT -127B

OSC WAFER

.51ANT WAFER

1_19

L20

INTERSTAG WAFER

S4AUX. ANT WAFER

TT -127B Component Layout

3

C18

114

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA VICTORMODEL AND CHASSIS INFORMATION

MODEL CHASSIS TUNER

34-B-222, 5, 6, 7MV KCS136YA KRK103C

34-B-222, 5, 6, 7MU KCS136YJ KRK104CI66AK

34-B-245, 6RS KCS136ZN KRK113F

34-C-275, 6, 7MV KCS136YA KRK103C

34-C-275, 6, 7M U KCS136YJ KRK104CI66AK

34-C-355, 6MV KCS136YA KR K103C

34-C-355, 6MU KCS136YJ -KRK104C/66AK

34-C-376MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34-C-376MU KCS136ZL KRK108B/66AM

34-C-394MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34 -C -394M U KCS136ZL KRK1086/66AM

34-C-425, 6, 7MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34-C-425, 6, 7MU KCS136ZL KRK108B/66AM

34-C-446MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34 -C -446M U KCS136ZL KRK108B/66AM

34-C-450, 8, 9MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34-C-450, 8, 9MU KCS136ZL KRK108B/66AM

34-C-465, 6, 7MV KCS136ZA KRK107C

34-C-465, 6, 7MU KCS136ZB KRK108C/66AM

34-C-475, 6MV KCS136ZK KRK107B

34-C-496MV KCS136ZD KRK107C

34-C-504MV KCS136ZD KRK107C

34-C-510, 8MV KCS136ZD KRK107C

R231

T 101AUDIO OUTPUTTRANSFORMER ,/[

RI22VERT HOLD

RIZO RI29 RI53BRIG/HTNESS/ HORHOLD /IZ /TONE

U]LJl `7-"

TP203+4m

7201

7503BEMT

VERT 050A OUTPUT

INSTRUMENT MODEL AND CHASSIS INFORMATION

RADIO

MODEL NO. CHASSIS TV TUNER TUNERAMPL.

CHASSIS

34-D-535, 6 MV KCS136ZR KRK103C RC1215A RS203B

34-D-535, 6 MU KCS136ZT KRK104C/ RC1215A RS203B

112C

34 -DX -535, 6 MV KCS136ZR KRK103C RC1215B RS203B

34 -DX -535, 6 MU KCS136ZT KRK104C/112C

RC1215B RS203B

34-D-555, 6 MV KCS136ZAA KRK107B RC1206D RS193J

RS200D

34-D-555, 6 MU KCS136ZAB KRK108B/1120

RC1206D RS193J

RS200D

34-D-576 MV KCS136ZU KRK107C RC1215C RS20313

34-D-584 MV KCS136ZU KRK107C RC1215C RS203B

OSCILLATOR-fib ADJUSTMENTS

(CHANNEL 1386 ONLY)

)O

SET FINE TUNINGTO CENTER OF ITSRANGE. PULLOUTON FINE TUNING KNOB.TURN CLOCKWISE AMINIMUM Of 3 TURNS,THEN I -I/2 TURNSCOUNTERCLOCKWISE.

Adjust Tuner RF Oscillator(KRKI07, KRKI08)

T2071206

Tpeo2 2ND PIE I -F 1ST PIG I -F

_ L TRANS PLAEE TRANS.

6Ew613R0 PIK FF

850UNDT202 0 aSOUND DET ZDAIET.

1ST GRID TRANS A1sly01O

LJ

-T203SOUND OCT.SRD GRID.ITRANS.

TERM C T205I -F AGC.

AGC AND SYNC STABILIZERTurn the sync stabilizer control completely counterclockwise and

adjust a.g.c. while tuned to a strong, local+station. Turn the a.g.c.clockwise until picture begins to distort, and then counterclockwiseslightly below the point where the distortion is eliminated. Advancethe sync stabilizer fully clockwise and rotate the horizontal holdcounterclockwise Until horizontal sync is lost. Then slowly sync thepicture again. If the picture tends to distort or ""hang-up"' beforelocking in, retard the sync stabilizer control until this condition iscorrected.

204

J102YOKEOCKE

F101FUSE

VIO36AY3

DAMPERF102FUSE28 4WD.FI03FUSE28AWG

F104FUSE

SET DETENTTO CHANNEL 13

LOCALOSCILLATOR

CHANNEL 13ADJUSTMENT

ACCESS HOLE

FLATTEDSHAFT

CHANNEL 6ACCESS HOLE

1

Adjust Tuner RF Oscillator (KRK103, KRK104)

V1016JB6H ORI7.OUTPUT

IN3194

T104POWERTRANS.

91023A3

H.V.RECT

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR SINE COILWith sync shorted (Pin 1 of V502 shorted to ground) connect

jumper across terminals of L501A and adjust the horizontal holdcontrol so that the sides of the picture are vertical. Remove jumperfrom L501A only, and adjust L501A slug, if necessary, to again .bring the sides of the picture vertical. Remove jumper from Pin 1 ofV502 to ground.

(Continued on pages 116-118)

115

A0S

OFF

TR

AN

S

PW 2

00

0101

202

V20

14T

202

v202

6HF8

50V

ND

0EC

6GX

6io

3

T6

MIO S

SO

Yx0

0Er.

41iT

AY

140

coux

n

8202

MO

W

905

AA

0108

3906

C21

2T

G80

R10í

92.0

69

r 6cA

04U

ST

RIO

St1

52T

OV

.L6

.w

IÓ3

1ii'

0001

15LY

cIO

51

CLo

'_T

loM

F'

W1Ó

7=C

RO

c R

102

4170

v.

20 H

470

q1S

S

T20

4iS

TP

1x-F

1205

T20

>T

208

OM

IDT

R.

6BT

L61

ST

PLA

TE

TL

6GM

6?F

° á'

GE

W6

?V _

:.N(5

214

3uú

«L1

0!.ii

t iT

MP

[15

TP

N1

P

IF

2ND

Plx

1s-

SR

O 0

12G

TP

201

P¡2

6V.2

5..

201

1,a,

_eo

yT

s`Ie

ovG

.

5º.á

]5 3

13 T

rO3R

o'SO

TT

c"ó

?S13

9v.

<21

/m

y *,..

r.,2

06

50V

.I.

C23

!_

MY

111.

.R

210

care

R21

..

'L

I1,'

S

tc 18

06v.:

10

C221

etlf

ov

5 g

25]2

1

113-

101

C3

=10

]TO

m00

28H

2 00

1il~

1

0008

ToV

201

V10

1

3<00

8-T

MR

1Man

I-...

..

0

TO

O?

1560

lll

I414

'

ái00

11R

1o90

°6R

b3cb

9S

ON

520

S6O

°¡20

2

M1

GG

AG

GN

PB

--

000

I 9DT

2205

r-

.115

0K

.WI

B L

3]R

'In'

vC

2DS

yP

OC

o.pp

l=O

JO

o.T

=H

400

1x O

P

TO

VP

la A

T 0

31 10oY

TW

°TT

R.

RIDS

2100

1 v

C10

9x0

.22

oYx

-758

1-6G

Y6

:GC

xi0

z1K

1R

504

0li9

DDI

IRI10-1.

it 1a

T'

82)0

0T

OP

W3o

oP m

TO

5611

7:71

-55

1, I

Ro1

01E

4.

6514

F E

E

SY

NC

.

é0 -

:4i

4 R

585

5G00

6CG

7--6

FQT

14.1

1 05

C.

5625

eT1

A C

SB

MO

AN

3500

3S0N

4530

R54

7 C

3111

Ron

I°°

0 b0

54.O

SO

2so

n-

10=

N N

y+c

O,5 G

I330

°I1

ox

PW 5

00 60 V

.P

-P

NO

RM

AL

CO

NT

RA

ST

280V

.P

-P

00

SsN

EW

AV

E-T

O 0

2

NOR1Z NOLG

40v,

P -

P

1300

V.

P -

P

30

6ÉM

7[IR

05L

SS

2

8533

230

6J B

6,»

11,1

;11

/02.

OU

TP

UT

35 V

.P

-P

190V

.P

-P

l0óar

0131

Oaf

10

call

.001

=.2

404+

uos

T

2

3A3

NV

RC

CT

.

OM

RO

JJ

v201

6HF8

00E

0 A

MP

0218

1422

0

NCG

N[I=

Nt

650V

,P

- P

280V

,P

-P

o QIN

f1

T 1

03

VE

R01

12 P

OT

UW

TT

RA

NS

0119

0I

1001

21

R11

.-11

00

VE

RF

u

0EOSUR[3

WI HV

BR

IGH

TN

ES

SC

ON

TR

OL

FU

LLY

CO

UN

TE

R-

CLO

G/C

MS

1Íi

RE

515A

210E

VA

WE

SIN

pIR

0.1

000

1AH

LCIA

NC

E W

AU

SS

LE

SS

T4A

N 1

10A

ND

AB

OV

E M

MM

E. U

NLE

SS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

1NpUTE0.

DIR

EC

TIO

NA

RR

OW

S A

T C

ON

TR

OL

IND

NA

TE

SC

LOC

KW

ISE

RO

TA

TIO

N.

J

70 V

,P

-P

12V

, NE

G,

58 V

, PO

S.

PIX

, OU

T O

FV

ER

T, S

YN

C.

220V

.P

-P

VO

LTA

GE

S R

UM

OR

ED

WR

H V

0.T

OH

NT

ST

AN

O W

ITH

NO

s14

NA

L 01

PO

T, A

ND

SH

OU

LD H

OLD

1121

8120

r W

ITH

SU

PP

LY.

VO

LT A

.C. S

UP

PLY

.

ALL

VO

LTA

GE

S E

XC

EP

T P

EA

K -

TO

-P

EA

K V

OLT

AG

ES

ME

AS

UR

ED

UN

DE

R N

O S

IGN

AL

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

WIT

HT

UN

ER

AN

TE

NN

A T

ER

MIN

ALS

SH

OR

TE

D A

T B

ALU

N.

RE

AD

ING

S S

HO

ULD

HO

LD W

ITH

IN ±

20%

WIT

H 1

20V

OLT

A.C

. SU

PP

LY.

1.1.

112.

3. D1i

cT

RA

ST

-ez

xxe-

3110

0

R24

1F

t At

'rr

J,02

RE

AR

01(

0

OCIOS

II

x1

r C

YS

-VS

800M

T

270V

.

220K

Run

200K

BRIGHTNESS

IS P

OIN

T G

RO

UN

DE

DIN

MO

DE

LS W

ITH

OU

TA

UT

OM

AT

IC B

RIG

HT

NE

SS

CO

NT

RO

L

1N

OT

E:

5151

AN

D 0

149

US

ED

ON

LY IN

MO

DE

LS W

ITH

AU

TO

MA

TIC

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S01

51C

ON

TR

OL

150K

R14

9=

CD

R4G

IC E

CO

NT

RO

L

4210

V.

SR10

215

1444

P. V

IEW

#101

.HA

E11

91;

1001

411

70

23B

KP4

t23

9LP4

NR

HIN

Et

CA

PP

ED

-N

ON

-FR

ITT

ER

NN

CA

PPE

D -

FRIT

TE

R

T10

4

F10

!25

AW

G

1355

104

.G

-;21

.211

- J1

03 p--

; t12 aiñ++.TToLílNArwN'

RI0

4140

.111

2.2M

[6.

110

V. 6

0+,

PO

WE

R S

OP

PY

Cir

cuit

Sche

mat

ic32

0v.

Dia

gram

for

KC

S136

Y, Z

P -

PC

hass

is S

erie

s.

Bal

loon

s (:

, Q

, etc

., sh

own

on s

chem

atic

150V

.in

dica

tepo

ints

ofob

serv

atio

nof

the

P -

Pw

avef

orm

s sh

own

belo

w th

e sc

hem

atic

..

Use

low

cap

acity

X (

10)

prob

e.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

A I 8 I C I 0 I E I F I GI

H I I I J I KI

L

+95V. VIDEO SIGNALi(DETICTOR OUTPUT)

F - .... .... .. :.®a. . ®'..p

- .TL20.pL2031 i o. CR201 (o

o°821 2 L202 . L201 $ O1 C226 tt23 '

0 2,.c.1 -412 C22V204

°Oc . R223 I0ro °&224ÍH 0 30 R220 . 1 n 3 ..1- R2,01 " ¡,(

I0227 Coo .. 8222 i 4 Tp2 a,

V 201 -

2 . R24.` el R22110 .J C223 O `- 17 p C220 _I

821' n--n L20p ` .a j- K R212 YC241 t °

.vP C204 "1.. R2i4

20 n t3 L207 1 R2O2) ..

1

R2 27 8235 6, z ° R213, os

8o

b C2p40: . = ' p C B C208: 9 pótR *- °'' R2301oY B2R20t R241 O T203 ' Íi \ oYO oi,209X R242° M o T202 r.

1

;., 5 oR20Q

. 1° ( 021; - _e e214T rV {¡.1 .. ... p ..=.i, 7..

C217 ;.ó. T203,.y -1`o d',i'

q

,O. r.O R228 _% R226

°'c2t2

, pa r

Hg H6 °

fC20 r ° _r-_- _ a R_za7'--- i°

q t a C234 ° . g C231,d... _, .._ . .. C .F

VIDEO SIGNAL +270V. +210`J +270V. +85V. -5V. AGC (NOMINAL)(KINE CATHODE) PW200 Sealed Circuit !-F and Video Assembly Composite Diagram

C201 B2 C216 J3 C228 Ll L201 J1 R207 K4 R218 H2 R230 A3 T201 B2C202 B2 C217 J4 C230 Fl L202 11 R208 K3 R219 .... 01 R231 A3 T202 E3C203 81 C218 K2 C231 B3 L203 D1 R209 J3 R220 H1 R235 H3 T203 H4C204 C3 C219 J2 C233 L4 L204 E2 R210 L3 R221 F2 R236 C3 T204 K3C205 D2 C220 12 C234 J4 L205 D1 R211 J2 R222 D1 R237 Cl 1205 K4C208 G3 C221 H2 C235 C2 L206 83 R212 J3 R223 D1 R238 C4 T206 K2C209 F3 C222 H1 C237 D3 L207 A3 R213 13 R224 B1 R241 83 T207 H2C211 H4 C223 G2 C238 D4 L209 Cl R225 83 R242 84 T208 F2C212 G4 C224 Fl C240 L3 R201 E3 R214 13 R226 D4 R243 E2C213 H4 C225 E2 C241 J3 R202 D3 R215 J2 R227 C4 R244 K2C214 L4 C226 81 R203 F4 R216 J2 R228 84C215 K4 C227 Al CR201 ....E1 R206 13 R217 H3 R229 A2

REMOTE SIGNAL INPUT FROM MIKE 270V BIAS

G

VTVM CONNECTIOPOINT FOR ALIGN.-29V +265V yAC +265V STEP I- ---- -----

/ I RI018 /R1021 ( j)/ / ', ; R10Í2/ R1006 (`Fl 1 `a- 1 100l¡ ."_- CI003 11.C I002', -

RI011--i,--i---I--r',____

aCt00901003

R1016 1,- / .ar \ /' RI020R1022- I I I' i

I/ á-_\ N ;_-, :,110Ó7 / t- C I008o R 1015

I I1023 Q1004J1001

010 01 "L Q1002R100

., 1 ` 1014 " /_2 f-

II \ 1 Z :.'', C1Ó05>-I , c 1015 c`

CIOt

/ Í1 1' ' tr ;s-.....?I` ! i R1004

C1022 Í S1001 °C1025 ).. s R1024t 005r¡ tr'7 0 E H

" A F C1001

} 4 +- r ,- - t -/ri¡+ L J¡ t RI008I T/ RIo0810QI `T.

1RI013I

RIOI

I'- V1001 lr-

! 1,--2-7.2-7-7,26H7 e' 2 -/ 1 1l..l IR,Ii'/I `,-i I I 'C 1023

I `1

SRI004

IU.\

I L , l i t, r) \ \ 1

g Z o 01311!,.TI001 \1

Il. . i-+_ ------ -L --- rK1001 u 6 / j' ,it4

;;/: /C C7 r CI021° gJ 1 --

SR1003 ú ii " RI025 -+ /% í \Í

L.--%r

) I t- -1-"in. T1004 hv'R10\27

QI005n-H

: C 1017 5'R1026

C1016 ,-/T1002 j< c. ; ( CI018 SRI002 -\ -t Il

o jC1004 - _- Jrl. I.:7tí-\

7 D.,., \\

O' 3

C1020

286

. . t t CI019 tr \ tiR@003 f' 1' 1, TI003.} It

RIOÓ {---ii : _i//'I2_/ ' !

-11.5 V. -13.5 V 120 VAC VTVM CONNECTIONVTVM CONNECTION POINT FOR ALIGN.POINT FOR ALIGN. STEP 2.STEP 3. I

PW900 Sealed Circuit Remote Control Amplifier AssemblyComposite Diagram (Used with Remote Control Chassis Only)

C1001 A3 C1013 F3 C1023 83 Q1004 F2 R1008 B3 R1021 Fl SR1001 ....F2C1002 A2 C1014 F2 C1025 G2 Q1005 C5 R1009 B3 R1022 01 SR1002 ....E5C1003 B1 C1015 E2 R1011 Cl 81023 Fl SR1003 ....A4C1004 F5 C1016 F4 J1001 A2 R1001 A3 R1012 Cl R1024 E2 SR1004 ....C3C1005 B2 C1017 F5 R1002 D2 R1013 C3 R1025 F4 SR1005 ....E6C1006 B1 C1018 05 K1001 D4 R1003 F5 R1015 D2 R1026 E4C1008 Cl C1019 F5 R1004 A2 R1016 El R1027 C5 T1001 G3C1009 D1 C1020 D6 01001 B2 R1005 A2 R1017 El R1028 D6 T1002 G4C1011 El C1021 C4 Q1002 C2 R1006 131 R1018 D1 R1029 C3 11003 G6C1012 G2 C1022 C2 Q1003 D1 R1007 81 R1020 Fl 11004 85

117

R10

05

MIC

RO

PH

ON

E11

000 0J

I001

J41

002

I

° O-2

90V

.I

CIR

CU

IT S

CH

EM

AT

IC D

IAG

RA

M K

RS2

6A(U

sed

in K

CS1

36Z

Rem

ote

Mod

els)

R10

0801

001

6800

2N41

01S

T A

MP

.

5 0100

6 01

007

220

2700

0100

541

00

4V

C10

03.0

1

RI0

09IO

OK

0101

3

.B

0100

268

55

2N41

07

-NO

AM

P

R10

1712

00

5505

3

2N4I

03R

D A

MP

1101

,6

1011

0,01

22s

2100

1.7

C10

08-4

547

00

C10

06O

.l

Rlo

2o47

11

10

4.35

v.O

D

3 S

EN

Sal

VIT

Y

R10

16 R

1010

-2

10 N

6000

C10

03

0.1

TO

PO

WE

R S

UP

PLY

7100

15V

4325

00

0100

4

2N4I

0D

RIV

ER

R10

21 R

1022

10 N

2200

D

1025

220

0 1 T

0012

0.1

TO

O J

CT

.L10

4 6

F10

1I

TV

. PO

WE

RT

RA

NS.

1104

5E0

6.30

0A

C. O

R10

01

C 1

01R

1023

220

I5

ME

G.

R10

144T

OK

CIO

15

0014

C"

-¡-

5/10

,717

112

BH

7AV

OL.

UP

3,

5110

5S

TE

PP

ING

RE

LAY

R11

047

00

ON

TV

.C

HA

SS

IS

C11

03

I40y

f

5101

MA

ST

ER

ON

/OF

FO

R10

3V

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

L

T10

0235

.50

KC

5810

02

Az

R10

2647

00

CIO 22

0R

IO15

SM

EG

IO

C10

1

v.

3100

10

12B

H7A

VO

L. D

OW

N&

OF

F

CIO

10 .01-

rr

1200

.0.0

.O-

5110

1T

V S

TA

ND

BY

5110

4M

AN

UA

LR

EM

OT

EO

SW

ITC

HOU

CH

AN

NE

L5E

5° JGC O

MO

TO

R A

RM

AT

UR

E

FIN

E T

UN

ING

CO

ILLO

MO

TO

RF

IE L

O

ST

AT

ION

ST

OP

PE

R01

102

CH

AN

NE

L-

PR

OG

RA

MM

ER

5110

3o o

KR

S 26

A

CH

AN

. SE

L.

DE

TE

NT

F.T

SH

AF

T

PR

E-S

ET

FIN

E T

UN

ING

GE

AR

R10

01W

OK

0102

30.

1 I1F

1002

1.6M

E6

C10

01.0

1

0100

410

0K 1910

0SO

T

i5 R

100

-b

1100

4

Io o

lo

Cir

cuit

Sche

mat

ic D

iagr

am f

or K

RS2

6A

5510

04

003

r35.

75<NC

---,

C10

1J6E

0 T

5R10

0i

CIS

'N60

0

0004

0.1

5V

0

0

5

0100

5

2N40

8C

HA

El

0102

730

0

R10

25

Vlo

/ IJD

Iri --

r nnnnnn

o Ñ

Ñ Ñ

Ñ Ñ

Ñb0

0V V

1AW

C10

211

ism

FT

'

950n

II

n..

2.

-m+D> 1-.

-115

0R

168

029O

4

-010

2a

0102

20

OA OLAMP

ft1A

d]

PW

900

nnnnnnnnnn

NV

INN

NV

IVIN

VIN

NN

N1+

1+1-

+F

+I-

1+1+

NF

+O

t0O

0V01

(nA

W

00M

ON

Nó0

ÑA

A

nnnnnnonnn

YV

IVIN

NllI

V1V

INV

lNOW0p00V001lpilWÑ

1_ 2 0 L) 0 0mfTIW

NI-

-NI-

AW

WN

W

AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA AAAAAAAA

ÑUItTNNVIVI IRVIVINVINNVIVIVI

V1U

1V1V

IUIN

NIR

NN

NN

NN

NN

1-+

1-+

r'F+

1-F

+F

+F

+1-

+00

0000

0UJODVOINAW I+Ot000VTUIWNt'

pVO

OO

Vm

UtA

I-+

ORiFnR7--- 1=221001m1nDWDWnWO

NNP+NWAW

WW

NN

WW

WA

WN

AA

AA

AA

WA

ó m

mm

nn

0.

N r

F+ Á

A A

A A

A A

A A

A A

A A

A A

A A

AN

VIV

tut u

tVIV

1NW

NN

NN

N V

1NV

líO

WV

OIÑ

AW

ÑO

IOO

POIÁ

I--'O

G)WR1W WWOn-2TmW0n00

N N A

N W

W

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Chassis KCS-137P, Model 94 -A -123 -RS

HEIGHT & VERTICAL LINEARITY WIDTH

If the blanking bar changed size while moving down, alternately The width adjustments is made with L101. The picture may beadjust the height and vertical linearity controls until the condition adjusted to fill the mask with a line voltage of 108 volts, and withis corrected. Final vertical size should allow the raster to overlap normal line voltage, the raster should overscan the mask about %

the mask about 5/8 inch at op and bottom. inch on each side. "Normal" line voltage is 120 volts.

A I B I CI

D E I FI

G

AGC NOMINAL) +I00V. +180V. 270V.

..- -- -- íC3=áC23 -b a,C2 Iº oR226

. .a R 22 8 Q206 C e a ~. TC38 R238 N!

iT20Z`f O O ¡R R227 8 42 132R(^2308Eao T203 ye }aX^°C240 0.t`Osia 21 tlTO2027ao Z_I_ .a< ,r

a "1 "35 r9o R 2U1Dtl

(r.'"1y

R214 10

4 o !. Vp_2.7_ I e.2 R10 17C 'Iii..". 2 %V.(.`.',tl ',:

C219..-.<..

... : V º=`, .0. tl ,tl

2- tl , r : . I _y R 18 ie 507 ¡'ci ÍI

'201.\ e

r2

a,v203

pp +.. /H qi7:. , , Q--/ .- Ii ` "' -- ._ oii i 1I.204 kx 2

¡w--._t 7-- i 1 ¢¢ 1

---,3 5- = 1:f , " - I r-+t Lá i

3.1 i. 6 2 '

,

oC227

o e3 or. f

TP201` V204 ." "7 " t7.._ : tl2+ PtVp+

228 L201C

-C20ó

' ' Q/ c228'1." L202 \ al cam e4 Io Jo ' hT ii° o__i R24

P203+2 0 V. DETECJOR OUT T KINE CATHOD.

! VIDEO+í02V.

PW200 Sealed Circuit I -F and Video Assembly Composite Diagram SIGNAL

PW200 COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE

C201 G2 C216 81 C228 A3 CR201 ....E3 R202 F2 R215 B3 R227 Fl T201 G2

C202 G2 C217 B1 C230 D3 R203 El R216 133 R228 01 T202 El

C203 G3 C218 B2 C233 Al fL201 B3 R204 Cl R217 C2 R229 G2 T203 Cl

C204 F2 C219 82 C234 B1 L202 C3 R206 81 R218 C2 R230 01 T204 AlC205 E2 C220 82 C235 F3 L203 F3 R207 Al R219 D3 R232 01 1205 B1

C208 D2 C221 C2 C237 F1 L204 E3 R208 B2 C3 R235 C2 T206 B3

C209 El C222 C3 C238 F1 L205 E3 R209 B1 8221 D2 R236 F1 T207 C3

C211 Cl C223 D2 C240 A2 L206 G2 R210 A2 8222 E3 R237 F3 T208 E3

C212 D1 C224 D3 *C241 B2 L207 G2 R211 B2 R223 F3 R238 FlC213 Cl C225 E3 *C242 Dl L209 F3 R212 B2 R224 G3 R242 01 *Under Board

C214 Al C226 G3 C243 C2 R213 B1 R225 F2 R243 E2 tPrintedC215 Al C227 G3 R201 El R214 C2 R226 Fl *R244 B2

AI

B IC

ID. E

I

F I G +2 .SIGNAL INPUT

rNc -12V RFAGC 10V. LE AGC

4. /afiC 513

.PC501 - ,1. :+ ¡ J R0® R509

n e C506 K o C529

I

a.5I4

º

V503

R524 , R Z. p!¡/.iSr R52

R51 ` ' p 4I 5 t

5

{,. R RI: 5 ..

II.

1. v50 .

. \ \ ..'- !T-

as4'S23C512

3

.

C503o 5_ .`2

R521, 'S12

t R515EC59

R504'..R1

__CSOS Í Ci _

.6

'1

tY C4 - rrr.R542: H6 0520 .. R 544p 3 4

z 4".

R 5

R540R55

CSDB

-

Y'A _ i V501='

C56 ®y\\' a01 :_ C510U, ..

u c o c t G,C527

IMM 518II..

C509 I

526 +` o

°'

SR. I?..CSNJ 1 `. a . M n. i. i - 1

I n .

c W1i53T,.,,'<t A-

'4 8 I r..

`Tjr% L UPC, ..

,

C507 . . j 7n!

534

b.:yU'..

t/.,'

-'.522° J504 u C524 .'. :.

..

+270V. +160V. +I.0 V. +27.V AGC KEYING PULSE

PW500 Sealed Circuit Deflection Assembly Composite Diagram

PW500 COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE

C501 Fl C513 Al PC501 Cl R510 Fl R523 A2 R532 E3 R546 FlC502 D2 C514 Al C523 G3 PC502 A3 R511 D2 R524 Al R533 E3 R547 D2

C503 Cl C515 D2 C524 G3 R512 D2 R525 A2 R534 F3 R548 G2

C505 D2 C516 E3 C525 D3 R501 El R513 Cl R526 D2 R536 C3 R549 B1

C506 D1 C517 D3 C526 63 R504 F1 R515 E2 R527 D3 R537 C3

C507 C3 C518 D3 C527 B3 R505 El R516 E2 R520 81 R540 A2 SR501 02

C508 B2 C519 E2 C528 C2 R506 Fl R517 Cl R528 D3 R542 F2

C509 A3 C520 D2 C529 G1 R507 G1 R518 B3 R529 E3 R543 E2

C510 A3 C521 E2 L501 G3 R508 Fl R519 B2 R530 E2 R544 F2

C512 A2 C522 E3 R509 01 R521 C2 R531 E3 R545 F2

119

VOLUME TV -22, MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONSWITCH VOLUME

Chassis Rear View KCSI37P

J,Lr----1 FILTERq4 OKCHE- i

- 1,

R133PASEARLE

SURGELIMITER

T103VERTICALOUTPUT

TRANSFORMEN

V703 WENT

VENT. OSE.a

OUTPUT/

TERM 'C'I -F AGC

/V201S.M.

HOPIS

T207T - - 2ND PO(1-PMT P151 -F TRANS.

PLATE TRANS.

CENTERINMAGNET

1ST PI% V2031-F GRID 4626

I SZIL01.12

v5024AV.SYNCAMP P301

GOY.ARC

R121 3102 SI W TE COILVERT PCIOI INTERLOCK /VSp\LINEARITY ___ .CG7/

apTEN%

r i

I I

0° URTC.\-- __==.-i-------JRHO 2-R122 R129 ° R121J 8120, CRAG

BRIGHTNESS VERTICAL HORIZONTAL HEIGHT NOISE ARCHOLD HOLD STABILIZER

AGG CONTROL ADJUSTMENTPerform the following routine test: Adjust the receiver and antenna

to obtain the best picture from a strong, local station. Quicklyswitch off channel and back, and if the picture distorts and bends,or does not reappear immediately, rotate the AGC control R119,counterclockwise and then clockwise until picture bend occurs. Thenslowly retard the control until the bend is gone. The noise controlshould be turned counterclockwise to the end of rotation beforeadjusting AGC.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTTurn the horizontal hold control R129 clockwise until the picture

falls out of sync, then slowly counterclockwise. The number ofdiagonal black bars sloping dównward to the left will be graduallyreduced, and when only 1 to 3 bars are obtained, slight additionalcounterclockwise rotation of the control should pull the picture intosync. The picture should remain in sync for approximately 1/2 turnof additional counterclockwise rotation. Continue counterclockwiserotation until the picture again falls out of sync, then rotate thecontrol slowly clockwise. The number of diagonal black bars slopingdown to the right will be gradually reduced, and when only 1 to 3bars are obtained, slight additional clockwise rotation should pullthe picture into sync.

If above conditions are not obtained, adjustment of the sine wavecoil may be required (L501A on PW500 deflection board). Removecabinet back as shown in Figure 2. Attach short jumpers acrossL501A and from pin 1 of V502 to ground. Adjust horizontal holdcontrol to obtain a picture with sides vertical (picture may driftslowly). Momentarily remove and re -attach L501A jumper whileadjusting sine coil slug (use nonmetallic tool) until the alternateshorting and unshorting of the coil causes not more than a slightsideways shift of the picture. Remove all jumpers,

C24

"1

R107

7202SOUND SET

IST GRID T201TRANSFORMER SOUND

TAKEOFFTRANS n011

MAC TRAPC(B0TTOM)

0

3 RD AT TP20331-F

TRANS.

INDICATES BLANK PINOR LOCATING KEY

VIOL170611NOWIZ.OUTPUT

V10317A%4/I7D1MDAMPER

LNNMIOTHCAL

J101TOKE

SOCKET

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FORKRK102L VHF TUNER

C26

.4444

Cñ6

Ti

ANTENNAMATCHING

TRANSFORMER

TUNER ASSEMBLY-TMA 34 AVHF TUNER KRK102L-T----

1 L6

r CPR 101

L_c--.-PRoz-J

LT L° I

COIL sTRmCNANN[LS 2 TNRU Li------ J

V2A V2.6CG8A L11 L. ;; 6CG8A

MIXER ` iú

oait) 1tia

OK

RTLIO O.TK

R

I C16T62

2^CW4 Oócáe±

12 1/\ i ióoo

46-- ---°-°f: ''AK TYI

O PILGTGNT

á92K

T á4T'V \A, . 27GV.

RESISTANCE VALVES IN OHMS. K -1000

CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN I IN MF.I4 ABOVE IN MMF. UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

120

2240

56

A C 2

33 IS

RA

GC PC

IOIB

61

4 I R

12

O r

I

NO

ISK

ST

A61

1.J.1

L___ R

139

27oV

5600

TO

PW

200

PT

O P

W 2

00E

.

C 1

19S

MF

C51

1201

A60

1100

TA

K.G

FF

TR

0201

2x K

C2.

1411

.5

l3S

MC

Tap

s

04-6

6

CIR

CU

IT S

CH

EM

AT

IC D

IAG

RA

M F

OR

KC

S137

P C

HA

SSIS

indi

cate

poi

nts

ofob

serv

atio

n

0201

A02

02

IOH

FBS

OIT

INO

OE

T.

66X

6S

OU

1ND

ES

T,

GO

0N0I

-161

110

TR

.sD

UN

D D

ET

tIS

TA

0010

SR

D G

RID

TR

.

AiW

iE c

l .Oq

5

2o3

486

15T

TP

x:-F

IST

. PIX

IfPLATSTR.

4 10

6V T

ID

1

zu c

ola?

TX

110

410

i

C24

1S

4oR

212

C21

0s R

24G

K .0

01S

OK

Icz

1 ¿

CC

.01

=I

haIE

L°_

J

0LU

3101

MF

s

204

390K

111G

0

RR102bK

61

IOOOA3

I

i50

Clll

4270

N

Too

I.w

lE

R15

9T

`á47

K -

2W

GA

Q5A

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

TIO

I

3,3.

.34

PIE

SP

EA

KE

RIO

2W

05

5GM

T2o

,1 W

66

5ET

toe

2N0.

PIX

300.

PIX

. CR

2q2N

DP

I%I-

FT

P2

3R0.

PI%

[-F

1-F

TR

.2N

DO

E7.

1F. T

R.

5..2

136.

0215

SA

HC

0..L

GSOP

142

C51

023

220N

JN

DE

Efl

eOD

V50

2

CS

OG

v >

6

8 50

.003

3 -R

616.

l22

0NR

506

R51

023

03 I

C52

9-Y

e0

Mil.

.001

Tfl5

46R

K39

0

R 5

4147

00 3W

1151

6 05

204l

3SO

K19

60K

2521

2100

5cs

e00

1

PW

500

259

HO

R IZ

HO

LD

65V

.P

-P

1OV

. NE

G.

55V

. PO

S.

PIX

. OU

T O

FV

ER

T. S

YN

C.

0515

2505

L501

6S

INE

WA

VE

1.50

1$N

OM

Z. F

RE

O

VI02

163G

T-I

83G

T1L

v ac

CT

.

R13

)2

V10

9

17A

Y3

1110

2

y101

1311

4131

14.1

21

=al

9

DA

MP

ER

2105

51..2

Mu

-H

CH

O65

0

592

v...

oJJ

OL

LU

v R

T.

RM

Sr-

u-.

ÑÑ

F-5

001¡

T 1

I

A5

21R

.OM

E 2

70K

470

KI

9R12

11V

ME

Vw

G.Ñ

É16

R

12/

--

L---

--M

OO

-P

CIO

ICV

ER

T.L

IN.

RO

SIS

TA

RC

C V

ALU

ES

IN 0

1111

5.5.

1000

CA

PA

CIT

AN

CE

VA

LOR

O L

OS

S T

HA

NIIN

0F,

I AN

O A

SO

Vr

IN 1

.01,

..1.3

53O

050E

IND

ICA

TE

D.

DIR

EC

TIO

N O

F A

RR

OW

S A

T C

ON

TR

OLE

IND

ICA

TE

S C

LOC

KW

ISE

RO

TA

TIO

N.

VO

LTA

GE

S M

EA

50*0

RIT

O 0

00V

ON

MY

R-

AN

D W

ITN

NO

SIG

NA

L IN

PV

TI

AN

D 5

1100

1111

001

10 6

1101

NI l

oW

MN

10 V

. AC

. SV

PK

Y.

M V

OLT

AG

ES

540

1000

0 W

ITH

I M

EO

.1I

4 W

AT

T 0

E51

3100

14 S

ER

IES

WI1

011

E1E

13 P

RO

SE

.

2T0

V.

TR

IOT

305

L -

N/R

A

3

CIOG1R113

010C

.001

19

= o

05F

,10,

000

V.

ME

AS

UR

ED

WR

ITE

55 C

oNT

R.

FIA

LY C

OU

NT

ER

-C10

0IV

CLO

CK

W15

r.

P10

1P

IN V

IEW

J 10

1R

EA

RV

IEW

1111

0LO

OK

0RIS

IITN

ES

S

27O

V.

DE

FL.

YO

KE

3R[

VO

T. C

OIL

611

61,

066

s RE

C.B

LK

RE IO

OM

FT

CH

OK

EC

120A

TT

SR

--}}

_IS

OM

FP

EO

T.

;T.=

I

2104

2105

v101

0101

VI4

2501

V50

3

Í

V10

3V

101

NI4

6E6

SG

MF

SE

5E01

0NF

E 6

G%

6A

Q0

SA

6476

. ID

EM

T11

213

1769

6

C22

5'1.

-S

1110

111

202

[2!0

TS

43

43

014

36

T

4700

.2

2 41

00 >

=C

O20

42

He

C1

Pw

zoo

-Pw

Soo

I

T2

R21

5C

112

150

.004

7

4AV

6.5

03 0

913

SYNC.

.047

390

C50

2 R

549

0010

011

1.11

02.

CI1

5D

10 q

OS

2200

1.20

456

M2

-N

5702

.T

OP

w50

0E

CO

RN

q1B

RA

CK

ET

R10

62.

2 M

EN

1.20

912

02-1

6V

2OIB

010-

022-

010

IOH

F8

TD

)m

yV

IDE

O A

MR

R22

1LO

GS 5

R1o

C22

5 33

027

2-N

1_10

325

0 M

O -

11R

ED

-S

RN

-9M

9 21u

R22

152

29R

x14

.011

410

3600

16

C20

112

FqL

SHIELD

2501

21

C0

PC

502

R52

4C

513

WP7

SI

UT

52.0

0[1

p3-

12K

.Oli

SD

Y. 9

RS

I9S

C)I

R53

5 C

S..2

1091

E4.

OP

24J

IOO

K1.

.001

51

-23v

-IF

-2-5

-II

ós21

lVv

0505

05x5

C30

904

1152

3

R52

0(22

MC

1R

SIS

.047

0022

.015

2-N

220K

/

b T

01

11.2

.10/

10.

C12

102

2T

v105

,V

SO

2 5C

54T

19A

YP

L4.

0 50

07

1250

V.

5101

CIS

O (

SM

.4 O

NLY

).4

101

.--I

1,C

HE

13f

S2

.4p

.021

1 *1

0U

fO

FT

-eN

6WIT

Nfi

eV ts

.nov.<o-rTa60r-e

C11

9AL1

04.'R

EC

TT

nli

LI0

531

T.1

V10

519

AY

P4

KIN

ES

CO

PE

5102

PO

LAR

IZE

D IN

TLR

LOC

K(L

AR

G1

1(08

4)

Cir

cuit

Sche

mat

icfo

r K

CS1

37P

Cha

ssis

175V

.P

-P

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA VICTORChassis

KCS141A,K&LMaterial on pages 122-124. PW200 cir-cuit board same as illustrated on page 119.Remote control KRS-26A circuit and boardPW900 same as data on pages 117 and 118.Alignment material on pages 131-133.

WIDTHThe width adjustments is made with L101. The picture may be

adjusted to fill the mask with a line voltage of 108 volts,. and withnormal line voltage, the raster should overscan the mask about ginch on each side. "Normal" line voltage is 120 volts.

FOR CHANNEL 13,,CENTER HOLE IN 12

FINE TUNING CAMOVER ADJ. SCREW

OSCILLATORADJUSTMENTS

SET FINE TUNINGSHAFT AT MECHANICALCENTER OF ITS RANGE

Concentric Fine Tuning-Manual

One -Set Fine Tuning-Remote

ANTELANDMATTRANS.

C227

O TO -BV.

27

LF.

L3 TRAP

l 00CSIO _ t

AI 6CW4I472 RE AMR

L11O L21L10

51-DFRONT

MODEL CHASSIS NAME

94 -A -171 -MV KCS141A94 -A -171 -MU KCS141K94 -A -172 -MV KCS141A "HERALDER"94 -A -172 -MU KCS141K94 -A -176 -MV KCS141A94 -A -176 -MU KCS141K94 -A -183 -MV KCS141A94 -A -183 -MU KCS141K94 -A -186 -MV KCS141A "CAMPAIGNER"94 -A -186 -MU KCS141K

*94 -A -182 -RS KCS141L*94 -A -183 -RS KCS141L

*These models incorporate a KRT4B (3 button) Remote ControlTransmitter and a KRS26A Remote Control Amplifier.

DEFLECTION YOKEIf .the picture is tilted, loosen the yoke clamp screw and rotate

the yoke to level the picture. Retighten the yoke clamp.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITYIf the blanking bar changed size while moving down, alternately

adjust the height and vertical linearity controls for best verticalproportions. Final vertical size should allow the raster to overlapthe mask about 5,á inch at top and bottom with normal (120 volts)line voltage.

TUNER ASSY.-TMA 32AVHF TUNER-KRK 103L

13

2

31.32

L13 5I -CFRONT

6-2v. To -4V.

NI -BANDCOUPLING ADJ1.54 1.341,

L3T1L3B

I 13 I1oTa

gét0 S("1/ c 1 C19

T 8T

S 5496 S1 -C

REAR

FRONT *REAR SECTIONS OF SWITCH SI -A, -B, -C4-0, ARE VIEWED FROM FRONT WITH THECONTROL SHAFT IN CHANNEL 2 POSITION.RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. 2.1000CAPACITANCE VALUES LESS THAN I DIMEt4 ABOVE IN MME UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.BLACK DOT IN SWITCH ROTOR SEGMENTINDICATES THOU CONNECTION.

e OSE ICON ISOLATION RESISTOR IN SERIES WITH PROBE.

C92.033

V2 -A

6EA8 LIIMIXER Á nTi!1-E

103V. 6 R96 1000

L4L4B12

L4y11

L501

L5éL5

L53 -

V2 -B

GEMSOSC. RIO

8200

eI12v.

_016 5600

12

T

r47'3 C14

L55 I 10L54

025 51-AFRONT

V1 V26CW4 6EA8

10r12 514L5B

4-T'eT`r_ cvTcec

O9 C22aT R11

. -tt000SDYNO-96. 75N

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KRK103L° T(Used in VHF Models)

,c020211

000 R92144 Et+

_09110 210V

T.047

122

T20

; AS

OU

ND

TA

KE

-O

FF

TR

AN

S.

V20

4A.

6HF

850

000

CIR

CU

IT S

CH

EM

AT

IC D

IAG

RA

M F

OR

KC

S141

A, K

& L

CH

ASS

IST

202

SO

UN

D 0

E1.

.1S

T G

RID

TR

AN

S

P W

200 C

2p4

SG

-1.2V.2

+9+

V

c2o1

1"R

y0o5

llf--

.

1ó7

iI

(207

114

?80

1I

1C20

6

C20

21-

0202

310

p15

r-IC

237

S R

20I

-270

¡ 01

347,

V20

202

036

G50

00I0

EN

T

50U

ND

DE

T i

I ST

AU

DIÓ

RO

4R1D

TR

AN

9.

6HZ

6

-1.5

V

5

LT4.

7 _

JC

20B

31-y

v2.

Sv

.OI

(209

1--

R20

3T.0

01 T

5560

=47

00

W10

R10

31

ME

G.

VL.I

6AQ

5PS

AU

DIO

OU

TP

UT

CI -

3Gl

2

R16

1 1

4162

413!

1L4

4N.

+8

3908

?M

EG

. BO

OS

T R

102

T

R15

969

0!

+21

0V.

-4

PW

500

E

+21

6 v.

TIO

141

J010

OU

TP

UT

TR

AN

S.

BLU

+07

0*..

I I(1

19B

10 M

FD

ALL

VO

LTA

GE

S E

XC

EP

T P

EA

K -

TO

-P

EA

K V

OLT

AG

ES

ME

AS

UR

ED

UN

DE

R N

O S

IGN

AL

CO

ND

ITIO

NS

WIT

HT

UN

ER

AN

TE

NN

A T

ER

MIN

ALS

SH

OR

TE

D A

T B

ALU

N.

RE

AD

ING

S S

HO

ULD

HO

LD W

ITH

IN 1

-20%

WIT

H 1

20V

OLT

A.C

. SU

PP

LY.

RE

SIS

TA

NC

E V

ALU

ES

MO

RN

S. K

.100

0C

AP

AC

ITA

NC

E V

ALU

ES

LE

SS

TN

N I

IN M

81(

AB

OV

E IN

MM

E U

NLE

SS

OT

NE

RW

ISE

IND

ICA

TE

D.

DIR

EC

TIO

N O

F A

RR

OW

S A

T C

ON

TR

OLS

IND

ICA

TE

S C

LOC

KW

ISE

RO

TA

TIO

N.

1204

-1S

T P

IK1

-

GR

IDTRANS.

C23}4TRAP

4T

C 240 R2

Pi

W10

156

1515O

T

cCIZ

Y-T

(j210

- T

205

143i

5P/8

2 4

Í53T

1(.

2154

[2,0

008

+.B

y.-

'4I

110

SR

210

It 5E

,C

2411

.-!'Z

'''''';

2100

1 T

I.001

1115

:-=

0 r

Z47

.25M

CC

0421

TR

AP

C21

1 -r

.01

0011

(

V20

3T

2O6

6B86

15T

PLA

TC

TR

AN

S.

S PIK 1-F 1P 201

-

5 41

10V

.1

R24

4R

215

1G

BO

O

C22

0 R

216

0211

001

12

820

5-02

111.

R21

2R

217

5KIR

50K

820

RF

. AG

CC

103_

1_Y

213

LC29

1500

1.0

01Lz

01-

6GM

62N

DP

I{ K

EW

L3

4255

9-

5204

2Ró

VI%

_V

205

1aR

s.6E

W6

TR

AT

P20

2 3R

D P

IA.I-

F

R2l

e68

00 41

5a1

75*.

1

0200

jFC

R 2

01T

TR

AN

S 2

120U

E

I1

(224

C2

T s

Ts

6=

19pK

0201

BT

201B

L20

G58

200

íeK

436

4-H

6H F

84.

5/6,

E.3

90Y

EL-

YE

L-B

WL

1220

9MU

-HR

.V

IDE

O A

MT

R`A

MU

-1.1

5R

222

V10

-R

EO

-I3

1., 9

1AV

.

330

,D

1022

320

SS

R2g

tC2z

z 82

21IS

"250

51Ó

8315

D}

-IÁ

0474

704

-g"

-L2

02

L20á

R23

72.

lMU

-N 1

0K

R22

3

r-V

202

0201

35.0

0C

23U

-L,

64A

6 60

03 _

.004

1;

NO

RM

AL

CO

NT

RA

ST

ST

RO

NG

SIG

NA

L

701

-Z)

0,11

,1I

11 A

3__

_ -

JP

CIO

IA

35

TO

N,

OK

IS H

4

PW

5001

°D

6

41C

226

1_3.

022

4112

v.

2351

.00I

g±I-

-oP

CS

MF

D1

TO

OW

500

K

NIM

M4

OF

R50

0 -I

SIS

GJ

C22

1

R24

210

01

4

C10

5

70 V

_

6KÁ

822

K6

I9T

NV

501/

3i(S

OG

6K A

8A

g9IG

ICb

1508

R51

5-.0

033

SY

NC

.

V' R

50T

l22

0K1

ME

G.

ME

CC

C50

5T

24R

510

)1

R5,

50:

C52

90

ME

G21

0

GT

CpI

ID

R50

1

r- _

,l L

21K

8504

I4'

GG

0501

180K

-21

0VIR

120

1553

.003

3LI

SK

l0

0jR

543

PC

1018

8505

4f2

KS

YN

CR

552$

6 ,

ST

BIL

5600

ME

G

0451

.1.

PWiO

OP

R51

690

V.\J

J21

0:

R54

5£IO

K

050;

100

t 054

412

2 K

(--

6851

505

33

332

R55

0 F

lail

C53

31

8211

1110

8100

22)I

251

2 L

IC50

422

0KIi

R51

1

68K

6E1V

ER

T17

r3rt

szz

BK

RK

s13

RM

RiiT

vER

r ou

rwr

- I

51X

RP

UT

IT

RA

NS

R11

1

11a

oV,

R51

900

6810

1.(

V11

22 R

R$

C5

.000

222s

5 °

BI.0

e Y

EL

330o

CIO

B

ME

4_C

521

FC

502"

120K

410

Tóé

rill

1-O

5-

2lK

}°4

T20

01REO

Spp

Cói

Rs2+

RS

IB :.

1.0

022

1000

Q C

512

39

R52

oSE

'_50

27.1

-4

z.27

,511

80:

rME

6:.0

047

+19

v.

zzO

Kr

0101

1~

Ó9

RS

23

It85

40R

=10

0a39K

210

MFD

1107

30 K

CONiRAST

21R

110

3 B

RI4

HT

NC

SS

=N

0N

Ke3

U

8122

pv11

,O

KE

G2r

OV

.i9

I PC

IOIC

VE

=1p

lpR

145

LI

1ME

216

.00

0Nl

R14

G1

'EIG

HT

410K

9503

4700

4G

CG

7/6F

Q7

0001

2 O

NE

.

+28

2 V

.B

5602

Rá2

8 85

214jK

3922

Mor

t±52

p`+

41-j1

CS

I05

30 4

101

4Ñ12

025

00C

520

105

6 T

/030

.r

58501

C519 8531

C511

1.00

1 n0

1 0

0

600

P -

PV

ER

T

a5-P

VE

RT

II

x2(4

525O

T.L

K05

00l

R53

6-3

60=

390

N `

G52

920

'

410

TR

53G

CR

5 05

26¡7

5,*.

I./1L

SO

IAr

Te

II'=

SIN

E10

VSO

I1.0

01v5

03W

AV

EN

OR

1B

Ñ^

1.6

rO1

FR

EQ

.

spy

VA

A

1129

I

+nn

4,0,

132I

WIO

4ug

£ 6500

.P

-P

40V

P -

P

OMAt

TM

1M11

101.

»

6,18

6N

OR

12. O

UT

PU

T

! 812

405

0V

ER

T. L

IN

1pí2

,

V10

5

19A

YP4

*102

IG31

Gr-

/T

RA

N a

Hi8

yv77

.V

EI

T

18.9

60

NE

G.

NIN

E

K.'

51G3

000

1133

e

1.2

C8ó

i11

0

03

i2F

=/L

lo1

6ÁY

3

5}f

'°T

"D

AM

PE

R

1211

.022

IR

IGA

-T39

(Um

., O

NLY

)T

.I z

w I

IS

UP

PR

ES

SO

RT

2T01

6I

CO

NN

EC

TIO

N-

L

011M

U N

nrr

1102

8.2

NU

M

(110

-650

I3 IT

2r0

V.

0018

2L1

06

4R2T

1L10

115

0 R

12G

150

I-R

EO

-BLK

Chi

p

- J

OE

FL.

YO

KE

Bal

loon

s ®

i , Q

, etc

., sh

own

on s

chem

atic

indi

cate

poi

nts

ofob

serv

atio

nof

the

wav

efor

ms

show

n be

low

the

sche

mat

ic.

2705

P -

P

,105

I

...,..

61vR

J101

RE

AR

VIE

W

Ñlv

i0

vE

w

FI0

1G

11B

PO

RrR

<xp

KE

4A'9

"" R

ED

RE

DW

RT

-:

,I2

1V.

r0K

4C

119A

IllO

IR

UT

F10

24,

.

284'

YF

103

O28

AW

G

Cir

cuit

Sche

mat

icD

iagr

am f

or K

CS1

41 C

hass

isSe

ries

with

the

KR

K10

3LV

HF

Tun

er

2250

P -

P

RE

D

8

AC

BR

SA

RIO

G2.

5ME4.-

1200

60-

-R

OW

ER

509

91.0F

s1F

ON-OFF SWITCH

.041

.047 51

02IN

TE

RLO

CK

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION

RCA Victor Chassis KCS-141A, K, L, Continued

/// / ClT204 /IST PIX I -F / I I

GRID TRANS --i -I-(BOTTOM/ I

41.25MC.I i I

I

TRAP

TIOIAUDIO

OUTPUT

HIGH VOLTAGECABLE

CI19CAPACITOR

t -

TERM "C-F ABC

T205a_ 39.25MC.TRAP(TOP)

4Z25MC.TRAPTOP ---_ (POTTOM)

I 6BZ6J 1ST PIX I -F

AUDIOOUTPUT

/V204\/ 6GM62NDPIX I -F

.1P201

T206 '-12071ST PIX I -F 2ND PIX I -FPLATE TRANS. TRANS.

1203SOUND CET.

3RD GRIDTRANS

o6GX6

SOUND DETBIS\ T A11D10

/ V20516EW63RD PIX I -F

F101

01R'--Il1,/,-,---:-.:-":,';\ I Ii- \ \ I

% / /% VI02 \\ ,,'1 --µ.-- r-\ -44t- I jl (I'II' T102I\ \\ IG3/IB3 // sill_7'--J--,t_---

\'..'------1..5,\\\ \\ //

.I71 Il`%i`\\ / I -VOLT Ijfj\/ RECTIFIER "r -T

k©/

//

O LIOI

WIDTH COIL

VERTICAL BRIGHTNESS HORIZONALr \ /^ JR1ÍÓ \I RI29

/ ` %.\ \ )-4I

y

HORIZ.OSC

1202SOUND DET.

IST GRIDTRANS

1208TOP& BOTTOM

3RD PIXI -F TRANS.

V2016HF8

VIDEO &SOUND

VERT. LINEARITY

HORIZ. OUTPUT

1201SOUND TAKE -OFF

TRANS(TOP)O 4.5MC. TRAP

(BOTTOM)

TOP

BOTTOM

FO rk\\ NEIGHTS y

IYNC.STAI

\ \ L-r-7103VERTICAL OUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

IC7 0 5102 0)Lh___ 1

Chassis Rear View KCS141 Series

270 VOLTS

R542

504

R537

LL

124

RI21

120

-IFAGC

O.{ R509 }O

C(4529)3

0 R546_.e.

SINE COIL

C501 G4 C514 A2C502 E4 C515 D4C505 F3 C516 D4C506 F3 C517 C4C507 C5 C518 C3C508 B3 C519 ClC509 A5 C520 ClC510 A4 C521 D1C512 A3 D522 D3C513 Al C523 E3

C524 D4 PC501 . E5C525 D4 PC502 .A5C526 E2C527 B4 R501 F4C528 C2 R504 F3C529 G1 R505 G5C533 D5 R506 F4C534 E5 R507 G1

R508 F1L501 E4 R509 G1

R510 F2 R524 AlR511 05 R525 A2R512 F5 R526 C4R515 E2 R527 C3R516 F2 R528 C2R518 B4 R529 C2R519 B3 R530 C1R520 B2 R531 D2R521 C2 R532 D3R522 A2 R533 05

R534 E3 R550 F5R536 D3 R552 F4R537 E2 R553 F5R540 A3R542 El SR501 ....D3R543 F1R544 E5R545 E2R546 G1R547 C4

PW500 Sealed Circuit Deflection Assembly Composite Diagram

124

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN-NEEDED 1964

RCA Vicio RChassis KCS-144 A & B

MODEL CHASSIS

94 -A -132 -MV KCS144A94 -A -132 -MU KCS144B94 -A -136 -MV KCS144A94 -A -136 -MU KCS144B94 -A -137 -MV KCS144A94 -A -137 -MU KCS144B

Chassis and Kinescope Removal

For details on PW200 circuit assembly usedin these sets, see such data in another sec-tion on page 119; for alignment, pages 131-133.

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENTPerform the following routine test: Adjust the receiver and an-

tenna to obtain the best picture from a strong, local station. Quicklyswitch off channel and back, and if the picture distorts and bends,or does not reappear immediately, rotate the AGC control R501,counterclockwise and then clockwise until picture bend occurs. Thenslowly retard control until the bend is gone. The noise stabilizercontrol should be turned counterclockwise to the end of rotationbefore adjusting AGC.

VHFANTENNA

INPUT

T 101AUDIOOUTPUT

TRANSFORMER,L

0T206

163/IB3-6TH.V RECT

D

5 101YOKESOCKET

17JB6 O`HORIZ 17AY3

V OUTPUT DAMPER

8KÁ8.AGC&SYNC

L501ÁSINE COIL

8FQ7HORIZ0SC

O VERT Esc aVERT OUTPUT

) l

CHASSIS REAR VIEW

oC501 a

IMOR501AGC

C560oH6 r,...''. r RS21

pry

R S57

a9 Bt `© ' c55r BfQ7 H5 R567 C51

R556 R564 CSS2

e

Cn5 l 5R5o1V R553 l

o{ R554 E0 0{ g653o , R569

C556

.o

aC554c RS52'i R53 PC502

R538 C333IJ

' C.36

PC501

R544VERT LIN.

5536VERT. HOLD

C334` _ I l r .

oao R533,M1

C539 13 GF7 83

óCó05

PW500 Sealed Circuit Assembly (Dell.)

R502NOISE STABR501AGC

R560HORIZ HOLDCONTROL

R544VERT LINCONTROL

R536VERT HOLDCONTROL

R534VERT HEIGHTCONTROL

C501 81 R510 A3

C502 Al R511 A3

C522 83 R512 A2

C523 B2 R513 AlC524 . B2 R514 AlC526 87 R515 AlC532 C5 R516 A2

0533 B6 R521 B4

C534 A6 R522 83C535 B6 R523 83C536 A5 R524 A2

C537 B7 R525 A2

C539 A7 R531 C3

C551 84 R533 C6C552 84 R534 C6

C553 85 R535 870554 A5 R536 C5C555 AS R538 A5

C556 A5 R540 A7

C557 A4 R541 A7

C558 A3 R542 C6C559 A4 R543 B6

C560 B3 R544 C4C561 83 R545 86C562 B3 R551 B5

L501 A3 R553 85R554 A5

PC501 C2 R555 A5PC502 C5 R556 A4PC503 A7

R557 B4

R501 C2 R558 03R502 Cl R559 85R503 82 R560 C3R504 B1 R561 B4R505 B2 R562 B3R506 B2 R563 63R507 BI

R564 B4R508 B2R509 B3 SR501 B5

PW500 LOCATION GUIDE

125

TODD 0104 1101 RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. 0.1000.VL1OHF8 SOUNDDET 6GX6IVHF) SOUN00ET. AuoloouTPUTTRANS.

W200 +.130v. ---1(6H26 UHFONLY)

0205 1

3 .001

0$023

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR I{CS144A & B CHASSISV201Á T202 0202

6AQSAAUDIO OUTPUT

PM SPEAK,'

C204St -.1P 2

T201ASOUNDTAKEOFFTRANS.

R201

C203 i4T2018 7235I2 4.5 MC 270

y_.. TRAP

SOUND I.F. 6RI0 TRANS. 1St AUDIO a SOUND DET. 3rd GRIDTRANS.

4270Yw

r -- T204---1 0203pI St Pm. IF.GRID TEASE' 46Z6I C23 41.35543; 1M.PIK.I.F.

47 TRAP

C240II TPI

5

F WI01 Al IINRI- P101

22

C214

nI

.r711123 .22

`1 17W500 úo c Oó V601A

4 IA --31 V28KA8CJCT. O1O9 8F 8601 1

AGC

CIIO 1 I K IA.

TO P

TO PW200-2 p

TO7UNE8HEATER

R509I2K2W

R5075.6 MEG.

R201470IW

7200SSt.PIK. LF.PLATE TRAN6.

514 R.i6220K 1 MEG

1W

8613LS KS

C502.001

05111062W_

R62222K

1255733K

V2045GM62nd.PIK.I.F.

72072nd PIK. I.E

TRANS.o

K T.

0219150

R220 -It-15600 -

KO .001

+2700 R10I

R119eW

47KW

V205 7206 CR201 L2045EW6 3rd.MK.I.F. 2nd. 36FI11

3rd.PIP.LF. TRANS. DOT. YEL:YEL-5ML

-

F V501 GO JOV28KA8

SYNC.

RS1210MEG.

65504W +1+5Y11

65601000V503

8FQ71R654 8555 NORIZ390K 560K 06 050.

8551 855210014 10016

0554

1500I - 1

L -

100

;M1 50.501

PW SOOVIDS 1 V502

19AYP4 130 F7IH3

t 1 4 5

LNORMALCONTRAST

STRONGSIGNAL

C555.001

6557470

}R558 I120K00556

I.0360560

25KNORIO. HOLD

-TN 200VE01 vE03 V203EKAE 8f07 I 4626

114 142 III 045 NI L201

4 4 5 3 4

130V.P -P

02281 ]4700L

36 V.

R53182K

C523 q.0033+25Y.rv

R524270K

C6270

R525

C532-.0012".

PC 502r-- I 05321?;

ÉÉ

TC531 1 105622 '°°2 i >390K

02 I

C558470

*200Y.

V5 O2A

1136E7VERY OSO. IC535

.015

rapa. 8C634.033

L20972PNVIoL67-RED -INK

tiü0'

1 Rm536i053533KrJD022

65381.0024

+270Y. 3-P- 12 I

V201B

)410H F8VIDEO AMO0o v.

9

R534C533 6362 1

1MEG.0.541 HE=ONT00K

I T N1066ÓKº 0M V RT HÓLD I 11r-_ -_ RÍ -28

40544000T 43.21

i2'oVV1o1

17J86 7102NORI2.0UTPUT H.VT0.ANS.

(VHF ONLY) .....r

C539015

N -42O Íclo9i6'

64%TT1 I

R5616µ

F19

C ÓÍOF

45.1411,4---áLOGIA 2 F5,0,1p.

R WAVE

SINE

C1061000

ROSS22011 L- 3

13W

riiJéi

sSUPPRESSOR 1

I CONNÍCTION`

Bt ;

vi(UNF ONLY)

+270V.L _ - -- -

5

R104

WÑTRA5T

YR226

620682007w

390yHORN-WN1

1C227ERN T100

90

V5028Vz13GF71FRT.OVTPUT

O

R544

RTOVE LI

V102

1G3GGT/183-GTN.V. SECT

+2700

V204 V206 V201 V202 V104 V103 V101SOM6 SEW6 1014F8 6006 I 6AQSA VATS 17J66

L202 H2 143 144 5516626)16

3 40229

60V.P -P

340V.P -P

3 5 4 3 4 1 4 30230 C242

I4700 IDDi

J

650VP -P

280 V.P -P

4

R228iBK2W

56002921W

TO PW500-R

Ví03

17AY3DAMPER

L1025.2101 CI09

C61H OK04E F..4A11

611 EL

t L113A C112ÁI100PF IB0PFi

CAPACITANCE 101WE5 LESS THAN 1 IN MF.I AND ABOVE IN MMF.UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VOLTOHMYST 8WITH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND SHOULD HOLDWITHIN 320% WITH 120V. AC SUPPLY.

if VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH 1MEG.y2 WATTRESISTOR IN SERIES WITH METER PROBE.

L207180>rH y5R06ORY.6R9.

000

32303900

"..R232(1 MEG

C124.22T --

T103VERT. OUTPUT

TRANS.

8.20404

0 V.

C104.0047

RED/BLK.7

-PV :100-A

TO00-Á

( HORI2. PULSE)

R1291000

V105

19AYP4KINESCOPE

RI21

270V.

R1222006RRIO6TNE55

ti 46 P101 5PIN VIEW

.1101REAR VIEW

5101C111 0113 OFF -ON 0102

50101 1S0KF 5 SWRCN INTERLOCK

1 Ci16 LI09

5R .I.001

1

6 CtlBjl 1200.

.1 I}.1 I1_ FOSUPPLY

Balloons 10, ®, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.

40v.P -P

110 V.

P -P

60V.P -P

170V.P -P

SET DETENTTO CHANNEL 13

LOCALOSCILLATOR

CHANNEL 13ADJUSTMENT

ACCESS HOLE

FLATTEDSHAFT

CHANNEL 6ACCESS HOLE

126VHF Oscillator Adjustment

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MODEL CHASSIS

RCA VICTOR(For sound alignment see page 131; forPW500 deflection board view see page 136.)

CENTERING

If the picture does not fill the screen, it may be necessary to centerthe picture with the 2 disc magnets mounted behind the yoke cover.Both horizontal and vertical centering are accomplished at once byrotating the discs together or separately. Perform this adjustmentalong with vertical height, vertical linearity, and width, as theyare all interdependent.

A BAGC (NOMINAL)

C201 F2 R204 .... ClC202 02 R206 .... 81C203 F3 R207 .... AlC204 F2 R208 .... B2C205 E2 R209 .... B1

*C208 D2 R210 .... A2*C209 El R211 .... B2

C212 D1 R212 .... B2C213 Cl R213 B1....C214 A1 R214 .... C2

R215 .... B38216 .... B3R217 .... C28218 .... C2R219 . . . . D3R221 .... D2R222 .... E3R223 .... F3R224 .... G3R225 .... F1

R226 .... FIR227 .... F1

R228 .... G18229 .... G2R230 .... G1R232 .... 01R235 .... C2R236 .... F1

R237 .... F3R238 .... F1

R242 .... G1L202 C3 R243 .... E2

L203 E3 *R245 .... Dl

L204 E3 T201 .... G2L205 E3L206 G2 1202 ElL207 G2 T203 ClL209 F3 T204 Al

T205 81R201 El 1206 B3R202 E2 T207 C3R203 El T2G8 D3

* Under Board

C215 .... Al

C216 .... B2

C217 .... B1

C218 .... B2

C219 .... B2

C220 .... 82

C221 .... C2

C223 .... D2

C224 ....- D3

C225 .... E3

C226 .... G3

C227C228 .... A3

*C229 .... B3

*C230 .... D3

C235 .... F2

C237 .... Fl

C238 .... F1

*C242 .... D1

*C245 .... E2

*C246 .... D2

CR201 ... E3

PW200 LOCATION GUIDE

VHFANTENNA

INPUT

94-A-083, 4 MV KCS143A94-A-083, 4 MU KCS143B

94-A-102, 7, 9 MV KCS143A94-A-102, 7, 9 MU KCS143B

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATORThe horizontal sine wave coil is adjusted by temporarily attaching

a short jumper across the coil (L50IA) and another jumper fromPin 2 of 8KA8 to ground. Carefully adjust the horizontal hold forleast sideways drift of the picture and remove the coil jumper.Again stop the sideways drift (if any) by adjusting the sine wavecoil slug with nonmetallic tool. Remove all jumpers.

WIDTHThe width adjustments is made with L101. The picture may be

adjusted to fill the mask with a line voltage of 108 volts, and withnormal line voltage, the raster should overscan the mask about 5/8inch on each side. 'Normal" line voltage is 120 volts.

C1

4ae,rr,.'iR2141g `1R23S; e V 021"

223 R

+270V

ON/OFF-VOLUME CONTROL

PW200-I-F, Video Board

E+160V.

IF

+270V

20

VIDEO SIGNAL

CONTRASTCONTROL

G

L_1

T 101AUDIOOUTPUT

TRANSFORMER-

T205

0

48Z61ST IF

T206

5GM2NDIF

T203

eGX6 T202SOUND O

AU&ISTDO

O5EW63RDPIX

T207 IF2ND PIX IF TRANS

`T 208

O

OoO

oO

oO

O

OAUDIOOUTPUT

.

OSID2o

O O O O

O FUSE1,F-101

/ \

R113

U

153/ 163 -ITH.V RECT

IO HERVIDEO

SOUND IF

U

O

T201

YOKE

17JB6HORIZ

O OUTPUT

/ 101YOKESOCKET

Off .17AY3

DAMPER

8KA8AGC&SYN

L501ÁSINE COIL

C

8FQ7HORIZOSC

OVERT OSC &

VERT OUTPUT

~ O

a/ry.6o

Chassis Rear View

Mug

R 501AG CCONTROL

R571BRIGHTNESSCONTROL

R560HORIZ HOLDCONTROL.

R544VERT LINCONTROL

R536VERT HOLDCONTROL

R534VERT HEIGHTCONTROL

127

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KCS143A & B CHASSISV201Á 1202 V202 7203

1,210HF8 SOUND DET. 6GX6(VHF) SOUND PET

SOUND LE GRID TRANS. IKAUDI5650UNODET 31d GRID TRANS.

PW 2-00 2ºK -.1(6/4 ONLY)-- 26 ONF

f iD .ITS.

C20456 _3Y.

r1

1204'

I

1st PIK.I.F.GRID T0..

1

v Iwim A

PI01 v *IVNF90214

.5% IUNFSO VIc,0211,

PW200z I P

V2034BZ6

182FIR,I.F.

I TPI

R209' 56

1000

T205147.25MC C216- C217LTAAP .WI= .00IIjO

R501506AGC

C5521OÍ 0

I R551

R553C1061000

r30T .39

0D v50IAY28KA8

AGO

205.001

C209680 401 020

1.01

T2061st. PIA. I.F.PLATE TRANS

R51522K

5GM6and. PIG, I.F.

12072nd PIS. I.0

TRANS.K

OF V501B D

Yz8KA8SYNC.

R509 15111 'pdfi3' 1.2ME0. I

12K V60.TXOLO Zi B20K12K 2W{

PC 502 NIO560K= OM2WTRS3I i R532 ' r -- - - - RÍ28- -

10551 R522 F 82FIL 110K Ip 1 4 +R 00oST

R510 82 6521 47K 1 Í'.Y 31 FB 14700 396 ÚK 1 C5311 2562

+2705V101 5102 V103

R657 cszz21 39aK 17J86 7102 163'GT/1B3'6T 17AY3L---' H0R12.0UTIUT N.V.TRANS. N.V.RECT. DAMPRR

39K_

100 T Oa (VHF ONLY) . ,`.,

Be v

R524270K

TO Jc1R214 6 R2170BI-F62001

iC223 C24.C222 401 6801'

R22150 0047 470

KO Áo1

W102_

TEL

V104 T101

6AQ5A. Au010

AUDIO OUTPUT

C1I3D200F

70 PW500 P

CR201 L204 L2092nd. 3601 7204DET. YEL:YLL:BIU. VIOLET

REDBLR

} II1533 I CS34O 50.12.2ME6. 8 .033

C 37 i R539 T

.0082 13 6015. 1-y

0538.2535 I 21_00241

L2205 _

R702 TCñ3c

12700

14101 F/48VIDEO AMR

R5341 MEG.

HEIGHT

SPEAKE

610430KCO BAST

0.228

OW _T

C112C

-11o0PF

1I

L12,r 01261

------.....'1'427130.B'J T '

z9wlI (UHF

R'I

4 L___ J101-PIN L1045101

-$22700 CHOKE FI01 Cnl RI1S OFFON 5102- ,4A SR101 15W<M/A INTERLOCKPW500 --- IrW2OO ---- 27000.FD VEL

v502 V501 VS03

0116 T0116 LI09

19AYP4 ! 15057 6KA6 BFQ I 4826 5GM6 SEWS IOHFIS BÓX6I V104 0103

BApSA lAV3 I]JB6 + CII3A CII2A OUISRHK lOUl Otl] [II 120V

H2 NI H5 Ns I NI L201 L202 M2 N3 H4 NS(6H26)N6IIIOOyF i50PF _ .I T .I 80T 1 1- SUPPLY

RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. 11.1000.

CAPACITANCE WLUES LESS THAN 1 IN MP.I MID ABOVE IN MMF.UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH WLTOHMYSTWITH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND SHOULD HOLDWITHIN 220% WITH 120V. AC SUPPLY.

M VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH IMEG.I WATTRESISTOR IN SERIES WITH METER PROBE.

L207180yNsur-BRK

1105VERT. OUTPUT

TRANS.C

510IIe YEL

r--1 15I 2 1 R571 B2 1

20oKNRIGNTNF35

PART OF I

PW500

3

V105

19AYP4KINESCOPE

DE FL. YOKEr 105 L108 2

REO/BLS.

ToPW50O-A

( HORI2. PULSE)

6 P101PIN VIEW

6"RIREAR VIEW

270 V.

TO 6 1

TUNERHEATERS

NORMALCONTRAST

STRONGSIGNAL

I C555S00

_ 5R50

47K º6 v. N º

+260 v C360 R10'

V503 1000 C 47 3 010'8F071 6

auo .a4R554 0555 OM2 0.561 470K

390VK- 56011 7 -71.o_20 v. --.66KC4T.n ..

ó59 4701t

R556 Fp 5 3e L5018Z120K

I 2200 : 4s.Y II HORIZ.

- C005C556

3LS NIÉ ZS FREp.

Z.G56 R561NJI - R560

23 WAVF

25KNORI2.HOL0

4 5 9 q 4 5 3 4 3 4C228 022s4700 14700L1_---

130V.P -P

60V.P -P

340V,P -P

650VP -P

280 V.P -P

r 17JB6 1I I EUPIRESSOR I

I COON CTION,_

5 4 3 40230 C242

14700

Balloons Qi , ®, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.

40V.P -P

110 V.

P -P

4 5 4

81291000

60V.P -P

170V.P -P

Chassis Removal andSafety Glass Cleaning

128

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

HORIZONTALThe horizontal sine wave

a short jumper across thePin 2 of 6KA8 to ground.least sideways drift ofAgain stop the sidewayscoil slug with nonmetallic

RCA VICTOR

OSCILLATORcoil is adjusted by

coil (L501A) andCarefully adjust

the picture and removedrift (if any) by adjusting

tool. Remove all

temporarilyanother

the horizontalthe

jumpers.

jumper

coilthe sine

attachingfrom

hold forjumper.

wave

MODEL CHASSIS

94A -160 -MU KCS.147B

CENTERINGIf the picture does not fill the screen, it may be necessary to center

the picture with the 2 disc magnets mounted behind the yoke cover.Both horizontal and vertical centering are accomplished at once byrotating the discs together or separately. Perform this adjustmentalong with vertical height, vertical linearity, and width, as theyare all interdependent.

A I B I

cI

DI E 1 F I

G

AGC(NOMINAL) I00V. +160V. +270V.ff

Q. , ,^ qi ¡^-. B228 O:y

... Nr--:.1-21. ppR226 V T.C21 . tif+'- L R238A <01117,41-2N-CCI

gT205iC211. .:

E414 M.e ¡T2o. R2510 x si R2

og,I.1,', 4ÍR214lo V a ... ..2 ,{R21U

12

021 R211

.1R221

C205 V20IG220 . 45217 p ! 4223

'4up . .1219

Z 7 : Qg-º_

R le H4 i8w.s e RT2s

T2Ó6 215V203

1r20E1 ri iY : -. . . l/Y, q,lcvg

6 I g 121' '`iL 1

°17211V ,e 4.s H C2 5 T

C

q M ./'\ '` P202 221 bIL2041C35 O >. R22

0228TP201

L201

o J _V204 L202 .... -: Cr'y u7 CR201 W

..oR224''` C228 O:e

._ L20" ...o ... ... .. .

DETECTOR SIGNALI 171'Idi:[T]+270V /PW200 COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE VIDEO SIGNAL

C201 F2C202 G20203 F3C204 F2C205 E2

*C208 D2*C209 El

C212 D1C213 C1C214 AlC215 AlC216 B2

C217 131

C218 82C219 B2C220 B2C221 C2C222 C3C223 D2C224 D3C225 E3C226 G3C227 G3C228 A3

C230 D3 L204 E3 R208 B2 R221 D2 R236 Fl T207 C3

C235 F2 L205 E3 R209 B1 R222 E3 R237 F3 T208 D3

C237 F1 L206 G2 R210 A2 R223 F3 R238 FlC238 F1 L207 G2 R211 B2 R224 G3 R242 01 *Under Board

*C245 E2 L209 F3 R212 B2 R225 Fl R243 E2 tPrinted*C246 D2 R213 B1 R226 Fl *R245 D1

R201 El R214 C2 R227 ......F1 T201 G2

CR201 ....E3 R202 E2 R215 B3 R228 G1 7202 ElR203 E1 R216 B3 R229 G2 T203 Cl

tL201 83 R204 Cl R217 C2 R230 G1 T204 AlL202 C3 R206 B1 R218 C2 R232 Cl T205 131

L203 F3 R207 Al R219 D3 R235 C2 7206 83

PW200 Sealed Circuit I -F and Video Assembly Composite Diagram

A IB I C

1D I E I F I G

+270 VOLTS RF AGC -IF AGC

c:P aa\ ' R®1

C513 J G520 0..

....' .,

rVPY\

! R542110 ,0321 -181 Rso

C51

R524iGlll tlR/ `. R330' ;' QI Y504,

R329

..,/R537`' J '

R546

G '507

2

Y c. R520.l,,

V503 8

3

R521

u`i¡(

8y

R528 R53 ,

R510

11515 ,aE I

. :..

tN l'SS 5 ... . 23

-

. C5 6 . , .. 50i1

,...-'H6

C528

nC518 H2

r 1

{y Rá338522 .

0'

0508

90503 4

3 R540 v 1i it~ A+

5519 C508 Q" . S J OKK11527

0 SR

. 11532'0 ii .r `

R 52 lasd1

Y 7iC323 4 (

"C524

-C510 . '3 C323 ` L301, 5501 04 M

327

i7. ;i

RSIB QCStB, 0 1'. LEM ' 'ap B 5 2 R506

C509 RSIR:... ..I 11544 `' oGG

ppu

.ü.PC502O C507 0

a, R511

5 W® 1: 0533 '0 L. 0 qü c 82

PC +8 BOOST +270 VOLTS ADJ HORIZ OSC

PW500 Sealed Circuit Deflection Assembly Composite Diagram

C502 E4 C514 A2 C523 E3 L501 E4 R509 G1 R521 C2 R532 D3 R545 E2

C505 F3 C515 D4 C524 .....D4 R510 F2 R524 Al R533 D5 R546 01

C506 F3 C516 D4 C525 D4 PC501 ....ES R511 D5 R525 A2 R534 E3 R550 F5

C507 C5 C517 C4 C526 E2 PC502 ....AS R512 F5 R526 C4 R536 D3

C508 63 C518 C3 C527 B4 R515 E2 R527 C3 R537 E2 SR501 ....D3C509 A5 C519 Cl C528 C2 R501 F4 R516 F2 R528 C2 R540 A3

C510 A4 C520 Cl C529 G1 R506 F4 R518 B4 R529 02 R542 ElC512 A3 C521 D1 C533 05 R507 Cl R519 83 R530 Cl R543 FlC513 Al C522 D3 C534 E5 R508 F1 R520 B2 R531 D2 R544 E5

129

Wool

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KCS147A & $ CHASSISV201A 1202 V202 1203

92 614F8 6011ND DEr 6GX6(vNF) FOUND DFESOUND LF. GRID TRANS. _1St106 FOUNODET 3rd ORIDTRANs,

PW200 6v l(6N26 UNFONLY) ` E1 _WID2

.001

'

S_ _ _

CM OYFL.--- -I 1 7 rt.-8 -1

C212 VOLWL=MEIJ211lYlID03I=00f))P201

I R1MFG.IIOÑN

7390K 1 º 4

III1;;9 I

82

0203 T206

r 1204 66Z6 PLATEA1 IIT.PM.I.R I iSLPIK..F.

GRID TR.1 1P1 i 1

I ;b R105...

PI01 I 0214M VHF11.0 .-4sl UNF 11.5 o C2D¡_ R209 '

RFAOC

I e IOD- 1 :147,2516C e218- e21 I

LTPAP A012 .001Iio

r3 j O D0

I.1.0:116000

12627 R5733906 390K

ÓK1--12MS100 rN4

o66TR32B SR601 RESW2 CS 7 C5í9 2

I

I1600 T 00,

R12925K

IIDEIT HOLD 3

R5116F F 00

MY

J

.047

6A0Q5AAUDIO OUTPUT

+2150BLUEll

1101AUDIO OUTPUT

TRAME.

MI193)R105 T IOYP

4WyY °it_ P

B 270V. BUSS

4

V204 1207 V205 T2OM C0.201 L2046GM6 2.04 P12.1.1 6EW6 316008.1.E and. 36011224.1212.1.5. TRANS. 3r6PM.LF. TRANS. DOT. YEL-YEL-BLS

4 _ *160vr-

7` R646 IOT N 05018

6KA8 }22K C600y26 A8

AGOK-

9 ' R.0] 0.609 0.615 332 y26 1 ME 4.

ll+720.,

S R909Sj ,1pME0, iío3 © MEa41 T 902

fBOV. ...111 8544_3O6K 22K2V

V5046CQ7/6FQ7

000.12. OSC.

63320.529 473GOK

24709

*10.50 -LSOIA

SINEWAVE

104

85403 2

2W' C515y 853382^

AI

R637 _CSE6e I

601V501 V503 6001.xSW6E1471 67

5 e 3E

H6 N]

Balloons QQ 2Q, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.

4P -P

VERT

75VP -P

600.P -P

VERT

270,,P -P

82

520,22011 0507 1

L20972PNV10LeFRED -MK

OS

IR122121E0VE0.T.Ip1.D

02018

)16HF8VIDEO AMR

*1090

W IMO

( VHF CONNECTIÓÑi9..,saE 86L4WFOR cONNECTIoNe)1

N6J B 6 PUT

S0.131470K

-Ci15TIDDD

1*1400

C116 ozFó0472 L101

1_ W1=Tx

132 6 (} OK

CI21L10 3

281,022

A--só"DL

4f454]OK

-,3ü0DA,

CIC 10730

RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. 6.1000.CAPACITANCE MOUES LESS THAN 1 IN MF.I AND ABOVE IN MMF.UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

WITAOE5 MEASURED WITH WLTOHMYST OWITH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND SHOULD HOLDWITHIN 320% WITH 1202AC SUPPLY.

- - - TOW BOWÑ -1

OYR226

EMtMYiRY O8200 1é12t8]Y 2w

O4X-WxE C217 6Éá S0.A

IW100

II

.xsVXJTOX

(NEATE0. SUPPLY) ¡'8y2'

s43j43/0V

0.5231 R54033Kí 270

VIÓ211B36T/ 6

1000H.2 RECT.

7

oT,02.V. R133

Tits 17

r 1

I

1

61

1

I R186 K184 0140 I

( UHF ONLY) 3W° 4701W

T.1iI

,N6UPPB6soR =

L CONNRCTION TDJwWN T J

6500P -P

2250.P -P

40VP -P

9000P -P

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENTPerform the following, routine test: Adjust the receiver and

antenna to obtain the best picture from a strong, local station.Quickly switch off channel and back, and if the picture distorts andbends, or does not reappear at once, rotate the AGC control (R119)counterclockwise and then clockwise until slight picture bend occurs.Then slowly retard the control until the bend is gone. Check againby switching off and on strong signal.

036AY3

DAMPER

CI710/09 - .044710067

ill R117>33001

VERT.OVTPViTRANS.

4 YELYEL

1*

00N Om,I1

NF

R1242 850

VERT. LIN.

68 8005T

L

i --OF 270V.

-1.21+ 270 V

V10519AYP4KINESCOPE

L9 1.108 1107

0Ó_ü0

VIL., GZN.

0.20/60(.

PIN VIEW

54

J101REARVIEW

L104 C118 1104CHOKE F101

50 PowER

= 4A YF TRANS.

( C120A dII9A * 139 160AF e

BRIO,1 0F RECL IC' 92 a

TO V OS 1 PER.

PIN 8X LO-o0.Kr

6.SV A.0F102 BRN. o

N28AWG á1Vo-- MIT0HEATERS--qíNWG--

VIO4 0201,V202,V203,V204,V205

I

R1062.2

MEG,

J

RED

1

6101

58 00F

0117047

5102INTERLOCK

Diagram for KCSI47 Chassis Pool i 5ú0.w

60V

NORIZ

1700P -P

NORMALCONTRAST

STRONGSIGNAL

FOR CHANNEL 13CENTER HOLE INFINE TUNING CAMOVER DJ. SCREW ---

OSCILLATORADJUSTMENTS

FINE TUNINGSHAFT AT MECHANICALCENTER OF ITS RANGE

VHF Oscillator Adjustment

130

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Sound Alignment for sets as listed

SOUND ALIGNMENT OF KCS136, KCS137, KCS141, KCS143, KCS144, KCS147SOUND I -F, SOUND DETECTOR AND 4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS SUPPLY Apply -10 volts to the I -F AGC bus at terminal "C" on PW200.

OSCILLOSCOPE Connect to kinescope cathode lead through diode probe.

SIGNAL GENERATOR Connect to test point TP3 on PW200.

VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER Connect to output of diode detector shown below. Set meter for negative voltage readings.

MISCELLANEOUS Connect test diode detector to pin 7 of V202. See below for adjustment locations.

STEP SIGNALGENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

Adjust detector gridtransformer

4.5 mc. T202 Adjust for maximum negative d.c. on meter. Set generatorfor 1.0 to 1.5 volts when peaked. T201A top core and

2Adjust sound take -off

transformer4.5 mc.

T201A(top)

T202 core should penetrate the coil from top of canwhen finally peaked.

3Disconnect the diode test detector. Turn off signal generator and tune in strongest signal in area, adjusting volume control fornormal volume. Turn core of T203 flush with top of coil form. Disconnect bias supply.

4Adjust sound

detector transformerT201B

(bottom)Turn core clockwise to 2nd peak adjusting for max.volume.

5 Adjust 4.5 mc. trap4.5 mc., 400 cycle,

AM mod.T201B

(bottom)

Adjust for minimum 4.5 mt. indication on oscilloscope.The core should penetrate the coil from the bottom ofthe can when finally adjusted.

SOUND DIODE DETECTOR-STEPSOO

560KI

I

.001p F- 10K -. I

I

VTVM

BIAS I .00IpFSTEPS' -lav

©Oj PW200

TTT205

C

-_0

o0 V202

PINr

ToT204 7 j20Z.

T206 BI(270V)

V203 0V2O4 OO V2a5

T207m TPI - TP2

T208®

V201©T201

Q BOTTOMTP3

SIGNAL GENERATORIN STEPS COO.

Sound Alignment of KCS136, KCS137, KCS141, KCS143, KCS144, KCS147

131

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Picture I. F. Alignment for sets as listed

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT - KCS136, KCS137, KCS141, KCS144 CHASSISPICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER AND TRAP ADJUSTMENTS

BOTTOM CORE ()BOTTOM CORETOP CORE TOP CORE

L11

MIXER PLATE COIL

50>t

41.25 MC98% MAX.85%MIN.

RESPONSE "A"T208

I F AGC ( APPLY BIAS )

PW200

000000000

CONNECT PAD (FIG.8) TO ANTENNA TERMS.

CONNECT SWEEP STEP (10) AND MARKER

KRK 103,104,107,108

1500pp.F

4111 --MARKER GENERATOR STEPS

SWEEP GENERATOR STEPS

45.75 MC85%

42.5 MC70% ±10%

45.75 MC70% +10%

-5%

RESPONSE "B"LINK

42.5 MC40%

45.0MC90%

RESPONSE "C"RF-IF OVERALL

Picture 1-F Alignment-KCS136, KCS137, KCS141, KCS144 Chassis

45.75 MC45%

132

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Picture I.F. Alignment for sets as listed, Continued

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT - KCS136, KCS137, KCS141, KCS144 CHASSISPICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER AND TRAP ADJUSTMENTS

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS Connect -6 volts from I -F AGC terminal "C" of PW200 to ground.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect to 2nd Detector at test point TP3. Set "scope" for 5 volts Peak to Peak.MARKER GENERATOR Connect to mixer grid test point through mixer pad shown.SWEEP GENERATOR Connect to the grid of 3rd picture I -F, pin 1, V205, test point TP2. Use shortest leads possible.VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER Connect to 2nd Detector output at test point TP3. Use DC probe.MISCELLANEOUS Refer to facing page for adjustment locations and responses.

STEP SWEEPGENERATOR

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

1Peak 2nd pix. I -F

transformer 45.5 mc. T207 Peak T207 and T206 on frequency for max.output on meter. Adjust generator for 3volts on meter when finally peaked.

2 Peak 1st pix. I -FPlate transformer 43.0 mc. T206

3Adjust 3rd

pix. I -Ftransformer

40-50 mc. (I -F) 41.25 mc.45.75 mc.

T208(top &bottomcores)

Adjust for maximum with response shown in"A". Use 5 v. p -p on "scope'.

Adjust47.25 mc. trap 47.25 mc. T205B

(bottom)Adjust for minimum output indication onmeter.

5 Adjust39.25 mc. trap 39.25 mt. T205A

(top)Adjust for minimum output indication onmeter.

6 Adjust41.25 mc. trap 41.25 mc. T204A

(top)Adjust for minimum output indication onmeter.

PICTURE I -F SWEEP ALIGNMENT

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS SUPPLY Connect -6 volts from I -F AGC terminal "C" on PW200 to ground.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect oscilloscope to 180 Q detector, using diode probe to TP1.

SWEEP GENERATOR Connect in series with mixer pad into mixer grid test point TP1. Use shortest leads possible.MARKER GENERATOR Couple loosely to sweep output cable to provide markers.

VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER ... Connect to 2nd Detector output at test point TP3. Use DC probe.MISCELLANEOUS Refer to facing page for adjustment locations and responses.

STEP SWEEPGENERATOR

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUSTJ REMARKS

Set Channel Selector to Channel 4.

7 Adjust mixerplate coil 40-50 mc. (I -F) 42.5 mc.

45.75 mc. Lii Sweep output set for 0.5 v. p -p on "scope".Adjust for max. gain and response "B". Max.allow. tilt 20%.8 Adjust 1st I -F

grid trans. 40-50 mc. (I -F)42.5 mc.45.75 mc.

T204B(bottom)

Repeat step 4 above, if necessary, for minimum output at 47.25 mc. Remove 180 ohm detector and "scope" from TP1. Connect "scope"to test point TP3, using direct probe. Set bias to -10 volts at terminal "C" on PW200.

9 Retouch I -Ftransformers 40-50 mc. (I -F)

42.5 mc.45.0 mc.45.75 mc.

T208T207T206

Adjust for response "C". Use 5 V. p -p on"scope'.

Remove sweep from mixer pad and couple marker generator to mixer pad. Set generator to 45.75 mc. and adjust output for exactly oneand one-half (11/2) volts on "VoltOhmyst." Remove the pad and connect generator directly to mixer grid. Do not change generatoroutput in step 10.

10 Set 41.25 mc.attenuation 41.25 mc. T206 &

T208 Adjust for 1.2 to 1.5 volts on VTVM.

Connect sweep generator to antenna terminals using attenuator pad shown in Figure 8.

1 1Check

overallChannels

13 to 2

42.5 mc.45.0T207mc.45.75 mc.

&T208B

Retouch slightly to correct overall tilt. Main -tain response "C".

133

FOR CHANNEL rte,CENTER HOLE INFINE TUNING CAMOVER A DJ. SCRE W

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Vicio RChassis KCS 142 D & E

MODEL CHASSIS

94 -A -064 -MV KCS142D94 -A -064 -MU KCS142E

A201002

OSCILLATORADJUSTMENTS

SET FINE TUNINGSHAFT AT MECHANICALCENTER OF ITS RANGE

VHF Oscillator Adjustment

470

EG

SS REAR

Chassis Removal and Safety Glass Cleaning

C92.033yf

L-NOTES

I. SWITCHES SHOWN IN THE (UHFIU"POSITION2.x=10003. RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS

4 CAPACITANCE VALUES IN yyfUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

5.8f VOLTAGE READINGS TAKEN WITH NO SIGNAL

CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FORKRK105A & KRK66AR UHF/VHF TUNER

"CS

10004

RI4TH

-1.5 10-2.50.

TP-I .I USE LOW CAP PROBE) CIE____---_-- iG1,--- - -Z L301

VI IISV.3HA5 I

RF AMP., 3

T

.6R

L20

L2

L2

R2IOO K

C14 CI20_ 1_ 10004F

140V.

02A5KE8MIXER

LS

52 FRONT

C9I.04Tyf

t í 1I51 UHF TUNER

1 KRK66APL 9 3

L~

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR

The horizontal sine wave coil is adjusted by temporarily attachinga short jumper across the coil (L501A) and another jumper fromPin 2 of 8KA8 to ground. Carefully adjust the horizontal hold forleast sideways drift of the picture and remove the coil jumper.Again stop the sideways drift (if any) by adjusting the sine wavecoil slug with nonmetallic tool. Remove all jumpers.

CENTERINGIf the picture does not fill the screen, it may be necessary to center

the picture with the 2 disc -magnets mounted behind the yoke cover.Both horizontal and vertical centering are accomplished at once byrotating the discs together or separately. Perform this adjustmentalong with vertical height, vertical linearity, and width, as theyare all interdependent.

TESTING PICTURE PROPORTIONS

Rotate the vertical hold control to roll picture slowly downwardand study the blanking bar. If it is not level, or if the bar variesin thickness as it moves down the screen, make adjustments asprescribed in the next two paragraphs.

3AF4 A

--

tFJ14ÓV

100

L48

HEATER CONNECTIONSVI V2

100

-

P93 MK

Circuit Schematic Diagram of UHF/VHF Tuner Assembly

5KE8sc.

L31

TÜNÉ

L39SI FRONT

R948200

Bf

13

04 FRONT

134

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KCS142D & E CHASSIS

WIO1

Í KV8 SOUND óE202021A1202 T203

1 6GX6(VHF) SOUNDORSow,I GRID TRANS. IrtADg06 iOUMDOR 3N GRID TRANS.

1 YWQ 17Fr6

--í(6N2{UHTDNLv)---, wyo2Í' --

I

IA

TETHER

41ONO. I T204A (e

4125 MC ¡ffºº

TRAP

2039

C204

i

72010SOUNDTARE -WETEAMS

12015 12364.5 MC noTRAP

RI19

2WK

GAQ5AAUDIO OUTPUT

C1130- 200F

TO PW500P

2705.

1210 470C214

Lrs :o_ 6

x1239.3

0203

IfT2 PI 4J D6TFI

Ift V% TP2ORlOTMNA 16t PIA.I.F. LF.TRANA

I4i1° 000

C262G6

I5 R

24 200

1204947.25 MC 1-3TRAP

C217

C IF1

1;120

102111 1C2 I

139 1470

2700,RI'

62

OF

V2044JC6

2nd

a 03

T208 1.2042nd P1cLP. TRANS. CR201

36P.

241 2,26Q0'

cnSl 0S_

L203PI 250P0

0222 R221< -0223 5011

R219 560 2i3

rSp T.D097 4T'l: I -36GG

OK

1.2052.7,100'D

L2094706

1101AUDIO OUTPUT

TRAWS.

CII3 B10)00

4270V

PM SPEAK

32 1

YO

R104

3wCONTRAST

RESISTANCE VALUES IN OHMS. 0.1000.

CAPACITANCE GLUES LESS THAN I IN MF.I AND ABOVE IN MM,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH VOLTOHMYST BWITH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND SHOULD HOLDWITHIN 2207. WITH 1205 AC SUPPLY.

* VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH I AIEG P2 WATTRESISTOR IN SERIES WITH METER PROBE.

L207

V2018 n330MN

1Í KV8R227 R228u

6

VIDEO AMP R225Y "KSKti 2W00

S6KK

co Y 9

6 R231

R229}335

0226 261.0047

11Ro Po N0 a0-J42X7V.

CI120 *15N0 CI05 -

.047-

*270 V.

4tbTP3

R2a4

V

470K

4PW500 CO 00 V5010 OE OF vsotl 00 JO

3 IA V28GKA8 S48YKA8

TO C}R616

JCT. I R504i22K

Cx109 6 CItO I(X0112.PUlSA) f K

} RSO31 SOR

.A_OC

RbO S.

I27K

-"7-121.110.H R 1622OL 1 MEO.IwIóó}r-C-Il

1.8 N /112MEG.

11110

05091212W

lo

TO PW200-2 IPO

01:00 40 I6,1F

0106191004

I-AM.--,

0552MOOIR533390K

85104700

3W

8611'

1012W

0554100

8654 0.566390K 31m .v+

I C653 _ _ _ _ C5561500 .001

.-II- L _NJX IU'T1. 50.501 1

L1 5O 007 BKAB

H4 H3 H2

51

0521391K

0.5224711

73510657K

0455

PVS03

8F07BoRa

P432., Ok

6

3

R

100

C6601000

P.

C567y cmT .01

}1.556 * 1.569120K = 2200 = 40556 13010

1.056 30504

SINE1.560 2

WAVE

251 .W

B 1 I 5 4 5

N0R12.HOLD

0523=

1524270K

C624270

5502V213G F7

8625 t t) VERLOSC.8.2 MEO.

1.111633ü10 C62.2MED 8 .M

C 32-.0012

2533

R631PC502 >--,I,,;-1r- - -

M82K I 1 Q --

11-'IICOFy03 E

90K

52I I4270V.

v,,,,,l

V102

2°1' 17J86 noz 163{rT/1&iíiTB2 I (pup 0111.10

L-'-- HORIZ.OUTWT O.VTRAN3. O.V.RECT.°j ÑÓrnuwv I I

-r-GW200

8027 I

V2038027 4JC6 IIKVB

(6ÑZ6)6A05A

N6 H5 I HI L201 H2 H3 N4 06 N6I

N

CSGI 470

R561 -a

6w

PC 503

37 r 0.538 1

.0082 13 6BK 1 ¡3B.

I 05382201 LR535 1 2 _2Jf 11M[G.

RS36R641 NSNG=ONT

N10R` ÓWKr M VERT=0ló 1 TOUR 620K

xo1zFROG.

5 41075

RIM47

RI104700

01061000

iidssI SUPPRESSOR 1I CONN CTION-_

(UWE ONLY)L__- -

For alignment datasee pages 140- 142.

4 I 4cne

I 14700-1'1---- -

V204 5201 0202 5104

NORMALCONTRAST

STRONGSIGNAL

Balloons ®, ®, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.

4V.

P

130VP -P

C22914700

60V.P -P

340V.P -P

+B BOOST

vso28Vz13GF7

I VART.ouTPUT

c1639 I K.015

Lod 4t1.CI12C

103

17AY3

r-

01083301

1103VERT. OUTPUT

TRANS.

SLUÓ

II

TEL

REO

"` "' L103N 8.2PN

9

a 1102 -8.20 ''09C-11100

' R6>o ---Í I i

I K P1V1

500

:IBE

R571

2¿02000XT

PART OF IPW500

510519AYP4KINESCOPE

DEFL. YOKEI--- -106 1.108 -I

R1156

I

Ieo 51 I

I RII6 1114I

COLD 82~ I

121173 I

150VERT. 7 I

COIIS 1107 I

Iq0.1Z.

L _ -COILS _I

REO/BLK

PWlTO

WA( 00RI2. PUWE)

01211000

E PIOtPIN VIEW

.1101REAR VIEW

if01FIOI CIII R113 OFF.ON i102

EÑOKE 44 5R101 I30PF 6 swam INTERLOCK

270Y.

°°',.CIIG 11D5

17ÁV3 17JÉ6 4 C113A CIIRA_ G610E OUI 0117 C119j 1205.

1100y8 1045,1 .1 T I_ 60^1 1_ dUPP Y

KCS142 Circuit Schematic Diagram

650 0P -P

280V.P -P

405.P -P

110V.P -P

60V.P -P

170 V.

P -P

135

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor Chassis KCS-142D,E, Service Information, Continued

SECURITY SEALED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLIES

AAGC

A

B

CoCS2LO)

C

T207 gR2t

B I C

8244VERT. LIM.

111514VERT. HOLD

PW500 Deflection Board

SERVICING PRECAUTIONS

an

ing should be obtained. If a reading is obtained, reverse the power plug and recheck for zero meter reading.When replacing a chassis in the cabinet, always be certain that all the protective devices are

put back in place, such as: non-metallic control knobs, insulating "fishpapers," adjustment and compart-ment covers or shields, isolation resistor-capacitor networks, etc.

D

1202V 02 ,-- .. o- df 1 T

H4=

R221s. C203T20a44

FY 73 'R229 °R231Q y

XX iiggss Q j. R237o- R228

22'. a224 `..: L203 TP3 . '

":75311°p °lL205}. ^C22M

E F G

0570

0548

VIDEO SIGNAL +270 V.

PW200-I-F, Video Board

C201 .... Fl L210 .... A3C502 Al R515 Al

C202 .... G2C522 83 R516 A2 C203 .... G2 R201 .... E2C523 B3 R521 84 C204 .... FI R202 ... ElC524 B2 R522 82 C205 .... E2 R203 .... D1C526 B7 R523 B2 C206 .... El R204 .... C1C532 C6 R524 A2 C207 .... E2 R205 .... C1C533 B6 R525 A2 C208 .... C1 R206 .... B1C534 A6 R531 C3 C209 .... Dl R208 .... B3C535 B6 R533 C6 C210 .... CI R209 .... BIC536 A5 R534 C6 C211 .... 61 R210 82C537 Al R535 87 C212 .... C1 R215

....

C3C539 A7 R536 C5 C213 .... C1 R219

....

.... D3C551 B4 R538 A5 C214 .... A3 R221 .... D2C552 B4 R540 A7 C215 .... A2 R222 .... E3C553 B5 R541 A7 0216 .... A2 R223 .... F3C554 A5 R542 C6 C217 .... A1 R224 .... F3C555 A5 R543 B6 ''C218 .... B3 R225 .... G2C556 A5 R544 C4 C219 .... B2 R227 G2C557

C558

A4

A3

R545

R551

86

B5C220 ....C221 ....

82

B2R228

R229

....

.... G3

F2C559 A4 R552 85 C222 .... D2 R230

....

G1C560 83 R553 85 C223 .... D2 R231

....

G2C561 B3 R554 A5 C224 .... E3 R232

....

G1C562 83 R555

R556

A5

A4C225 .... E3 R235

....

.... C2

L501 A3 R557 B4C226 .... F3 R236 .... Fl

PC502 ... 05 R558 83C228 .... 83 R237 .... F3

PC503 ..R501

137

ClR559

R560

85C3

C229 ....C237 ....

03F1

R242

R243

.... G1

.... E2

R503 B2 R551 64 CR201 ... E3R504 B1 R562 B3 T201 .... G2R509 83 R563 B3 L202 Al T202 ....R510 A3 R564 134 1.203 E3 T203 .... CIR511 A3 R570 ,. C3 L204 E3 T204 .... A2R512 A2 R571 C3 L205 F3 T205 .... A3R513 Al L207 01 T207 .... C3R514 Al SR501 .... B5 L209 .... F2 T208 .... E3

Under Board - Not Shown

PW500 LOCATION GUIDE PW200 LOCATION GUIDE

When the receiver must be operated directly from the AC supply, the power plug should alwaysbe inserted in the proper direction to connect the chassis to the ground side of the AC line. Check with

AC voltmeter to see if a potential exists between the chassis and the power source ground. No read-

136

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

MODEL CHASSIS NAME

64 -A -026 -MV64 -A -026 -MU64 -A -030 -MV64 -A -030 -MU64 -A -033 -MV64 -A -033 -MU64 -A -037 -MV64 -A -037 -MU64 -A -038 -MV64 -A -038 -MU

KCS 146DKCS146EKCS146AKCS146BKCS146AKCS146BKCS146AKCS146BKCS146AKCS146B

} "PETITE"

"DEBUTANTE"

AGC CONTROL ADJUSTMENT

Perform the following, routine test: Adjust the receiver andantenna to obtain the best picture from a strong, local station.Quickly switch off channel and back, and if the picture distorts andbends, or does not reappear at once, rotate the AGC control (R233)counterclockwise and then clockwise until slight picture bend occurs.Then slowly retard the control until the bend is gone. Check againby switching off and on strong signal.

HORIZONTAL OSCILLATOR

The horizontal sine wave coil can be adjusted by temporarily at-taching a short jumper across the coil (L207A) and another jumperfrom Pin 9 of 6GH8 to grdund. Carefully adjust the horizontal holdfor least sideways drift of the picture and remove the coil jumper.Again stop the sideways drift (if any) by adjusting the sine wavecoil slug with nonmetallic tool. Remove all jumpers.

CENTERING

If the picture does not fill the screen, it may be necessary to centerthe picture with the 2 disc magnets mounted behind the yoke cover.Both horizontal and vertical centering are accomplished at once byrotating the discs together or separately. Perform this adjustmentalong with vertical height, vertical linearity, and width, as theyare all interdependent.

R104BRIGHTNES

R103VOLUMEWITHS101

ON/OFF

12FX5AUDI000

T2041.J205 Q TRAPS

V 1st PIXI -F GRID

JD6

G ISTPIX IF

oT207

2nd PIX IF

11 KV8

VIDEO(Ist SOUND

10 R226CONTRAST

ir FINETUNING

VHF R-FAMP

SOUNDDET.TRANS.

T202SOUND DET.

1st GRIDTRANS.

260R252

aE0. i°6

6GH8AAGC?SYNC

HORIZ.\OSC.

RCA VICTOR

Chassis

KCS 146 A, B, D, E

TESTING PICTURE PROPORTIONS

Rotate the vertical hold control to roll picture slowly downwardand study the blanking bar.. If it is not level, or if the bar variesin thickness as it moves down the screen, make adjustments asprescribed in the next two paragraphs.

DEFLECTION YOKE

If the picture is tilted, loosen the yoke clamp screw and rotate theyoke to level the picture. Retighten the yoke clamp.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY

If the blanking bar changed size while moving down, alternatelyadjust the height and vertical linearity controls for best verticalproportions. Final vertical size should allow the raster to overlapthe mask about 3/8 inch at top and bottom with normal (120 volts)line voltage.

WIDTH

The width adjustments is made with L101. The picture may beadjusted to fill the mask with a line voltage of 108 volts, and withnormal line voltage, the raster should overscan the mask about 3/ginch on each side. "Normal" line voltage is 120 volts.

I7AY3

DAMPER

L IOIWIDTH

YOKE SKT.J 101

HORIZ.OUT.

KRK 66 \UHF TUNER

KINE GROUND SPRINGATTACHES FROM THISLANCE TO LEFT TOPCORNER OF KINE

MOUNT.

Chassis Rear View

137

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Chassis KCS-146A, B, D, E, Service Information, Continued

6R22PART OFL208

SECURITY SEALED CIRCUIT ASSEMBLY

AMIXERGRIDOUTPUT

B

A,.Á X204,1 or -1.52_2P.R274j"_.r 1 5^;

t / i5 C216,,,. C

r._ R z 1? -e Z -'i

: 1

'" _ul,II/,}9}1

270VCVI

R279MOUNTEDTO L210

C

7 C2 3 C211

20. Ce{R207.

D

R260VERT.LIN.

E

R257HEIGHT

Dº4aw 77.. Ay

RY43 R2501 4\t^RZ04

eC240 .'s. } R25m", ' e

R256 AV/o R2 `7C207C212 I ' s,í

114 tH3e- C202

R226CONTRAST

R232

9 ; 10

PW200 COMPONENT LOCATION GUIDE

F

`eAM C231

236

SETSINEOSC.

RF

AGC

C201 B7 C223 B2 C250 135 L205 AS R216 A3 R238 F7 R260 D1 SR201 ....E4C202 B5 C224 B3 C251 D4 L206 C6 R218 A5 R239 E7 R261 ClC203 A7 C225 B3 C252 E4 L207 F6 R219 B4 R240 F7 R262 El T201 A7C204 B7 C226 A4 C253 F5 L208 A6 R220 A5 R241 E7 R264 D6 T202 C5C206 B6 C227 A4 C254 F4 L210 .A1 R221 A6 R242 F7 R265 D4 T203 C3C207 C4 C228 A6 C255 E6 R222 A7 R243 D3 R267 D4 T204 81C208 C4 C231 F7 C256 E6 R201 B5 R223 A6 R244 D6 R268 E5 T205 AlC210 C4 C233 D7 C257 F6 R202 B7 R224 B7 R245 D6 R269 E5 1206 63C211 C2 C234 E4 C258 E6 R203 C5 R226 C7 R246 D6 R270 F5 T207 A4C212 C3 C235 D6 C259 A2 R204 B3 R227 B6 R248 D6 R271 F5C213 B7 C237 05 C260 A3 R205 B6 R228 C5 R249 05 R272 D4C216 Al C240 03 C262 E2 R206 B4 R229 C6 R250 D3 R273 E4C217 B1 C241 D2 R207 C2 R230 C7 R252 E2 R274 D3C218 B2 C242 Cl CR201 ....A5 R208 B6 R232 05 R253 E2 R275 F6C219 Cl C243 D2 R210 B2 R233 C6 R255 E2 R276 E6C220 Cl C245 D3 L201 Cl R211 Cl R235 C7 R256 C3 R277 E3C221 C2 C246 D6 L203 AS R212 Al R236 E7 R257 E3 R278 F5C222 B1 C249 D4 L204 A5 R215 A3 R237 E7 R258 E3 R279 Al

PW200 Board (I -F, Video, and Defection)

138

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONRCA Victor CIRCUIT SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM FOR KCS146A, B, D, E CHASSIS

V201A T202 0202 7203

1/zlIKVB s0UN0DET 6GX6(40Rn SDUxOOELFOUNLF. GRID TRANS.LAYpIOyfWM00FT3MGUDTRRNd.

PW20D T(BN2iYNFONLY) jiff W102-

C206//_15

C

I 52µ 1

ISov. C12 íVE.- tY41 3 21 --- 2105 1 I- 1IR! I I -C2q VO-;12:1L=ME

.001

2R204 0.G 6 I3808 I

OC

ó 1

T201ASOUNDTRAE -OFF

TRANSTOP) 57D52

-1 3`2201

T201WSDN_¡} 1.201 `1W

8202{ TA1TEAM. 270 --112ÁP

R203r1.2083Fp5A`JI.001 C201

T.01

7 r--

2132` 0 V2o]5620 I R279 T208 T207120li+ plK 4J D6 Im pl

ORIONANS Is1PIR.I.A TIILR.T0.AKMSITp2C219+ `

wlol I q L210 a>o e50

01231

TORFAGC

TO JCLC109 &

0110

PULSE)

R1185100

ITOPCORE)T204A

41T25MC

I

2233+500A=C 3

C2501000

0251IOU

1q222 R2122 22M

220447.25 MC 1-3 +TRAP

(PATTOMCORE/ 0.2,0

C221 27

V2054V26GH8A

AOC

FLU32680.269

6 `K-

52521000

7N NJ II7

PW200VIOS I 131F1 6GH8A BFÓEAYP4

N11 M12 H9 100 417 H8

R27.2274 331

47 _.iwl

V2078F07

..rH. CI_I

1400.12.7101.0

TO 5 1

TUNERHEATERS

NORMALCONTRAST

STRONGSIGNAL

o

TrriT

400.P -P

4 5

9V.P -P

280V.P -P

5 4

ROY.P -P

C223I4ro

V2058V26GH8A

SYNC

.10033'

9

22482702

270 V. RUSS

02044JC6 2TeoIK L204

21M PI%.I.F. I.f.TRANS CO201 ]

12.FX5AUDIO OUTPUT

2zfu

IIDID, _Bw.00l2-

RED

810182

L20847501

OPN TP3 Lp20 1 0.2216

600

V206V213GF7 1

31210. 7 VERT0S0, j1'GOüi

.222K II IS

C FG202 k42K 0C243 R259 l AD2x

.00lS6 13 6BK IW.4r.

R253I 22 pp¿1

2201I 1.R267

5R. 2' N1110.

~p255 II

390K1.2ME0 gilt

R60K 8301VE0.T.HOLD

fv0' 0 A50 ..

I025

6 1 401OI Te _ 17J66 2102

H0R12.0UTPUT N.V.TMNS.

(owe 09L17

3NO0.12.

2 II MED.

ON

V2012

»I1KV8020 AMP

<JDB 9JC6 IÑ V8

6 1201 N5 24

40259

I47"

60V.P -P

110V.P -P

Balloons ®Q , ®, etc., shown on schematicindicate points of observation of thewaveforms shown below the schematic.

611

32WI9K 1

L - T0 310141N5164270

0119

40202 1 104 V10S V1014011.i 11725I7AY3 I7J56

5 4 3 4 I S 5C260

I4700

V102

636T/IBSGTN.V. RENT.

I (UHF ONLY)

5'00.P -P

170V.P -P

340V.P -P

2101AUDIO OUTPUT

TRANS.

RSB229

K

R222

1104

JACK

NESISTMICE VALUES IN OHMS. 101000.

CAPACITANCE MRLLES LESS THAN I IN Mi.I AND ABOVE IN MM,UNLESS OTHERWISE INDICATED.

DIRECTION OF ARROWS AT CONTROLSINDICATES CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

VOLTAGES MEASURED WITH .VOLTOHMYST. BWITH NO SIGNAL INPUT AND SHOULD HOLDWITHIN 420% WITH 1200 AC SUPPLY.

IBOK'133

c v ullRR3o r- - J 7>470K I C1

_ _J 42

v. 0112I5PP

0103

17ÁA o ER

8228}10022

x22277

8229I MEO.

1103VERT.OUTPUT

TRANS,still TEL

REU GRN

5104200N

V105

16AYP4KINESCOPE

1`'e4C031

i0vñSTW.047

99Rno4 11130,0,9

L10212PH 1" 9ZÓ

S4 8005T

TDJCT.'AN'HORIz. RASE

PW 200

4.7 MEET

C103.01 -

1005LS Moo

DEFL. YOKEr 105 1108

60Í (E

REO/9

D6 L107

1100.12.-COILS

5101P N VIEW

.1101REAR VIEW

5101

, CM101(E'FIOI .III 0.115 OFF.ON 51024A SRI01 15D5P 5 SWITCH INTERLOCK

G115 C, 110829

4J.C113A C112AT001 00,

c117 CI18jI I2Av.IqoPF I50PFI - .1 T .I Il f0

1 1 suiPLY

`k IiIÍiH

111111RR1

-

Chassis Removal and Safety Glass Cleaning

139

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Picture I. F. Alignment for KCS-142 and KCS-146 Chassis

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT - KCS142 AND KCS146 CHASSISPICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER AND TRAP ADJUSTMENTS

L 20241.25 MC( KNIFE )

BOTTOMCORE OT205

TOP CORE

L30MIXER PLATE COIL

45.75 MC85 %

50n

RESPONSE "A"T208

I -F AGCGROUND IN STEP iOAPPLY BIAS STEPS 1OT007

SWEEPGEN.

.11-> SCOPE.001pp F

180n

1500ptt F

45.75 MC50 %

{10%-5%

41.2 5 MC50% 10%

T202

TP3

PW 200

0O

O

- VTVM STEPS lO 1003

-SCOPE STEPS 00

NOTE: The KCS142 chassis layout is illus-trated above.The KCS146 chassis symbols andtest points are identical.

ANTENNA TERMINALS300n CARBON RESISTOR -STEPS 0 TO©SWEEP GEN. STEP 1O AND MARKERTHROUGH PAD SHOWN IN FIG.B

MARKER GENERATOR STEPS 01 TO 06

SWEEP GENERATOR STEPS

MAX. SAG 40 %

42.5 MC85 %

_10%

RESPONSE"B"LINK

41.25 MC

0045.0 MC80%±10%

45.75M45-50%

42.5MC25-75%

RESPONSE "C"RF-IF OVERALL

Picture I -F Alignment-KCS142, KCS146 Chassis

140

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Picture I. F. Alignment for KCS-142 and KCS-146, Continued

PICTURE I -F ALIGNMENT - KCS142 AND KCS146 CHASSISPICTURE I -F TRANSFORMER AND TRAP ADJUSTMENTS

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:BIAS SUPPLY NONE IN STEP 1 (Ground I -F AGC term. "C" of PW200). Bias I -F AGC terminal "C" at -6 to

-8 volts when adjusting traps in steps 2 and 3.

MARKER GENERATOR Connect to Mixer Grid test point (TP1) of KRK105 in series with mixer pad shown.VTVM Attach through DC probe at test point TP3 (2nd Dectector).

MISCELLANEOUS Attach a 300 12 dummy load across the antenna terminals.Refer to facing page for all adjustment locations and responses.

PEAK ALIGNMENT

STEP SWEEPGENERATOR

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUSTJ REMARKS

1PEAK 1st Pix IF

Plate Trans.(T207)

NOTUSED

44.25 mc. T207PEAK T207 and adjust generator output tomaintain approx. 3 volts on VTVM whenfinally peaked.

2 Adjust47.25 mc. Trap 47.25 mc.

T204B(BottomCore) Adjust for min. on VTVM. Readjust 47.25

mc. trap, if necessary, after step 5.3 Adjust41.25 mc. Trap

41.25 mc. T204A(Top Core)

PICTURE I -F SWEEP ALIGNMENTTEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS SUPPLY Adjust to -8 volts. Same connection as above.

OSCILLOSCOPE Attach through direct probe to test point TP3. Calibrate to 5 volts peak to peak.MARKER GENERATOR Maintain connected to Mixer Grid test point TP1 of KRK105.SWEEP GENERATOR Connect to test póint TP2 (pin 2 of 4JC6). Use short leads.

STEP SWEEPGENERATOR

MARKERGENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

4 Adjust 2nd PixIF plate trans. 40-50 mc. 41.25 mc.

45.75 mc.

T208 (Top& Bottom

Cores)

Adjust for max. gain and response curve "A".Reduce sweep gain to maintain 5 V. P. to P.

Move the OSCILLOSCOPE to the test point TP1 using the diode probe and 180 9 detec or. Calibrate the OSCILLOSCOPE for 0.5 voltsPeak to Peak. Sweep Generator to Mixer Grid TPI. Lightly couple Marker to sweep cable. Channel selector to 4.

5Adjust tuner IF(L30) and 1st IF

grid (T205)40-50 mc. 42.5 mc.

45.75 mc.L30

T205Adjust for response "A". Use inner peak ofL30 coil slug (bottom of winding).

Change OSCILLOSCOPE probe to DC probe and attach to test point TP3. Calibrate to 5 Volts Peak to Peak. Remove 180 12 detector.

6 Check IFOverall 40-50 mc.

42.5 mc.45.0 mc.45.75 mc.

T207 Retouch T207 slightly tomaintain response "C".

Remove dummy antenna load and substitute the sweep attenuator pad (Fig. 8). Attach the sweep generator to the attenuator pad. TheMarker Generator remains lightly coupled to the sweep generator input cable.

7 Check RFOverall 40-50 mc.

42.5 mc.45.0 mc.45.75 mc.

T207 &T208TopCore only

Make slight adjustments only. Observe re-sponse "A". Do not disturb T208 bottom core.

NOTE the position of the 41.25 mc. marker in response "C". If this marker is difficult to position within limits on the IF overallstep 6, it may be necessary to knife the turns of coil L202 slightly. The acceptable position of the 42.5 mc. marker may be 75% ± 10%from the base of the overall response curve. No adjustment of L202 should be attempted before checking the condition of the 4JD6, 1stI -F Amplifier tube.

141

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

RCA Victor Sound I. F. Alignment for KCS-142 and KCS-146, Continued

SOUND I -F ALIGNMENT OF KCS142 AND KCS146 CHASSIS

SOUND I -F, SOUND DETECTOR AND 4.5 MC. TRAP ALIGNMENT

TEST EQUIPMENT CONNECTIONS:

BIAS SUPPLY Apply -10 volts to the I -F AGC bus at terminal "C" on PW200.OSCILLOSCOPE Connect to kinescope cathode lead through diode detector.

SIGNAL GENERATOR Connect to test point TP3 on PW200.

VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER Connect to output of diode detector shown. Set meter for negative voltage readings.

MISCELLANEOUS Connect test diode detector to pin 7 of V202. See below for adjustment locations.

STEP SIGNALGENERATOR ADJUST REMARKS

8 Adjust detector gridtransformer 4.5 mc. T202 Adjust for maximum negative DC on meter. Set generator

for 1.0 to 1.5 volts when peaked. T201A top core and

9 Adjust sound take -offtransformer 4.5 mc.

T201A T202 core should penetrate the coil from top of canwhen finally peaked.

1 O Disconnect the diode test detector. Turn off signal generator and tune in strongest signal in area, adjusting volume control fornormal volume (approx. 1/4 turn from C.C.W.). Turn core of T203 flush with top of coil form. Remove bias.

1 1Adjust sound T203 Turn core clockwise to 2nd peak adjusting for maximum

detector transformer volume.

j 2 Adjust 4.5 mc. trap 4.5 mc., 400 cycle,AM mod.

T201B(bottom)

Adjust for minimum 4.5 mc. indication on oscilloscope.The core should penetrate the coil from the bottom ofthe can when finally adjusted.

SOUND DIODE DETECTOR -STEPS 00Í i

I

I 560 K !

V T VM

.00IpF - 10K -.00IpFT560K .

BIASBIAS

o -10 V. o

_ _

O 0 PW200

,T203.V202

IN7 O j V201 OP

ID T201

O T204 T202BI

(270V)ID

T205 OOV203 O V204

OT208

TP3BOTTOM

T207

SIGNAL GENERATORIN STEPS000

Sound I -F Alignment of KCS142

142

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVAN JAChassis 575-1 thru -6, used in Models 23T78, 23T82, 23C84, 23L86, 23L87,23L89, and 23V90, are covered by service material on pages 143 through 150.Television section of Chassis 575-9, -0, Models 23H110 and 23H100, are elec-trically similar to the group of sets described.

-CHASSIS REMOVAL

1. Disconnect AC power cord and antennaconnections. Remove interlock cover.

2. Disconnect the following plug andsocket connections:A. Yoke - at chassisB. Tuner cluster - at chassisC. Halo -Light (on some models) - at

chassisD. Picture tube cable - at picture

tube

E. High voltage lead - at picture tubeF. IF input - at chassisG. Speaker leads - at speaker

3. Remove screw securing braided cablegrounding tuner assembly to main chas-sis.

4. Remove chassis mounting screw.5. Slide chassis to the left until clear

of slots and then to the rear untilclear of cabinet. NOTE: Lower frontcontrol knobs will automatically dis-connect while chassis is being re-moved.

NOTE: To remove yoke loosen screw ondeflection yoke retaining ring. Slideyoke back on neck of picture tube untilclear from tube.

6. Remove tuner cluster knobs by pullingstraight outward.

tzlUHF \ON SOME 60Z4MODELS \--"OSC

TUNERLOCAT ONVARIES

EVHF

6GJ7OSO MIX.

6GK5RF AMP

TUNERSOCKET

L V RECTIFIERr

ylF SOCKET._J

ooAUDIO DET.

6 DT66KD8

o SOUND IF AMPAGC AMP

6AQ5AUDIO OUTPUT

7. Remove screws securing antenna boardto cabinet.

8. Remove tuner mounting screws securingtuner cluster to cabinet. (On somemodels remove screw securing tuner tomounting bracket.)

9. Lift tuner cluster upward slightly andthen back. Remove tuner cluster.

10. To replace chassis, reverse the aboveprocedure, engaging lower front con-trols by pressing ends of shaft assem-blies over control shafts. Reconnectall plug and socket connections.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL1. Remove chassis and tuner assembly as

outlined under "Chassis Removal" pro-cedure.

2. Lay cabinet face down on a soft mate-rial so as not to scratch or mar theface of the picture tube or finish oncabinet.

3. Remove the four brackets and screws se-curing picture tube to cabinet.

4. USING GOGGLES AND GLOVES, reach underface of tube and lift from cabinet, DONOT GRASP NECK OF PICTÚRE TUBE AT ANYTIME.

5. To install picture tube, reverse thepreceding steps. Exercise caution notto scratch face of picture tube.

-TUBE LAYOUT DIAGRAM-PICTURE TUBE 23BGP4 CABINET MOUNTED

NOTE: REPLACE ALL TUBES WITH ORIGINAL TYPE ONLY.

6E 7\-/ 6EJ7

1ST VIDEOIF AMP 2ND VIDEO

IF AMP

o

6FQ7HORIZ. OSC

VIDEO AMPAFC DISCRIMINATOR

VERT. OSCNOISE IMMUNITY VERT. OUTPUT

a SYNC SEP

A INDICATES TUBE INDEX

j/

HORIZ.OUT PUT

DAMPER

p_IG3GT/B3GT

H V RECTIFIER

143

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Chassis 575-1 thru -6, Schematic Diagram, Continued

UHFTUNER

TO RIIB

POINT

/ 38TO TIE® POINT

+140041

CTITER

LOCO120V

O 60NHA

SÓ(ÉT

R514

ANT. TER

UHFADAPTOR

M

R20047105%

$2502

PL500

BLK

o

F503 = CO2,CO3026 WIRE 1,= C05^;lvL.¢:.SR.:,.'.

r1

-IV(-4V)

02000022

VIAI/2 6KD8SOUND IF AMP

+73V6

63V)

3 1+63V)

CI02870

MMFD+.7V

(+.7 V)

81020100 18010.005

V46 E H7 +/sav1ST VIDEO IF AMP 7

,,,35V)/ 9 +105V+17V - - "

8 (+75V)(+18V) - - -

r0104 1

R104 #106

10204 183.0022 j

R2o4 R21047K 2211

L2041

+0V+2010

15 0214

II C208R2205.6 MEG

I I .22 75V301vII R208

I 5.6MEG ..0._ \R222

C210-'-

4706

265VC212 +1.4V VIB001 (+20V) 1/26KD8

TOV 3V"2KV i AGO AMP

IPI II 301v 400VPP 02307875rvON T400 I1 g 56K

11+265 V +140J

I I V V

a55V)

II R2288 150K

L +150V+150V)

11

III

11 TII

111224 6226

II 220K 566 +2650

0516 AGC

'1

R510

C220 1.f

R2I66.8 KIW

C218.0012MMFD

TO PIN 7OF SK500

112001

V2601.6

AUDIO GET.

CI08470 -r

MMFO

V56EJ7280 VIDEOIF AMP

#218470(1 0222

.0022

R508 18 23413

+ATSoO 0514A C5148 ,-_C514C40MFD I20MFD 20MF0T 4000 T00V 350V

PP200

3 547 0414D4700 10 Ti IOOMFD3W 250

PO TIEV9 POINT5863

VERT. CATO.RECTIFIER

A.C.

TUNER FILO.(PIN 3 OF SK500) VHF

TUNER

6GJ

L

R246 I00K

C242 C240

47MMFD 18MMFD

2 3

UHFTUNER

1

+143V(+/20V)

6+/3=

ff/25V

83 -.2V

(+1.IV)

2IVPP

PP 300

R304 3302

R30Y 0012I MED

0681/2 6KU8

AFC DISCRIMINATOR 2875.0707501

47MMFDC400

(32 R402MMFD 2700

rL 1

iI

C406 0406I 0dÓ2 '7 47K .,,1271MMFD - 0408

330K Í 0054 .047 IL__..-_.__1

20VPPII - 78751v

-'1/V1(R4011,5K

R1146.8K

-I I

0118 I I

0022 II

r--- -- ® +265V

I wC114.118 MMFD

L J N470

V DEOTEST PTO

TORN?OF TORN

PL500 I0FPL500

C2305.6MMFD

023447010

R40810KIW

220UH

022701MFD

r --r- 85VPP30r0V7

6086NOISE IMMUNITY 8 SYNC SEP

R306 R3086WK 47K

65VPP787501 _I3V

C314330

MMFD+225V+225V)

#4101.2K5%

rI

I

1!

1

0022 035

I

II- - ------___

(-I3V1

1341E682

IVPP7875rv

TO PIN 1

YOKE SOCKET

> R416> 1002

6(4143V)+145V

+8.5V(+8.50

RIIBI MEGVOL.

TO PIN I

OF SK 500

V6A1/2 6KU8 9

VIDEO AMP

130VPP30,1

ir----II

TO TIEPOINT43

+115V(+80V)

+135V(/00V) 2£

+.4V0510

0 30633

.304022

PP402 C41600473,

_

04182.7K

V 10

6F07 7875tpv1101112. OSO:

5414500

HARIZ. HOLD

CO2

C418680

MMFD

C420D01

2

V8A1/2 6FD7

VERT.OSC

300VPP

20VPP78750

VIP

6G<;HOR12.

-45V(-45V)

144

,iH00

-N

II I II II

I

II

r

-,00000

o

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

I. Voltages measured to chassis using VTVM.

2. AC power source 120 volt 60 cycle line.

3. Voltage readings

in brackets taken with no input; channel

selector set to a free channel, antenna disconnected, an-

tenna terminals shorted together and grounded to chassis.

4. Voltage readings not

in brackets taken with a

strong signal

input; tuner set to a strong local station developing ap-

proximately -7 volt on AGC Buss. NOTE: AGC VOLTAGE AT TEST

POINT® WILL VARY FROM -7 VOLT ON

A VERY STRONG SIGNAL TO

A +20 VOLT ON

A VERY WEAK SIGNAL.

5. Contrast control set to maximum. Brightness control set to

minimum.

6. Voltage values shown are average readings. Variations may be

observed due to normal production tolerances.

SPECIAL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

x21,Picture tube anode voltage measured with VTVM high voltage

9.1Vprobe at line voltage of

120 volts under conditions of normal

signal ,

no brightness and correct scan size.

®High peak voltage of short duration may damage meter used for

this measurement.

I.

Voltage

ponding

2. Average

000,

II

<0`

c.n O O :D

Ñ o o a O F

W o O W a

N O O N COco

GENERAL SCHEMATIC NOTES

sources are indicated by encircled symbols, corres -

symbols without circles indicate voltage tie points.

resistances of coils and transformers are shown and

are measured with component connected

in circuit.

3. Encircled numbers on edge of printed circuit indicate tie

points, corresponding with those shown on parts layout of

printed board.

4. All capacitors are

in microfarads unless otherwise specified.

5. Coils, transformers, plugs and sockets are shown as viewed

from the bottom.

6. Arrows on controls indicate direction of clockwise rotation.

7. Shaded areas indicate code changes.

WAVEFORM MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

I.

Channel selector set to strong channel.

2. Contrast control set for signal of 65 volt peak to peak at

yellow lead of picture tube.

3. Waveforms measured with respect to chassis using a wide band

oscilloscope. (Other type oscilloscopes may alter waveform

shapes or amplitudes.)

4. The terms "30,5 or "7875.5 refer to scope frequency used.

I II II III

1 p UJ.

am

CA O v

O O 1

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Chassis 575-1 thru -6, Service Information, Continued

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

1. Position deflection yoke as far for-ward as possible on the neck (againstthe flare) of the picture tube.

2. Rotate centering adjustment rings (lo-cated on yoke cover) individually ortogether, until picture is centered.Turn brightness control to a low leveland^check that no corner cutting ex-ists in the picture.

FOCUS

With contrast and brightness at normalsettings connect focus jumper to eithertie point X, Y, Z whichever gives maximumsharpness and clarity of fine detail incenter and edges of picture.

- UHF -ANT.

><1 r-

HORIZONTAL AFC ADJUSTMENT

Before performing the following procedure,check AGC adjustment as described.1. Set channel selector to strongest chan-

nel in area and adjust fine tuning con-trol to correct tuning point.

2. Adjust vertical height, vertical line-arity, and width control for normalpicture.

3. Short pin 7 of V7 (6CS6) to ground andadjust R414 Horiz. Hold Control untilthe picture becomes as stable as possi-ble.

4. Remove short from pin 7 of V7 and ad-just L4O0 Horiz. Frequency for 9

Volts AC with hot lead of probe athoriz. test point , ground lead tochassis.

Rotate channel selector to a positionon which no signal is received; thenreturn to the original station. Thepicture should immediately fall intosync. If not, repeat steps 3, 4, 5.

5.

-CHASSIS PARTS LAYOUT-

0247

UHF PRE -SELECTOR

VHFANT. LH

RF AMP

I t RF AG

UHFOSC.

UHF TUNER

UHFMIXER

L

120V AC

VHF/UHFMODELS ONLY

VHF TUNER 7

í260V

-BLOCK DIAGRAM -

F AGC

6EH71ST VIDEO -o

F AMP

6CS6SYNC SEPNOISE IM MU

1/2 6KU8HORIZ. AFC

DISCR.

1/2 6K08SOUNDIF AMP

60T6AUDIO DET

SOUND IF

6A05AF OUTPUT

6EJ72ND VIDEO

IF AMP

I/O 6FD7VERT OSC

6FQ7HORIZ. OSC

INDUSVIDEO DET.

I/O 6FD7VERY.

OUTPUT

66,15HORIZ.

OUTPUT

HORIZ. PULSE

1/2 6KU8VIDEO AMP.

6ÁY3DAMPER

HORIZ.SCANTRANS

(SPEAKERS

YOKE

238GP4

IG3GT/IB3GT

H.V. RECT.

146

20 V

PP

IS V

PP

65V

PP

20 V

PP

7875

iv30

1178

75N

7875

N55

VP

P60

VP

P13

0 V

PP

600

VP

P78

75 N

30 N

30 A

l30

NII0

VP

P78

75nl

Va

6E14

71S

T V

IDE

O IF

AM

P

1'02

0622

MM

FG

"('.

I04 00

22__

V2

6DT

6S

OD

IO D

ET

.

0114

6.8K

GIIB .0

022

-~-

c ó6

~R

I16

T47

0 FD

!!56

0K M

My

2216

0022

y/-.

R

210

0218

0212

IK

TT

122.

{L.N

0012

---.

Vw

-,.y

R23

2:L2

00 I

YC

220

0022

SS

A/ -

g. '

"C2

00 002

0214

I5K

R12

047

0/1.

0202

1

0112

.002

2

l

7

2-

F5/

.,.4/

V3

6A

05A

UD

IO O

UT

PU

T

011M

O\

\\

VS

L208

8238

0222

6EJ7

---'o

1-y

3.9K

.,..0

;1`.

2ND

2NF

AM

P.

\ \r`

._vN

i_-.

.I

5_02

24

i<L2

01{.

0012

/18-

++

/12

05

' ; ¡

IT20

0I_

\,

_-6/

R21

6 L

8/

C232

13.1

.---

"// 6

.BK

//3,

3MM

FD

N F

1.-1

_ _

_R

234

rJ.,

0022

fL5

040,

20`

I

7%

i7G

h¿

.I--

5020

0

1.50

2R

218

5 //

/,..

:.:12

07 H

}I

r

4qO

a,1

9 )

G22

6 S

b"`M

----

-M...

FD

-l

G222

6-/%

-47

0A P

P2`

00+

--/

J,R

108/

8800

-02

08.2

2

¡¡

F,5

.F\

Rá0

6

IT10

01

i\.

--.v

V.-

y' 1

/CI0

2Tr_

210H

f87

017

-.2,

./5

6 /

%

MM

FO'r

____

}r

MM

FDj

**1

rQ-u

a, _

/V

I

/rL

\^2.

2MM

FD

/ jR

102L

" J

%gp

KO

gMPR

S6K

31

,,,./.

......

....7

.J

tClo

D le

oe

/I

.005

,

L210

R24

28.r1

T`i

22 R

300

228

C24

6

¡R

eIB

MM

Fp,

C12

PF

/M

MF

Dt

R11

2/

ISO

K7

R20

6O

K

/\T

C/C

316

R22

2' i

75V

PP

30

-41-

0124

.004

7/

220

2`0

022¿

, Ra7

K.._

24

5.6M

EG

'-R

208

G24

18O

1R

25i

,, ^p

15.6

M'E

G83

31...

.1

103

223

47M

MF

D'--

wV

\

400

VP

P78

75 N

65 V

PP

- P

RIN

TE

D B

OA

RD

AS

SE

MB

LY -

PP

402

C418

R418

C41

6

K I

-68

0 M

MF

D.0

047M

FD

C420

.001

M F

D

30 Al

I

15V

PP

VPP

7875

/V

7875

11 /

V M

O, n

w"

V

PP300

R30

12

228

4 ,C

+, -

-11

\I

11\

R41

:\

R31

4R

410

VIO

33K

`I.2

K68

K62

07+

r_

R0R

12 O

SC

TC

C31

8_

R40

8,8

7'

`.01

IOK

R3

2I

C32

0,

/ -:-

61

120K

V6S

I\\-

).N

i

__28

.:.-.

M/0

056

¿r¿

% C

324

6KU

643

\1\

I

1

/\

R31

9{R

316

VID

EO

AM

P7i

t4

C30

8II

IKA

FG

DIS

CO

.04

103/

.022

\I M

EG

\

ISM

Oil

1

\I

I

L04

14330MMFD

R30Tf

C305

-27K

R310 68K

y¡I5

- 4t\

7 1i

}51

68K

6\F4/

R308

,. z

.I.

41._

.

220K

rR3o

5

yME

G_

I/

:02

14/

R2

.a22

/

L212

r>

F'-a

°°`-

-.v7

I/

I6C56

/7 1

I/

II

B S

YN

C S

EP

. /1.

- /I

\

I50

VP

P

WI2

VPP

30 /U

C300

R304

1.01

330K

R30

1R

302

22K

ME

GI

I-.

C302

.001

23

7875 N

85 vPP

30 /

R224

ACC

220K

4TM

MF

D `

2 R

324.

1

407

0040

0'_,

,71

3 F

SK

560

K5 /T

F,3

52

R31

2-Z

-1\..

:i...5

+I

6

O9/

#$.14 O

vsn

)-03

1003

1662

07.,.

\0I\1

DJo

`vE

RT

? t p

uT

0304

022. C31

2.047

R42

0M

EG

C32

21.

--N

W--

y.0

01

O -

.-.il

.-w

H 3

gkR

422

R32

8.

220n

1203

C42

2V

IP.

330

4f3

p 6G

ú5M

MF

DO

R¢.

_i\

TP

UT

- -

8

l.

0306

\i`

.33 \

R34

oR

326

820K

1\

470K

IR34

r 2

100-

Ki

1 , 11II J

R33

2V

ER

TH

EIG

HT

5 M

EG

21 V

PP

30N

300

VP

P30

/V

R33

8S

OR

T

3ME

0

PP

400

85 -

\5 a2á

22K

L406

14 I S9'

C52

2 \

FI

I_/ T

C43

000

22\

6j7

j MM

FD

V13

6AY

314

04DAMPER,,,,.

R40

4W.1

80K

+C

406

C40

4 1.

0015

L -.00

47C

402

IR

406

71M

MF

DR

400

330K

4.

R40

2C

400

C40

8.0

4727

0K82

MM

FD

23

5

TO

T40

0

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

VHFANTENNATERMINAL

SYLVANIA Chassis 575-1 thru -6, Service Information, Continued

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (54-11802-1,-3)

LI L2

L4 L5

V2

4 3L37

4 5

C171000 1000 -

FIL.

SW2

SWIL13

L12

LII

LIO

L9

8

9

10

R4150K

IFALIGNMENTTEST POINT o =

R22.21<

C5

C8

1

OS

I12VI

- 6G K5RF AMP

AGC

ALL CAPACITORS INAIMFOUNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED

AGC - Use this control only if normalcontrast cannot he obtained with CONTRASTControl, or if the picture is not steady.Tune in a strong channel and then rotateclockwise until the picture "jumps" or is

unsteady, then back off until the picturebecomes steady and normal.

DIAL CORDTENSIONSPRING

L21L23IF OUTPUT

881080

R5L22 10K

000 r--//\-183 CIO

11;:KLVEA

I/26GJ7 oMIXER RF

TEST POINT

I---11C12_L 1000

O oB+ IF

140V OUTPUT

VHFFINE TUNESHAFT

/a"'UHF DRIVEPULLEY

1L301

MI

IL24I

R7126

~1C13IoO

183_

V2B

I/2 6GJ7osc

SW3

IL32I

CI615

IOK

DIAL CORD LENGTH

APPROX. 26 8 LONG

DIAL CORD STRINGING (-6 CH.ONLY)

EEO

148

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVA.NIA Alignment Information for Chassis 575-1, 571-1, 573-1, etc., Continued

VIDEO IF, SOUND IF AND 4.5MC TRAP ALIGNMENT PROCEDURES

1.

PRELIMINARY

Connect an isolation transformer and a

variable transformer between chassis and

INSTRUCTIONS

4. For best results, solder the sweep generator

ground to chassis, do not use clips.power

tained

line. Line voltage should

at 120 volts.

be main- 5. Sweep generator "hot" lead must make good

electrical contact at all points given2. Keep marker generator coupling at a mini- under TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK-UP.

mum to avoid distortion of thecurve.

response 6. Adjust sweep generator output for a 3V peak

to peak response curve on the scope.3. Do not use tubular capacitors for coupling 7. Receiver and test equipment should warm

sweep

best.

into receiver. Disc ceramics are up for approximately 15 minutes beforealignment.

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT

STEP ALIGNMENT SET - UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK - UP ADJUST

.

Set VHF tuner to a free channel

that does not disturb the response

curve,

Short point O to ground and

connect a -10V DC source to tie

point 2

Connect - 30 volt DC source (-)

terminal to pin 2 of V10 (+)

terminal to chassis.

SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a .002

MFD capacitor to pin 2 of V5. Set

generator to 43.5 MC with 10 MC

sweep.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Loosely coupled

as a marker to sweep generator

lead.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Through a 10K

resistor connected to test point

L205 and L207 so that the

42.6 MC marker and the 45.75 MC

marker are of equal amplitude.

See Figure 1.

42.6 - 45.75MC MC

80%±10%

- - - - -Figure /

L205 Positions marker amplitude.

L207 Adjusts for tilt.

2 Same as Step 1. SWEEP GENERATOR - Through a .002

MFD capacitor to pin 2,of V4.

Set generator to 43.5 MC with 10

MC sweep.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as Step 1.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step I.

T200 so that both the 42.6 MC

and 45.75 MC markers are of

equal amplitude and at 55% of

response curve. See,Figure 2.

42.6 45.75MC

555101:109/0 MC

Figure 2

3 Same as Step 1.

- _

SWEEP GENERATOR - Same as Step 2.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as Step 1.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Same as Step 1.

L204 for maximum dip at 47.25

MC.

TUNER MIXER COIL - To position

45.75 MC marker at 50% of re-

sponse curve while 45 MC marker

is maintained at 100%.

45.0 M CT

105 TO100%

120%42.645.75MC

MC0

-

1±10% 5Ó %oáá _i___ e

Figure 3 47,25 MC

L2021 To obtain response as

shown in Figure 3. Top of re -

sponse curve should be smooth

and rounded and should rise

from 105% to 120%.

149

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Alignment Information for Chassis 575-1, 571-1, 573-1, etc., Continued

4.5 MC TRAP AND SOUND IF ALIGNMENT

STEP ALIGNMENT SET - UP NOTES TEST EQUIPMENT HOOK - UP ADJUST

t Set contrast control to maximum.

Connect - 30 volts DC source (-)

terminal to test point O and

pin 2 of V10. (+) terminal to

chassis.

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Through a .0047

MFD capacitor to test point OA

Set signal generator to 4.5 MC,

preferably crystal calibrated or

controlled, with at least 100

millivolts output.

VTVM - Through detector network

shown in Figure 1, to cathode of

picture tube - tie point 36

Separate cores of T204

Then

Adjust top core of T204 for

minimum reading on meter.

2 Same as Step 1. SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as Step 1.

VTVM - Through detector network

shown in Figure 2.to pin 7 of

4DT6.

[T100 Bottom core

IT100I Top core

I12041 Bottom core

For maximum meter reading using

weakest possible signal.

3 Same as Step 1.

BREAK OUT

Figure 3

SIGNAL GENERATOR - Same as Step 1.

OSCILLOSCOPE - Through .0047 MFD

capacitor to tie point 41

With core of L100 at the top of

coil form, rotate core inward

(clockwise). (NOTE: Coil has two

(2) peaks of resonance). Tune

through the first peak and adjust

the core for maximum amplitude on

the second peak.

Decrease signal strength until

break out occurs, then readjust

top core of T100 until break

out occurs simultaneously on

both peaks. See Figure 3.

4 Remove all test equipment leads etc. Connect antenna and check receiver on a strong local station.

ALTERNATE SOUND ALIGNMENT USING TRANSMITTED SIGNAL

Tune in strongest available channel and adjust for best picture. Turn AGC control clockwise until picture

begins to distort and adjust

to chassis board).

Turn AGC counterclockwise until sound gets weak and noisy. Adjust

tom core for loudest and clearest sound and minimum hiss.

L100 for best sound and minimum buzz. (Use tuning point where core is closest

T100 top and bottom core and T204 bot-

150

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVAN JAChassis 571-1, -2, -3, -4, Models 19P35 and 19P36, exact service data pages 151-156;Chassis 573-1, -2, used in Models 19P09, 19P12, 19P14, and Chassis 574-3, -4, usedin Models of 19T21 Series, are very similar electrically and this material is applicable.Alignment information on pages 149-150 is also applicable to this group of sets.

CHASSIS AND PICTURE TUBE REMOVALCHASSIS REMOVAL

1. Disconnect AC power cord and antennaconnections.

2. Remove screws securing backcover tocabinet. Remove backcover.

3. Disengage contrast, brightness andvertical hold knob from their respec-tive shafts by pulling straight out.

NOTE: These knobs are captive to the cab-inet DO NOT TRY TO FORCE OUT OF THE CAB-INET.4. Remove the two (2) screws securing

chassis to cabinet.NOTE: One (1) screw is located behind thethe protective harrier covering the widthand horizontal hold controls.5. Remove the one (1) screw securing

tuner cluster to mounting bracket onchassis.

6. Carefully push on mounting bracketuntil it swings down and is clear oftuner cluster.

7. Slide chassis to the rear until clearof cabinet. Lead lengths permit re-moval of chassis from cabinet withcomponents connected in circuit. If

complete disassembly becomes necessarydisconnect the following plug andsocket connections:A. Picture tube socket - at picture

tube.

B. High voltage lead - at picturetube.

C. Yoke - at chassis.

D. IF input - at chassis.E. Tuner cluster - at chassis.

F. Speaker leads - at speaker.

8. Remove chassis.

TUNER CLUSTER REMOVAL -

1. Disconnect AC power cord and antennaconnections. Remove backcover.

2. Remove VHF channel selector, VHF finetune and volume/on/off knobs by pulling

straight up.3. Remove the nut securing volume/on/off

control to cabinet, (made visiblewhen knob is removed).

4. Unsolder the single lead from theantenna to terminal strip. (Unsolderlead at the terminal strip.)

5. Remove the one (1) screw securing thetuner cluster to brace.

6. Remove the on,e (1) screw securingtuner cluster to top of cabinet.

7. While supporting tuner cluster removethe two (2) screws securing cluster tomounting bracket on cabinet, lowercluster carefully until clear fromcabinet.

PICTURE TUBE REMOVAL

1. Remove chassis and tuner assembly asoutlined under "Chassis Removal" pro-cedure.

2. Lay cabinet face down on a soft mate-rial so as not to scratch or mar theface of the picture tube or finish oncabinet.

3. Remove the four brackets and screws se-curing picture tube to cabinet.

4. USING GOGGLES AND GLOVES, reach underface of tube and lift from cabinet, DONOT GRASP NECK OF PICTURE TUBE AT ANYTIME.

5. To install picture tube, reverse thepreceding steps. Exercise caution notto scratch face of picture tube.

-YOKE REMOVAL

Loosen screw on deflection yoke retainingring. Slide yoke back on neck of picturetube until clear from tube.

To replace chassis, tuner cluster andyoke reverse the preceding procedures.

151

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

c-1MONO -POLE

L808

f0 cneANT. ; <.TO

152

SYLVANIA Chassis 571-1, -2, -3, -4, Continued-I.-2 VAII.ONLY 04De 304FP

6-F

L

W Y ;.D 10 C.4

516 1 -2, 4 ONLY

C52.1 470

MMFD

R5 6.5-IMEG

S40 MATSMEG

1

PR

6502.5-4ME

VÑI WYTgx

62003305%

BK502NE2H R

P/L

TO RII8TO TIE TO TIEPT 12 PT

TO TIEPOINT

9

INR-LOGK120060

TOIPI

ON 1400

L

VIA

1/2 5KD8SOUND IF AMP

-1V(-.4V1 2

*73V

((+637)

í73V

1C102-870MMFD

V44EH7

1ST VIDEO IF AM

I1.7V(*18V) 2

IL2021I

0200 t 1 02040022 -.-.0022

C206'

MMFD

L200 5X

#150VP^(+13511

--_L +1031/#75V1

02166.851 v

=Cz18.0012 6218

4700 1222.0022

0212IKIW

MMFCIO/B

47D

V24DT6

40063 CET.

*443V22011

V(+2.8V)

#10866000

TO PIN 7OF S6500

01146.86

Lf 0112

140V 5806 -I.SVPP3010

V54EJ7

IF AMP TÑlY5v1 i

9 #43578 (#125V1

L

02240012

163*1.2VY+A/V)

232

62266206 .0022 =6606

82205.6 MEG

265 V

5050E p. ,C65144 C5148 65146

TSOMFD IOOMFO 20MF0

C500 +"501 3501 T350V

1 0512 J17 C514D47003W 25V

Z02224706

75VPP300

G212 16/54V COI 8oa (*20V) g223 '1/2 5K082KV I 22K.:1 AGC AMP 0010

400VPP R230 R300PP300

78750fI4pV

9 56K 22K R304 330K

r- 51108 3G65T 3024 -7 9GwPIN 3 I 5 3 4 1 %I PaV TUBE ¡ ¡ PP400

TOPIN34L_--._-_--'----J TOPIN4.- IÍI

50500

---==12====_=o O===JJ=

II 17403 I]GJS 13F07 4656 6405 4EJ7 4E01 4006 8707 I00U6 SNDB4 L502 6 C504

4

#1507*150V)

168I/21OKU8

Arc DISCRIMINATOR

6302 0012I MEG

20VPP78750

2-1.3V 6412(-.311 .0047 T

MMFD 2706r4 l

IVPP787510

HORIZ.TEST PT.

R2344700

.0022 1

® +265V

al{.r-18MMF0J N{]0

56200 10295120 UN

ÓPF917TOPIN TO PIN I

PL 00 OFOF 50500

PL500 r

ReMEGM

VOL.

v6Á

6Á05AAUDIO OUTPUT

+25576(*255V)

í13V(043V)

422(#221

C12iI .1

012047011

I/210KU8 9 +4457VIDEO AMP /IRON)

333300 íL

02340236 éL208 OI470(1 220UN

V7

4CS6NOISE IMMUNITY 6 SYNC SEP

33V +78V(-7V)(47805

0408106IW

II 00051282

IL

6520I W22

PARTS CODING -

4TÑ6I)047047T1

20750J

76750 -R407 194102.76 5%K5%

C522 0524 C52610022 .00221 1.0022

Sound Section 100-199

Video Section 200-299

Vert. and Sync Section 300-399

Horiz. and H.V. Section 400-499

L.V. Supply, Fil,, Misc. 500-599

85VPP30N

3 1

0416IOOK

65VPP7675,0

4376 (11*1430)

78SOVPP7510

8310686

130vOPP

BIDII35V C23B

et ó

- - - 1C2361.0022

POTO3 TIEINT4

15MEG

#123V6 (*/23V)

V8A1/2 13F07

VERT OSC

300155300

PP402 04160047

6412 V9 550PP 16418 1SBK 8FQ7 7675,0 880RORIZ OSO. TMMF01ij 1

64201T.D01

4414500

00012. HOLD

-115V(-115W

20VPP78750

017GJ5

HORIZ OUTPUT

-451(-45v)

7875R420110VPP R4295605 0 220

WP1

62447FNA,

0308

0022

1 310

#148V7FF148V,

R426

R42818K

R03050K

WIDTH

i

152

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Chassis 571-1, -2, -3, -4, Schematic Diagram, Continued

II012411:0047

>R122>22K

65V

42

WITti P,200

I GB

MMFD \I\8246L J 100K

*265V

¡Tin]

35100EARPHONE JACK

GPI

-W150,-T212_IBOUM

0244 -NV \r-22 R250

WK

182487K7W

+265V(*265V) v.6

1/2 13FD7ERT OUTPUT

AWSW

8318 0316I MEO 0022

R342IOOK

8340 8205.

C426823ÑED

84324.7K

WI

C42B033

5265V(*265V)

0432O18

0322

2 K

83383 MEGVEBT LIN.

X11

1a3/IG3HV RECTIFIER

7 R4344]K 17KV

- 9 1

IL406I

043020MMFO55v

LTO

POINT

R254 '02206

R260IOK

0246 LINFO

TMMFD

1.02411= 47MMFD

8324 G320

113203906

R3'9120 N

VI2 Ii

17AY3 11

DAMPER

R3343MEG I

VERT HOLD I

265v

8256K

WITS

83325 MEGVERT. HEIGHT

0300

BLACK

PL 400

65VPP3000

BLUE

RJ-

-\V13

I9CVP4PICTURE TUBE /

KV!2KV

FOCUS JUMPER

-GENERAL SCHEMATIC NOTES ----

Voltage sources are indicated by encircled symbols, corres-

ponding symbols without circles indicate voltage tie points.

Average resistances of coils and transformers are shown and

are measured with component connected in circuit.

Encircled numbers on edge of printed circuit indicate tie

points, corresponding with those shown on parts layout of

printed board.

All capacitors are in microfarads unless otherwise specified.

Coils, transformers, plugs and sockets are shown as viewed

from the bottom.

Arrows on controls indicate direction of clockwise rotation.

Shaded areas indicate code changes.

CONNECT FOCUS JUMPERTO ETHER TERMINAL

6N/E6 MAAXI06 MUM SHARPR-

R25825KCONTRAST

300,

R336

M.7fr

EG

30 rrvPP

TOSE

L300VERT

ELEC.COILS

L302

OEFLEG.COI SI

ORANGE I

LOOR

PP402

C418 R4I8 C4I6

680 MMFD 2.7K .0047M

C420.001 MFD

2 3 4

VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED

I. Voltages measured to chassis using VTVM.

2. AC power source 120 volt 60 cycle line.

3. Voltage readings in brackets taken with no input; channel

selector set to a free channel, antenna disconnected, an-

tenna terminals shorted together and grounded to chassis.

4. Voltage readings not in brackets taken with a strong signal

input; tuner set to a strong local station developing ap-

proximately -7 volt on AGC Buss. NOTE: AGC VOLTAGE AT TEST

POINT® WILL VARY FROM -7 VOLT ON A VERY STRONG SIGNAL TOA +20 VOLT ON A VERY WEAK SIGNAL.

5. Contrast control set to maximum. Brightness control set to

minimum.

6. Voltage values shown are average readings. Variations may be

observed due to normal production tolerances.

SPECIAL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

Picture tube anode voltage measured with VTVM high voltage

Oprobe at line voltage of 120 volts under conditions of normal

signal , no brightness and correct scan size.

"High peak voltage of short duration may damage meter used for

this measurement.

.WAVEFORM MEASUREMENT CONDITIONS

I. Channel selector set to strong channel.

2. Contrast control set for signal of 65 volt peak to peak at

yellow lead of picture tube.

3. Waveforms measured with respect to chassis using a wide band

oscilloscope. (Other type oscilloscopes may alter waveform

shapes or amplitudes.)

4. The terms "30,5 or "7875,j refer to scope frequency used.

153

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Chassis 571-1, -2, -3, -4, Service Information, Continued

check AGC adjustment as described.1. Set channel selector to strongest chan-

nel in area and adjust fine tuning con-trol to correct tuning point.

2. Adjust vertical height, vertical line-arity, and width control for normalpicture.

3. Short pin 7 of V7 (4CS6) to ground andadjust R414 Horiz. Hold Control untilthe picture becomes as stable as possi-ble.

4. Remove short from pin 7 of V7 and ad -

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT

1. Position deflection yoke as far for-ward as possible on the neck (againstthe flare) of the picture tube. .

2. Rotate centering adjustment rings (lo-cated on yoke cover) individually ortogether, until picture is centered.Turn brightness control to a low leveland check that no corner cutting ex-ists in the picture.

FOCUSWith contrast and brightness at normalsettings connect focus jumper to eithertie point X, Y, Z whichever gives maximumsharpness and clarity of fine detail incenter and edges of picture.

HORIZONTAL AFC ADJUSTMENTBefore performing the following procedure,

UHFANT.><ZI E --

UHF PRE -SELECTOR

UHFOSO.

UHF TUNER

UHFMIXER

ANT. L_._H r -I

VHF/UHFMODELS ONLY

VHF TUNER

RF AMP

RF AGC

+140V

+265V

120V AC SOURCE

TUNER LOCATIONVARIES

5

5HG8 ( UHF4 OSC

OSC/MIXE

3AF4®OR

3DZ4

4` GK5OR I

3GW5 r6AQ5ARFAMP ttii/AUDIO

k 4 OUTPUT

OSO AMIXER

7

__J

just L400 Horiz. Frequency for 9

Volts AC with hot lead of probe athoriz. test point , ground lead tochassis.

5. Rotate channel selector to a positionon which no signal is received; thenreturn to the original station. Thepicture should immediately fall intosync. If not, repeat steps 3, 4, 5.

1/2 5KD8SOUNDIF AMP

4DT6AUDIO DET.

BLOCK DIAGRAM

IF AGC

I/2 5X08AGC AMP

SOUND IF

6405AF OUTPUT

4EH71ST VIDEO -!r

IF AMP

4CS6SYNC SEPNOISE IM MU

I/2IOKUBHORIZ. AEG

DISCR.

4EJ72ND VIDEO

IF AMP

I/213FD7VERT. OSO

8F07HORIZ. OSO

IN295VIDEO DET.

I/213FD7VERT.

OUTPUT

17GJ5HORIZ.

OUTPUT

HORIZ. PULSE

1/2 IOKUBVIDEO AMP.

17AY3

DAMPER

HORIZ.SCAN

TRANS

CHASSIS CONNECTED TO ONE SIDE OF AC LINEPICTURE TUBE I9CVP4 CABINET MOUNTED

NOTE: REPLACE ALL TUBES WITH ORIGINAL TYPE ONLY.

4EH7

4AUDIO

DET 4DT6A 5KD8

4EJ74

2ND VIDEOIF AMP

1ST VIDEOIF AMP

3

45

IOKU8

VIDEO AMP/AFCDISCRIMINATOR 4CS6

FINISH VERT OSC/SOUND IF AMP NOISE IMMUNITY/

OUTPUT

AGC AMP SYNC SEP-HEAVY LINE FOLLOWS SERIES FILAMENT SEQUENCE

--`PICTURE TUBE

HORIZ OS

I3FD7

A INDICATES TUBE INDEX

TUBE LAYOUT DIAGRAM

START

4

HORIZ.OUTPUT

17AY35

DAMPER

SPEAKERS

YOKE

19CVP4

IG3GT/I B3GT

H.V. RECT.

/

IG3GT/IB3GTH.V. RECTIFIER

154

20 V

PP

7875

,1.

5V P

P30

,65

VP

P78

75,

20V

PP

55V

PP

7875

,78

75,

60 V

PP

30,

130V

PP

30,

600

VP

P30

,11

0 V

PP

30,

y4N

4E11

7o0

2I5

TV

IDE

O !

PA

MP

%(T

¡s

1.

L201

Á/C

200

%`

üIII

/C20

0100

221

R21

00

$214

15K

'JC

2p18

_

\ 12.

R21

2II<

C22

0 .0

022

.-gT

`8\

--

R2'

6-

68K

i22M

MF

-

[020

21_

_. 6

.I

:.

F/./

T20

01

R23

2

0204

R2404

.002

27K

L502

...--

--L5

0400

262

08

, 22

/Y,

R10

8'-i

f__

__...

6170

V2

40T

6f_

_.9.

,.. -

.77F

43

F''.

2I

AU

DIO

DE

T,

01f0

8 4H

F0y

_._

\1

0022

15

_2I

'R

I16

T

fr*2

12(?

-.0

022

'5601

-C11

22\6

+41

7__/

56G

IIOr

MM

FOR

IIO*

AC

5.x w

RI1

46.

8K

CI

0120 70

n

7\12

__\

--O

I`

,45/

:R

12J

a- I-

-vT

h.-

10V

311

36H

i'!}

3T/

aGK

6A05

A,0

047

I

'A

U01

0 O

UT

PU

T/

4,7K

/

75 V

PP

300v

PP

40005

20.0

022 82

1847

0n

.Zr

.2 0022

022

4,.0

012

4.z_

L

\rF

416/ R

234

470,

2I.

0226

\\

\1

\o

\I

IDK

U9

\R

416

4EJ7

\ \V

IDE

OIS

OR

. \

'^I.M

713

2ND

VID

EO

IF A

MP

AR

23]1

11-.

.,2_,

....,\

____

_~...

./

O--

.,uti\

4]K

G41

2\I

R35

'SK

' N 0

047

,N,

L208

R238

/}

\`^\

1

\ 3.9

KP

P40

2

3.30

MF

0232

Oa

5.6M

M0U

FD

N29

5/.0

022

`50

200/

``\

420

1020

71

R10

4G

02 2

2KT

T4

yg]O

MM

FD

/FS

~F

4P

P20

0I

0104

' ,T/.-

-v.

. .22

/I

! 6R

I06

TM

Fd

7__

..._

IOK

-23

8/fl2

30 2

26M

F0

56K

7fO

DI!

R10

28 S

D F

DA

MP

AG

G A

MP

ISIi

\ 9

/R248 31

ft 7K

D0

II35 40

0 V

PP

7875

,

0R24

1'2

40r`

330

1,3.

35

\I

J

` .//

R420 K

03I0

tI

Ili

R31

4\

i8

3K

:I'

--'-

\ _I

\ I

23 4

.%

,°.

---'/

K--

-?$

`/I,

1732

.

\R

412

68K

27H

\i -

\--

-I G

---

/C

524

.002

2\

R40

8 _

]"03

1803

22Galo

I-1

01

//04

10 0

M

/le1-

-16

5 (.

20K

680

1

R40

7:27

6"::4

40]

4TM

MFD

{{{.

......

..

E

1

28M

(MF

D2

7K

IE-1

)VB

v9\

4/''

R3I

813

FD

7 8f

O7

C30

6 M

11cG

VE

RT

OS

0 /

G32

600

RIZ

4:'.0

22

VE

RT

.OU

TP

UT

.002

2O

SC

)

PP

40ti_

600

22¡l,

(,_-

R2W

OK

,^,.-

6yB

K

7.61

1:\

220i

IF

C22

'\ --

-24

630

F.

K

IBM

MF

D

2944

305-

-i_._

y"/

'J'1

1725

402

14-0

22R

i31

C24

8220K

I -1,

122H

t47

MM

F0

R25

0O

KI0

O,

yh4.

7K I

IL40

01

0210

65 V

PP

30,

R40

418

0K

C40

41I

.001

5C402 MF

D

R40

2

270K

R40

033

0K

C40

0

82M

MF

D

2

C40

6.0

047 R "

406

4-+

vv--

C40

8.0

47

/ VP

P78

75,/

VT

0212

I4C

S610

000

601$

E IM

MU

NIT

YI

@S

YN

C S

EP

A

R22

422

0KA

GO

I50

VP

P78

75 ,

I/O

.2V

PP

30,

P P

300

85 V

PP

30,

.11g

156

0K 6

L_I_

r__

_R312

\15

ME

G

9 "/

C31

8.0

022

C31

01

21

C306 .33

R4 IBb6

'.'Z

"0I`

0342

4306

KIO

OK

0316 00

1'_

fR

3331

460

VE

RT

LIN

2IV

PP

3000

-PR

INT

ED

C30

0R

304

.01

330K

R30

122

KR

302

C30

2I M

EG

,001

300

VP

P30

00

BO

AR

D

328

0322

o/

R a?ol

E-!

T

----

V.-

Ytr

--v.

-,24

22 t

R32

922

0 rt

1200

VIO

1732

520

RI2

. OU

TP

UT

I9

TO

T40

0T

IE P

OIN

T 7

vl2

I7A

Y3

DA

MP

ER

/4'

1

FF

'^\

17

'F

,Iy.

¡11

.406

1U

l C

430

O\

60M

MF

D

055

.002

2

0404

AS

SE

MB

LY-

(-) o. ~

o JI w

PP

200

R24

6 ^A

NIO

OK

C24

2C

240

4°H

1--

-1/-

147

MM

FD

IBM

MF

D

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 19.64 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

SYLVANIA Chassis 571-1, -2, -3, -4, Service Information, Continued

SK400

C426

L500

I R258 I

R256

I R334 I

PL500

SK500

R5(56

C514A,B,C,D

-SIDE VIEC508

5C500

C512 C506SC502 C510

L. I

TI02 .9)6 R510 R508 R514

R258CONTRAST

R256BRITE

ACINTERLOCK

R506

R334VERTHOLD

C250

3

C151000

VHFANT

TERM.

VI

4

I000

1

FIL.

SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM (54-11644-5)

CHASSIS PARTS LAYOUT

LI L2

L 7

r C3

Cl 12

L3 PPI

L5PP2

L6

C1710001

L9

L8

TI

7

LIO

V2RI22K

CI851000

SWILII

CI9 )1000

6 C201000

OFIL. AGC

C515

C847

L20

SW2

L16e4

R3 4330rt

L13 oIF

ALIGNMENTTEST POINT

VI

3GK5RF AMP.

ALL CAPACITORS IN MMFDUNLESS OTHERWISE SPEC/F/ED.

SW3L26I

L29 ®..

IL25

L23/

L22

L21

R55.6 K

IW

L34IF

OUTPUTR6- 9 15K

- CIO 1000

MIXER O TESTPOINT

CII(1000

L321

O OB+ IF

140V OUTPUT

ISM

L29

C14

3.9

CI315

R810K

3

V28

I/2 5HG8OS C.

156

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WestinghouseCHASSIS

MODEL

V-2443-1,AND CHASSIS

-2,CHART

-3, -4

MODEL CHASSIS TUNERS UHF ADAPTABILITY FEATURES

H -P3430 V-2443-1 470V132H02 EXTERNAL

470V133H01

(ALTERNATE)CONVERTER

REQUIRED

VHF

INSTANT ON

470V119H01

(ALTERNATE)UHF STRIPS

(Four Maximum)

H-P3430U V-2443-2 470V136H01 VHF/UHF470V133H01

(ALTERNATE)FACTORY

EQUIPPED

INSTANT ON

470V119H01

(ALTERNATE)FOR

ALL

472V038H02

UHFCHANNELS

H -P3433

V-2443.3

(Television)

V-2418-4

(Remote Rec)

559V087H02

(Remote

Tran smitter)

470V111H02 UHF STRIPS

(Four Maximum) VHF

INSTANT ON

REMOTE OPERATION

MEMORY FINE TUNING

H -P3478 V-2443-4

(Television)

V-2418-4

(Remote Rec)

559V087H02

(Remote

Transmitter)

V-2430-3

(Mobil Sound)

470V111H02 UHF STRIPS

(Four Maximum) VHF

INSTANT ON

REMOTE OPERATION

MOBIL SOUND

MEMORY FINE

TUNING

1ST 401IC 2ND 40 KC 3RD 40 KC 4TH 40KCAMP AMP AMP AMP

vr -T5 - 1

39KC I

Lt[ [ ^

TR5REIAT DRIVER K1

r 1olr o

TR1 7R2 T 12 -lo. evrP

T

r I

K1ACHAN CHANGE

SRO

J

r Mo'ov

I 1 noC - ISr [ Pv P

4.111

_r.sv77

av

s `41KC I

-13,1vnlww01

V to-I1. io.ev

n I

Ia

T 4wM S.M a0I I,A/1LII

t I

0 1 »iiov

I

u

OII^ '_ ' are

I0

lüii nv

IL r VOlK 1

CHANGE 11111- ov .T

sM i I l J RELAY DRIVER tx oT R 6 .eo ro

9vl

y

NOTES: to

IN MED.. ALL RESISTANCE VALUES IN 3 CAUTION I

"

ev Ca aoo

EBO

10

A

bI

I. ALL CAPACITANCEOHMS I/2 WATT,UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED. bOExOTES REMOTE RECEIVER 6 TO PREVENT A

2. OC. VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED TO B-. SHOCK NA ZARO, IHE Tv AND REMOTE RECEIVER B-USING A VTVM LIME VOLTAGE AT 120V 60~x0 MUST NEVER BE CONIVCTED TO EACH OTHER Remote Receiver Chassis V-2418-4.APPLIED SIGNAL. UNDER ANY CIRCUMSTIUMSTSNCES.

157

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, -4, Disassembly Procedures, Continued

PC BOARD ACCESSIBILITY & SERVICING (Refer to Fig.1)Screw Location for Chassis Removal

(1) and (2) Screws, chassis retaining, to cabinet top.(4) Hinge, chassis support, right side.(3) and (5). . Screws, chassis retaining, vertical posi-

tion.(6) Hinge, chassis support, left side.(7) Slots for front control panel mounting.(9) and (11) Screws, retaining, front control panel.(8) and (10) Studs, front control panel mounting to

chassis at (7).

All chassis are designed for tilting down on supporthinges, (4) and (6), for servicing and accessibility of parts.

Removing the two screws, (1) and (2), in the upper cornerof the chassis and the two screws, (3) and (5), from thechassis support hinges, will permit tilting the chassis intoa horizontal position for ease in servicing the PC board.

To keep the chassis in an upright or vertical position,replace the two screws, (3) and (5), into the chassis supporthinges.

When the front control panel is disconnected, two studs,(8) and (10), on the side of the panel can hook into theslots (7) located on the left side of the PC board chassisfor ease in handling and servicing.

DISASSEMBLY PROCEDURESChassis Removal - V-2443-1, -2

1. Remove back cover.2. Remove front control knobs.3. Disconnect ant. bkt.4. Remove screws (1) and (2) from upper corners of chassis,

and screws (3) and (5) from chassis support hinges.5. Disconnect CRT cap and high voltage leadíand CRT dag

contact spring ground connector; loosen yoke clampscrew and remove yoke and yoke width insert from CRT.

6. Disconnect spkr. leads.7. Remove screws (9) and (11) holding front control panel

and tuner.1

8. Lift up chassis from plastic chassis -support hinges, andremove carefully with tuner and front control panel assy.Two studs, (8) and (10), on the side of the panel canhook into slot (7) for ease in handling.

Chassis Removal -Remote Models (V-2443-3, -4)

1. Remove back cover screws, disconnect interlock, pullout back cover slightly and disconnect amp-lok cap andplugs before removing back cover.

2. Remove front control knobs.3. Disconnect ant. bkt.4. Remove screw from remote to main chassis -support

bracket (remote chassis side).5. Remove screws (1), (2), (3), (5) and tilt down chassis.6. Disconnect CRT cap, high voltage lead and CRT dag

contact spring ground connector; loosen yoke clampscrew and remove yoke width insert and yoke fromCRT.

7. Disconnect transducer plug from remote receiver.8. Remove two remote receiver retaining bolts from bottom

of cabinet.9. Disconnect remote receiver amp-lok cap and plug and

remove remote receiver.10. Disconnect spkr leads.11. Remove screws (9) and (11) holding front control panel.12. Lift up chassis from support hinges and remove carefully

with tuner and front control panel assembly.

CRT Removal

See chassis removal, and perform steps 1 thru 5. (Useshatterproof goggles for eye protection).1. Lift chassis up from support hinges and swing chassis to

left. CRT can be removed without tuner, remote orchassis removal.

2. Remove four corner CRT mounting screws.3. Carefully remove CRT with strap assy from cabinet.4. Disconnect dag contact spring and loosen bolt in CRT

strap rivet assy. Carefully remove CRT (use heavy gloves).

F400

758V001H10A. Slo-Blo

;gs.rp" g .r,+Jrtratw+.._..,.ifi1....

6 5

Hinge, Chassis SupportLeft Side

781V519H02

...2-41~1".211k.:- .i

2

Figure 1 - Rear View of Chassis, showinglocation of screws for chassis removal.

C420

AGC

Trimmer217V511 H03

3

4

Hinge, Chassis SupportRight Side

781V519H01

158

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, -4, PC Board Information, Continued

V-2443 PC BOARD LEGEND

1. IF input2. Height control, low end3. Tuner fil.4. Horiz Hold control, high end6. V2 pin 27. CRT pin 38. T300, orange wire9. Yoke, orange wire

10. Height control, arm11. Vert Hold control, high side12. V2, pin 1213. T300, red wire14. C405A15. T300, blue wire16. Vert Lin control, arm17. Tuner fil18. CRT, pin 719. CRT, pin 820. Contrast control, low side21. Contrast control, arm22. Brightness control, arm23. C402A24. Volume control, arm25. T101, blue wire26. T101, red wire27. T400, lug 1

28. Yoke, black wire29. Volume control, high side30. C403A31. Vert Lin control, high side32. To F40033. SW400, negative side of X40234. V1, pin 835. SW400, positive side of X40236. C404A37. SW40038. T400, lug #739. Vert Lin control, low side40. Height control, high side41. Contrasgt control, high side42. Brightness control, high side43. Tuner AGC

TEST POINTS

(A) AGC for IF(B) Video detector(C) CRT cathode(D) 1st IF input(E) 2nd IF grid(F) Horizontal MV(G) Ringing coil(H) Ringing coil(S) Quad coil(T) AGC for tuner

41 f-R218r-~-{ R220 I-- R200

C109

08

/2 v6>,} R107

Y6 C, 10 >Í% r, 1 4uT6A Y 4 "27C R103\\.......C107 d ',

7''''

C102--OM-- C101-

6--.71 (R1004 V7 8 /'v

r. R323 3 6CL8A9

FC100

R327 °- R 001--

T {8t-1-,

T203L205StAJJ

I R2?4

C2159L¡04 70 V4'/5./ CC301

C2`r i6 IOJAB I T --Z

/7^6 Y88. 9

C423 541-1,1416- R210

U. \4,...

C211

0 As./

O /T9

r7 /6g\ 20ÍC424 5 V9 9

44i -n-6) 5 C 204

\3 1f*Nr.

/`2-."/ ^-1 R207C 06

O ppORif4-11#0O

/`1 R2041-20511 U' 4

2R3035,4,3/R032J

R326

R305

2fl8$r364'+f-r*

Z300 `

C303'

<T 305

2 ¡R307

T200 r,4 R2(16

i II-1-1

L201

\?.C2S15 C203'5

\*).. L2

PARTS OMITTED WHEN PACKS ARE USED.* ADD JUMPER WHEN USING PACK.

R216

R315

18

3-5 ~6C311

2 V37

17JZ8 p

A,9

C302 51 407 R308 12..".11-'1° l -J

406,....e,'"<14043

X401

R3d61

1

.. \z4

i -4-a._ -...1J .,i404 rRÓbI'/ f ,`

CÓ ~ +l^, R405 ?498R403 1 ?j

1

,ri?

16 V10 9'5 8FQ7 '\ Z4O3

54.",3_,2/ C415C415

*" R414

R415

R314

-1 R224 }---

TVi£3

Bottom View of PC Board, showing top components in solid outline.Tube pin numbering is for bottom of socket.

O

159

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1,-2,-3,-4, Schematic Diagram, ContinuedNOTES:

I. ALL CAPACITOR VALUES LESS THAN I ARÉ IN NED, ANO VALUES V7A

GREATER THAN I ARE IN PF(MICRONICROFARABS) ALL RESISTANCE k 6CLAAVALUES ARE IN OHMS 1/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERNISE INDICATED

4.5 MC SOUND2. DC VOLTAGES ARE MEASURED FROM POINT INDICATED TO CIRCUIT LIMITER

GROUND WITH A ATAN. LINE VOLTAGE AT 120 V.A.C., NO

SIGNAL APPLIED. 6_ 1324

3. WAVEFORMS WERE TAKEN WITH CONTROLS SET FOR A NORMAL PIC UNE.

0-420 VAS SET FOR 275V (ZERO TO PEAK) AT T.P. ®.

4. SWITCH RAKES CONTACT ON UHF POSITION ONLY RI00 15. FOR REMOTE CHASSIS 0-2443-3 SEE SCHEMATIC (FIG4)

2208

FOR REMOTE MOBIL SOUND CHASSIS V-2443-4 SEE SCHEMATIC _0100(FIG 5) 6.8 C101 - RI02

1/9

25V

SEE

NOTE 4

0225

RIO)

SERI

T35 V

00221 15K

T10045MC

-CM2 $ I

IB á

` tC103

=.0047

V64DT6AFM DET.

2101/

h\

I9Y

CHJ4

001

T

C109

1100

1.001 4.5MC2C108

IOS

RI03 .Ó0471 120K<

820 6 86 íIN (f1

L 1

, 1 C106 t.T

,

10 á RIOT

- 560K

_i1C(07

R

1.0475I 606

06

1.0I

V912F)

AUÍ

R108 ---4 =__

500KVOL.

CONT.

SECTION 1

SOUND IF & AUDIO 450A

IF OUTPUT

8+

VHF 8225TUNER 5.6K

IIIr-2W

1-.

UHFTUNER

680

2KV T

UHF

6+

FROML200 r C201TUNER -70001 ,

if-- .3)uh I

I <R202>5.1K

T20044.25 MC

I

1C203143R204

I L201

47.25MC

I.

C202 C2053r

L800I

680IACC

T1,I

I

r R01RIÚOM I i Í B20K SR203

i2.2N Too

.N }C200 L! ___ Y Oro

I IS Z200

R206íC2044

4)Ní I.33

V9 VB411T6 4HM6

1ST IF T201 2ND IF r43.5MC

T202

12,31, _ 132V I 44.65MC

}I ttR208 1 d- 00T Í Il

S 12K / ," 9 ill '',11 1321/ I

10207 r _ 0210 I

8Y1-3 I_ 800 = "R207 #

1.3 470/ 1.-

22 128V

4H

R205 1020633 T.0015

8209470

C208I .001

.8V

1C2o9

10047

R2I0 16100 7.0211015

135V

1202 L203

9OT 5

74 7h 4.7uhT

C212 C213 C22I I

4.7 6.8 2.7 I

R231-- 12050

500uh410

V4AIf 101A8

VIDEO AMP.

L204I4.7uh

62IC

120uh

SECTION 2

VIDEO IF L VIDEO OUTPUT

R2)3

3.9 K

224

1150

2H3.1

NF Nt 412 IS 6JC8 IN

47041331101 TUNER

Y 2443 -1-2Nf V 2443 -3-4

1 INDICATES 8-

V7B33 6CLBA R327Á.a.l IN

R3231TOOK

TO JUNG0420, 0427

2

22V

31

/ R301

R300 156

C300

.0068

V4B If 101A8

R303220K

0301

8302330

15M

SYNC. SEP.

1024

2

.5V

383265.6K

_C347

R30S R306416 68K

R304158

C303 C305

T.O1 D)R307

6.8

2300

SECTION 3

SYNC & VERTICAL

C304 V3A 15 17128047

5R308I.S M

TC226

R30 5M

HE CHTC NT.

VERT. DISCH.

10801, -584

10

C311f -

R312 C3Ó7

R31182K .0033

820K

R310¡A IR313

y6324i 2N

6806

220K 4,- YE0.COÑT LO

II

INDICATES ISOLATED PARTS

TO

R319

F400OFF -ON

L403 13/4A5114004

I

55uh SLO-51.0

120YAC

60^'S404

0400 1

55uh .022 IO

SW4008

i

I

.001

ODOR

0400

C402Á 1+200MF

AUDIO

B+ ITSY

C40311.30MF

1_R400 1504

W0400

+-.X402

INSTANT -ON

DIODE

C401

0015

6401

46

14005823^

1350

R40247

(40V

C4044 + C4054-+2-FÍ- 2FT-

C4064 2402

-31IAL --L

R 01

SEL ECT

XORI AFC

(

i R404I IN 14406

2 ._680K

I C407I ' 11403

.001I 8206

4 ----- J

1401RINGING

COIL

lSR468K 07 IC412001220RR411

S{

3413+j .409 3306 III

39K Iw Ram'330U1

i11403 31

GORIIR405 Á425¡ VIO

`390-34.02R564

.2K . r - F R 8

I R408 I HORIKJ078Z

MV

10K 1 I 7;\2I C409 - 14Y

L--560 1_1R410 8

4763

1100

1060

-0401 SECTION 4

HORIZ & PONER

C4ü

i

R412

1.26

C415.01

041619-160HMV ADJ

V221 GY5

HORIZ. OUT.

02126

11918

15051

8415 I -2941806 I

33ÓK

6ÓR41K

110410. HOLDCONT.1

404

VI 42 43 Al 44 Al 45 46 ATA -B 48 49 VIII

170N44 21615 IWJ18 10148 12F95 40184 eel 84 411116 41126 8F01

DAMPER HORI2.0UT VERT. DISCH. VIDEO OUT AUDIO OUT FM. OFT. SOUND LIM. 2ND. IF 1ST. IF HMV

VERT. OUT SYNC. SEP. ACC.

8 7

Figure 5

Chassis V-2443-4 AC inputvariation, showing steppingrelay.

12 12 I 5 3 4 4 3 5 4 5 4 5 4 4

TM rAT i iFS,il

NUMi

IIIu1

tIWTI LINT

Id TINS.

`wTLINT

rnT

C423 C424 0425i680 T 180 T 680

160

1100

IK

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, -4,

AUDIO 8+1150

1101ZERO

v u 2.í5V P

TO

EAK V6008 PP

lllliP 9

O 60--15,750

T © VON PIN 2

SSA PP(TYPICAL)

T.P. C© 60-.

203=,119--) i 1 ONTRAST 1206SNC

i 'CONTROL C6.8 250uh

000 \-JIG

1 L R21715 11201

131 .1 COIN R2228_ _ . 720uhóV

10216390

821668

39

1R218

4.18

.22 8.28

R219

100K

V141904144

CRTISNV

©4J

8221

1806

BRIGHT

R82KCONTROL

82204TK

R224 C21927K .1

V3839 17.128

VERT. OUT. BLUE

C308.068

8318150 6

R31518

-216 -316 500K ' C310IERT.LIN I+1Nf

CONT. -

-14Y

X300

8

R319

ISAAC 391

6317JONC.

5.6K 8400OFF -ON SYI

T300

1111

6RN1

R31 83221x

C309.1

15V518 ISs6

ó;i /81452K5

4AER

IC419100

5110

403Ruh

12401

V15 ' 2 I9nÓ IDEfL

1030/193 I NO4RIZIYOKE

HV RECT. L JC422

15-31VHET400 84( . 1 3.32213v rµ

8424t506 f

168423

2.28 .1! 2i

--I

¡ 1C42127 21V

_C421039

L

613

3Af46/30Z4

rURF OSC.--;4n31

UHF

LTUNER

VII3015

RF ANP.

r-i3

ACTO

R323

i1.NRV126CO6A

VIII NIX-OSC.

1

1

I VHF TUNER I

C4203-25

YIN

1901 14

CRT.

Figure 4

Chassis V-2443-3 AC inputvariation, showing steppingrelay.

VIO PIN 6

AIO PIN I

[1

60V PP15,150-

olAwaílsY49 PIN 2

048 PIN 3

048 PIN 3

V3A PIN 2

638 PIN 10

03B PIN 6

938 PIN 4

T300 SECONDARY

® / \/ VX400 & C4044

408 PP

60~

608 PP60 .

TOY PP

15,150-,

160Y PP

60

Service Information, Continued

ADJUSTMENTSWIDTH ADJUSTMENT

This adjustment is a plastic tab with a copper rectanglebonded to one side. It protrudes from between the yoke andthe bottom of the neck of the picture tube. The shiny sideof the copper rectangle goes down against the picture tube,and the clamp opening goes to the top. The rectangle mustbe centered at the bottom of the CRT neck.

To adjust the width, loosen the yoke clamp. Pushing thetab into the yoke decreases width. Pulling the tab out of theyoke increases width. Best linearity, however, is obtainedwith the width tab pushed all the way in. If insufficientwidth occurs, pull out the tab for just enough scan withoutcausing poor linearity.

HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY180Y PP

60... The height and vertical linearity controls are accessibleby removing the horizontal and vertical hold knobs and ex-posing the hollow shafts through which the adjustments are

160V PP made. The height control is adjusted through the hollow60 V horizontal hold control shaft while the linearity control is at

the rear of the vertical hold control.Adjust the height and vertical linearity controls to get a

60- picture of proper height and proportion.1200V PP

2800 PP CENTERING6O...

The centering rings, located at the rear of the deflectionyoke, should be rotated to center the raster.

20V PP60...

e / I.6Y PP

1400 6 C405660.0

I00V PP15,750", ®

2 V PP

8401 1 C4034 CO

0401 TERN 2

82 PIN 9

DEFLECTION YOKEThe deflection yoke should be as far forward as possible

(touching the bell of the CRT). Rotation of the deflectionyoke is used to level the raster.

AGC ADJUSTMENT (C420)

P4A pp Connect a scope to TB (B). Tune in the strongest station15,750- and adjust C420 for a zero -to -peak reading of 2.75V. If a

scope is not available, tune in the strongest station in thearea. Adjust C420 until the picture bends at the top, thenturn the screw back slightly until the bend disappears.

C420 is located adjacent to the left side of the high -voltage transformer cage.

100 V PP

15,150 -

20 PP

15,150-,

03 a0.1úi'19 . .':."18illi

a66

., 4-

.áa ,swAI

swi. awe

a..1 ` ___ I,_Itf-, weº swc 5155Swat.

__AO __*

iLOi

LCXI

MIlpili6 5K

11111551'

DOEO

.«w.*.

+na ID 010D NI IIIII

HORIZONTAL FREQUENCY AND RINGING COIL

1. Short out the ringing coil with a short jumper wire be-tween TP (G) & (H).

2. Set the horizontal hold control to the center of its range.Do not change this setting during the steps that follow.

3. Connect a VTVM to TP m for measuring the DC voltagebetween TP Q and B-. Set meter to center scale.

4. With the receiver tuned to a station of normal signalstrength, adjust C416 to 0 volts DC on the meter.

5. Remove the jumper from the ringing coil.6. With horizontal sync locked in, adjust the ringing coil for

-0.5 volts DC on the meter. Check the adjustment byswitching to another channel and back again. The re-ceiver should pull into horizontal sync on all channels.

161

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, -4, Service Information, Continued

CONTRAST

PL100V2443-4

PL400V2443-3 ó 4

VERT. HOLD VERT. LIN.

Figure 8 - Control Wiring Diagram.All views seen from the rear.

472V038402

47.2L 201

5MC0T20044.25MC

(- --1T45

C418HOR Z.

FREO. ADJ.

L401RINGING

4--ª o V9 COIL10I.F.AMP

T20143.25MC

AMP

X200VIDEO GET.

R401400

X40_0

i Pi

K400STEPRELAY

4 02443-31'B-4

HORIZ.iq MV

0403

0402(4 3 20

VIDEO OUT.

SY NC. SE P.

B

L205

7100

4.5MC

SOUNDINTERSTAGE

X401112

17JZ8GOAT. OUT.

VERT. DISC H.

(TOP)GOONS INPUT

OT203

MOT) 4.5MC TRAP

-5c3oo

L100

4.5MC-

TI0)AUDIO OUTPUTTRANSFORMERi T `

FMDET.

470V1 IJ 1402470V132H02

r4OSCMtX

1

AUDIOOUT.

/ L400FILTERCHOKE

BRIGHTNESS VOLUME

HORIZ. HOLD

470V133H01

MIXOSE

ü

o --D4íRF

AMP

120VAC_) 9 9 'J

4401DC RELAY(V2443-4)

F400IN.A

SLO-BLO

0401DEFLECTION

YOKE

f.

I9CMP4

T300VERTICAL OUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

Figure 3 - Rear View of Chassis V-2443.PL 401

V2443-3 64

4400

X402

VERT. HEIGHT

OFF -ON

P

"INSTANT ONCHASSIS

C420

AGG

170M4ÁDAMPER

SW400

TOR400

HV RECT.

162

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, -4, Alignment Information, Continued

ALIGNMENTSOUND ALIGNMENT

EQUIPMENT: VTVMPROCEDURE:1. Select the strongest station available (preferably with test

pattern and test tone) and adjust the FINE TUNING forbest reception. Adjust the VOLUME control so that thestation sound is audible.

2. Adjust the quad coil (L100)for maximum, sound from thespeaker.

3. Disconnect the antenna. Use a jumper wire to short TPto B-.

4. Connect the VTVM to TP ®.5.. Adjust interstage transformer T100 for maximum negative

voltage on the VTVM.6. Remove the jumper wire used to short TP ® to B-.7. Place the antenna input close to the antenna terminals so

that the signal is loosely coupled to the receiver and thepicture is barely visible. A pronounced noisiness (hiss)

IF

should accompany the .sound.8. Adjust the limiter input coil (T203 top slug) for maximum

negative voltage on the VTVM. If the VTVM indicates abroad response while making this adjustment, the receiverinput signal is too strong. When the signal couplingdescribed in step 7 is at the necessary low point, nolimiting takes place and the VTVM will indicate a sharpresponse to the limiter input coil adjustment.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTDisconnect the antenna and turn contrast control to maxi-

mum clockwise. Inject a 4.5 MC CW signal through a .001mfcapacitor to TP ®. Connect a .001mf capacitor to a demodu-lation probe tip. Connect the other end of the probe to aVTVM and the capacitor to TP D. Set the VTVM to 1.5-2VDC range. Turd the set on and allow ten minutes for warmup.Then adjust T203 bottom slug for minimum on the VTVM.

ALIGNMENT

EQUIPMENT1. Sweep Generator with a 10 MC wide sweep at center fre-

quencies from 10 MC to 90 MC and 170 MC to 216 MC.2. CW (Marker) Generator which accurately produces the IF

and RF frequencies from 4.5 MC to 216 MC.3. Oscilloscope with good low frequency response character-

istics.4. VTVM.5. Bias Supply of -2.5 volts and -3 volts.6. Standard Alignment Tool with a 3/32" hexagonal tip (long

enough to reach bottom slugs).

TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENT

These instructions on termination and adjustment of

SHORT LEADS TUNER

R2

SO e GENERATOROUTPUTIMPEDANCE

R3

INPUT

O

equipment will apply throughout the IF Alignment procedure.All test equipment cables and leads should be as short

and direct as possible.Oscilloscope and VTVM - Use a low -capacitance direct

probe terminated with the decoupling network shown inFigure 13. Keep the oscilloscope calibrated for 2 voltspeak to peak (P -P). Use a VTVM range suitable formeasuring -1.5 volts.

Generators - Except where otherwise noted, all signal gen-erating equipment should be terminated as shown inFigure 12. Connect the signal cable ground near theground of the stage where the signal is injected.

Adjust the CW generator output so that: (1) When theVTVM is being used its reading remains near the -1 voltpoint. (2) When the oscilloscope is being used the markerfrequencies do not distort the response curve.

GENERATOROUTPUTCABLE .005 MF

20 RI R2 R3

RI = OUTPUT52n 120n 56n 150n IMPEDANCE

OF GENERATOR72n IOn 85n 150n

Figure 11 - Impedance Matching Network,

TO VTVMOR SCOPE

47K

TOTEST

470 POINT

IMMF

Figure 13 - VHF Decoupling Network.

Figure 12 - Generator Cable Termination.

CONDUCTOR

221

WRAP WITH TAPE

HOLE TO FIT TUBE PIN SNUGLY

Figure 14 - Mixer Coupling Device.

163

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2443-1, -2, -3, 4, Alignment Information, Continued

STEP TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTION ADJUSTMENT

-3V bias to TP ® and -2.5V bias to TP T. Shortantenna terminals. Channel selector to channel 10.Connect jumper from pin 2 of V7B to B- to disable theAGC pulse.

2. Oscilloscope and VTVM to TP ®.IF sweep generator with CW marker to TP Z.

a. 44.65 MC.

b. 45.75 MC.

á. T202 primary (top slug): Maximum amplitude on VTVM.T202 secondary (bottom slug): Rocking symmetricalresponse at 44.65 MC.

b. Place 45.75 MC marker at 70% of peak response (seeFigure 15) for waveshape and marker placement.

3. CW generator to TP ® at:a. 43.25 MC. a. T201: Maximum amplitude on VTVM (see Figure 16).

4. CW generator to TP ®. Use mixer coupling deviceshown in Figure 14 for tuner 470V119H01:

a. 44.25 MC.b. 44.25 MC.c. 47.25 MC. It may be necessary to increase

generator output and/or decrease bias.

a. Tuner mixer output coil: Maximum on VTVM.b. T200: Maximum on VTVM.c. L201: Minimum on VTVM.

5. Connect sweep generator to TP IF at 44.25 MC.Couple CW generator with marker at 44.25 MC to sweepgenerator cable. Keep marker amplitude low to avoiddistorting response. Adjust scope for 2V PP.

Mixer output coil for maximum amplitude. T200 for"rocking symmetrical response with waveshape andmarkers" as shown in Figure 17.

6. CW generator to TP ® at 47.25 MC. Repeat step 4c.

7. Oscilloscope, 2V PP. Sweep generator thru impedancematching network (see Figure 11)to antenna terminals.Set pix marker at 211.25 MC, channel 13. Inject45.75 MC marker into IF section by connecting CWoutput cable to outer shield of IF link cable.

Fine tuning to center of range.Channel selector to channel 13.

Oscillator slug setting: Picture carrier should fall at45.75 MC (± 300 KC) marker on scope. (See Figure 18).

8. Repeat step 7 for all channels in descending order.

4225 45.0045m

44.61 45 75M

2 VOLTSPEAK 10 PEAK

4.508

0.508

3D8

Figure 15 - Typical IF Response, 2ndIF Amp Grid to 2nd Det.

42.25 45.00 46.00 45 1551C

2 VOUSPEAK TO PEAK

708

Figure 17 - Typical IF response, MixerAmp grid to 2nd Det.

Figure 16 - Typical IF response, 1st IFAmp Grid to 2nd Det.

ADJACENTSOUND

Figure 18 - Typical RFIF response.

164

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WestinghouseMODEL

CHASSIS V-2444-1 -2, -3, -5, -6, -9, -10

AND CHASSIS CHART (Chassis V-2444-7, -8, are similar)MODELS CHASSIS TUNERS UHF ADAPTABILITY FEATURES

H -T3643 470V132H01/02

H -K3680 H -K3830H -K3681 H -K3831H -K3683 H -K3832 V-2444-1

470V133H01 (ALTERNATE)EXTERNAL CONVERTER

REQUIREDVHF

H -K4070H -K4071H -K4073

470V119H01 (ALTERNATE) UHF STRIPS (4)

H-T3643U 470V136H01

H-K3680U H-K3830UH-K3681U H-K3831UH-K3683U H-K3832U

V-2444-2 470V133H01 (ALTERNATE)FACTORY EQUIPPED

FOR VHF/UHF

H-K4070U 470V119H01 (ALTERNATE) ALL CHANNELS

H-K4071UH-K4073U

472V038H02 (UHF)

H -K3685 V-2444-3 (TV)V-2418-4 (REMOTERECEIVER)

559V087H02(REMOTE TRANSMITTER)

470V111H02 UHF STRIPS (4)

VHF/REMOTE CONTROL/

INSTANT ON/MEMORY

F.T.

H-05230 470V132H01/02 VHF TV/STEREO HI-FI/H-05231 V-2444-5 (TV) 470V133H01 (ALTERNATE) EXTERNAL CONVERTER

AM -FM RAD10/4-SPEEDH-05233 V-2515-9 (HI-FI) 476V009H01 (FM) REQUIRED RECORD CHANGER

470 V 136H011-1-C5230U

V-2444-6 (TV) 470V133H01 (ALTERNATE)FACTORY EQUIPPED

FOR

VHF -UHF TV/STEREOHIFI/AM-FM RADIO/H-C5231U

V-2515.9 (HI-FI) 472V038H02 (UHF)ALL CHANNELS 4 -SPEED RECORD CHANGERH-C5233U

476V009H01 (FM)

H -K3760 470V132H01/02 EXTERNAL CONVERTERH -K3761 V-2444-9 470V133H01 (ALTERNATE) REQUIRED VHF/INSTANT ONH -K3763 470V119H01 (ALTERNATE) UHF STRIPS (4)

H-K3760U 470V136H01 FACTORY EQUIPPEDH-K3761U V-2444-10 470V133H01 (ALTERNATE) FOR VHF-UHF/INSTANT ONH-K3763U 470V119H01 (ALTERNATE)

472V038H02 (UHF)ALL CHANNELS

WIDTH

Thisbondedthethethecentered

Totabyokewithwidthcausing

In

ADJUSTMENT (see Figure)HEIGHT AND VERTICAL LINEARITY

adjustment is a plastic tab with a copper rectangle The height and vertical linearity controls are accessibleto one side. It protrudes from between the yoke and by removing the horizontal and vertical hold knobs and ex -

bottom of the neck of the picture tube. The shiny side of posing the hollow shafts through which the adjustments arecopper rectangle goes down against the picture tube, and made. The height control is adjusted through the hollowclamp opening goes to the top. The rectangle must be horizontal hold control shaft while the linearity control is at

at the bottom of the CRT neck. the rear of the vertical hold control.adjust the width, loosen the yoke clamp. Pushing the Adjust the height and vertical linearity controls to get a

into the yoke decreases width. Pulling the tab out of the picture of proper height and proportion.increases width. Best linearity, however, is obtained CENTERINGthe width tab pushed all the way in. IE insufficient

The centering rings, located at the rear of the deflectionoccurs, pull out the tab for just enough scan without gpoor linearity. yoke, should be rotated to center the raster.

DEFLECTION YOKEThe deflection yoke should be as far forward as possiblei-, = (touching the bell of the CRT). Rotation of the deflection

yoke is used to level the raster.

- ConnectAGC ADJUSTMENT (C420)

a scope to TB (B). Tune in the strongest stationÍand adjust C420 for a zero -to -peak reading of 2.75V. If ascope is not available, tune to the strongest station rn the- : f area. Adjust C420 until the picture bend's at the top, thenturn the screw back slightly until the bend disappears.

Insert. C420 is located adjacent to the left side of the high -voltage transformer cage.

165

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, etc., Disassembly Procedures, Continued

PILOT LAMP REPLACEMENT (V.2444-3)1. Disconnect the AC line cord from its power source.2. Remove the front control knobs.3. Remove the back cover and tilt down the chassis (see

"Chassis Removal").4. Remove the wing nut holding the pilot lamp socket to the

tuner. Swing the socket to the rear of the cabinet and re-move the pilot lamp. This is a ® #1847 bayonet -base pilotlamp.

When re -installing the pilot lamp socket on to the tuner,slight adjustments may be required to center the lightover the channel indicating number.

PC BOARD ACCESSIBILITY AND SERVICING (see Figure 1)All chassis are designed to tilt down on support hinges

for ease in servicing.Removing screws 1 and 2 from the upper corners of the

chassis, 3 and 4 from the chassis support hinges, will permittilting the chassis to the horizontal positionfor circuit trac-ing and access to the power and sweep circuits. All leadlengths are sufficiently long for this tilt -down position.

To hold the chassis upright, replace screws 3 and 4 intothe chassis support hinges.

When the front panel is disconnected, two studs, 6 and 9,on the side of the panel can hook into the mounting slots, 5and 10, for easier handling and servicing.

CHASSIS DISASSEMBLYTo tilt chassis down:

Remove screws 1, 2, 3, and 4.

For chassis and front panel removal:Remove screws 1, 2, 3, 4, 7, 8, 11, and 12.

For mounting front control panel to chassis:Place studs 6 and 9 into chassis mounting holes 5 and 10.

CHASSIS REMOVALThe chassis can be removed with or without the CRT.

z

HINGE, SUPPORT,

781 V519H04- HINGE, SUPPORT,

781 V519H03

Figure 1 - Rear View of Chassis, showing location of screws for chassis removal.

Chassis Removal With CRT1. Remove back cover screws, disconnect interlock, and

remove back cover.2. Remove front control and tuner knobs.3. Remove antenna connection bracket.4. Disconnect speaker leads.5. Remove screws 7, 8, 11, and 12, holding front control

panel to cabinet front.6. Remove chassis retaining screws 1, 2, 3, and 4, and tilt

down chassis.7. Remove two screws from top corners of CRT.8. Return chassis to vertical position and replace screws

3 and 4.9. Mount front control panel to chassis by hooking studs 6

and 9 into slots 5 and 10.10. Remove cabinet bottom chassis retaining bolts.11. Carefully remove chassis.

Chassis Removal Without CRT1. Refer to "Chassis Removal With CRT", steps 1 through 6.2. Mount front control panel to chassis by hooking studs 6

and 9 into slots 5 and 10.3. Disconnect CRT cap, CRT high voltage connector, and

dag spring ground wire. Loosen yoke clamp screw. Re-move yoke and width insert from the neck of the CRT.

4. Lift up and pull out chassis from support hinges.

CRT REMOVAL1. Remove chassis (See "Chassis Removal With CRT").

CAUTION: Use shatterproof goggles to protect your eyes.2. Remove screws 3 and 4 from chassis support hinges and

tilt down chassis.3. Remove CRT cap and CRT high voltage connector, and

loosen yoke clamp screw. Remove yoke and width insertfrom the neck of the CRT.

4. Disconnect CRT dag spring ground wire, then disconnectdag spring from CRT strap rivet assy.

5. Loosen bolt holding CRT in the strap rivet assy.6. Carefully remove CRT (use heavy gloves).

/ITOENO\ V31 PIN 4

191/910 2.75 V_PEAK60®

illotorki 15V PP(TYPICAL)

T.P.C ®60-.

3605 PPJ v Il 15,150-

,21) VTI PIN

45Y PP(1)60^-V4B PIN2

1500 SECONOANY

® / V V2400 1 C4041

520V PP60-

120V PP

60

224 PP

® fV. 11Ó PP

14006C405Á

® \ 2V PP11401 1 C4031 80-

12 V50V PP

N4 NM 2

15,750-

Y46 YPIN 3

rn841 P14 3

VEA PIN 2

1 ,

Y3Á PIN 10

ASE PIN 6

451! PP

IS,150-

508 PP

10-

2608 PP

011

Y2 PIN 6

SOP PP

15,7SO-

j\..l

IBYPP

PIS PIN 165

VIO PIN I

15,155 -

1004PP15,150-.

538 PPBOY PP60- 15,150+

VIO PIN 6

166

NO

TE

S:

IA

LL C

AP

AC

ITO

R V

ALU

ES

LE

SS

TH

AN

I AR

E IN

MF

D, A

NO

VA

LUE

S

GR

EA

TE

R T

HA

N 1

AR

E IN

PE

IMIC

RO

MIC

RO

FA

AA

DS

I ALL

RE

SIS

TA

NC

EM

LUE

S A

RE

IN O

HM

S I/

O W

AT

T U

NLE

SS

OT

HE

RW

ISE

IMO

ICA

TE

O

2.B

C V

OLT

AG

ES

AR

E M

EA

SU

RE

D F

RO

A P

OIN

T IN

DIC

AT

ED

TO

CIR

CU

ITC

RW

MD

WIT

H A

RM

. LIN

E V

OLT

AG

E A

T 1

26. V

.A.C

.,N

O

SIG

NA

L A

PP

LIE

D.

IW

AV

EF

OR

MS

WE

RE

TA

KE

N W

ITH

CO

NT

RO

LS S

ET

FO

R A

NO

RM

AL

PIC

TU

RE

.

C-4

20 W

AS

SE

T F

OR

2.7

5V (

ZE

RO

TO

PE

AR

I AT

T.P

. 1).

4.S

WIT

CH

MA

KE

S C

ON

TA

CT

ON

Of P

OS

ITIO

N O

NLY

.

5.F

OR

RE

MO

TE

OP

ER

AT

ION

OM

CH

AS

SIS

V24

44.3

,R

EF

ER

TO

TH

E R

EM

OT

E R

EC

EIV

ER

CH

AS

SIS

, V24

18-4

SE

E

NO

TE

0225

180

OE

A

¢O1.

AC

NO

S

VN

f

TU

NE

A

135

V

V7A

33 b

CLB

A

4111

40C S

OU

ND 13

2V

IF O

UT

PU

TL2

0r

C20

1T

200

_ _F

RO

MT

UN

ER

_ío00

10

11.25NC

31uh

e.

_S

.IKU

TA

OIR

TlA

Í52

25 2115

UHF

TU

NE

R

55uh

F40

0 A

SL0

NLO

O,2

2W

i

I110

1-

_S

Suh

C228

001

UX

FO

NLY

UHf

N+

AC

C

-1 1

I

pIj

L

R/0

011

I

120

011

v'C200

R226

i .i5

IN

17.2

5Mcó

.-T

C03

IC2o

2

1.eo

203

22N

w.

21'0

V9

4ST

61S

T F

128V

2

01

e

7100

4.5

MC

V6

40T

6ÁF

M D

OT

.

225

CI0

8L1

00

1,'4

1.L

.001

r -

4_S

NC

- _

1121

1

C10

5105

RI0

3.0

047T

_120K

3T

ÚÓ

I<

820

I

R10

4S*-

-7_

C11

16.

8K G

w

T20

143

.25M

C

R20

8 Lá

712

1

Y,7

1C20

71-

3$8

00

R22

072

128V

4HM

6V

B

TN

D IF

130

rT

202

44.8

5110

11-¡

e9

130Y

1.2V

0210

I -S

4T0T

0I

Y/7

0dS

_

83R

335

.001

5

0208

TO

Odi

3RI0

0i.

T00

115

R20 IM

11---1I

I

4.33

TC

20d

zC

10t

t .00

1

135V

E

I

0106

ri0

IpI

^ j

C10

7R

ITA

T.o

iH

ot

C10

801

A10

7

560K

IW

RIO

S

500K

VO

L.

CO

NT

.

SE

CT

ION

1

SO

UN

DIF

& A

UD

IO

VS

I2F

%5

AU

DIO

OUT.

R10

9

100

40V

8

R 1

10

AU

10

94.1

20

7101

L202

L203

95_

AIlu

hta

uh

C21

2C

2I3

C221

=8.

8T

2.7

OE

'1

SE

CT

ION

2

VID

EO

IFL

VID

EO

OU

TP

UT

L205

8

V4A O

1Á8

VID

EO

AM

P.

L204

4.T

uh

82Á

2

L205

Á00

012

0u

500u

h

R2I

33.

9K

5214

150

r-4

=4

-i

0 D

-719

:4.

511C

II'

tttttt

D4ó

D

I

22V

I

4 M

CI

C21

8

IC

IS

IL207

oR217

2_

4_ _

.. 1

20nh

é15

1 <

piR

AS

T

CONTROL

VI4

L206

2300

1425

0 uh

CR

T

822222

8.2K

.moo

16

C21

6

1390

R21

5

3.3

K

- R21

68K 3W

20VIJ

{ R

221

150K

R2I

8,4.

7KR

219

+Z

OO

SB

RIG

HT

CO

NT

RO

L

"R22

047

R

37

R22

312

0K

41

5224

20I7

K

V79

6CLB

A

R32

3

IOO

Kpp Í!0

'gÍit

135Y

25

0300

5300

'.00624

220K

.h

V4B

IO1AB

R30

1S

YN

C. S

EP

ISf

85V

C30

1 !--

A30

233

0

1.51

1

OF

F O

RS

WI 0

AA

C40

2A 2

+o-

-A

100

2MF

R40

1C

RO

ON

3A -

7W

TI

150

8,0

411

30M

F41

---w

.-.-

--11

---1

(C

401

"I+

!III.

7-7

.0015

L400

T- 1+120

523

"-

140V

W40

01

IND

ICA

TE

S33

0K,

-

1-1

1402

.001

1940

0IN

ST

AN

TN

ST

AN

T

--_J

ON

TH

ER

IND

ICA

TE

SD

IOD

EA

l PIN

N

CO

NT

RO

L IA

AC

AE

T

TO

R3I

804

00

V 2

444-

9-10

+C

404Á

-120

4W0

NF \

+C

405Á

_-F

^ IM

F-

401Q

jl _

PU

SN

TS

W 1

00S

TE

P R

ÉLA

Y

OF

MS

5104

OF

F -

ON

_r-

--1

PA

RT

OF

SO

ON

i'0P

L 00

ST

EP

RE

LAY

040

0

2400

II

#IN

ST

AN

T-

NL

__J

PIN

2D

IOD

E

RE

MO

TE

INS

TA

NT

-O

N(S

EE

NO

TE

#I

V24

44-3

TO

PL

401

PIN

I

TO

A31

9

TO

MO

TO

R

TO

040

1,X

400

PI1

01LI

GH

T

%19

47

TO Al P

INNT

R

#8

5W 4

00O

FF

-O

N o--}

--Z

TO

l

A40

0

C12

0

/{I`

i01A

I

1

.001

1 0

40A

31O

1V

OP

IÍN#9

IND

ICA

TE

S C

ON

TR

OL

BR

AC

KE

T24

44+

2

-3Y

R30

5R

306

1105K

BeK

V3A

I1Z

B03

11V

ER

T. D

ISC

S,

.04T

V3 17

Z8

VE

ST

_ O

UT

. BLU

E

R32

610

1

135V IN

04

C30

A

TC

O03

_C30

5

148K

R32

7

+T

k

39K

SE

CT

ION

3

ST

NC

A V

ER

TIC

AL

L4I

AI N

CI C

I C

O'C

I

C40

8í R

404

47

R40

3

II

L_J

0401

SO

L. R

EC

T.

HO

RIZ

. AF

C

SE

CT

ION

4

IAR

IO. L

PO

WE

R

IN

_C40

7-"

.001

C40

Á_

0047

131V

T300

14d

áll`

IDO

8 I40V AEO

041^

R31

2C

301

-1 V

F

C30

6II

Rl1

182

1.0

033R

SN

K?R

I3M

5_8

8R

318

;.22

8201

$O

CT

30o

+yy

I$Y

AG

3w

lA

3101

R31

3R

318

01 1

*C3~

R31

i,IU

NC

.H

S50

R;p

RR325

VIII

8801

VERT.LIN Z INF

5.61

400

Hf1

6NT

G o

no I

NR

OID

_-

CO

T.

_-

OF

F -

ON

SW

CONi.

CO

NT

.

.10.

13.1

8NOC

ST

42V

-48V

.-J

1C41

2R

111

{T

.001 00N409

/71

Y 2

ió1

11Y

.39

K II

C30

506

8

VIO

IIO

V8F

07/R

OR

12. M

VR

<13

V

1G11

4

7 j i

\2

180

Alle

I1

1505

-8

C41

0

tV>

p20R

-4

.01

R41

0NJV

3

{

;K3

R11

2C

812

%33

0R

TT

RIO

T

HO

RIZ

. HO

LD C

ON

T.

R41

7

R1

8113

Q-=

8 m

-I

120K

05

II

HM

VA

OJ.

12E

-}--

111

R41

4C

416

a141

0

V2

21 G

Y5

HO

RIZ

. OU

T.

415

001

A-1

0

981

C41

7

R31

11

0

r--

17+

00 I_ R

122

2.1

V1775//

I(

041®

?A51

1IH

VO

RE

CT

3L

140

DA

MP

ER

13 =

1

CR

N1

S62

ÓR

SA

VE S

AT

15^

IS^

o

319n

N

OA

l2

4:-1

3

CS

Nr

ÍÍuh

I80

2 Ji

r -

2222

AV

2i5

8124

3.3K 2W

C42

1T

VI

IT O

RO

DA

MP

ER

17

TO

R-4

00A

ND

OF

F -

01 S

W

J14

203-

25A

CC

AC

C

-

TO

AD

J.

R32

3

Y2

V3A

-AA

NA

-N

V5

V9

AT

A -

A18

V9

VIO

VII

'#11

2V

13V

I4

216T

5M

il-

IOJA

AI2

FX

540

T84

AC

CR

A41

1N8

RA

TA

F07

36E

5A

CC

RA

34F

48/3

021

23D

CP

4

NO

RIO

. OU

TP

ER

T O

ISC

H.

VID

EO

OU

TA

UD

IO O

UT

FN

5E

7S

OU

ND

LIN

.2

NO

. IF

1ST

IF17

a-1

AF

AM

P.

VH

F N

IX: O

SC

UH

F O

SC

CR

T

VE

RT

OU

TS

TN

C S

EP

.H

OC

1212

I5

13

14

35

15

45

44

5¡3

4A

5i

34

i8

LAT

ER

PR

OD

UC

TIO

N V

13F

IL. P

LAC

ED

BE

TW

EE

NV

IO A

ND

VII.

C42

3C

A21

CA

25

1680

T s

eoT

e8o

VH

FT

UN

ER

L *V12

ISA

UC

AIN

4101

1331

101

TU

NE

R

ÍU

HF

TU

NE

R

J L.___J

0322

097

,#1

21D1

OE

FL

OR

E

ON

IN

61V

_C42

e

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, -2, etc., Service Information, Continued

INSTANT ON RINGING COIL ANDHORIZONTAL FREQUENCY ADJUSTMENT

"Instant On" provides immediate operation when the setis turned on, because no tube warm-up time is necessary. 1. Short out the ringing coil (L401) with a short jumper wire

Silicon diode X402 is connected in series with the AC between TP(G) and (H).line and the tube filament string. With the line cord plugged 2. Set the horizontal hold control, R416, to the center of itsinto an AC receptacle and the OFF -ON switch in the OFF electrical range. Place the VTVM probe to TP(J) and turnposition, the AC line voltage is rectified by silicon diode the control to measure one half the B+ voltage coming toX402. This permits a pulsating direct current to flow thru the high end of the control. This is the electricalcenter.the tube filament string to keep the tubes warm. No B+ is Do not change this setting during the steps that follow.present when the OFF -ON switch is in the OFF position. 3. Calibrate a VTVM to OV center scale on the 1.5V range

In chassis V-2444-5,-6,-9,-10, the OFF -ON and "Instant and connect to test point (F) for measuring the DC volt -On" switch is a DPST switch. age between (F) and ground.

In the ON position, one section of this switch places a 4. With the receiver tuned to a station of normal signalshort across diode X402 and the other side completes the strength, adjust R417, HMV adj, so that moving it one wayAC input to R400 and R319. causes the meter to swing to the left and moving it the

Two relay contacts of K400, SWA1 and SWA2, form the other way causes it to swing to the right. Then carefullyOFF -ON and "Instant On" switch for chassis V-2444-3. adjust R417 for center scale on this meter.When push switch SW400 is pressed momentarily, SWA1 and 5. Remove the jumper from the ringing coil and bring intoSWA2 contacts close; SWA2 shunts the "Instant On" diode horizontal sync, if necessary, by adjusting L401.X402 and completes the AC input to the filament string. 6. With the set in horizontal sync, adjust the ringing coilSWA1 completes the AC input to R400 and R319. for center scale on the VTVM. Check by switching to

another channel and back again. The receiver should snapPUSH SWITCH (SW400) into horizontal sync on all channels.

The remote -controlled chassis V-2444-3 uses a pushswitch in place of the conventional OFF -ON switch. Depres- NOTE: On some early production chassis, when R417, 270 -sing this switch momentarily will give the same effect and V130H01, 120K control is used, and a greater resistancein the same sequence as with the remote transmitter OFF- range is required to zero the HMV on the meter (as describedON VOLUME button. Each momentary contact of the switch above), a 33K resistor is added in series with R415 andwill turn the stepping relay K400 through one of its positions. R417

TUBE COMPLEMENT AND RESISTANCE CHART

TUBE TYPE FUNCTION PIN 1 PIN 2 PIN 3 PIN 4 PIN 5 PIN 6 PIN 7 PIN 8 FIN 9 PIN 10 PIN 11 PIN 12 CAP

VI 17DM4A Damper 23 NC *300K NC 23 NC 36 40

*3.7K *3.7K *3.7KV2 21GY5 Horiz. Output 36 330K or 0 330K NC or NC 330K 0 or 30 *280K

*4.8K *4.8K *4.8K

V3 17JZ8 Vert. Disch. & Outp. 24 *3M NC *180 NC 1.4M 1.4M *23 0 1.5M 0 30

V4 10JAB Vid. Outp. & Sync. Sep. 0 1.7M * 12K 20 24 0 4K *3.3K *5K

V5 12FX5 Audio Output 100 OOK 20 160 toSOOK *1.7K *1K

V6 4DT6A FM Detector 3 820 14 16 *900K *6.8K 560K

V7 6CL8A Sound Lim. & AGC *74K 3.4M *70 12 14 *72 13K 0 220K

V8 4HM6 2nd IF 100 .4 100 11 12 0 *540 *540 0

V9 4HT6 1st IF 55 1M 55 10 11 0 *540 *540 0

V10 8FQ7 Horiz. MV *47K 170K 910 10 7 *39K 2.7M 910 0

V11 3GK5 RF Amp. 0 4M 7 6 *2.3K 0 0

o3GK5 0 4M 7 6 *1.3K 0 0

t3GK5 0 4M 7 6 *3.4K 0 0

V12 6CG8A Mix./Osc. 10K *5.8K 0 6 5 *1.1K *1.1K 0 220K

a6CG8A 4.7K *4.8K 0 6 5 *1.1K *70 0 222K

t6JC8 0 218K *4.8K 6 5 *1.1K 0 10K *4.8K

V133AF4B

UHF Osc. *5.8K 5.6K 5 3 .1 5.6K *5.8K3DZ4V14 23DCP4 CRT 0 0 36K 0 NC NC 180K 3

V15 HV Rect. INFINITE *280K7K3GT

RESISTANCES MEASURED FROM TUBE PIN INDICATED TO CIRCUIT GROUND.* Resistances measured from tube pin indicated to junction of X400 and L400.t Used with 470V133H01 tuner.a Used with 470V111H02 and 470V119H01 tuners. Used with 470V132H01/H02 and 470V136H01 tuners.

168

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

V-2444 PC BOARD LEGEND

1. VI pin 82. AC switch3. AC switch4. Junction C400, L4035. Vert lin control, high end6. C403A7. Volume control, high end8. Yoke, lug #109. T400, lug #1

10. T101, red wire11. T101, blue wire12. Volume control, arm13. Contrast control, high end14. Contrast control, arm15. C402A16. Brightness control, arm17. CRT, pin 718. Tuner filament19. CRT cap, pin 820. Vert lin control, arm'21. T300, blue wire22. T300, red wire23. C405A24. Height control, arm25. V2, pin 1226. Vert hold control, high side27. Yoke, orange wire28. T300, orange wire29. CRT cap, pin 330. V2, pin 231. T400, lug #832. Horiz MV adjust control/ high

using 270V130H05 control R417,32A. Horiz MV adjust control, high

using 270V130H01 control R417,33. Tuner filament34. Height control, low end35. Tuner IF output36. Tuner AGC cable37. Height control, high end38. Brightness control, high end39. Contrast control, low end

40. T400, lug #741. Vertical lin Control, low end42. AC switch43. C404A

A-B -C-D-E-F-G-H-

-M-S -T -

TEST POINTS

IF AGCVideo detectorCRT cathode1st IF grid3rd IF gridHoriz MVRinging coilRinging coilHoriz hold control adj.Tuner mixer gridFM soundTuner AGC

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, -2, etc., Continued

X40

C401

R401

41

939

38

MUM

R3 7

R400 +X300

R319

CR313Í -

end (later180K)end (early

120K) O

R2181----- R220 }--R20Ó

oR2011---

--111203}-

8323

1~l

C

--{ L202 I--C213 71,

C22.1

L203; L204

7_ C210 '

Y8

C42 5411M6 R210il/4I

oo

OO

oT201

--- R208 ---.

07

C 24 5/ V9 -\99v4

4HT6 tj2a5 C204

\2C2401,

//1-'--1 R207 F- u6 R206 al,

"/ Q //+R410 R409

14 06

% R20 l I

l

T100

10

C189

III

C108 ? t Cg:

/ V65 Rla7

1 446T 6A`

) \C104R10d' _. á C107'\%k'7 \

y

.

Y;->` C110 } y`

`c.' 81

4 V7 8"

3 6CL8A 9 ./

R100

R104

CZ

C1.06

L100

C100 _{R300J --

L205

R24SCgk

70b

/ +'C310

R216

YR301

R214 I1218,,C2 6 7 va a. 1 C3Ó0

Rlq

ó 10JA8 ?Ell`'yíR327 .q--i R326I---

R305

/ V5.

12FX53`2Jl

C5Z

T203

C41 R3°71 -----"x

R209 R4Ó7\

;T200

IU

112

201

o

(

,.,CC/LR4RC406 ?302U

L401

!X401EEL

I

R412 g_fz4L201Y ¡e

C203 -i

\ 8 F0 7

325 1

C425

1_200Pc ,

m

//

L207

ID

9

l2'_11IOr

C416-V1-1/C4

R419C411

11

110

1

I:

T--R109

L206

R221

R402

C307

417.

C4 8 R31á4

421C30&

R223

-f R2.24 i'!> - -..

* 33K RESISTOR=EARLY PRODUCTION USING R416 (270V130HOI,CONTROL)

Figure 7 - Bottom View of PC Board, showing top components in solid outline.Tube pin numbering is for bottom of socket.

12

13

14

15

16

0018

19

20

21

22

23

25

24

=CI

169

VOLUME TV -22, -MOST-OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, -2, etc., . Service Information, Continued

PL400V2444v'

BRIGHTNESS

VERTICALHOLD

472V038H02

I-

47.25MCL201 o

120143.25MC

25 I.F.AMP

X200VIDEO DET.

I`

FL]401

L401RINSING

COIL

VERTICALLIN.

470V119H01470V136H01

HORIZ.MV

AC SWITCHINSTANT

ONSETS

{ --"4 MIX'S. OSC

VIDEO OUT

SYNC. SEP.

L205

4

LqI400

X400I

fFíp,

TI00

4.5MC

X401

17JZ8PERT. OUT.

6VERT. DISCS.

(TOM SOUND INPUT

T203(DOT I4.5MC TRAP

SOUNDINTERSTAGE

AGC1SLOMD

1100

4.5MC

R105

FMDET.

o

AUDIOOUT.

HORIZONTAL HEIGHTHOLD

HORIZONTALMV. ADJ.

CONTRAST

Figure 9 - Control Wiring Diagram.All views seen from the rear.

470V133H01

R4I7HMV ADJ. -_- - F400

PASLO-BLO

2401DEFLECTION

YOKE

r.,

23DCP4

1

7300O VERTICAL OUTPUT

TRANSFORMER

/L4TER00/ FIL

CHOKE

u i Ksz

5 V2444-3 rT101

AUDIO OUTPUTTRANSFORMER

T

C404Á OC405Á

C4Óo

3 A

Figure 6 - Rear View of Chassis V-2444.PL. 401

V2444-3

OFF -ON

"INSTANT ONCHASSIS

o- +TO RR319400

X402

TO R400R 319

C420

AGCADJ.

VI

17DM44DAMPER

T400 /Hy

TRANS.

VI5

IG3GT

HV RECT.'

N

o

TV105

170

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, -2, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

SOUNDEQUIPMENT: VTVMPROCEDURE:1. Select the strongest station available(preferably with test

pattern and test tone) and adjust the FINE TUNING forbest reception. Adjust the VOLUME control so that thestation sound is audible.

2. Adjust the quad coil (L100)for maximum sound from thespeaker.

3. Disconnect the antenna. Use a jumper wire to short TPto B-.

4. Connect the VTVM to TP ®.5. Adjust interstage transformer T100 for maximum negative

voltage on the VTVM.6. Remove the jumper wire used to short TP ® to B-.7. Place the antenna input close to the antenna terminals so

that the signal is loosely coupled to the receiver and thepicture is barely visible. A pronounced noisiness (hiss)

ALIGNMENTshould accompany the sound.

8. Adjust the limiter input coil (T203 top slug) for maximumnegative voltage on tfie VTVM. If the VTVM indicates abroad response while making this adjustment, the receiverinput signal is too strong. When the signal couplingdescribed in step 7 is at the necessary low point, nolimiting takes place and the VTVM will indicate a sharpresponse to the limiter input coil adjustment.

4.5 MC TRAP ALIGNMENTDisconnect the antenna and turn contrast control to maxi-

mum clockwise. Inject a 4.5 MC CW signal through a .001mfcapacitor to TP ®. Connect a .001mf capacitor to a demodu-lation probe tip. Connect the other end of the probe to aVTVM and the capacitor to TP ©. Set the VTVM to 1.5-2VDC range. Turn the set on and allow ten minutes for warmup.Then adjust T2,03 bottom slug for minimum on the VTVM.

IF ALIGNMENT

EQUIPMENT1. -Sweep Generator with a 10 MC wide sweep at center fre-

quencies from 10 MC to 90 MC and 170 MC to 216 MC.2. CW (Marker) Generator which accurately produces the IF

and RF frequencies from 4.5 MC to 216 MC.3. Oscilloscope with good low frequency response character-

istics.4. VTVM.5. Bias Supply of -2.5 volts and -3 volts.6, Standard Alignment Tool with a 3/32" hexagonal tip (long

enough to reach bottom slugs).

TERMINATION AND ADJUSTMENT OF EQUIPMENT

These instructions on termination and adjustment of

(SHORT.M.RI

R2

R3

TUNER

O

300n INPUT

O

o r GENERATOROUTPUTIMPEDANCE to RI R2 R3

52n 120n 56n 150n

72n IOn 85n 150n

Figure 11 - Impedance Matching Network.

47K

TO VTVM TESOT

OR SCOPE 470 POINT

IMMF

Figure 13 - VHF Decoupling Network.

equipment will apply throughout the IF Alignment procedure.All test equipment cables and leads should be as short

and direct as possible.Oscilloscope and VTVM - Use a low -capacitance direct

probe terminated with the decoupling network shown inFigure 13. Keep the oscilloscope calibrated for 2 voltspeak to peak (P -P). Use a VTVM range suitable formeasuring -1.5 volts.

Generators - Except where otherwise noted, all signal gen-erating equipment should be terminated as shown inFigure 12. Connect the signal cable ground near theground of the stage where the signal is injected.

Adjust the CW generator output so that: (1) When theVTVM is being used its reading remains near the -1 voltpoint. (2) When the oscilloscope is being used the markerfrequencies do not distort the response curve.

GENERATOROUTPUTCABLE

OUTPUTIMPEDANCEOF GENERATOR

Figure 12 - Generator Cable Termination.

,CÓNDUCTOR2

z

qI

/ WRAP WITH TAPE

\--HOLE TO FIT TUBE PIN SNUGLY

Figure 14 - Mixer Coupling Device.

171

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

WESTINGHOUSE Chassis V-2444-1, -2, etc., Alignment Information, Continued

STEP TEST EQUIPMENT AND CONNECTION ADJUSTMENT

1. -3V bias to TP ® and -2.5V bias to TP Q. Shortantenna terminals. Channel selector to channel 10.Connect jumper from pin 2 of V7B to B- to disable theAGC pulse.

2. Oscilloscope and VTVM to TP G.IF sweep generator with CW marker to TP G.

a. 44.65 MC.

b. 45.75 MC.

a. T202 primary (top slug): Maximum amplitude on VTVM.T202 secondary (bottom slug): Rocking symmetricalresponse at 44.65 MC.

b. Place 45.75 MC marker at 70% of peak response (seeFigure 15) for waveshape and marker placement.

3. CW generator to TP ® at:a. 43.25 MC. a. T201: Maximum amplitude on VTVM (see Figure 16).

4. CW generator to TP G. Use mixer coupling deviceshown in Figure 14 for tuner 470V119H01:

a. 44.25 MC.b. 44.25 MC.c. 47.25 MC. It may be necessary to increase

generator output and/or decrease bias.

a. Tuner mixer output coil: Maximum on VTVM.b. T200: Maximum on VTVM.c. L201: Minimum on VTVM.

5. Connect sweep generator to TP 9 at 44.25 MC.Couple CW generator with marker at 44.25 MC to sweepgenerator cable. Keep marker amplitude low to avoiddistorting response. Adjust scope for 2V PP.

Mixer output coil for maximum amplitude. T200 for"rocking symmetrical response with waveshape andmarkers" as shown in Figure 17.

6. CW generator to TP 9 at 47.25 MC. Repeat step 4c.

7. Oscilloscope, 2V PP. Sweep generator thru impedancematching network (see Figure 11)to antenna terminals.Set pix marker at 211.25 MC, channel 13. Inject45.75 MC marker into IF section by connecting CWoutput cable to outer shield of IF link cable.

Fine tuning to center of range.Channel selector to channel 13.

Oscillator slug setting: Picture carrier should fall at45.75 MC (± 300 KC) marker on scope. (See Figure 18).

8. Repeat step 7 for all channels in descending order.

4225 43.00 M 45A0.6545.TSMC

41.25 921 J 1 92.!3 43.00 45.03

2

r 1

I

2 VOLTSPEAK TO

I

I

PEAK

PEAK TO PEAK4.505I I606 5.5DB

3 DO

r +2DB

t

Figure 15 - Typical IF Response, 2nd Figure 16 - Typical IF response, 1st IFIF Amp Grid to 2nd Det. Amp Grid to 2nd Det.

42.25 43.00 45.00 45 75M ADJACENTSOUND

PEAR TOPEANIPICTURE SOUND

705BOB

1

Figure 17 - Typical IF response, MixerAmp grid to 2nd Det. Figure 18 - Typical RFIF response.

172

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH RADIO CORPORATION

MODELSPACE

COMMAND TYPE

K1620B2 Luggage PortableK1620L2 Luggage PortableK1620Y2 Luggage PortableK2004C2 TableK2004F2 TableK2004C2B TableK2004F2B TableK2005C2 TableK2005F2 TableK2008R2 TableK2008R2B TableK2008W2 TableK2008W2B TableK2012G2 TableK2012L2 TableK2014F2 TableK2014L2 TableK2100G2 TableK2100L2 TableK2108B2 TableK2108L2 TableK2109J2 TableK2110L2 TableK2127L2 TableK2127R2 TableK2127W2 TableK2211J2 "300" TableK2213L2 "300" TableK2214F2 "300" TableK2214J2 "300" TableK2231L2 "300" TableK2231L2A "300" TableK2231R2 "300" TableK2231R2A "300" TableK2231W2 "300" TableK2231W2A "300" TableK2700R2 TableK2705R2 TableK2705R2B TableK2705Y2 TableK2705Y2B TableK2708E2 TableK2708E2B TableK2708R2 TableK2708R2B TableK2708W2 TableK2708W2B TableK2717E2 TableK2717R2 TableK2717W2 TableK2735E2 ConsoleK2735E2B ConsoleK2735L2 ConsoleK2735L2B ConsoleK2735R2 ConsoleK2735R2B ConsoleK2735W2 ConsoleK2735W2B Con soleK2736E2 Console

(Listing continued on pages 174-175

CHASSIS

14K20, 15K37, 15K37T, 15K37Q, 15K37QS, 15K37QT,16K30, 16K300S, 16K32, 16K32QS, 16K33, 16K33Q,16K33QS, 16K34, 16K34Q, 16K34QS, 16K36, 16K36QS,16K38QS

CHASSIS TUNERPICTURE

TUBE

14K20 Super Bandswitch 16AVP414K20 Super Bandswitch 16AVP414K20 Super Bandswitch 16AVP416K30 Rotary Bandswitch 19CRP4161(30 Rotary Bandswitch 19CR P416K30 Bandswitch 19CRP416K30 Bandswitch 19CRP416K30 Bandswitch 19CRP416K30 Bandswitch 19CR P416K30 Rotary Bandswitch 19CRP416K 30 Band switch 19CRP416K30 Rotary Bandswitch 19CRP416K30 Bandswitch 19CRP416K36 Super Band switch 19CXP416K36 Super Band switch 19CXP416K36 Super Bandswitch 19CXP416K36 Super Bandswitch 19CXP416K30 Bandswitch 19CRP416K30 Band switch 19CRP4151(37 Super Target Turret 19CXP4151(37 Super Target Turret 19CXP415K37 Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37 Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37T Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37T Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37T Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP416K3OQS Super Target Turret 19CRP415K37QS Super Target Turret 19CXP415K37QS Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37QS Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP416K27QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP415K37QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP416K27QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CQ P415K37QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CXP416K27QT Gold Video Guard Turret 19CQP416K33 Super Bandswitch 23DNP416K33 Super Bandswitch 23Di4 P416K34 Super Bandswitch 23AN P416K33 Super Bandswitch 23DNP416K34 Super Bandswitch 23AN P416K33 Super Bandswitch 23DN P416K34 Super Bandswitch 23AN P416K33 Super Bandswitch 23DN P416K 34 Super Bandswitch 23AN P416K33 Super Bandswitch 23DN P4161(34 Super Bandswitch 23ANP416K32 Gold Video Guard Turret 23BTP416K32 Gold Video Guard Turret 23BTP416K32 Gold Video Guard Turret 23BTP416K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP416K34 Super Target Turret 23AN P416K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP416K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP416K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP416K34 Super Target Turret 23AN P4

16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP416K34 Super Target Turret 23AN P416K33 Super Target Turret 23DN P4

and 178; service material through page 190)

173

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN-NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Cross Index of Models and Chassis covered, ContinuedSPACE

MODEL COMMAND TYPE CHASSIS TUNERK2736E2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2736M2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2736M2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2736R2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2736R2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2736W2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2736W2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2737E2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2737E2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2737R2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2737R2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2737W2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2737W2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2738E2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2738E2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2738R2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2738R2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2738W2 Console 16K33 Super Target TurretK2738W2B Console 16K34 Super Target TurretK2742H2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2742M2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2742R2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2742W2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2748H2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2748M2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2748R2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2756L2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2756R2 Console 16132 Gold Video Guard TurretK2756W2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK2756Y2 Console 16K32 Gold Video Guard TurretK3300Y2 "400" Table 16K38QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3308R2B "300" Table 16K34Q Super Target TurretK3308Y2 "300" Table 16K33Q Super Target TurretK3308Y2B "300" Table 16K34Q Super Target TurretK3311R2 "400" Table 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3311W2 "400" Table 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3311Y2 "400" Table 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3340E2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3340E2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3340R2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3340R2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3340W2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3340W2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3341H2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3341H2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3341M2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3341M2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3341R2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3341R2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3341W2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3341W2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3342H2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3342H2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3342M2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3342M2B ''300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3342R2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3342R2B "300" Console 16K34QS Super Target TurretK3342W2 "300" Console 16K33QS Super Target TurretK3342W2B "300" Console 1613405 Super Target TurretK3350L2 "400" Console 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3350R2 "400" Console 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3350W2 "400" Console 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3350Y2 "400" Console 16K32QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3358W2 "400" Console 16K38QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3358Y2 "400" Console 16K38QS Gold Video Guard TurretK3385H2 "400" Console 16K38QS Gold Video Guard TurretMK2785M2 Console 16133 Super Target TurretMK2785M2B Console 16K34/4K22/9H2OLZ4 Super Target TurretMK2785R2 Console 16K33/4K22/7F20L Super Target TurretMK2785R2B Console 16K34/4K22/9H20LZ4 Super Target TurretMK2785W2 Console 16K33/4K22/9H2OLZ4 Super Target TurretMK2785W2B Console 16K34/4K22/9H2OLZ4 Super Target TurretMK2786L2 Console 16K33/4K21/9H20LZ4 Super Target Turret

PICTURETUBE

23AN P423DN P423AN P423DNP423AN P423DNP423AN P423DN P423AN P423DNP423AN P423DN P423ANP423DN P423AN P423DNP423ANP423DN P423AN P423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423AN P423DNP423AN P423BTP423BTP423BTP423DNP423AN P423DN P423AN P423DN P423AN P423DN P423AN P423DNP423AN P423DNP423ANP423DN P423AN P423DN P423ANP423DN P423AN P423DN P423AN P423DNP423AN P423BTP423BTP423BTP423BTP423AFP423AFP423AFP423DN P423ANP423DNP423ANP423DN P423ANP423DN P4

174

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Cross Index of Models and Chassis covered, Continued

SPACE PICTUREMODEL COMMAND TYPE CHASSIS TUNER TUBE

MK2786L2B Console 16K34/4K21/9H2OLZ4 Super Target Turret 23ANP4MK2786R2 Console 16K33/4K21/9H2OLZ4 Super Target Turret 23DNP4MK2786R2B Console 16K34/4K21/9H2OLZ4 Super Target Turret 23ANP4MK2786W2 Console 16K33/4K21/9H2OLZ4 Super Target Turret 23DNP4MK2786W2B Console 16K34/4K21/9H2OLZ4 Super Target Turret 23ANP4MK2787M2 Console 16K32/8K30/9H2OLZ4 Gold Video Guard Turret 23BTP4MK3388H2 "400" Console 16K32QS/8K30/9H2OLZ4 Gold Video Guard Turret 23BTP4RK2785M2 Console 16K33/4K22/7F20L Super Target Turret 23DNP4RK2785M2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4RK2785R2 Console 16K33/4K22/7F20L Super Target Turret 23DNP4RK2785R2B Console 16K34/4K22/7F20 L Super Target Turret 23ANP4RK2785W2 Console 16K33/4K22/7F20L Super Target Turret 23DNP4RK2785W2B Console 16K34/4K22/7F20L Super Target Turret 23ANP4T1980C2 Table 16K30 Bandswitch 19CRP4T1980G2 Table 16K30 Bandswitch 19CR P4T1985C2 Table 16K36 Syper Bandswitch 19CXP4T1985J2 Table 16K36 Super Bandswitch 19CXP4T1990G2 Table 16K36 Super Target Turret 19CXP4T1995W2 Table 16K36 Super Bandswitch 19CXP4T2025W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2025W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2026H2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2026H2B Con sole 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2026R2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2026R2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2027M2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2027M2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2040E2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DN P4

T2040E2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2040R2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2040R2B Con sole 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2040W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2040W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23AN P4

T2042E Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2042R2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2042W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2044E2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2044R2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2044R2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2044W2 Con sole 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2044W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2052M2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2052M2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2052R2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2052R2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2052W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T2052W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2055H2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4T 2055H 2 B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2055M2 Con sole 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2055M2B Con sole 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2055W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2055W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4T2075L2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23AN P4

T2075W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ANP4

T2080E2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DNP4

T2080E2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ÁN P4

T2080R2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ÁN P4

T2080W2 Console 16K33 Super Target Turret 23DN P4

T2080W2B Console 16K34 Super Target Turret 23ÁN P4

T2205G2T3025W2BT3026H2BT3026R2BT3027M2BT3042E2T3042H2T3042R2T3042W2T3075L2B

"300""300""300""300""300""300""300""300""300""300"

TableConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsoleConsole

16K36QS16K34Q16K34Q16K34Q16K34Q16K33Q16K33Q16K33Q16K33Q16K34Q

Super Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target TurretSuper Target Turret

19CXP423ÁN P423ÁN P423ÁN P423ÁN P423DNP423DNP423DNP423DNP423ÁN P4

(Model -Chassis listing continued on page 178)

175

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Chassis 16K32, 16K32QS, Schematic Diagram (Chassis 16K38QS is similar)

TI

I C

TO IF gTPU jjONTOMER

YYfN

ISO

AGO-TO TONER

TO HEATERSON TUNER

6 ENT/Er IVY

v1GENT/ErIN3

VS6EJT/EFINI

ono

GISPIx

23BTP4

VeUVAS

V76BN6

VRANOS

VIOGUAU

vl4GATT

LI

6EH73

/EFI831ST I.F.

,

41

H2

1 TIU

C,

IYF±y'

jl C512%I,YYF

II T ?]%

-IL,10N

i LLt ---JI

021E0

22

M1 -i

V2.4V

6EH7/ÉF183 6EJ71ÉFI84 6- I/2V6JT8 r COO

2ND LF.

6A3RD I.F.VIDEO AMP. BLN ILT 1Jn CM I sFo--,-TO

TS

61 R6oww

220

1457

210%

511101 100

'eeoK

1ICm001

,10%

610'

/

o 7 1115

VlU =TI OOT

BMiMAI

/MY

I WO 0022 INMYF ±10% ±10%

121-x 001' zzo+o%

11o%6N

265v

26 V

2

265V

xi Ly 7

113

3300±o%

265V

C3

j ly 6B V7 ITO (NOTIN

603205 I' 002G SNITCH

2

1/2 6JT8 6BN6 %STEIREAYINj pMÉGSOUND LIMITER SOUND DISC.1

ON SWYÓDTAAEOFF COIL

T6

100

CAB 3.11114F /467I1±5% TT

i3 BLUI LII -116511 # ÍBLN

L4'tk6RN

20 VAC.IN ERLOCK

SWITCH ONVW

VOLUME CONTROL

5281V11'0111°'15 USED ON1683205 ONLY

RIO

50BUtE

C31

IF----

265V

CI32 C33OYYF 4,0tram NW

0%

15I75KC_ EGRAY OR SLR

TI

D

R27

BLN(/REDUNa/BRN

OR

BROKEN FOR YODELINS ONLY

FILAMENTFUSE LINO

IOCOPPELOOPRW

OFINENON ANA

RED

3064L.V. RECT.

NI. Lai R O

Y

TEL

URN 1Ó .,RFD

= 4002

5061 2654

CASE

4O004

15 V

5.75 KC.

C512x5YYF

C35' I

ÁI 1

OROS

610%

265V.

O 6BQ5SOUND OUTPUT

10

RITI ORRIB

VOLUIYEO ME

OV

J1Y

COT

265V

LU C6

003

TSWW1 II, O1O

1100

R19

265V

C22C

aov

320V1575KC.L

CIS CI6

YYF1.T I

YYf

I L6

n

+.y I

YYF CI T I

'TT Imu

1

BLK -J

LJ^`', iOMi/706.1 ±10%

23A RSl3911 asC MFDk!10°/ t 350 .2K

ID%L}y zMI,oVIDEO PEAS 265VFRONT

o

330

105

T6

l.3-:Nil;

V

L_I C21

ATIMYF+S%_J007

S2 5

±10

+10

IJ/2

ISO±10%

Cal.01

V9 I.6HS8A.G.C.B

SYNC.CLI .

60 V60n,

Is600

SOR±10%

1226

10%

278±10%

l8l_

2

1/21OVERT.

CON0Y 110

J0Y 6

40r1720

= IBOOYEG ±10%

4011

[I9.--II

/05

R22

210 V6011,L

23

BON ?10

150V

A.6

8.2

1EG10%

VITA1/2 6GH8 OR 6KD8

HORIZ. CONTROL

330M=+10%

3300±10%

265V

!10%

1207

C40

II0031

NOR

+10 %

1208

±10%

265V

COO 46

3O%R2172MEG

±10%

VIIBI/26GH8 OR 6KD8

HORIZ. OSC.

f,o 8 DISCH.I =YOM% 6 00V

IYE6 -6BY R C58 _ - 2206

411% _ IIU r .700 3150 ±I0%47IMF

1900±10%

C522x001±10%

-I

C531,0MIFF

10011

710%

10

-E

121

±10

CS0 33±lo%

EG

6V

J-11°1005

265V

460V

R28

160001

xISIT±10%

025±10%

w

-1-220 V15.75

Y 12

_1sJ8sHORIZ. OUTPUT

FC62

917

NC

1507

100

R2N

}Wg W±10%

265 V

0%

012

URN

R4BGSMEVERT T

ÑIEÁNO

R

ROJO

LREWISTANCEREI 111

2JnI

-RO/WN

C6=

R30

12

nor.

ter 6DA

OF+

C65

º3115%

265V VIOL

I- SOCKET AND WIRING FOR 1663205

SWITCH 011

STRE LAEPO

PEYOTECONTROLTRANSPRE

. PLUG U ED WITH S SNSOS,5 see,. REMOTE CONTROLCMA 5613

Schematic Diagram, Tube and Trimmer Layout 16K32 and 16K32QS(Waveforms Representative of Other IIKA, Chassis).

150K±10%

-1-16 5V15.75 KC

__t_

110023:

ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FRd CHASSIS TO POINTS IIMICATED.

ALL SOLTADOS ARE D.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL D.C. VOLTAGES TO BE MEASURED WITH A YACUUI TUBE VOLTMETER HUM II Ergs.INPUT RESISTANCE.

ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE INK WITS NO SIGNAL PRESENT. HORINI SETTINGOF CONTROLS AND CHARNEL SELECTOR SET TO CHANNEL 2 UNLESS OTMERRISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR VALUES IN MICROFARAOS UNLESS OTMENVISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCE T20S UNLESS OTHERWISE D060ITIEO.

ALL RESISTORS ARE T201 TOLERANCE, CARBON, I/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

RESISTANCE IEAOUREMENTS SHOWN WITH COIL DISCONNECTED FROM CIRCUIT.

COIL RESISTANCES HOT GIVEN ARE LINDEN ORE DIM.

cATNODE GAT TORE 2X0 ANODE SOLTASE TO BE MEASURED WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR DOGMIN. OHM PER MT NIGH FOLIADO METER.

ARROW] OH POTENTIMIETERS MEDICATE CLOCSWINE ROTATION.

ALIGIDIENT POINTS:

CIRCLED LETTERS IRRIGATE ALIGNMENT LEO TEST POINTS.

CRASS IS-}

PICTURE NNE SECOND ANODE TOLEAOE To BE WARMED WITH ELECTROSTATICAILOYOLTIETER AIM SRId1TNES3 AND CUNTRA]T CONTROL] FULL CO'NTER.CLOCNNISE.

CO = CAPACITOR VALUE ]ELECTED FOR 61111111114 YORE RINGING. VARIES NITNINA RANGE OF VT «61 TO 72 all (] N.S., TIORI. WHEN NECESSARY. REPLACE

NITN Exact VALUE FOUND IN TONE.

176

TE

ST

PO

INT

°D

" V

IDE

O O

UT

PU

T

SO

UN

D T

AK

E -

OF

F C

OIL

3RD

I.F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

PO

WE

R C

AB

LE S

OC

KE

T F

OR

CO

NT

RO

L C

HA

SS

IS

("Q

" M

OD

ELS

ON

LY)

TE

ST

PO

INT

"E

"I.

F. A

.G.C

.

0064

I

-- $

<--

6FM

7

-fry

Ó11

.

'sl

1ST

.I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

.

41.2

5MG

. TR

AP

BO

TT

OM

SLU

G (

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D S

OU

ND

)

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

SO

UN

D T

RA

P-

47.2

5MC

.S

LUG

AD

JAC

EN

TT

CH

AN

NE

L P

IX T

RA

P39

.75M

C.T

OP

SLU

G

I. F

. OU

TP

UT

FR

OM

TU

NE

R-'

2 N

D,

I.F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

AN

D47

.25

MC

. AD

JAC

EN

T S

OU

ND

TR

AP

CO

IL B

OT

TO

M S

LUG

A.C

.INT

ER

LOC

K

TE

ST

PO

INT

"G

" 3R

D I.

F. G

RID

-

4TH

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R A

SS

EM

BLY

-

AN

D C

RY

ST

AL

DE

TE

CT

OR

TE

ST

PO

INT

"C"

DE

TE

CT

OR

OU

TP

UT

/

TE

ST

PO

INT

"F

" T

O B

E G

RO

UN

DE

D F

OR

I.F

. ALI

GN

ME

NT

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

INT

ER

CA

RR

IER

CO

IL'

A.G

.C.

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

TB

UZ

Z A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

o

"1s

t IF -

1°. -

2.5/

12°.

:"

PIX

V16

23B

TP4

VI3

',2A

S2)

VI I_;

6G

H8\

"6K

D8/

'vV

l4k6

AY

3;

' VI2

J B

6

TE

ST

PO

INT

°P

"

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

GR

ID

IDT

H C

ON

TR

OL

(ME

TA

L S

LEE

VE

)

QU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

IL

A. F

.C. D

IOD

ES

(SO

LDE

RE

D O

N T

OP

OF

CH

AS

S

PIN

CU

SH

ION

CO

RR

EC

TO

R M

AG

NE

TS

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

TE

ST

PO

INT

»J»

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T

SP

EA

KE

R C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

TO

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

A.C

.SW

ITC

H

(PU

SH-PUSH)

(ON

SO

ME

MO

DE

LS)

ON

(P

ULL

)O

FF

(P

US

H)

SW

ITC

H

(ON

SO

ME

MO

DE

LS)

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Service Material applicable to various chassis, Continued

SPACE PICTUREMODEL COMMAND TYPE CHASSIS TUNER TUBE

T3075W2B "300" Console 16K34Q Super Target Turret 23ANP4T3080E2 "400" Console 16K33Q Super Target Turret 23DNP4T3080E2B "400" Console 16K34Q Super Target Turret 23ANP4T3080R2 "400" Console 16K33Q Super Target Turret 23DNP4T3080R2B "400" Console 16K34Q Super Target Turret 23ANP4T3080W2 "400" Console 16K33Q Super Target Turret 23DNP4T3080W2B "400" Console 16K34Q Super Target Turret 23ANP4

Suffix "Q" following the chassis number identifies a receiver withremote control; "QS' is used to identify such receivers having alsoan independent AC switch. Suffix "U" indicates set equipped withUHF continuous tuner. Chassis L.K21, 11K22, 7F20L, 9H2OLz4, (radiotuners and amplifiers) are covered in TV -21, 1963 Television volume.

OSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTSGOLD VIDEO GUARD TUNERSUPER TARGET TUNERSUPER BANDSWITCH TUNERROTARY BANDSWITCH TUNER

Each channel can be individually adjusted withthe fine tuning knob at the front of the receiver.The tuning mechanism does not have a stop andseveral turns of the tuning knob is permissible, ineither direction, to obtain proper adjustment.The Super Target Tuner is equipped with an aux-iliary oscillator adjustment to be used only ifadjustment cannot be made with the fine tuningknob.

BANDSWITCH TUNEROSCILLATOR ADJUSTMENTS

1. Set the fine tuning control tomechanical range. Pull off thechannel selector knobs.2. Use a 68-33 alignment tooloperating channel to resonancehighest channel following eachsequence,

the center of itsfine tuning and

and adjust eachstarting with thelower channel in

The bandswitch tuner uses a series inductance inthe oscillator circuit and if more than one turn ofthe screw is required to tune a particular channelor if adjustment cannot be made, it may be nec-essary to touch up the channel 13 screw t o tunechannels 7 thru 13 and the channel 6 screw forchannels 2 thru 6,

FOCUSA screwdriver type focus adjustment is providedin all chassis except 14K20, 15K37 and 16K36.

In the 15K37 chassis, the focus control is partof the picture tube socket. Adjustment is madeby rotating the outer rim of the socket

In the 14K20 and 16K36 chassis a 3 position tapis used,

WIDTH AND HORIZONTALLINEARITY ADJUSTMENTS

Adjustment in most models is made by sliding themetal width sleeve along the neck of the picturetube until proper width and linearity is obtained.

In the 14K20 and 15K37 chassis the sleeve, whichis installed with the slot facing the picture tubeanode button, is used to control linearity and ascrewdriver adjustment at the rear of the chassisis used to adjust width. The initial adjustment ismade by turning the width control to its maximumcounterclockwise position then sliding the sleeveto optimize linearity. The width control is thenadvanced to obtain correct width.

AGC ADJUSTMENTTune in a strong TV signal and slowly turn the delaycontrol until a point is reached where the picturedistorts and buzz is heard in the sound. The controlshould then be backed down from this position andset at a point comfortably below the level of inter -carrier buzz, picture distortion and improper sync.

This setting will correspond to approximately 3 V.peak to peak output from the video detector.

CAUTION: Misadjustment of the AGC control canresult in a washed-out picture, distorted picture,buzz in the sound or complete loss of picture andsound.

AFC ADJUSTMENTThe horizontal hold control is equipped with a stopwhich limits knob rotation to approximately 270degrees, To adjust the AFC, remove the knob andturn the shaft to a position where it is virtuallyimpossible to disrupt horizontal synchronizationwhen switching from channel to channel, After ad-justment, install the knob with its pointer centeredbetween the stops.

178

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Service Material applicable to various chassis, Continued

CENTERING ADJUSTMENT If adjacent channel sound interference is exper-The centering assembly is built'into the yoke hous- ienced, switch the trap to the "in" position.ing. This assembly is made of two magnetic ringswhich can be rotated by means of tabs, Centering G2 ADJUSTMENTis accomplished by gradually rotating the tabs with 16K38QS CHASSISrespect to each other, then rotating both tabs simul-taneously until the picture is centered, 1. Connect the negative lead of a variable bias

supplypp y (0-6V) to the grid (Pin 7) of the 6JT8 videoamplifier and the positive lead to chassis. Switch

CORRECTOR MAGNET the tuner to a blank channel.ADJUSTMENT

Two corrector magnets are used in all 23 and some 2. Connect a VTVM to the cathode of the picture19 inch models to obtain straight, sharply focused tube (pin 11) and adjust the bias supply until thissweep lines across the face of the picture tube, voltage reads 150V,The magnets are mounted on the deflection coil 3. Connect the VTVM to grid 1 (pin 2) and adjustmounting brackets and can be moved in and out or the brightness control for 95 volts indication on theup and down by bending the flexible arms whichsupport them, Adjustment has been made at the

meter,

factory and should not require readjustment unless 4, Leave the meter connected to grid 1 and adjustthe support brackets are accidentally bent out ofposition, If this occurs, proceed 'ás follows:

G2 until the raster is just extinguished,

NOTE: An alternate and reasonably accurate method1, With the vertical and hori zontal size controls of adjustment is to tune in a TV signal and adjust thereduce the size of the picture to a point where thefour corners and sides are visible, (In some re-ceivers it may not be possible to reduce the picturesize sufficiently to see all sides and it may be nec-essary to shift the picture with the centering control

G2 control for 450 volts on grid 2 (pin 10)

SOUND ADJUSTMENTto view one side at a time,) Proper alignment of the 4.5 Mc intercarrier sound2. Bend the corrector magnet arms until the cor- channel can only be made if the signal to the re-ners become right angles and the top of the raster is ceiver antenna terminals is reduced to a level belowparallel with the bottom and the left side is parallel the limiting point of the 6BN6 Gated Beam Detector.with the right side. After adjustment, the picture This level can be easily identified by the "hiss"should be restored to normal size . whi ch then accompanies the sound. Various methodsNOTE: Misadjustment of the corrector magnets may may be used to reduce the signal level; however,cause pincushioning, barreling, keystoning, poor

a step attenuator is recommended for most satis -linearity, etc,

PEAK PICTURE CONTROLfactory results.

1. Connect the step attenuator between the antennaALL 23" MODELS and the receiver antenna terminals.

This is a front panel control, It is part of the video 2. Tune in a tone modulated TV signal, Adjust thedetector load and has a decided effect on the video step attenuator until the signal is reduced to aresponse of the receiver. The response can bechanged from a slight smear at the extreme counter-

level where a "hiss" is heard in the sound.

clockwise position of the control to an exaggerated 3. Adjust the sound take -off coil (top and bottomovershoot in the, maximum clockwise position. cores), inter carrier transformer, quadrature coil and

buzz control for the best quality sound and minimumThe control is adjusted at the factory for best pic- buzz. It must be remembered that any of these ad-ture detail under normal signal conditions, however,it can be changed in the field to suit a particular justments may cause the "hiss" to disappear and

further reduction of the signal will be necessary tosignal or program condition. As an example, an old"crispened" "snow" prevent the from disappearing during"hiss" align -movie can be or the texture of

ment.in a fringe area can be changed for a more pleasingpicture.

ALIGNMENTADJACENT CHANNEL A suitable VHF and UHF sweep generator in con-

junction with an accurate marker must be used forREJECT SWITCH 16K38QS CHASSIS alignment work, It is extremely important to termin-

ate the output cable properly and to check if theThis switch is located at the rear of the chassis attenuator is reactive, If the attenuator is reactiveand is used to switch the 47.25 Mc adjacent channel or if the output cable is improperly terminated,sound trap in or out of the circuit as required, correct alignment cannot be made since the degree

of attenuation may change the shape as well asWhen the trap is switched out of the circuit a slightimprovementthein IF band pass occurs for better pic- amplitude of the response curve. The attenuator

ture detail, The receiver is shipped from the factorywith the trap in the "out" position,

should only vary the amplitude and not the shapeof the response curve.

179

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Alignment Information for sets covered, Continued5. Connect the sweep generator to terminal "A'.'

"F"TO RECEIVER ANTENNA TERMINALS

Connect terminal to chassis and connect ajumper between terminal "E" and chassis. Adjustsweep to obtain a 3V.P.P. response somewhat simi-lar to Fig. 8. Switch oscilloscope to 10X gain to

MATCHING TRANSFORMER "blow up" the traps, (Fig. 6).50 OHMS UNBALANCED i0 300 OHMS BALANCED

SWEEP GENERATOR 6. Refer to Fig. 6 and adjust the 39.75 Mc andOUTPUT CABLE the 41.25 Mc traps for minimum marker amplitude.

¡ Disconnect the jumper between "E" and chassis.Connect this jumper between "E" and the junction

Xof the 22 (68 in the 15K37 chassis) and 1500 ohmresistors in the cathode of the first IF. This pro -y vides an additional "blow up" of the 47.25 Mc

HOOKED END .; i - traps (Fig. 7). In the 16K3$ chassis the receiverFOR CONNECTING is shipped from the factory wi th the adjacent channelTO VARIOUS GRIDS reject switch (at the rear of the chassis) in the

"out" position. For alignment, the switch shouldbe in the "in" position. Adjust the 47.25 Mc traps(the 15K37,16K33 and 16K34 chassis have one

''''......N......................_,./470 MMFD '+++h, 47.25 Mc trap) for minimum marker amplitude,

C56f2Ae>CERAMIC

RESISTOR 7. Disconnect the jumper between "E" and theCAPACITOR

\22 and 1500 ohm cathode resistors. Connect this

GROUND DIRECTLYTO CHASSIS. DO NOT 39.75 47.25USE LEADS.

Fig. 4 IF-RF Alignment Fixtures 1

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT 1V

(15K37,16K32,16K33,16K34 & 16K38 CHASSIS) / 0.341.25

1. Slowly turn the channel selector until thetunerIrotor is made to rest between two channels, Thiswill prevent an erroneous response.2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohmisolation resistor to terminal "C" (detector). Connect 10Xthe ground lead to chassis. In 23" models turn SCOPEthe Peak Picture Control to the extreme counter-clockwise position.

GAIN

3. Feed the sweep generator through the special Fig. 6 Expanded View of Trapsterminating network shown in Fig. 4 to point "G" jumper between "E" and chassis. In the 16K38(Pin 2 of the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtain chassis switch the adjacent channel reject switcha response similar to Fig, 5 with a detector output to the "out" position. Adjust sweep generator forof 3 volts peak to peak. Do not exceed this level 3 volts peak to peak output. Alternately adjust theduring any of the adjustments. 2nd, 3rd, 1st IF and the converter plate coil until4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 Mc and alter- an overall response similar to Fig. 8 (Fig. 9 for thenately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4th 15K37 chassis) is obtained. It will be found thatIF for maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 Mc the 2nd IF affects the low side (42.75 Mc) and themarker positioned as shown in Fig. 5. The twopeaks must be equal in height and the high frequency

3rd IF the high side of the response.

39.75 41.25 47.25

3.0V

/NIT....,7 ----.."NN... 47.25

N.,

3.0 V

41.25 \45.7539.75

Fig. 5 4th IF Response

peak at 45.75 Mc. If the correct response cannot beobtained, check the position of the cores to seethat they are not butted but are entering their re- Fig. 7 Further Expansion of Fig. 6 for Detailspecti ve windings from the opposite ends of the coils. View of the 39.75 and 47.25 Mc Traps.

180

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Alignment Information for sets covered, Continued4. Set the marker generator to 45.75 Mc and alter -

41.25 nately adjust the top and bottom cores of the 4thIF for maximum gain and symmetry with the 45.75 Mcand the 42.75 Mc markers positioned as shown inFig. 10. If the correct response cannot be obtained,/ Tcheck the position of the cores to see that they are

3.0 V not butted but are entering their respective wind-/ ings from the opposite ends of the coils.

45.75 5. Connect the sweep generator to terminal "A"(convertergrid, Fig. 1 or 2 depending on tuner)./1)\\/ Connect terminal "F" to chassis and connect a

42.75 jumper between terminal "E" and the junction of45.0 the 68 and 1500 ohm resistors in the cathode of the

first IF. This provides a "Blow Up" of the 47.25 McFig. 8 Overall IF Response trap (Fig. 11). Adjust the 47.25 Mc trap for minimum

marker amplitude.

241.25 3.0V

45.75

I47.25

42.7s 3.0 V45.0

Fig. 9 Overall IF Response151(37 CHASSIS

VIDEO IF ALIGNMENT(14K20, 161(30 & 16K36 CHASSIS) Fig. 11 Expanded View of the 47.25 Mc Trap,

14K20, 161(30 & 161(36 Chassis1. Slowly turn the channel selector until the tunerrotor is made to rest between two channels. This 6. Disconnect the j umper between "E" and the 68will prevent an erroneous response. and 1500 ohm cathode resistors. Con nect this jumper

between "E" and chassis. Adjust sweep generator2. Connect an oscilloscope through a 10,000 ohm for 3 volts peak to peak output. Alternately adjustisolation resistor to terminal "C" (detector). Connect the 2nd, 3rd, 1st IF and the converter plate coilthe ground lead to chassis. until an overall response similar to Fig. 12 is

3. Feed the sweep generator through the specialterminating network as shown in Fig. 4 to point "G"(Pin 1 of the 3rd IF). Adjust generator to obtaina response similar to Fig. 12. Do not exceed the3 volt peak to peak detector output during any of/the followi ng adj ustments. \

39.75 47.25

41.25Nr.%. 3.0 V

45.75

1 42.75.7'.--3.0V U 45.00

42.75 - -4-45.75 Fig. 12 Overall IF Response14K20, 16K30 & 16K36 Chassis

obtained. It will be found that the 2nd IF affectsthe low side (42.75 Mc) and the 3rd IF the high

Fig. 10 4th IF Response side of the response. Remove jumpers after align -141(20, 16130 & 161(36 CHASSIS ment.

181

TO O

R I

FTU

ON

ER

UT

PUT

TO

TJN

ER

TO

TUNER

V3

V4

V5

4$Z

64B

Z6

4BZ

61S

T L

F.

2ND

LE

3RD

I.F

.

LI CI

--cC

=1-

MY

Fcz 1

i 2 K

01

1.51

1-

110%

±10

%

001

RE

%

280V

"

52K

680K

710%

118

2YE

G0.

2

015

8A

-1/

210

DX

81/

23J

0S

OU

ND

LIM

ITE

RS

OU

ND

DIS

C.

6111

1/,.

T2

rI

TO

50M

MF

OH

SOU

ND

TA

KE

OFF

CO

IL JRY

C29

RÍLF

±5%

T6

IL9

j LK

650

V

INT

ER

LO

CK

Ill BLU

E SY

ITC

HV

OLU

ME

CO

NO

NT

RO

LR

IO

150

FI

ION

SE

C49

280V

GRAT

623

21.11.

-1

BLI

-T--

.

280V

90JV

=S

E2

-c3

7iY

Yn7

DS

bvbó

v

95

R12 33

855

10%

2W

76

280V

033

20Y

Mti

±10

%

CIO

.001

210%

1/21

3JJ1

0S

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT

C39

9701

,

t151

0%

Ti1

0P/

10%

-¡-

030

l-1-

IS,

_280Y

280V

TE

ST

POIN;'.

C -

D@

BT

OR

061

1/85

- V

SO

EO

811

31tIT

T

F -

GR

80M

0 tU

RIN

G I.

F. A

LIG

NN

EM

T0

- )R

O 1

.F. G

MN

- S

GU

MO

. Tow

n K

AT

E7

- S

OU

NO

OU

TF

IT(

A'.-

PLA

TE

IF A

.F.C

. woo

f

280V

VIO

10%

1/2

6GH

8,H

OR

IZ.

CO

NT

RO

L

3308

3308

noN

>

R29

ISO

10%

IYE

G-6

019

1802

±0%

C52

2K00

131

0%C

53

059

470

NS

F

C56

1000 si

10%

C57

1001

,

±10

%

ED

DO

T

55

±10

% VIO

B1/

2 66

H8

HO

RIZ

. OS

C.

8 D

ISC

H.

6f2/

01

10M

EG

10%

C59 00

33±

10%

±10

%

280V

KI

BA

R

710%

31,

ION

±10

%

L3

TS

V6A

r,

I10

0N

1

IVID

EO

AM

P.

BLK

L6/y

AIC

F6i

rLO

90U

N0L

IYIT

ER

6R10

J5 -

YY

FMMF

-1 V8

4HS

8A

.G.C

. aS

YN

C.C

LIP

.76

6/5

011

Óq5

510%

/osvL

1135n

c19

v

L1

971Y

DE

R 5

%J

190u

A//O

V

R5

I1K

±10

%21

1 2805

8.26

IM 715%

N2N

±10

VII

17G

V5

HO

RIZ

. OU

TPU

T

100

5/6

05-5

516

VA

RIE

S W

ITH

V1i

SE

TT

ING

OF

10W

IDT

HC

ON

TR

OL

9,5

280V

TI

'2,2

1180

C23

50

C2.

}66

5aA

I

rRB

3D8

CO

XT

RA

ST

1F

R7 .SN

t10% s

±10

%6.

91,

I V

AN

/ES

%T

NB

RIG

HT

NE

SS

SE

TT

/N6

TO

OK

±10

%

R9

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

280V

TO

N.1

656V

.

V4

IA

IVP

4P

I X

FO

CU

SA

OL.

i,,Y

Y Y

280V

65Ó

Y

V9A

V9B

1/2

15F

M7

OR

1/2

13F

M7

1/2

I5F

M7

OR

1/2

13F

M7

VE

RT

.OS

C.

VE

RT

. OU

T.

C99

CS

T

.018

±10

%

C45 II

6802

2 i Y

.M..±

10%

±10

%40

0

565

mfi1

0%28

0V.

Ó5

±10

%

828

±10

%

1.81

1E6

8.1o

%

3306

412

1KH

.V. R

EC

T.

R28

C66

165

EV

. N.V

.

I/O 3

10

ro/Z.LIN.

¡cot

/TR

OT

. SLE

EV

E

BLK

097

±10

%

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, T

ube

and

Trim

mer

Lay

out a

nd S

igna

l Pat

h C

hart

14K

20 C

hass

is.

X0R

12.

DE

FL.

CO

ILS

-©R

29

- 65

0 5

LIC3TB

T00 SOV

280V

I/2 T

10

BL

LRE

D

1

VE

RT

RE

FL.

CO

ILS

'L O

N T

UN

ER

1111 4826

4426

3ROIF

V6

NM

II/2

VID

EO

AM

P.

I/2 S

OU

ND

1340

I/O S

OU

ND

DIS

C1/

2 S

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT v9

SE

NT

/2 V

ER

T.OSC.

1/2

VE

RT

.O

UT

PU

T

YID

fitI/2

40O

DI

SC

D15Cx.

IMO

DA

MP

ER

TC

D,

415

4061

0 D

UI

O0

26

EW

ES

:A

LL V

OLT

AG

ES

ME

AS

UR

ED

TR

W C

HA

SS

IS T

O P

OIN

TS

INT

ICA

TE

D.

All

TE

LTA

CT

S A

RE

D.C

. UN

LES

S O

TN

ER

NIS

T S

PE

EIF

IFD

ALL

D.C

. VO

LTA

GE

S T

O B

E N

EA

SU

R1O

"IT

N 4

VA

CU

UM

TU

BE

YO

LTIIE

IER

RA

VIN

GII

"EG

OIS

T

,wou

l RE

SIS

TA

NC

E.

All

VO

LTA

GE

NF

AS

UR

EW

"TS

-O

BE

NW

.AIT

R N

O S

IGN

AL

PR

ES

EN

T.

"061

51 S

ET

TIN

G O

F

CO

NT

RO

LS A

ND

E^A

NN

FL

SE

LEC

NIR

AT

TO

CH

AN

NE

L2

UN

LES

S O

TN

ER

NIS

ESPECIFIED.

ALL

CA

PA

CIT

OR

VA

LUE

S IN

MIC

RO

. AN

AO

S U

NLE

SS

OT

NF

RN

.ISE

SP

EC

IFIE

D.

ALL

CA

PA

CIT

OR

CA

PA

CI T

V IT

IEN

AN

CI T

OO

L U

NLE

SS

OT

INR

NIS

E S

PE

CIF

IED

ALL

RE

SE

ITO

RS

AR

T ':

O: T

OLT

2AR

C-.

CO

RS

ON

.1/

2 W

AIT

UN

LES

S O

TH

ER

WIS

E S

PE

CIF

IED

.

NF

SIS

TS

NC

E :I

EA

SU

RIG

EN

IS S

III x

,IT

T C

OIL

DIS

CO

NN

EC

TE

D F

RO

M C

IRC

UIT

.

CO

IL R

ES

ISIA

WO

ES

.'AO

I GLE

N 1

,1U

ND

ER

ON

E 0

101.

CA

TH

OD

E R

AT

TO

NE

211

T A

NO

DE

VD

LTA

GrT

SI M

EA

SU

RE

D W

ITH

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AI I

C O

R E

ON

NO

T. 0

11.1

PE

R T

OLL

HIG

H V

OLT

ICE

TE

TE

R.

AR

BO

N!

ON

PG

UN

T!'¡

I RS

SK

AT

E L

LDC

NN

ISE

NO

TA

TIO

N.

ALI

C4U

NN

T P

OIN

T\`T

CIR

CLE

D L

ET

TE

RS

1H

01. ,

Al I

/:NW

NE

'AN

C T

ES

T P

OIN

TS

.

PIC

TU

RI U

ST

SE

CO

ND

AN

OD

E V

SL'

AG

E T

O R

E M

EA

SU

RE

D N

ITS

ELE

CT

RO

ST

AT

IC T

IIOV

OLT

NE

TE

R

PITH

NBIUMTNEsí ANO CONTIIST CONTROLS FULL COUNTER -CLOCKWISE.

CA

.C

AP

AC

ITO

R V

IM S

TLE

CIE

T F

OR

111

NIIW

TO

NE

RIN

GIN

G.

SA

NIE

S"LENIN

LUN

GE

OF

NT

r1

TO

71

NN

E IS

2.1

1.!ID

S)

NO

ES

NE

CE

SS

AR

Y. R

EP

LAC

E

NIT

S E

NA

CT

V.L

LOE

AD

UN

E IN

YOKE.-

--nn

.--v

n.--

»our

Bt°

Ttc

°

EQ

UIV

ALE

NT

CIR

CU

ITA

-1 c

od A

-2 IN

TE

GR

AT

OR

S

87-7

R is

68K

87-8

R is

82K

BA

ND

SW

ITC

H T

UN

ER

175-

281

"U' M

OD

ELS

175.

282

175.

283"

U' M

OD

ELS

175-

264

V14

PIX

16A

VP

4

VH

F,

GEA"

3GK5

I(rA

NT

EN

NA

MIX

Ek

R.F

. T

ER

MIN

ALS

+IS

FM

7f-C

~ 4

MS

C.

AM

P.

V9

----

-.,

wW

,-

I.F.O

UT

PU

TIR

V3

VR

R)S

#ts

AS

GC

tV

7...-

----

-/

HOR

Frmn

If. 4BZ6

LF.O

UT

PU

T F

rom

UH

F T

UN

ER

VH

F T

UN

ER

PyE

)**

}* .*

*r .1

3J10

\Z

6G

O:

UN

F-

UH

F T

UN

ER

175

-13

. :"

""j s

Dux

D,S

i i

-II.

Im

asP

lo,N

,WS

AF

4AI.F

4826

.yy

55G

O`'Y

omR

e .

I

Il48

26..v

m60

*.,,

,,"'1

,34

51.0

OET ¡ ux

rc.

SIL

ICO

N R

EC

TIF

IER

S

Som

e

'U' M

OD

ELS

onl

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

-SW

ITC

H

TU

NE

R F

ILA

ME

NT

(BR

OW

N L

EA

D)

A.G

C. (

YE

L.LE

AD

)

B+

( R

ED

LE

AD

)

To

I.F. O

UT

PU

T-

on T

UN

ER

1ST

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R a

nd 4

7.25

MC

. TR

AP

(TO

P S

LUG

47,

25 A

DJA

CE

NT

SO

UN

D)

(BO

TT

OM

SLU

G 1

ST

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R)

TE

ST

PO

INT

"E

" I.F

. A.G

.C.

TE

ST

PO

INT

"J"

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T

2ND

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

TE

ST

PO

INT

'IF"

GR

OU

ND

DU

RIN

G I.

F. A

LIG

NM

EN

T

TE

ST

PO

INT

'C"

DE

TE

CT

OR

OU

TP

UT

-

TE

ST

PO

INT

11G

"I.F

. GR

ID

3RD

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

4TH

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

R

TE

ST

PO

INT

11H

" S

OU

ND

SO

UN

D T

AK

E -

OF

F C

OIL

VE

RT

ICA

L H

OLD

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S

CO

NT

RA

ST

114

RE

PLA

CE

TU

NE

R T

UB

E O

NLY

WIT

H T

UB

Ek

TY

PE

OR

IGIN

ALL

Y S

UP

PLI

ED

BY

ZE

NIT

H.

658

ST

AM

PE

D O

N T

UN

ER

CH

AS

SIS

..

4BZ6

113F

M7

15F

M7

J

IN64

OR

EQ

UIV

.

INT

ER

CA

RR

IER

CO

IL

QU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

IL

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

VE

RT

ICA

L LI

NE

AR

ITY

BU

ZZ

CO

NT

RO

L

L

2 A

MP

LIN

E F

US

E

PIX

V14

I6A

VP4

A.C

. IN

TE

RLO

CK

000 (V

IO6G

H'

SO

UN

D C

IRC

UIT

CO

MP

OS

ITE

VID

EO

CY

CLE

S 6

012

0V

OL

TS

VE

RT

ICA

L C

IRC

UIT

**w

,»H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

CIR

CU

IT M

w.w

INT

ER

ME

DIA

TE

FR

EQ

UE

NC

YM

OD

EL

WA

TT

SA

MP

S

14K

2015

5L4

5

VII

76V

5

TIM

EP

OS

ITIO

NIN

G G

UID

E_

IRE

YW

_AY

)

SP

EA

KE

R L

EA

DS

A.F

.C. D

IOD

E

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T A

ND

MO

UN

TIN

G

2 A

MP

LIN

E F

US

ES

ILIC

ON

RE

CT

IFIE

RS

FO

CU

S L

EA

D (

CLI

P -

ON

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T)

HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L LI

NE

AR

ITY

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

TE

ST

PO

INT

"D

" V

IDE

O O

UT

PU

T

r -H

OR

IZO

NT

AL

HO

LD C

ON

TR

OL

A .G

. C.

WID

TH

CO

NT

RO

L

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, T

ube

and

Trim

mer

Lay

out a

nd S

igna

l Pat

h C

hart

14K

20 C

hass

is.

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATIONZENITH Chassis 15K37, 15K37Q, 15K37QS, 15K37QT, 15K37T

V3 V46826 6826

2ÑDÍS F.

ITO IF OUTPUT f(CON TUNER

brIY T

9 C05120101W2%10

LIt

(`(T

T2SY

L21~ L1I ¿1 LC3

25011 .ro TUNER

AOTO TUNER

TO HEATERSON TUNER

6826END IF

256826

3RD IF

V66558

VIDEO AMP R50UM0 LIP.

AtSOUND DISC

VBSAOSA

SOUND OUT

V96XS9

SYNC CLIP8 A6C

6FYTVERT OUT RVERT OSC.

VII6558 OR EK D8

00010. 052.R OISCR

VIOEATS

DRAPER

1112

6525HOR12.0UT

ON Sóú 0 TENDOFF COIL

32V

1

1

K

690

IS/V

21V

68 s510%

R2

/3l

I

2805

225E5

4IS V6B

V7 2 'TOKYUTING SWITCH L__1/2 66N8 6BN6

IONNSTEP RELAY INSOUND LIMITER SOUND DISC.

a--,w umss

I20 SAC.INTERLOCK

SWITCH ON GL GRAY

VOLUME CONTROL - -

RIO

SOON 1533705

JUMPER WIREOW 15K310T SIB

521

R24

11200

ARAS

53

T12

GRAY REO

OR

OLE

OR BL /NPAY RRN

EO

BROKER FOR MOO LS150713 .15070S 8ISKS TT

FILAMENTFUSE LINK

I I/O" LOOP OF X24 AW6COPPER WIRE

RIO

750BUZZ RII

210%

ROL 6118 Co5Bwt

200V tUORO

URN

r

C41B02000

045280400V,

280V

470

685

263RD I.F.

TS

01

T6

V6A IOOK -1

1/2 6GN8VIDEO AMP. BLK LT ''^

51,4NNFYxYF I

I

L51 IOSV

15.5ALIRI

PO U I } 9 L 6TtIYY 23%-J60OOVMr Y Yµ

Cu 3Ó 78 010.000%

v.l

LISlTT10% NNF

BLK

no 7.-w.

P!10

0 SF I ,10%R

2805

6AQ5ASOUND OUTPUT

LC16T033

10%

6 f.

IS

!lox

OA

T 350V

NS276

O%2W

2805

2805 50K

ROS

210%- -.470K

T

C35

2805

`11:1,

R16 V96HS8

i A.G.C. 6 I '8%1SYNC.CLIP. Áo RI ENOT1AI9

= O%

035

.01

RI126Y

YEG 'I 265

á9%10,46Y TE0

N461011110% Y `IT0

= 150Y

050V

301'

1055

746V

C31 R19

1

MEG210%

UK 010%I VA

RIN }ION

1S

10%1.85E!

7

680K

R205

MEG68K 1 VERL210% 512E

MR

VITA1/2 6GH8 OR 6KD8

HORIZ. CONTROL

IYEG 3.0Y9

2805

VIIBI/26GH8 OR 6KD8

16Y

f,8

HORIZ.OSdDISCH.C.

350K310%

330K±10%

C{2%.0012.10 .1

210%

220K800%

CSO

.047

C215500

jC%CSI470 SYYF CS3

220012 MEG

MIÓ% 210%

=MME 6 735V210%

C55

Ip470MIT

000%

100E210%

1101,

6

7005

i2R0%

211

00337 1-T210%

l

073 LI

11016/J IWT2

56046

210%

MOIL HOLD

CS6T.DI

L.001S 1t0%

15K

310%

566 y.C5I3210% =.I

2805

V126GV5

HORIZ.OUTPUT

-55

IOU ,9

0,4

TI

2V

VARIES NIONSETTING1NOT

6053,7, CONTROL

R29

3.9.9 W.w. !10%

C61ADI = 19A210%

LI3 IRA

15.50

22A

[6nC450SÑ21r-tWIDTH

PURPLE25YIC60

- 033 IévT010%3W

C62.1

210%

280V RON 280V

SOCKET AND WIRING FOR 15K370T MODEL

SLEEP SWITCHPLUG R SOCKET

50CKET

L

LEAD ENO WEN

PLUG

PLUG USED WITH S-57210RS -TT SLEEP SWITCH ASSEMBLY

REMOTES.PRI CO.NTROL

TRAN

PLUG USED WITH S-56093REMOTE CONTROL CHASSIS J

Schematic Diagram, Tube and Trimmer Layout 15K37, 15K37T,15K37Q, 15K37QS and 15K37QT.

ISOK

r SOCKET AND WIRING FOR 15K370 R ISK31o5 MODELS !10%

aaNT SWITCI ONTUNER

L

LORO OnoVIEW

PLUG

REMOTECONTROLTRANSPRI

PLUG USED WITH S.56893REMOTE CONTROL CRASSIS

SOCKET ANO WIRING FOR ISK3TT MODEL

LEAD END VOW

SOCKET

LPLUG USED WITH 0.30110SLEEP SWITCH ASSEMBLY

J

184

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

0 SOUND LIMITER 6010

C23

. n

IF YUFCOO NI

YYF= 10%0%-_IR7

FCÓÑT 1ST i10%86750±10%SW

LB 663yM

3400il0%

280V

IIOA6FM7

:RT.OSC.

0-1008

4N/f5Y/1N91/6N11(5S5(71116

'1011

280V

VIOBI/2 6FM7VERT. OUT.

POC42 .1

013

OY ÓÓ68110%

3306110%

1508-VERY. MOLD

CAA.015 =

10%A2

N

wYnT

628

RL

HOY

-PSY .-,

8231.511E6 = 680

710% ±10%5W

1558YERL LIN.

±10%

VI3IK3

H.V. RECT.

0

226IOU

TEL

I/O TII

riO812. LIN. -ICONTROL SLEEVE

2,7

ICR

140

VI4 L 1"°6AY3 I

DAMPER L-

RORIE.DE FL.COILS

BUI

064

017n±10%

V JYN700V

TO

TO 11.0. 58.0.

I9CXP4PIX

yb SP61

1

4

Q 61

EDRED

+.CASA10050V

nn1.10%

2808

1/2711

iL

050 POINTS:

- DETECTOR OUTPUT

VIDEO OUTPUT

560 44p%! áSBVERT.

+tlDLS

PLI

FOCU R!

...PPPfff-

INSOCRET

1

560 1±10%

REDL

GROUND DURING I.F. All NT

- SRO I.F. GRIP- SOUND LI.VI TER (LATE

- SOUND OUTPUT

- PLATE OF A.F.C. DIODE

MODEL WATTS AMPS

10837 180 1.7

156370 230 2.2

15K371 180 1.7

158 3717T 230 221583705 230 22

NOTES:

ALL VOLTAGES MEASURED FROM CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED.

ALL VOLTAGES ARE D.C. UNLESS 0TIL81115E SPECIFIED.

ALL D.C. VOLTAGES TO BE REASONED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER NAYINO II 160181INPUT RESISTANCE.

AIL VOLTAGE MEASUREIYMTS TO BE mADE WITH NO SIGNAL PRESENT. NORMAL SETTINGOF CONTROLS 660 CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO CBANNTL 2 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR VALUES IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCE 77206 AIRLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL RESISTORS ARE 0201 TOLERANCE, CARBON. I/2 WATT UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS SNOWS WITH COIL OISCDNNECT.0 FROM CIRCUIT.

COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE 0181.

CATHODE RAT 0000 END ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURES WITH ELECTROSTATIC OR 200NI N. 0700 PER VOLT SION VOLTAGE INTER.

ARROWS ON PDTENTIOMETEPS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATION.

WOW., POINrs;CIRCLED LETTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT ANO TEST POINTS.

LIMSSISI-

PIC1URE TUBE SECOND ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED WIT11 ELECTROSTATICKIL0Y0CTFNTER 6118 BRIGHTNESS AND CONTRAST CONTROLS FULL COUNTER -CLOCKWISE.

CT a CAPACITOR VALUE SELECTED FOR MINIMUM TORE RINSING. VARIES WITNINA RANGE OF 67 vat TO 72 441 (3 N.Y., 0106). MIEN NECESSARY, REPLACEWITH ENACT VALUE FOUND 14 YOKE.

J

70011

ZENITHSchematic Diagram and Tube and TrimmerLayout for Chassis 15K37, . 15K37Q, 15K37T,15K37QS, and 15K37QT..

CFI

O

a

jK H _11! aÑ 2hHco2ya

185

TD

I B

F T

OO

HE

RU

TPU

rO

CO

KG

CT

O T

UN

ER

2.25

00

TO

SO

YY

FC

N G

OU

RD

TA

KE

OF

F C

OIL

V3

6EH

71S

T L

E

V4

6EH

72N

D I.

F.

26JV

RE

O/B

Lu

MY

t6J

r -T

S

'J1

1

1220

265V

6EJ7

5 ÉF

184

3RD

I.F

.T

5

.B

0%

Yi

! 0%

I'

41-I

_.%

_L

--M

Y J

IB

LK

-U

1200

170.

.E21

0%

+¿

$1lÓ

O39

Y

PE

AK

1/

PIC

TU

RE

ÑLS , I L

6

6r_

_--.

_.V6A

1/2

6GN

8I

91

050U

N0L

IMIT

ER

GR

IDV

IDE

O A

MR

GLN

ILT

1!4

]SY

YF

~"T

BLV

Y_-

-. Y

Yi

"'-'7

1T-C

.55

CIT

-IORN

L-__

111Y

Mt_

lS7_

J

330

sá0

L ;I

I%

265

V

Pe

1 ó1

i5

T ID

%

C

15

V 6

BV

7r,

o M

UT

ING

SM

ITC

N

1/2

6GN

86G

N8

6BN

6C

OR

TX

OLM

NA

5515

,S

OU

ND

LIM

ITE

RS

OU

ND

DIS

C.

C25

ewF

Px

unuP

RS

MM

F

15%

T1

3

_/JS

YB

LU

bOK

II

5109

52

RO

TA

RY

OLA

BR

UT

SN

ITC

H 0

NV

OLA

RE

CO

NT

RO

L

M61

06 0

52

]]OS_

L_ 0N

I1KR26

i'

65C

VT

120

V.A

C.

INT

ER

LOC

K

IMF

I

OR

r/46

Y

028

s33D

G4

L.V

. RE

CT

.R

AT

12

OR

OR

D

SL

R25

2OOK

o-_- /

0Ñ B

iY/%

NE

O

Bfi1

,EF

OR

MO

O L

S30

1úK

330

16x3

4021

6K34

05

)

F 3

BLK

RE

D

ST

EL

rT

EL

I VD

11.

12I

L_C

25C

30

205S

FOTO

710%

MM

F

2TK

210%

2M

265V

C31 D

I1.

3906

20%

265V

6805

SO

UN

D O

UT

PU

T

R14

RI ISEG

VO

LUM

E

/00Y

BL

C

o311

61

T9

212

J1.

ED

RIB

0168

ro%Y

Í00V

13M

265V

1117

IY

uY

V9

6HS

8A

.G.C

. 8S

YN

C. C

LIP

.

C33

/JV

/24V

CM

=-%

9i-J

WO

K ±

10

265V

R19

110

KA

DD

.

LR

ED

4en

265± 11

40

9Ú3C

Y M

MF

6111

1/T

EL

Vti'

C

6RM

VIIA

1/2

6KD

8, 6

GN

8H

OR

IZ. C

ON

TR

OL

1.7/

OK

0%

1710

330K %

TE

ST

PO

INr9

:C

- D

ET

EC

TO

R O

UT

PU

T

D -

VID

EO

OU

TP

UT

E-

LP. A

GE

F-

OR

WN

DE

D R

OB

I.E

. ALI

O00

NT

G-

3RD

I.R

. 041

0J

- 50

0X0

OU

TP

UT

P-

SO

UN

D D

ISC

GR

ID

2

10E

8

210%

IRON

9

210%

c40

4703

MO

W

265V

C49

=MMF

210%

HH

4To

YYi

f o%

9E6

tISR 2ro%

210%

27K

:10%

Le

C20

T21

1IM

F21

0%

2504

5

265V

3900

±10

%

C21 iÓ

YY

F

!10%

15

L9 1702

0 C

22

;: K

.I

0%

9b%

50C

2

0-60

0Y

TO

N.V

J0V

-100

V2H

L9/E

5Y

VIy

JNyS

120M

6/µ

É%

T/.I

G21

0%

1C21

R9

2509

I30

YY

FB

RI6

xiM

E5S 26

5V SIÜ

ÓK

1210

%Ir

40

V16

23P

DIX

1SP

81

Í{°%

smI/2

16F

M7

t36

220YYi

CO

BV

ER

T. O

SC

.13

5os

3=20

Al

053

1210

%

6BK

!IO%

265V

650V

VIIB

1/2

6KD

8,6G

H8

HO

RIZ

. OS

C.

90%

8 D

ISC

H.

0 1

1006

Sp%

C45

2 K

%00

1

210

ái

=00

33

61lo

or

lt3T

DI

47K

265'

o

1

6JB

6H

OR

IZ. O

UT

PU

T

rp%

,Sx2

R.

39

713

C55

I--

2 X

O05

010%

22K

910%

B3

/50 i

1,00

'HI-

.Q

C55 00

1 r

±10

%

R$9 lox

210%

311

265V

OR

E

L

izar

R23

0305

tp%

O21

0%

-G/

658

R2

51

ME

G75

011

I

VE

RE

VE

RLN

OLD

SIZ

E _

C42

T

ME

G

210%

10%

VIO

B1/

2 6F

M7

VE

RT

OU

T.

2460 11

308t

WM

z7

3,

770

NO

B

6.51

2

104

OR

IJ0

AE

0/R

Ti

1 51

VIO

LET

110

VI3 IJ3

H.V

. RE

CT

.

Ir6.

206V

NV

IO2

TN

rIpN

12LI

N.

CO

NT

RO

L S

LEE

VE

TE

L

z6A

Y3

DA

MP

ER

ICx

I

NO

RI2

.

/no

wa

D1,

1s

E(

5RB

D

51

= 1

0%31

265V

LIS

650V

265V

SK

1R

II

650V

SOB

110%

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, T

ube

and

Trim

mer

Lay

out 1

6K33

, 16K

33Q

,16

K33

QS

, 16K

34, 1

6K34

Q a

nd 1

6K34

QS

.

1- S

OC

KE

T A

NO

WIR

ING

MR

161

1310

,05

MO

DE

LS

0 a

OC

R E

T

I LE

AP

fND

fl

VIE

rI

SW

ITC

H O

RS

TE

PR

ELA

Y

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

LT

RA

NS

PR

I

PLU

S U

ED

VIT

OS

-588

73,5

.514

74R

EM

OT

E C

ON

TR

OL

CN

AS

515

L_J

rT

UB

E 6

WIR

ING

FO

R 1

6534

0 6

OS

---

1M

OD

ELS

ON

LY

V16

23A

NP

4O

R23

BJP

4P

IX

L

TO

AT

ER

SO

NHE T

UN

ER

VB

tENi/EiIB]

6EN

1%E

FIE

]

6AT

N3

O0

O0

OW

O0

O0

O0

O0

O0

O0

O0

O0

O0

SOBS:

AIL VO. TACES NEASUIIED FRON CHASSIS TO POINTS INDICATED.

ALL VD'.TAGES ARE D.C. UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

All D.C. VOLTAGES TO SE MEASURED WITH A VACUUM TUBE VOLTMETER

HAVING II

0750N11 INPUT RESISTANCE.

ALL VOLTAGE MEASUREMENTS TO BE MADE WIN NO SIOMAL PRESENT.

MORIAL SETTING OF CONTROLS AND CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO

CHARNEL B UNLESS OTNENSISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITORS VALUES IN MICROPARAOS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCE 020% UNLESS OTHERWISE

SPECIFIED.

ALL RESISTORS ARE 1000 TOLERANCE, CARBON.

IIO

WATT UNLESS

OTNERWISE SPECIFIED.

RESISTANCE MEASUREMENTS

SH

OW

N W

ITH

COIL DISCONNECTED FROM

CIRCUIT.

COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE 0101.

CATHODE RAT TUBE 2N0 ANODE VOLTAGE TO SE MEASURED

RI T

x

ELECTROSTATIC OR OUR MIN.

0155

PER VOLT NIGH VOLTAGE METER.

ARROWS ON POTENTIOMETERS INDICATE CLOCKWISE ROTATIOII.

ALIGNMENT

PO

IxiS

IOCIRCLED L'TTERS INDICATE ALIGNMENT AND TEST POINTS

CHASSIS

PICTURE TUBE SECOND ANODE VOLTAGE

TOBE MEASURED WITM

ELECTROSTATIC NIL0V0LTMETER RITO BRIONTRESS AND CONTRAST

CONTROLS FULL COUNTER -CLOCKWISE.

CS CAPACITOR VALUE SELECTED FOR MINIMUM YORE RINGING.

VARIES WITNIN A RANGE OF VV V1 TO VE NS (] R.V..

01).

VEIN NECESSARY. REPLACE WITH ENACT VALUE

FOUND IM VOLE. T

ES

T P

OIN

T "

D"

VID

EO

OU

TP

UT

SO

UN

D T

AK

E-O

FF

CO

IL

3RD

I.F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

PO

WE

R C

AB

LE S

OC

KE

T F

OR

CO

NT

RO

L C

HA

SS

IS

("Q

" M

OD

ELS

ON

LY)

TE

ST

PO

INT

RE

" I.F

. A.G

.C.

1ST

.I.

F. T

RA

NS

FO

RM

ER

TO

P S

LUG

.

41.2

5MC

. TR

AP

BO

TT

OM

SLU

G (

AS

SO

CIA

TE

D S

OU

ND

)

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

US

ED

ON

16K

33Q

S M

OD

ELS

onl

y

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

SO

UN

D T

RA

P-1

4725

MC

. BO

TT

OM

SLU

G

AD

JAC

EN

T C

HA

NN

EL

PIX

TR

AP

39.7

5MC

.TO

P S

LUG

I.F. O

UT

PU

T F

RO

M T

UN

ER

-

2ND

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

RA

.C.S

WIT

CH

I PU

SH

-P

US

H)

A.C

. SW

ITC

H

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

Sch

emat

ic D

iagr

am, T

ube

and

Trim

mer

Lay

out 1

6K33

, 16K

33Q

,16

K33

QS

, 16K

34, 1

6K34

Q a

nd 1

6K34

QS

.

BR

IGH

TN

ES

S C

ON

TR

OL

CO

NT

RA

ST

CO

NT

RO

L

VE

RT

ICA

L LI

NE

AR

ITY

CIR

CU

IT B

RE

AK

ER

PE

AK

PIC

TU

RE

CO

NT

RO

L

VE

RT

ICA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

-HO

RIZ

ON

TA

L H

OLD

CO

NT

RO

L

FO

CU

S

111

I

_el

I

'V

ER

TIC

AL

SIZ

E A

DJU

ST

AB

LEI

----

\P

EA

K P

ICT

UR

E C

ON

TR

OL

UT

HR

OU

GH

HO

LLO

W S

HA

FT

"-V

ER

TIC

AL

SIZ

E

V16

PIX

23D

NP4

FO

R I6

K33

,16K

33Q

,16K

33Q

S.

VIS

23A

NP4

FO

R 1

6K34

,16K

340,

16K

340S

.

3D64

)(

23D

NP

4 A

ND

23A

NP

4 A

RE

NO

T IN

TE

RC

HA

NG

EA

BLE

)

EF

I8 H

A.C

. IN

TE

RLO

CK

TE

ST

PO

INT

"G

" 3R

D I.

F. G

RID

4TH

I.F

. TR

AN

SF

OR

ME

RIN

64O

AE

OU

IV.

TE

ST

PO

INT

"C"

DE

TE

CT

OR

OU

TP

UT

/

TE

ST

P01

NT

"F

" T

O B

E G

RO

UN

DE

D F

OR

I.F

. ALI

GN

ME

NT

-

DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

INT

ER

CA

RR

IER

CO

IL

PIX

CE

NT

ER

ING

AD

JUS

TM

EN

T

V12

TE

ST

PO

INT

BP

D

DIS

CR

IMIN

AT

OR

GR

ID

'WID

TH

CO

NT

RO

L(M

ET

AL

SLE

EV

E)

A.G

.C.-

BU

R A

DJU

ST

ME

NT

LQU

AD

RA

TU

RE

CO

IL

A.F

.C. D

IOD

E

CO

RR

EC

TO

R M

AG

NE

TS

/DE

FLE

CT

ION

YO

KE

SP

EA

KE

R C

ON

NE

CT

ION

S

TO

VO

LUM

E C

ON

TR

OL

TE

ST

PO

INT

"J"

SO

UN

D

VI,V

2 O

N T

UN

ER

L

AG

ET

UN

ER

V3

6826

1ST

LE

V4

68Z

62N

DLE

V5

68Z

63R

D 1

.F.

/301

'54

56R

ED

/DW

Ái

2.2Y

ES

.610

E

32v

SIN

90%

1213

21'

Row

720%

AS

S6E 210%

CR

..0w

!_1o

_áT

mX

yI'S

E

S65

Eo%

270

%

2500

068

V7

Il101

0T?M

A 0

00/T

OO

!1/

2 6G

N8

68N

610

0 S

TE

PR

ELA

Y IN

I

_ _

1

SO

UN

D L

IMIT

ER

SO

UN

D D

ISC

.`.

9111

W Y

YP

C26

.,5

MIN

TM

SW

ND

iAllE

TO

HE

AT

ER

SO

P

TS

ILT

Ir*`

s_,

ON

TU

NE

R/

)}v

BW

f51

IDLE

1

Cal

iiO

ro°A

(IY

Yi

1

iIFiF

F -

-°Jl

6M

L_

C25

001 10

%

IZO

1'3

CINTERLOCK

SI S

WIT

CH

AN

O

TO

WN

E C

ON

TR

0. N

3U

SE

D O

N M

OD

EL

-

I6N

3005

ON

LY.

RO

TA

RY

SN

ITC

H

ON

VO

LUM

EC

ON

TR

OL

R2.

US

SE

O O

N E

R30

1-1

R29

020 G

MT

/7oI

D T

K%

RE

MB

RM

IEN

FO

R M

ooI.

1663

005

ON

,

SP

AT

OR

YI"

/.20(

00N

I11E

AN

fi

21LAYf9i

EUSE L1XE

ss

10

RIO

E30

C61

/22

pxTOOI

.º)

E2M

X

Zpy

f11

1_

2500

V15

5BC

3LV

. RE

CT

.

63 V

AC

OR

TE

L

C43

11

4000

YY

FI

220

250V

6Á05

AS

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT

250V

iq%

áóüI

WIT

IE

N-

3

250V

3.9

RN

XE

G

SIO

%

2}}1

000

503

VIIA

VIIB

1/2

6GH

8,6K

D8

1/2

6GH

98,6

KD

8DIS

CH

.H

OR

IZ. C

ON

TR

OL0

1,10

0H

OR

IZ. O

SC

.

s.06

b }

YMF

191,

TR

%D

C51

2

110%

12

35

C98

20.0

0151

00

YE

S

210%

1505

T10

%

CM 9)0

=

TA 60

00 R26 0E

214

CS

3

r-

V6A

00R

1/2

6GN

8i

vAC

lot

'-

VID

EO

AM

P. O

ttL.

.L.4

1C

6iY

Y'

IT

OS

OU

YD

urtE

p6xD

YYE

,C

IT!

250V

6HS

8A

.G.C

. 8S

YN

C.C

LIP

.

V12

6GE

5H

OR

IZ. O

UT

PU

T

100

!'0v

3.O

Ea%

S

Ti

G30

AV

IV

250V

VIO

A1/

2 6F

M7

VE

RT

. OS

C.

402

.251

, 100

C.5

CS

RT

OS

12-0

-_.

01

R2T GIN

iA

IWA

T3W

5309

5 R29

CO

O

AN

AA

lo%

v0

NN

rSI/

)IW

ars

S2

T/M

600

001

0%

R9

L 25

06

6R16xTNE5f1

TO

HV

VI6

19C

R P

4P

IX

2500

VIO

B1/

2 6F

M7

axV

ER

T. O

UT

.25

00

ST

P01

0TS

:

- D

ET

EC

TO

R O

UT

PU

T

YIO

TO

OU

TP

UT

- G

RW

M «

MIN

G I.

T. A

l1O

1NE

RT

- IR

O I.

P. N

OD

30U

110

LIx1

iER

PLA

TE

SW

XO

OIIL

PU

i

V13 I K

3

H.V

. RE

CT

.

9WW

=10

/113

OR

R20

250V

2SO

R

IS

OC

KE

T 0

10 W

IRIN

G T

OR

165

300$

500

61

Fite

SO

CK

ET

LEN

D E

ND

VIE

W PLU

S

SW

ITC

H O

N

ST

RE

LAY

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L

PLU

GU

ED

WIT

H5.

5669

3R

EM

OT

E C

ON

TR

OL

CH

AS

SIS

LJ

IIn

Sn

CS)

)S YYf

250V

.

22

56

9I9.

5 E

HN

.V

1115

511

01 V D

DA

Li C

ON

TR

OL

ICE

\f

bnF

/

I

V14

L11

wn

`S

6AY

3'

---

DA

MP

ER

-Is 60

0V

TE

L

87-7

R is

68K

87-8

R is

82K

I1'

our

Geo

Í6l0

600

1Y

F1'

-LT

EQ

UIV

ALE

NT

CIR

CU

ITA

l and

A-2

INT

EG

RA

TO

RS

FOC

US

AD

J.

1T

DO

OST

600V

I/2 T

9r

Zen

ith C

hass

is 1

6K30

, 16K

3OQ

SSc

hem

atic

Dia

gram

11-211-1-1

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

ZENITH Chassis 16K30 and 16K3OQS Tube and Trimmer Layout & Signal Path Chart

NOTES:

ALL VOLTAGES :FASURED ER011 CN1SSIS TO POINTS INDICATED.

ALL VOLTAGES ARE D.L. UNIE3S OTNE0ISF. SPECIFIED.ALL D.C. VOLTAGES TO NE 441(00D NATO A VACUUM TUNE YOLOAEIERHAVING II WRENN INPUT RESISTANCE.ILL VOLTAGE IECSINIENENTS TO It WDE WITH 00 SIGNAL PRESENT., NODML

0E00110 OF CONTROLS IRO CHANNEL SELECTOR SET TO CUANNEL R USTESS

OTHERWISE SPEC1FIED.

ALL CAPACITOR VALUES IN NICR0FAR0D5 UNLESS 0111ER0ISE SPECIFIED.

ALL CAPACITOR CAPACITY TOLERANCE !SOS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED.

ALL RESISTORS ARE !NOS TOLERANCE. CARBON. I/2 WATT UNLESS 011101111140

SPECIFIED.RESISTANCE IEARUREINNTS SHAM 01111 COIL OISCOINECTEO ERON CIRCUIT.

COIL RESISTANCES NOT GIVEN ARE UNDER ONE DIM.

CATHODE RAT TUNE AND ANODE HOSTAGE TO BE MEASURED VITO ELECTROSTATIC01 200 NIA. Ow PER VOLT NIGH VOLTAGE NEVER.

A HROVS ON POTENTIOMETER INDICATE CLOCIONISE NATATION.

AL100A00T POINTS.

CIRCLED LETTERS INDICATE ALILsf0T AND TEST POINTS.

CHASSIS

PICTURE TUSO 200 ANODE VOLTAGE TO BE MEASURED +ITN ELECTROSTATICNIl0Y0LTIESER WITH SRIOMTMSS AND CONTRAST CONTROLS FULL COUNTER-

CLACTWIRE.

CA 'v01M10 GRANGE OFECTCsf5 TO

72FOR NNE

V.V. TIES).OE .I VARIES

NECESSARY REPLACE «ITN ENACT VALUE FOUND,. TONE.

TARGET TAKER

VI V2

¡' 661cs ócc6

J R.i MI%ERI AMP. OSC.

175-451 TNRU 175-499INCL

MINIATURE BANDSWITCH TUNER (SOME 400ELs1

VOLUME CONTROL IA C SWITCH (PUSH -PUSH)

USED ON

16K3O OS MODELS

ONLY

SPACE COMMAND AUDIO MUTE CABLE (16K300S)

VOLUME CONTROLSWITCH

TEST POINT1FTO BE GROUNDED FOR I.F. ALIGNMENT

TEST POINT"C" DETECTOR OUTPUT

4TH I.F. TRANSFORMER

VERTICAL HOLD CONTROL

BRIGHTNESS CONTROL-

TEST POINT WON I.F. GRID

3RD I.F. TRANSFORMER

CONTRAST CONTROL-SOUND TAKE -OFF COIL -

TEST POINT "E" I.F. A.G.C.

2ND I.F. TRANSFORMER -

1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER AND 47.25MC. TRA( TOP SLUG 47.25 ADJACENT SOUND)(BOTTOM SLUG 1ST I.F. TRANSFORMER)

To I.F. OUTPUT ON TUNER

A G.0 (YELLOW LEAD)

B+ (RED LEAD)

TUNER FILAMENT (BROWN LEAD)

175201 MU 175-226 INC,I75-227 THEW 175-250 INCL.175-251 01011175-262 INCI175-263 72100175 -MO INCL

-SLEADSR

IN64 OR EQUIV.

SACS

TUBE POSITIONING GUIDE

-11111

ijIl `. VRECTIFIER

NO C ADDENDS BOTOSUMO AND PICTURE

SOUND CIRCUIT

COMPOSITE VIDEO 000000000.N.0E000000

VOLTS 120 AC 60 CYCLES

0(9 REPLACE TUNER NOE ONLY WITH TUBE TYPEORIGINALLY SUPPLIED BY ZENITH AND STAMPEDON TUNER CHASSIS.

INTERCARRIER COIL

TEST POINT'HN SOUND LIMITER PLATE

QUADRATURE COIL

DEFLECTION YOKEADJUSTMENT AND

MOUNTING

PIX CENTERINGADJUSTMENT

BUZZ ADJUSTMENT- F -VERTICAL LINEARITY

VERTICAL SIZE A G C

6086118

LOW WLTAITERECTIFIER

To YONE 110(71072

CIRCUIT BREAMER

MNOt _VERTICAL CIRCUIT

HORIZONTAL CIRCUIT ERNNNMENDNENeDwINTERMEDIATE FREQUENCY

MODEL WATTS AAMPS

16230 IRS I651623005 236 2.15

TEST POINT 0J" SOUND OUTPUT

DUAL SELENIUM DIODE.

WIDTH CONTROL SLEEVE

TEST POINT ODE VIDEO OUTPUT

GL a N.-FOCUS LEAD

FOCUS ADJUSTMENT

non n

A.C. INTERLOCK

HORIZONTAL HOLD CONTROL-' CIRCUIT BREAKER /

189

OI.V

2 O

N T

UN

ER

Ti LI

V3

V 4

V5

6816

6BZ

66B

Z6

IST

I.F

2ND

IF.

3RD

LF.

rIS

IYnt

Y

"O%

B127DY

/GC

:i° LI

CO

ffW

F0%

.05

2 24

100

6821

5

1W

rlót

DO

S

fIY T

211

8r

RE

OIB

W

If,

1f

2100

%

63

511.

SO

SC

76B

cs.0

01 ia

%.0

0!«0

%i0

01Il

tOY

.>

;I.50

i56.

-

21D

%S

IOt

'"9 Í jl

-m

%-

2700

2700

o

R3

IL

T0

V6A

1/26

DX

8V

IDE

O A

MP

.

i10

TM

MF

0%

155

M.)

p5K

MF

Sin

SI0

14W

TS

RZ

V6B

V7

V26

DX

86B

N6

SO

UN

D L

IMIT

ER

=1

SO

UN

D D

ISC

.T

O 5

0 41

41E

`C

263M

>R' t

E

93 Y

041

5004

1DC

01L0

Tu

1n1E5i.

06r

T5

-f.tr

IFO

r}L

5,B

L

I.OU

I

234 O

R

TE

ST

PO

INT

S:

C-

0010

0100

04T

Ni

000

WY

/97

- M

I= 0

101.

0 I.I

. *01

0410

51F

- 30

0 I.I

. 411

0-

304.

0 LI

WIT

EO

FIStt

; - 5

000

=T

NT

TE

0! 0

.9.1

. 010

00

SI 5

0410

00 O

NV

OLU

ME

CO

NT

RO

LM

3

3361

133

US

ED

OR

MO

DE

L16

1136

05O

NLY

R23

1200

0414

1T06

LOC

.

620V V

1552

58C

3L.

V. R

EC

T.

0J

oweu

em6u

BR

OK

EN

FO

R M

OD

EL

0036

05 O

NLY

TO

f3LR

ME

NT

S

',LA

ME

NT

FU

SE

LIN

O12

21 L

OO

P 0

2424

MI6

CO

PP

ER

WIR

E

T M

HO

WIR

ING

FO

R 1

6336

05 M

OD

EL

CR

OP

2700

.233

605

ON

LY T

O1

6 3.

0709

ON

1

iSY

EP

RE

LAY

INI

I`fiO

NT

RO

L (x

0551

5

100 C05

-120

5

MM

FH

6Á05

AS

OU

ND

OU

TP

UT

2.41

4

VIT

AI/2

6GH

8OR

6K

D8

HO

RIZ

CO

NT

RO

L

330.

1Í10

% 025

0.1M

/4M

>%

50.

210%

T1

WS

TC

N O

N

ST

EP

RE

LAY

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L',D

AR

PR

1

61.0

0

PLU

G 1

55E

O W

IN S

.568

93

RE

MO

TE

CO

NT

RO

L 04

5595

1503

0101

007

T+

0.7

2700

270

6e0

01.

=27

001

R5

13.9

+MEG

41 I

Inv

02_5

.5

20.5

BLX 5

OT

O

Ito21

01

3º03

oB

o 330

10%

0

TS r -

- -

- -

a0K

C0

1

I)4

CA

5O

'

ÑA

iM

MF

2700

CM

TO

SW

RO

LIM

ITE

R G

RID

L--

-O

YM

MF

IS%

J

3.35

2E0

010Y

.

0/00

216 0%

B2

A

Y2Ó

101

.

C23

=22

4C

=M

MF

FSa%

2a

co: .

31"

R8

7.5K

0t

SW

nD

270

v

0

NW

2T

gV

qA6p

/ES

gWIT

HS

ET

T/H

GS

S

a0K

010%

2501

1 R

10

M10

T41

655

V9

6H13

A.6

.9S

YN

C.C

LIP

.

C3R

.01

2113

%

Ra

6.BN

22(R

c

'610

%12

101

W-ói3

01

t0.

IOar

e

w0 D

I

7004

82M

010%

635

RIB

.01

iF4

2109

.

R17

I ME

O

LO C

.

330K

601U

%

10%

396

'10%

C38 El

01e

210%

VID

A1/

2 6F

M7

VE

RT

.OSC

.

LBM

EG

210% 03

9

VIO

B1/

2 6F

M7

VE

RT

. OU

T.

U2

=m

YC

<1

SID

%

EE

000

60_1

ox-

B2K

7Eax

1=

6600

110%

20

101

06V

6Ri

SIZ

E

R21 500

0030 MOLO 60

620V

VIIB

27K

I/2 6

GH

8 0R

6K

D8

1".

- H

OR

IZ. O

SC

.R

26

G50

eD

ISC

H.

áóxz

W10

0 F

iaL

C51

2r-

6NT

0vr

Sq% 10

06 012

XO

R. H

OLD -o6

ov

'.Iar

uoi

110

000

VI2

6GV

5H

OR

IZ. O

UT

PU

T

59 .53

VA

RIE

S %

TT

N

5E 1

1106

0FW

IDT

H

CO

NT

RO

L 057

.001

=51

0%

WO

..-_.

1C

56

A33

IÓK9

2100

3W

T12

la-

-9Y

LO

ME

O.

tax

3306

110%

Sn R

30

3.3W

.

^ IL1lt

e21

0%

VI3 IK3

H.V

. RE

CT

.

031

226

ITT

Jta

Y

.`-D

059

GR

NK

VI4

Ff

TI*

Q

.D

AM

PE

R ÍM

<E

,

620v

-

IC58

L13

060

.041

74I2

10%

16.5

30

ITIO

wR

á.T

17J

NT

NO

L 60

6000

,

I

10 0

II¡

NM

IO

FL

OILS

0__

ZE

NIT

H C

hass

is 1

6K36

and

16K

36Q

S Sc

hem

atic

Dia

gram

Pr

TO

11V

165

K.V,

VI6

.

19C

X P

4P

I X

FO

CU

S60

.0

0.

-VIB

00S

T2T

OV

620v

220K

2700

2100

12 a

VOLUME TV -22, MOST -OFTEN -NEEDED 1964 TELEVISION SERVICING INFORMATION

INDEXAdmiral Corp.5D9 8

8T2A 2516A4c,D 316B4C,D 316FJ1C,D 316F4Ú 316G4U 316UA4C,D 3

16uB4c 316UFJ1C,D 3

19A3+ 1519B3+ 1519c3+ 1519G19x3+

1519K3Ú 1519M3u 1519R3u 1519T3u 1519uA3+ 1519ÚB3+ 1519UO3+ 1519ÚG3+ 151913x3+ 15C21A1-1A 27C21A1-1E 27C21A10-1C 2721A5-11C,D 2021A5-12C,D 2021A5 -51D 2021A5-71C,D 2021A5 -91D 2021B5-11C,D 2021B5-13C,D 2021B5 -51D 2021B5 -54D 202105-14C,D 202105-15C,D 2021D5-31C,D 921D5-32C,D 921D5-33C,D 921D5 -62D 9

21D5 -63D 921E5-34C,D 9

21E5 -61D 921UA5-21C 2021UA5-21D 2021UA5-81C 2021UÁ5 -81D 2021ÚB5-21C,D 2021ÚB5-23+ 2021UC5-150 2021UC5-15D 2021UC5-24+ 2021UD5-41C 921UD5-41D 921UD5-42C 921UD5-42D 921uD5-43c 9

Admiral, Cont.

21UD5-43D 921UE5-4.4C 921u.E5-1111D 9P1104A,E 27UP1104C 27P1110A,E 27UP1110C 27P1112A,E 27UP1112C 27P1113A,E 27UP1113C 27P1119A,E 27UP1119C 27T3100C,D 20TU3100C,D 20T3101C,D 20TS3101D 20TU3101C,D 20T3104C,D 20TS3104D 20TU3104C,D 20T3111C,D 20TU3111C,D 20T3112C,D 20TU3112C,D 20T3121C,D 20TS3121D 20TU3121C,D 20T3122C,D 20TS3122D 20TU3122C,D 20C3301C,D 20CS3301D 20CU3301C,D 20L3301C,D 20LU3301C,D 20C3302C,D 20CS3302D 20CU3302C,D 20L3302C,D 20LU3302C,D 20C3305C,D 20CS3305D 20CU3305C,D 20C3311C,D 20CS3311D 20CU3311C,D 20LS3311D 20C3312C,D 20CS3312D 20CU3312C,D 20LS3312D 20C3313C,D 20CS3313D 20CU3313C,D 20L3313C,D 20LS3313D 20LU3313C,D 20C3321C,D 20

Under each manufacturer's name, at left there arelisted that make chassis and models in numericalorder. The corresponding page number at right ofeach listing refers to the first page of the sectiondealing with such material.

Admiral, Cont. Admiral, Cont.

CS3321D 20 SR3512C,D 20CU3321C,D 20 sRU3512C,D 20C3322C,D 20 SR3513C,D 20CS3322D 20 SRU3513C,D 20CU3322C,D 20 T3600C,D 20T3400C,D 9 TU3600C,D 20TS3400D 9 C3601C,D 20TU3400C,D 9 CU3601C,D 20L3401C,D 9 T3601C,D 20LS3401D 9 TU3601C,D 20LU3401C,D 9 C3602C,D 20T3401C,D 9 CU3602C,D 20TS3401D 9 T3604C,D 20TU3401C,D 9 TU3604C,D 20L3402C,D 9 C3605C,D 20LS3402D 9 CU3605C,D 20LU3402C,D 9 T3611C,D 20L3403C,D 9 TU3611C,D 20LS3403D 9 T3612C,D 20LU3403C,D 9 TU3612C,D 20T3404C,D 9 SM3641C,D 20TS3404D 9 SMIT3641C,D 20TU3404C,D 9 SM38 1C,D 20L3411C,D 9 SMU341C,D 20Ls3411D 9 SM3842c,D 20LU3411C,D 9 SMU39842C,D 20T3411C,D 9 SM3843C,D 20TS3411D 9 SMU3843 20TU3411C,D 9 SM3911C,D 20L3412C,D 9 SMU3911C,D 20LS3412D 9 SM3921C,D 20LU3412C,D 9 SMU3921C,D 20T3412C,D 9 SM3922C,D 20TS3412D 9 SMU3922c,D 20TU3412C,D 9 5M3925C,D 20L3421C,D 9 SMU3925C,D 20LS3421D 9 SM3931C,D 20LU3421C ,D 9 SMU3931C ,D 20

L3435C,D 9 SM3932C,D 20

LS3435D 9 SMU3932C,D 20

Lu3435C,D 9 P6000c,D 3

L31011C,D 9 PS6000 3LU3441C,D 9 UP6000C,D 3

L3442C,D 9 P6001C,D 3LU3442C,D 9 PS6001 3L3415C,D 9 UP6001C,D 3

LU31015C,D 9 P6009C,D 3

L3449c,D 9 Ps6o09 3Lu3449c,D 9 uP6009c,D 3

L3451c,D 9 P9002C,D 3

LU3451C,D 9 PS9002 3L3452C,D 9 UP9002C,D 3LU3452C,D 9 P9004C,D 3

L3455C,D 9 PS9004 3LU3455C,D 9 UP9004C,D 3

L3469C,D 9 P9005C,D 3

LU3469C,D 9 PS9005 3SR3511C,D 20 UP9005C,D 3SRU3511C,D 20 P9009C,D 3

(Index continued on page 192)

Admiral, Cont.PS9009 3UP9009C,D 3P9010+ 15PS 9010 15UP9010+ 15P9014+ 15PS9014 15UP9014+ 15P9015+ 15R39015 15UP9015+ 15P9020+ 15PS9020 15ÚP9020 15P9029+ 15PS9029 15UP9029+ 15AA9100C 3AAU9100C 3P9100C 3UP9100C 3P91o1C 3UP91o1C 3P9102C 3UP91o2C 3P9103c 3UP9103C 3P9109C 3uP9109C 3P9200+ 15PS9200 15UP9200+ 15P9204+ 15R39204 15UP9204. 15P9211+ 15R39211 15UP9211+ 15P9219+ 15PS9219 15UP9219+ 15P9221+ 15ÚP9221+ 15P9229+ 15UP9229+ 15T9408+ 15TU9408+ 15AA9900C,D 3AAU9900C,D 3

SAA9900 3AA9903c,D 3AAU9903C,D 3

SAA9903 3SAA9913 3AA9913+ 15AAU9913+ 15SAA9913+ 15AA9998+ 15AAU9998+ 15

DumontB -148A 34B -149A 348-158A 34B -159A 34

syi71 34B-176 34B-177 34B-178B-179 34120622A 34120623A 34120644A 34120688A 34

Emerson RadioT-1800B,G 34T -1805G 34U -1806A 34T-1809 34u-1809 34T-1814 34u-1814 34T-1816 34U-1816 34T-18178 34R-1819 34T -1820B 34u -1820B 34T-1822 34u-1822 34T-1823 34u-1823 34T-1824 314

13-1824 34T-1825 34

u-1825 314

T-1826 34T-1827 34U-1827 34T-1828 34

u-1828 314

T-1829 34U-1829 34T-180 3413-1830 34T -18u-18311

314j

T-1832 34u-1832 3)4T-1833 34T-1834 34U-1834 34T-1835 34T-1836 34U-1836 34

191

Z6T

SLI ZHgg££xW tiLI zxSB££x tiLt ++95££x tiLt ++o5££x t(Lt ++zti££x tiLt ++I17££x ITLI

tiLt ++Iiɣx Ix

tiLI ++90(131 9A00E£x

SLt ++090£1 9L1 s9r>,.SLo£L

5LI 5315L0£1 SLt ++Ztp£1 NA 113WL3o£L 5LI SZ+930£1 5LI 99M530£L SLI 3WL9L93a+1 la ++98L93iZ1

£LI si9'90191, £LI 51,`0£319t £Li +t`L£x51 £LI L'L£x5t £LI OZxt7L

521 Víitit-Sox

LZI a£1TL-5051

LZI V£í(L-9011 tl£i ant -Sox 17£1 a3t1I-5O51

Z3I It11t-SOx

ZZT xI1Tt:-SOx 331 t-SOx Vttl 511 +Z9£1-SOx 511 +]C9£I-SOx ¿El +1499tV16 3z1 ++£81Vt16 331 su3gtVt16 331 +W9LtV116 ZZt +WZLIVtIb 3Z1 +WILIVti6 63I +W091Vt16 SZI +WL£IV176 521 +W9£tVt16

96 ++o0£6W 96 ++9365114 96 ++t65 96 ++o65114 96 ++61511W 96 ++91517W 56 ++31511i 56 +1,19o5tiel

56 ++t(o5tm 56 ++30511W 56 ++oo517W 56 ++o5£11W 56 HMugZg£W 56 ++93g£W 56 HMti3g£141

56 xgi7Zg£W 56 aO339£W 56 a09199W 56 ++tT193W

IL MOLZHd£zx IL dW93Hd£3x IL M`WSzud£2x £g dWlzHd£91. £g +03Hd£3A £g dWI3d3x 19 M`WOzd£zx IL Mt1£tx£2 IL ++£ix£3 IL W9£Ix£2 IL M'1462131£9

IL ++93131£2 IL M'WLztx£3 IL ++t(GI3i£3 IL dW£ZIx£? IL M`INiZZtx£z IL M'Wo3tx£3 IL +6o1x£? IL sw1£Hd£3

35 ++L39LH 35 ++L39LWVa 35 ++AZ9LW z5 ++xI9LW 35 ++7,09LW z5 ++L65211 z5 ++x85LW 35 ++x071Yd 35 ++.A-21L11v.'

35 ++LL£LW ?5 ++x9£LW 35 ++xS£LW 25 ++x11£LH 35 ++Ati£LY1

25 ++x££LW 35 ++7,2£LW 25 ++LI£LW 35 ++Lo£LW 35 aMA£3LWVa

oTpsg ImuBZ

S91 n'££250 -H 591 n'I£350-H 591 11'0£95O -H 591 £Lotix-H 591 tLottx-H 591 oL01ix-H S91 n'3£901 -H 591 n'I£g£x-H 591 tI'o£g£x-H 591 n'£9L£x-H 591 n'I9L01-H 59t 11'09L£x-H

5LI ++58L3)iH 591 58901-H 531 +413£IV16 56 ++Z19314 IL Mo£Hd£Z 35 ++x2LWVo tiLt ++59L25114

2rI++812,22 S91 n'£89£x-H L31 +W6oIV116 56 Hg019314 IL MOL311d£3 z5 ++x£3L14

tILI 7LZx -TILT ++311L231

591 n'Ig9£x-H 591 n'og9£x-H 591 11`£ti9£1-H

L3t +WLOtV1i6 L31 +IZOtVtl6 LZI +1,118oVt16

56 V'oSNtlt 56 oNtj1 56 511r1i

IL dW9zHd£3 IL M`Y15zud£9 £g dWI2Hd£3

35 aMLZZLIVd 25 ++Lz3LW 35 ++x22LWV0

la++L£L3x £LI ++912211 9

591 Oti9£L-H LSt 9L-K,,,,,ti£I

L51 ££ti£d-H

at +14C901/16 AW119oVt16

L£t £(?Vt19

56 £17rtit 56 212n1 56

£g M'Wo2H1£3 19 dWT3d £3 £g M'W03d£2

35 aaxizLW a Oz 35 axLW

35 ++A61LWVd

£Lt ++LTLZx

£LI ++9oL331

L51 n'0£t(£d-H 591 0I-i(t1t(2-A

gEnoaqn L£I +i+IL£OVt19

L£t +14££OVtl9

8030tTC 56 T'I W IL +s05L61L

IL +++0116l21 IL +++6£161L

35 ++xgILWVd t(t( ++xL191rt tIi-(

++A919W daop ootTud

£LI ++5oL331 L£I +W0£0V19 IL +++g£L61L in +++6091,1 I-t(tih¿-A £Lt 3uo0L231 LSI tl-£44¿-A LEI +W930Vt19 16 WI1f1-98 LL ++L£d6u 1111 +++909H £LI ++I£39x M9noaq4 511 +W9£5X01£ 16 31111-88 LL HHH5£d6u 10i +++90914 £LI zr17i39x £LI 3dtit331

511 +145£5Xat1£ IIsq-PasxoBd IL +005L61 1111 +++509Wgs 1-£ t¡tfz-A

9'I£i99x esnoq2uTseM 511 AWtI8Sat1£ 511 AW9L5a1£ 1.9 53,i9 IL +++0171,6T

IL +++6£161 I(1( +++50911Y5£Lt

nn+++t1o9rAgS

SLI Z`J50Z91

£LI ++LztZx

en 0-'6-5L5 1-119-5L5

511 +I955at1£ StI +14555a11 5tt +W9£5Q17£

oTPBu oTdtud10

173Zi-SH1H

IL +++9£161 LL ++L£aói

1711 +++1109WV9 LS ++xIgIW

£Lt 3IOtIZx qoaq t -5L5 511 +Y15£Sa1i£

99 99 17231-SHLd

LL HHHS£dót L5 ++A081W LS ++ALtIW atoao4oyl

£LI ++g013x 151 1-'1-12.5 511 AWBISOtl£

51I AWOtSOtI£ £8 L85-sL L5 ++L91IW

£Lt ++OOtZx 151 z- I-115 Stt nWtroSptt£

LL 985-51 LL

L9 v1511-JM LS ++A£IIW

5LI ++gozL 151 1i-£-ILS Tc...,-L( 51I Ar9617oti£

985-sLx LL x'985-sLa

L9 Vt7t7£17-0M

L9 v1111 -OM LS ++LZI1W L5 JSLIIIW

5LI ++ Lo31 SLI ++55o31

£1TI o6A£z £11 z8L£z

511 +W9LtIOt1£

511 +1,152.0 -tie

IL A't185-s1xM IL x`t1gS-91aM

L9 Vtit3t1-0M

L9 V115££-JM L5 JHLoii LS xs

SLI ++95o3L 5LI ++tltlozl

5L1 ++z1loZ1

£ílt gLL£3 £ 68£3 ctn. Lg'I£3

511 +WL9tlOt1£ 511 +W991ipíl 511 +W5917017£

IL L`ti85-S1 IL xti85-s1aaL IL 115-s1aL

L 9 V1I1i££-oM L9 Vtlt££-JM L9 VtTC3£-oM

nil xw 15 IN

oTa4oeld 5L1 ++ot(0Z1 £tTL 98'I£Z 511 +Y16St1Oti£ IL

x`g5-SLiI9 pasM tsaeue0

SLI +z+L9Zo31

SLI V45303,1 £LI ++titozx £LI 4.+310331 £LI 4-1-9003:1 £LI ++oo9x £LI ++t100351

51.1 3+56631

£11t Oi1H£Z £tft OOIH£9 £tit t180£3

151 119161 151

9£-d6151I

151 5£dót 151 t1ldót

151 Ztd61

511 +idgStlOt1£ 511 +IdoStiOti£

511 +W9ífOt1£ 511 +W9311pti£

+i,153t1Oti£

511 4.,060-% 511 +W9L£OtI£ 511 +W95£o11£ 5t1 +W55£O1£

IL x'195-9Lxd IL A 1I85-S1aN IL A1185-91xs1 IL tlg5-S1xsZ IL Mti£tx£Zx IL ++££Tx£3x IL IdZ£Tx£3x IL M`W69Ix`r3x IL ++93Ix£9A

á.ietuoB4uoW

se ae £9 T S 3ti

t1£ 0Z99031 ya659oZt yV859oZ1

tic 0939021 t1£ c(939021 11£ 052903I 11£ Vt12903t ti£ VZ39o31

YOAuu28jn1

35 ++L69LW 35 ++x88LW 35 ++ALgLW 35 ++L98LW

5Lt 30066I1 151 60d61 511 +4419L3Ot1£ IL M`WL3úi£3A 35 ++A58LW ti£ 903903I 5Lt ++58611 BTuB Ids 511 ++5L301£ IL ++tT¿u£ZL 35 ++AtiBLW 11£ V6T9031 5LI ++09611 511 SH9tI3111£ IL dW£ZIH£ZA 35 ++A£gLW 1.¡,.' 5ooz-a £LI ++039tH 631 SLt7t-sox 51T su5h2gíi£ IL M`W331x£ZA 35 ++1.381.14tl£ 5003-0 £LI 5b9£319I 631 VL1t-sox 511 ++L39St1£ IL M'W03t}i£9x 35 ++.4L9LW tl£ tiooZ-a

£LI 1b`9£29t L£1 +91it-5031 511 ++993ati£ IL +6otx£32. 95 ++A99LW ti£ 17003-0

£LI +Wti£3191 LIT V911t-SOx 511 ++5920£ IL EN-Ea/11'3x 35 ++A£9LWVd tqt. £009-0 £LI +Zj'E£x9I 51t ++333H17£ IL Mo£ud£3A 25 ++x£9Lx ti£ L£gI-L 531 Utitlr_-SOx

4uo0 'q4TueZ penuTluoO'VOH vuDp'sloao4oW

XSQUI penupwO dJ quop'uosaecad a040TA VOH

panu?IuoD

NOI.LVU1I2I03NI ONIDIA2i3S NOISIA3'i31, V961 Q3Q33N-N31,30-1,SOIIII ZZ-Ai. 3U1If1rI0A

r

, -.:%X'1

,,

Another

Supreme Publications

Service Manual